G-Post Version 6.

7
Overview and Command Reference

 Copyright Austin N.C., Inc., 1992 - 2017

 Austin N.C., Inc. Technical Assistance
Austin N.C., Inc.’s products are completely supported via our Continuous Support Program
(CSP). Your CSP contract includes technical assistance and software updates. For assistance with
this software product, or for information about your CSP maintenance contract, contact Austin N.C.,
Inc. by one of the following methods:

Telephone: ................. (512) 458-1112

FAX:.......................... (512) 458-5474
Email: ........................ [email protected]
Web Site: ................... http://www.austinnc.com
  Copyright 1992-2017, All Rights Reserved
Austin N.C., Inc.
Dba Intercim-Austin
505 East Huntland Drive, Suite 370
Austin, Texas 78752
http://www.austinnc.com

This manual and accompanying software are copyrighted and contain proprietary information belonging
to Austin N.C., Inc. This manual may not be copied, photocopied, reproduced, translated, or reduced to
machine-readable form without the prior written consent of Austin N.C., Inc. No copies of the manual
may be sold to any person or other entity.

LIMITATIONS OF WARRANTY AND LIABILITY

Austin N.C., Inc. makes no warranty, expressed or implied, with respect to this manual, the
accompanying software, and any other related items, their quality, performance merchantability, or fitness
for any particular use. It is solely the purchaser’s responsibility to determine their suitability for any
particular purpose. Austin N.C., Inc. will in no event be held liable for direct, indirect, or incidental
damages resulting from any defect or omission in the software or other related items and processes,
including but not limited to any interruption of services, loss of business or anticipatory profit, or other
consequential damages. This statement of limited liability is in lieu of all other warranties or guarantees,
expressed or implied, including warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose. Austin
N.C., Inc. neither assumes nor authorizes any person to assume for it any other warranty or liability in
connection with the sale of its products.

Product Improvements

The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a
commitment by Austin N.C., Inc. Austin N.C., Inc. assumes no responsibility for any errors that may
appear in this document.
G-Post Reference Manual
Version 6.7

February, 2017

Notice of Trademarks

G-Post is a trademark of Austin N.C., Inc.

FIL is a trademark of Austin N.C., Inc.
CIMpro is a trademark of Austin N.C., Inc.
All other brand and product names are trademarks of their respective owners.

MAN-GP
 Read This First!
Chapter 1 begins with an overview of how this manual is set up.

Chapter 2 explains the configuration of the G-Post. You really need to read this chapter. (It’s short, and
won’t take you long.)

Chapter 3 explains the Option File Generator in detail. This is another chapter that you should read.

Chapter 4 explains the G-Post command language, the syntax and the commands that are available to you as a
programmer.

Chapter 5 lists the Lathe Common Variables. This is a reference chapter and can assist you while writing FIL
routines.

Chapter 6 lists the Mill Common Variables. This is a reference chapter and can assist you while writing FIL
routines.

Chapter 7 lists the default setting of the G-Post, both Lathe and Mill. This is a reference section.

Chapter 8 explains the UNCMRG merging postprocessor. If you need to merge output from several
postprocessors please read this chapter.

Chapter 9 explains the 4-Axis Merging Lathe options in the Lathe G-Post.

Chapter 10 explains the ARC / NURBS fitting options.

Chapter 11 explains the use of the HTML Packager and Simulation file generation.

Chapter 12 contains Appendix A, an ASCII character chart and Alpha character chart for your reference.

Chapter 13 contains Appendix B, which discusses some additional features of the G-Post that were added to
satisfy particular machine tools.

Chapter 14 is a Glossary for your reference.

We have put a detailed index at the end of the manual so you can find what you need, quickly.

We hope that after you read the manual, you will let us know what you liked or disliked about it. We encourage
your comments as they help us to improve our products. (Besides, how often do you get a chance to tell us what
to do?)
 Table of Contents

Table of Contents
1 OVERVIEW 1-1
1.1 INTRODUCTION TO G-POST 1-1
1.2 G-POST SUMMARY 1-3
1.2.1 Customization 1-3
1.2.2 Output Files 1-3
1.2.3 Command Reference 1-4
1.3 MANUAL CONVENTIONS 1-4
1.3.1 Notes, Cautions, and Warnings 1-4
2 CONFIGURATIONS 2-1
2.1 LATHE G-POST - UNCL01 2-1
2.2 MILL G-POST – UNCX01 2-2
2.3 UNITS OF MEASURE 2-3
2.3.1 Switchable Inch/Metric Machine 2-3
2.3.2 Inch Only Machine 2-4
2.3.3 Metric Only Machine 2-4
2.4 MACHINE TOOL CONFIGURATIONS 2-4
2.4.1 Lathe Configurations 2-4
2.4.1.1 First Quadrant Lathe 2-4
2.4.1.2 Fourth Quadrant Lathe 2-5
2.4.1.3 Vertical Lathe VTL 2-5
2.4.1.4 Multiple Turret Lathe - Same Slide (Fixed X) 2-6
2.4.1.5 Multiple Turret Lathe - Separate Slide (Adjustable X) 2-7
2.4.1.6 2+2 Lathes 2-8
2.4.2 Mill, Wire EDM, Live Tooling Lathe Configurations 2-9
2.4.3 Mill-Turn Configurations 2-11
2.5 MILL MOTION ANALYSIS 2-13
3 THE OPTION FILE GENERATOR 3-1
3.1 INTRODUCTION 3-1
3.1.1 First, a Few Words… 3-1
3.1.2 What You Need to Know 3-1
3.1.3 What You Need to Have 3-2
3.2 HOW TO USE THE OPTION FILE GENERATOR 3-2
3.2.1 Overview of the Option File Generator 3-2
3.2.2 First Things First: Plan 3-3
3.3 STARTING THE OPTION FILE GENERATOR 3-4
3.3.1 Introduction 3-4
3.3.2 Starting from CIMpro 3-4
3.3.3 Stand Alone Operation 3-5
3.3.3.1 Setting up a Windows Shortcut: 3-5
3.4 USING THE OPTION FILE GENERATOR 3-6
3.4.1 Creating a New Post Processor Option File 3-7
3.4.2 Opening an Existing Post Processor Option File 3-10
3.4.3 Option File Generator Main Menu 3-12
3.4.3.1 Main Menu Area 3-13
3.4.3.2 Main Panel 3-13
3.4.3.3 Tool Bar 3-19
3.4.3.4 Pull Down Menus 3-20
3.4.3.4.1 File Menu 3-20
3.4.3.4.2 Window Menu 3-21
3.4.3.4.3 Utilities Menu 3-21
3.4.3.4.4 Help Menu 3-21
3.4.3.5 Current Files 3-22

ToC-i
Table of Contents

4 COMMAND REFERENCE 4-1

4.1 ARCDAT 4-2
4.2 ARCMOV 4-3
4.3 ARCSLP (M) 4-4
4.4 AUXFUN 4-5
4.5 BREAK 4-6
4.6 CAMERA (M) 4-7
4.7 CHECK (L) 4-8
4.8 CHECK (M) 4-9
4.9 CIRCLE 4-10
4.10 CLEARP (M) 4-11
4.10.1 CLEARP/XYPLAN,d-OFF 4-11
4.10.2 CLEARP/ZAXIS,z1-OFF,TABLE,w1-OFF 4-11
4.11 CLRSRF (M) 4-13
4.12 COOLNT (L) 4-14
4.13 COOLNT (M) 4-15
4.14 CUTCOM (L) 4-16
4.15 CUTCOM (M) 4-17
4.16 CYCLE 4-19
4.16.1 CYCLE/ON-OFF 4-23
4.16.2 CYCLE/AVOID (M) 4-23
4.17 CYCLE/ARCSLP,MILL,-- (M) 4-24
4.18 CYCLE/BORE (L) 4-26
4.19 CYCLE/BORE (L) 4-27
4.20 CYCLE/BORE (M) 4-28
4.21 CYCLE/BORE (M) 4-29
4.22 CYCLE/BRKCHP (L) 4-30
4.23 CYCLE/BRKCHP (L) 4-31
4.24 CYCLE/BRKCHP (M) 4-32
4.25 CYCLE/BRKCHP (M) 4-33
4.26 CYCLE/CSINK (L) 4-34
4.27 CYCLE/CSINK (L) 4-35
4.28 CYCLE/CSINK (M) 4-36
4.29 CYCLE/CSINK (M) 4-37
4.30 CYCLE/DEEP (L) 4-38
4.31 CYCLE/DEEP (L) 4-39
4.32 CYCLE/DEEP (M) 4-40
4.33 CYCLE/DEEP (M) 4-41
4.34 CYCLE/DEEPCL (M) 4-42
4.35 CYCLE/DRILL (L) 4-43
4.36 CYCLE/DRILL (L) 4-44
4.37 CYCLE/DRILL (M) 4-45
4.38 CYCLE/DRILL (M) 4-46
4.39 CYCLE/FACE (L) 4-47
4.40 CYCLE/FACE (L) 4-48
4.41 CYCLE/FACE (M) 4-49
4.42 CYCLE/FACE (M) 4-50
4.43 CYCLE/MILL (M) 4-51
4.44 CYCLE/MILL (M) 4-52
4.45 CYCLE/REAM (L) 4-53
4.46 CYCLE/REAM (L) 4-54
4.47 CYCLE/REAM (M) 4-55
4.48 CYCLE/REAM (M) 4-56
4.49 CYCLE/TAP (L) 4-57
4.50 CYCLE/TAP (L) 4-58

ToC-ii
 Table of Contents

4.51 CYCLE/TAP (M) 4-59

4.52 CYCLE/TAP (M) 4-60
4.53 CYCLE/TAP-RIGID (M) 4-61
4.54 CYCLE/THREAD-CIRCUL,-- (M) 4-62
4.55 CYCLE/THRU (L) 4-65
4.56 CYCLE/THRU (L) 4-66
4.57 CYCLE/THRU (M) 4-67
4.58 CYCLE/THRU (M) 4-68
4.59 DEBUGG 4-69
4.59.1 DEBUGG/FRONT 4-69
4.59.2 DEBUGG/OFF 4-69
4.59.3 DEBUGG/ON,CLW 4-69
4.59.4 DEBUGG/ON,n,TO,m,TYPE,1-3 (L) 4-69
4.59.5 DEBUGG/ON,n,TO,m,TYPE,1-3 (M) 4-69
4.60 DELAY 4-70
4.61 DISPLY 4-72
4.61.1 DISPLY/ON-OFF 4-72
4.61.2 DISPLY/NEXT 4-73
4.62 DMIS 4-74
4.63 END 4-75
4.64 FEDRAT 4-76
4.64.1 FEDRAT/f[,IPM-IPR][,RAPTO[,d]] 4-76
4.64.2 FEDRAT/LOCK,ON-OFF 4-76
4.65 FINI 4-77
4.66 FROM (L) 4-78
4.67 FROM (M) 4-79
4.68 GOHOME 4-80
4.69 GOTO 4-81
4.70 HEAD (L) 4-82
4.71 INCLUD 4-83
4.72 INSERT 4-84
4.73 LEADER 4-85
4.74 LINTOL (M) 4-86
4.74.1 LINTOL/101-199 4-86
4.75 LOADTL (M) 4-87
4.76 LPRINT 4-88
4.77 MACHIN 4-89
4.78 MACHIN STATEMENT FOR AUTOMATIC TAPE BREAK 4-91
4.79 MCHTOL 4-92
4.80 MODE 4-93
4.80.1 MODE/INCR[,OFF] 4-93
4.80.2 MODE/90-91 4-93
4.80.3 MODE/INVERS,AUTO-ON-OFF 4-93
4.80.4 MODE/TABLE-ZAXIS[,ADJUST,d] 4-94
4.80.5 MODE/MILL-TURN,v[,nnnn] (UNCMRG) 4-94
4.80.6 MODE/MILL-TURN (MILL-TURN Configuration) 4-94
4.80.7 MODE/YAXIS,ON-OFF-AUTO (MILL-TURN Configuration) 4-94
4.81 MULTAX (M) 4-95
4.82 OP/THREAD (L) 4-96
4.83 OPSKIP 4-98
4.83.1 OPSKIP/ON-OFF 4-98
4.83.2 OPSKIP/n1,n2,n3,...,ON-OFF 4-99
4.84 OPSTOP 4-100
4.85 ORIGIN (L) 4-101
4.86 ORIGIN (M) 4-102
4.87 PARTNO 4-103

ToC-iii
Table of Contents

4.88 PITCH (L) 4-104

4.89 PLABEL 4-105
4.89.1 PLABEL/OPTION,n,TO,v 4-105
4.89.2 PLABEL/MODIFY,n,TO,v,TYPE,t 4-115
4.90 PIVOTZ 4-116
4.91 POSTN 4-117
4.91.1 POSTN/[XAXIS,xh][,YAXIS,yh] (L) 4-117
4.91.2 POSTN/[XAXIS,xh][,YAXIS,yh][,ZAXIS,zh][,AAXIS,ah]… (M) 4-117
4.91.3 POSTN/IN-OUT,a1,v1,a2,v2...,an,vn[,NEXT] 4-118
4.91.4 POSTN/ IN-OUT,a1,ICnnnn-RC-nnnn-DCnnnn...,an,vn[,NEXT] 4-119
4.91.5 POSTN/ALL,OUT 4-120
4.91.6 POSTN/ALL 4-120
4.92 PPRINT 4-121
4.93 PREFUN 4-122
4.94 RAPID 4-123
4.95 REMARK 4-124
4.96 REPEAT 4-125
4.96.1 REPEAT/a1,a2,v[,ON-OFF] 4-125
4.96.2 REPEAT/a1,a2,a3,...,a26,t1,v1,ALL 4-125
4.96.3 REPEAT/a1,v1 4-125
4.96.4 REPEAT/OFF 4-126
4.97 RESET 4-127
4.98 RETRCT (M) 4-128
4.99 REWIND 4-129
4.99.1 REWIND/[n] 4-129
4.99.2 REWIND/PUNCH 4-129
4.100 ROTABL (M) 4-130
4.100.1 ROTABL/AAXIS-BAXIS-CAXIS,ATANGL-INCR,a[,CLW-CCLW][,NEXT-NOW] 4-130
4.100.2 ROTABL/ATANGL-INCR,a[,CLW-CCLW][,NEXT-NOW] 4-130
4.101 ROTATE (M) 4-131
4.101.1 ROTATE/AAXIS-BAXIS-CAXIS,ATANGL-INCR,a,[CLW-CCLW][,NEXT][,OUT] 4-131
4.102 ROTHED (M) 4-132
4.102.1 ROTHED/AAXIS-BAXIS-CAXIS,ATANGL-INCR,a[,CLW-CCLW][,NEXT-NOW] 4-132
4.102.2 ROTHED/ATANGL-INCR,a[,CLW-CCLW][,NEXT-NOW] 4-132
4.103 SELCTL 4-133
4.103.1 SELCTL/t (M) 4-133
4.103.2 SELCTL/t (L) 4-133
4.104 SELECT (M) 4-134
4.104.1 SELECT/h 4-134
4.104.2 SELECT/gg,ADJUST,dd 4-134
4.104.3 SELECT/AUTO 4-134
4.104.4 SELECT/BOTH,START[,FRONT-REAR] 4-134
4.104.5 SELECT/FRONT 4-135
4.104.6 SELECT/REAR 4-135
4.104.7 SELECT/XYPLAN-YZPLAN-ZXPLAN 4-135
4.105 SEQNO 4-136
4.105.1 SEQNO/k,INCR[,m[,n]] 4-136
4.105.2 SEQNO/k 4-136
4.105.3 SEQNO/0 4-136
4.105.4 SEQNO/OFF 4-136
4.105.5 SEQNO/ON 4-136
4.105.6 SEQNO/NEXT 4-136
4.106 SET (L) 4-137
4.106.1 SET/START,AUTO[,OFF] 4-137
4.106.2 SET/START 4-137
4.106.3 SET/START,x,z 4-137

ToC-iv
 Table of Contents

4.107 SET (M) 4-138

4.107.1 SET/START[,XAXIS,x][,YAXIS,y][,ZAXIS,z][,AAXIS,a][,BAXIS,b][,CAXIS,c] 4-138
4.107.2 SET/WAXIS,ATANGL,a 4-138
4.107.3 SET/WAXIS,LENGTH,w 4-138
4.107.4 SET/WAXIS,ADJUST,z) 4-139
4.107.5 SET/HED-HOLDER,n,x,y,z[,POSX-POSY-POSZ-NEGX-NEGY-NEGZ] 4-139
4.107.6 SET/HED-HOLDER,OFF 4-140
4.107.7 SET/HOLDER,n,SETOOL,x,y,z,ATANGL,a,SETANG,s (PTC Format) 4-140
4.107.8 SET/HOLDER,OFF (PTC Format) 4-140
4.108 SPINDL (L) 4-141
4.108.1 SPINDL Non CSFM Machine: 4-141
4.108.1.1 SPINDL/s,RPM[,CLW-CCLW][,RANGE,n] 4-141
4.108.1.2 SPINDL/ON-OFF 4-141
4.108.2 SPINDL CSFM Machine: 4-141
4.108.2.1 SPINDL/s[,RPM-SFM][,CLW-CCLW][,RANGE,n][,MAXRPM,m][,RADIUS,r] 4-141
4.108.2.2 SPINDL/ON-OFF 4-142
4.108.2.3 SPINDL/LOCK,AUTO-ON-OFF SPINDL/LOCK,AUTO,LAST 4-142
4.109 SPINDL (M) 4-143
4.109.1 SPINDL/s[,CLW-CCLW][,RANGE,n] 4-143
4.109.2 SPINDL/ON-OFF 4-143
4.109.3 SPINDL/LOCK 4-143
4.109.4 SPINDL/PARLEL,XAXIS-YAXIS-ZAXIS (MILL-TURN Configuration) 4-143
4.110 STARTUP SEQUENCE 4-144
4.111 STOP 4-145
4.112 THREAD (L) 4-146
4.112.1 THREAD/ON-TURN-FACE 4-146
4.112.2 THREAD/OUT[,XAXIS,x][,YAXIS,y][,INCR] 4-146
4.112.3 THREAD/AUTO 4-147
4.113 TLSPEC (L) 4-151
4.113.1 TLSPEC/CENTER,RIGHT-LEFT,IN-OUT 4-151
4.113.2 TLSPEC/OFFSET,RIGHT-LEFT-ON,DIAMTR,IN-OUT-ON 4-151
4.114 TMARK 4-152
4.115 TOLER 4-153
4.116 TRANS (L) 4-154
4.117 TRANS (M) 4-155
4.117.1 TRANS/x,y,z 4-155
4.117.2 TRANS/xi,xj,xk,xd,yi,yj,yk,yd,zi,zj,zk,zd 4-156
4.117.3 TRANS/xi,xj,xk,xd,yi,yj,yk,yd,zi,zj,zk,zd,OPTION,[00-10-01-11] 4-157
4.117.4 TRANS/OUT,OFF-m1 4-158
4.118 TURRET (L) 4-159
4.118.1 Single Turret Lathe 4-159
4.118.1.1 TURRET/p,f,x,y[,CLW-CCLW] 4-159
4.118.1.2 TURRET/CENTER[,OFF] 4-159
4.118.1.3 TURRET/0 4-159
4.118.2 Multiple Turret Lathe: 4-163
4.118.2.1 TURRET/p,f,x,y[,CLW-CCLW][,FRONT-REAR] 4-163
4.118.2.2 TURRET/CENTER[,OFF] 4-163
4.118.2.3 TURRET/0 4-163
4.118.2.4 TURRET/FRONT-REAR 4-163
5 LATHE - COMMON VARIABLES 5-1
5.1 INTRODUCTION 5-1
5.1.1 Multi-Dimensional Arrays 5-1
5.2 LATHE INTCOM VARIABLES 5-2
5.3 LATHE DBLCOM VARIABLES 5-54
5.4 LATHE CHRCOM VARIABLES 5-71

ToC-v
Table of Contents

6 MILL - COMMON VARIABLES 6-1

6.1 INTRODUCTION 6-1
6.1.1 Multi-Dimensional Arrays 6-1
6.2 MILL INTCOM VARIABLES 6-2
6.3 MILL RELCOM VARIABLES 6-77
6.4 MILL DBLCOM VARIABLES 6-79
6.5 MILL CHRCOM VARIABLES 6-99
7 DEFAULT SETTINGS 7-1
7.1 DEFAULT TAPE FORMAT 7-1
7.1.1 Lathe Defaults 7-1
7.1.2 Mill Defaults 7-1
7.2 DEFAULT OUTPUT CODES AND RELATIVE COMMANDS 7-2
7.2.1 Lathe Default Codes 7-2
7.2.2 Mill Default Codes 7-2
7.3 DEFAULT MACHINE/CONTROL PARAMETERS 7-4
7.3.1 Lathe Default Parameters 7-4
7.3.2 Mill Default Parameters 7-5
8 UNCMRG POST PROCESSOR 8-1
8.1 AUTOMATIC MACHIN STATEMENT SELECTION 8-1
8.2 MODE/MILL-TURN,O1,S1 COMMAND 8-2
8.3 PROGRAMMING EXAMPLE: 8-2
8.4 CONCLUSION 8-3
9 4-AXIS MERGING LATHES 9-1
9.1 THE TWO TYPE OF 4 AXIS MERGING: 9-1
9.1.1 XZ-UW Merging: 9-1
9.1.2 P-Code Merging: – P Code 9-4
10 ARC / NURBS FITTING 10-1
10.1 APT SETUP REQUIREMENTS: 10-1
10.2 G-POST SETUP REQUIREMENTS: 10-1
10.3 CURVE FITTING VOCABULARY WORDS: 10-1
10.4 THE CRVFIT COMMAND: 10-2
10.4.1 CRVFIT/ARC,ON 10-2
10.4.2 CRVFIT/ARC,OFF 10-2
10.4.3 CRVFIT/ARCSLP,ON-OFF 10-2
10.4.4 CRVFIT/XYZ,0-1 10-2
10.4.5 CRVFIT/RADIUS,1,r1 10-2
10.4.6 CRVFIT/RADIUS,2,r2 10-3
10.4.7 CRVFIT/SPLINE,ON 10-3
10.4.8 CRVFIT/SPLINE,OFF 10-3
10.4.9 CRVFIT/TYPE,e1 10-3
10.4.10 CRVFIT/PLANE,YXPLAN-YZPLAN-ZXPLAN-ALL 10-3
10.4.11 CRVFIT/TOLER,1,t1 10-3
10.4.12 CRVFIT/TOLER,2,t2 10-4
10.4.13 CRVFIT/TOLER,3,t3 10-4
10.4.14 CRVFIT/TOLER,4,t4 10-4
10.4.15 CRVFIT/TOLER,5,t5 10-4
10.4.16 CRVFIT/TOLER,6,t6 10-4
10.4.17 CRVFIT/TOLER,7,t7 10-4
10.4.18 CRVFIT/TOLER,8,t8 10-4
10.4.19 CRVFIT/POINT,1,p1 10-5
10.4.20 CRVFIT/POINT,2,p2 10-5

ToC-vi
 Table of Contents

10.5 CL DATA GENERATED FROM CRVFIT/--- COMMANDS: 10-5

10.5.1 MOVNRB/--- for a regular NURBS 10-5
10.5.2 MOVNRB/--- for a cubic spline . 10-6
10.5.3 MOVNRB/--- for an arc 10-6
10.5.4 MOVNRB/M3AXIS-M5AXIS 10-6
10.5.5 MOVNRB/3002-5002 10-6
10.6 ARC / NURBS FITTING - FAQ 10-8
10.7 EXAMPLES 10-10
10.7.1 A simple example of Arc fit in APT and output: 10-10
10.7.2 A simple example of NURBS fit in APT and output: (same program as above) 10-14
11 OPTIONAL OUTPUT FILES 11-1
11.1 HTML PACKAGER 11-1
11.2 HTML PACKAGER - COMMAND LINE VERSION 11-2
11.3 SIMULATION FILE 11-3
12 APPENDIX A - ALPHA CHARACTERS 12-1
12.1 ASCII CHARACTER TABLE 12-1
12.2 ALPHABET NUMBERING TABLE 12-1
13 APPENDIX B - ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONS 13-1

14 GLOSSARY 14-1

ToC-vii
 Table of Figures

Table of Figures
FIGURE 1 APT-G-POST SYSTEM FLOW CHART ......................................................................................................... 1-1
FIGURE 2 CAD/CAM – G-POST SYSTEM FLOW CHART ........................................................................................... 1-2
FIGURE 3 FIRST QUADRANT LATHE............................................................................................................................ 2-4
FIGURE 4 FOURTH QUADRANT LATHE ....................................................................................................................... 2-5
FIGURE 5 VTL ............................................................................................................................................................ 2-5
FIGURE 6 MULTIPLE TURRET LATHE ( FIXED X) ........................................................................................................ 2-6
FIGURE 7 MULTIPLE TURRET LATHE (ADJUSTABLE X) .............................................................................................. 2-7
FIGURE 8 2 + 2 LATHES ............................................................................................................................................. 2-8
FIGURE 9 MACHINE TOOL AXIS CONFIGURATION ................................................................................................... 2-10
FIGURE 10 POSTPROCESSING MODEL ........................................................................................................................ 3-3
FIGURE 11 CIMPRO MAIN SCREEN ............................................................................................................................ 3-4
FIGURE 12 OPTION FILE GENERATOR ICON ................................................................................................................ 3-5
FIGURE 13 START UP SCREEN .................................................................................................................................... 3-6
FIGURE 14 CREATING A NEW OPTION FILE ................................................................................................................ 3-7
FIGURE 15 CREATING A NEW OPTION FILE ................................................................................................................ 3-7
FIGURE 16 SELECTING THE MACHINE TYPE ............................................................................................................... 3-7
FIGURE 17 SPECIFYING THE POSTPROCESSOR NUMBER............................................................................................... 3-8
FIGURE 18 METHOD OF INITIALIZATION ..................................................................................................................... 3-8
FIGURE 19 INITIALIZING FROM A SYSTEM SUPPLIED DEFAULT OPTION FILE ............................................................... 3-9
FIGURE 20 SPECIFY THE TITLE FOR THE NEW OPTION FILE ........................................................................................ 3-10
FIGURE 21 OPEN AN EXISTING OPTION FILE ............................................................................................................ 3-10
FIGURE 22 OPEN AN EXISTING OPTION FILE ............................................................................................................ 3-11
FIGURE 23 OPENING EXISTING OPTION FILES ........................................................................................................... 3-11
FIGURE 24 OPTION FILE GENERATOR MAIN MENU SCREEN..................................................................................... 3-12
FIGURE 25 OPTION FILE GENERATOR LAYOUT ........................................................................................................ 3-13
FIGURE 26 MULTIPLE CHOICE SELECTION BOX ....................................................................................................... 3-14
FIGURE 27 ADDRESS REGISTER SELECTION BOX ..................................................................................................... 3-14
FIGURE 28 ADDRESS REGISTER FORMAT BOX ......................................................................................................... 3-15
FIGURE 29 REGISTER ADDRESS ORDERING .............................................................................................................. 3-16
FIGURE 30 MOVING REGISTER ADDRESSES .............................................................................................................. 3-16
FIGURE 31 EDIT BOX ................................................................................................................................................ 3-17
FIGURE 32 CALCULATOR ......................................................................................................................................... 3-17
FIGURE 33 ASCII CHARACTER BOX/TABLE ............................................................................................................. 3-17
FIGURE 34 FUNCTION CODE BOX ............................................................................................................................. 3-18
FIGURE 35 EDIT BOX WITH SPIN BUTTONS ............................................................................................................... 3-18
FIGURE 36 COMMON VARIABLE DOCUMENT SEARCH ENGINE ................................................................................. 3-19
FIGURE 37 TOOL BAR ICONS .................................................................................................................................... 3-19
FIGURE 38 PULL DOWN MENU ................................................................................................................................. 3-20
FIGURE 39 FILE MENU ............................................................................................................................................. 3-20
FIGURE 40 WINDOW MENU ...................................................................................................................................... 3-21
FIGURE 41 OPTIONS MENU ....................................................................................................................................... 3-21
FIGURE 42 HELP MENU ............................................................................................................................................ 3-21
FIGURE 43 CURRENT FILES BOX .............................................................................................................................. 3-22
FIGURE 44 CL POINTS AND THE CYCLE STATEMENT - LATHE ................................................................................ 4-19
FIGURE 45 CL POINTS AND THE CYCLE STATEMENT - MILL .................................................................................. 4-19
FIGURE 46 FIRST QUADRANT LATHE GAUGE LENGTHS......................................................................................... 4-160
FIGURE 47 FOURTH QUADRANT LATHE GAUGE LENGTHS .................................................................................... 4-161
FIGURE 48 VTL GAUGE LENGTHS.......................................................................................................................... 4-162
FIGURE 49 SECONDARY TURRET GAUGE LENGTHS ................................................................................................ 4-164
FIGURE 50 PRIMARY TURRET GAUGE LENGTH ...................................................................................................... 4-165

ToF-i
 1 Overview

1 Overview

1.1 Introduction to G-Post

Processing an APT Program

Figure 1 shows how you get from an APT program to a MCD (Machine Control Data) punch file (.PU1)
using the G-Post (generalized postprocessor).

APT Source

APT
Processor

CL File

FIL File

Option File G-POST

MCD File Listing File

.PU1 .LST

Figure 1 APT-G-POST System Flow Chart

1-1
G-Post Reference Manual

Processing a CAD/CAM CL File

Figure 2 shows how you get from a CAD/CAM NC tool path file to a MCD (Machine Control Data) punch
file (.PU1) using the G-Post (generalized postprocessor).

CAD/CAM NC Source File

APT XPOST
Processor or Processor

CL File

FIL File

Option File G-POST

MCD File Listing File

.PU1 .LST

Figure 2 CAD/CAM – G-POST System Flow Chart

1-2
 1 Overview

1.2 G-Post Summary

The post processor reads the CL File as input. In addition, it reads machine information from an Option
File you create using the Option File Generator. The post processor converts the input CL into a format the
machine understands and outputs it as a MCD (Machine Control Data) punch file (.PU1). The psot
processor can optionally use a FIL File to further enhance the output in the MCD file.

UNCL01 is a generalized post processor for Turning machines or Lathes. UNCX01 is a generalized post
processor for Milling machines, Wire EDMs, Lasers, Punch Presses, etc.

1.2.1 Customization

There are three ways to customize a post processor for a particular machine tool control unit:

1. Option File: The Option File Generator enables you to set machine control parameters. When
creating a Lathe Option file, the Option File created is named UNCL01.Pnn, where nn is the machine
number you assigned. When creating a Mill, Wire-EDM, Laser or Punch Press Option file, the Option
File created is named UNCX01.Pnn, where nn is the machine number you assigned. The post
processor reads the option file to override the default values of G-Post to generate customized output.
See Chapter 3 of this manual for more information.

2. FIL File: The FIL (Factory Interface Language) is used to customize the post processor output.
FIL is a text based MACRO language. When using the Option File Generator, a template FIL file is
automatically created when you select Edit FIL in the Option File Generator Advanved menu. When
creating a Lathe Option File, the FIL File is named UNCL01.Fnn, where nn is the machine number
you assigned. When creating a Mill, Wire-EDM, Laser or Punch Press Option file, the FIL File is
named UNCX01.Fnn, where nn is the machine number you assigned. The post processor reads the
FIL file after reading the option file. See the FIL Manual for more information.

3. PLABEL: For minor changes, you can use the PLABEL commands in a APT or CL file to override
the default values. This is considered an obsolete feature but it is still fully supported by the G-Post.
See PLABEL in Chapter 4 of this manual for more information.

1.2.2 Output Files

The post processor creates several files when it processes the CL data. By default it will create the MCD
(Machine Control Data) file, also know as the Punch file, (.PU1 or .TAP) and the Listing file (.LST). The
Option File can also be configured to output an HTML File (.HTM) and Simulation File (.TAB), see
Chapter 11 for more information about these files and their configuration.

MCD File (.PU1 or .TAP):

The MCD file contains the information a specific machine needs to cut the part your tool path was defined
for. This output is based on the settings you chose in the Option File and any addtional customization done
via the FIL file.

Listing File (.LST):

The Listing file contains by default the output the post processor created during the run. This data is a
formated version of the data in the MCD file. The post processor can be configured to output additional
informaiton to the Listing file by means of the Option File or FIL file.

1-3
G-Post Reference Manual

1.2.3 Command Reference

This manual explains in detail the options and commands provided in the post processor, with examples to
process part programs. The examples assume you are using the post processor defaults.

Some of the commands in this manual may not apply to your particular machine tool.

1.3 Manual Conventions

This manual uses certain conventions to present information. You will find it helpful to review this section
before going any further in the manual.

1.3.1 Notes, Cautions, and Warnings

A Note is information that is of interest or importance. The following is an example of a Note:

Note: Some CNC controllers require that sequence

numbers begin with 1 and increment by 1.

A Caution contains very important information that you need to know to avoid losing or corrupting data
or accidentally causing minor damage. The following shows an example of a Caution:

Caution: If you answer No to this prompt, you will lose all

data that you entered during this session.

A Warning contains extremely important information that that you need to know to avoid causing major
damage to person or property. The following is an example of a Warning:

Warning: Changing the machine's axis limits may cause

the machine to over travel and damage the
machine.

Examples:

The manual frequently contains Examples to aid in the explanation of various commands. Those
Examples are shown in the following typeface:

GOTO/0,0,0

Examples of text or data that you are to enter is shown in boldface type, as shown: Type YES at the
prompt.

1-4
 2 Configuration

2 Configurations
Introduction
This chapter describes how the Mill and Lathe post processors handle various machine tool configurations.
These sections are titled Lathe Configurations, Mill Configurations, Units of Measure and Mill Motion
Analysis.

2.1 Lathe G-Post - UNCL01

The UNCL01 Lathe Generalized Post Processor uses an Option file and FIL file to describe the particular
codes required by your machine tool for a specific function. The post processor passes this information into
memory through COMMON variables.

The post processor uses the following two types of memory locations:

• Non-fractional numbers or integers. The manual refers to these as INTCOM variables. There are
~5000 INTCOM variables, see Chapter 5 for a full description of these common variables.

• Double precision fractional numbers or numbers that contain a decimal point. The manual refers to
these as DBLCOM variables. There are ~2000 DBLCOM variables, see Chapter 5 for a full
description of these common variables.

The variable type (INTCOM or DBLCOM) is identified by its subscript location within the post processor.
If you assign a number with a decimal portion to an INTCOM, the decimal portion of the number will be
truncated. If you assign an integer number to a DBLCOM variable, the decimal portion will contain zeroes
and the value of the number will be unchanged.

The following example demonstrates this concept:

ICYCLG(12) 0470 THE G CODE FOR THE ABOVE CYCLES

The above variable is in the INTCOM variable section and starts at location 470 in memory. It is twelve
locations long and contains twelve seperate values.

You can see that the next variable location on that list starts at 482. So the ICYCLG variable occupies
locations 470 through 481. These numbers, or locations, have significance when applied to the following
commands:

• DEBUGG/. This post processor command examines the contents of an INTCOM or DBLCOM
location. See Chapter 4 for a complete description of the DEBUGG command.

• PLABEL/MODIFY. This post processor command changes the contents of an INTCOM or

DBLCOM location. See Chapter 5 for a description of common variables and their locations. Chapter
4 also describes the PLABEL command in detail.

You can use these two commands within a part program or CL File to change the output of the post
processor. Use of these commands will override the variables set by the option file for the length of the run
only. They will not permanently change the option file or the post processor, so feel free to experiment with
these commands.

2-1
G-Post Reference Manual

Not all variables stay the same value for the duration of post processor execution. Some will change when
motion is processed, and others may change when a post processor word is used. Some are used as flags by
the post processor and should never be changed. The maximum amount of damage that can occur on an
in-house system is abnormal termination of the run, which may require clearing of the scratch files used by
the system..

These features are available for changing post processor output when the default output does not fit the
machine's required format. See Chapter 5 for a list of all the COMMON locations used in the post
processor. See Chapter 4 for a list of post processor commands, shown in reference format. Chapter 7
contains a list of default settings.

2.2 Mill G-Post – UNCX01

The UNCX01 Mill Generalized Post Processor uses an Option file and FIL file to describe the particular
codes required by your machine tool for a specific function. The post processor passes this information into
memory through COMMON variables.

The post processor uses the following three types of memory locations:

• Non-fractional numbers or integers. The manual refers to these as INTCOM variables. There are
~5000 INTCOM variables, see chapter 6 for a full description of these common variables.

• Single precision fractional numbers or numbers that contain a decimal point. The manual refers to
these as RELCOM variables. There are ~902 RELCOM variables, see chapter 6 for a full description
of these common variables.

• Double precision fractional numbers or numbers that contain a decimal point. The manual refers to
these as DBLCOM variables. There are ~2000 DBLCOM variables, see chapter 6 for a full description
of these common variables.

The variable type (INTCOM, RELCOM, or DBLCOM) is identified by its subscript location within the
post processor. If you assign a number with a decimal portion to an INTCOM, the decimal portion of the
number will be truncated. If you assign an integer number to a RELCOM variable, the decimal portion will
contain zeroes and the value of the number will be unchanged.

The following example demonstrates this concept:

ICYCLG(12) 0470 THE G CODE FOR THE ABOVE CYCLES

The above variable is in the INTCOM variable section and starts at location 470 in memory. It is twelve
locations long and contains twelve seperate values.

You can see that the next variable location on that list starts at 482. So the ICYCLG variable occupies
locations 470 through 481. These numbers, or locations, have significance when applied to the following
commands:

• DEBUGG/. This post processor command examines the contents of an INTCOM, RELCOM, or
DBLCOM location. See Chapter 4 for a complete description of the DEBUGG command.
• PLABEL/MODIFY. This post processor command changes the contents of an INTCOM, RELCOM,
or DBLCOM location. See Chapter 5 for a description of common variables and their locations.
Chapter 4 describes the PLABEL command in detail.

2-2
 2 Configuration

Use these two commands within a part program or CL File to examine or override the variables set by the
option file. Use of these commands will override the variables set by the option file for the length of the run
only. They will not permanently change the option file or the postprocessor, so feel free to experiment with
these commands.

Not all variables stay the same value for the duration of post processor execution. Some will change when
motion is processed, and others may change when a post processor word is used. Some are used as flags by
the post processor and should never be changed. The maximum amount of damage that can occur on an
in-house system is abnormal termination of the run, which may require clearing of the scratch files used by
the system.

These features are available for changing post processor output when the default output does not fit the
machine's required format. See Chapter 6 for a list of all the COMMON locations used in the post
processor. See Chapter 4 for a list of post processor commands, shown in reference format. Chapter 7
contains a list of default settings.

2.3 Units of Measure

In the following discussion of units, the minor words IPM-MMPM and IPR-MMPR cause no conversion
of units. The conversion from metric to inch is handled by the MACHIN/ statement. The post processor
assumes that CL coordinates and the unit related values in post processor commands are expressed in
inches for inch input and in millimeters for metric input.

The unit related minor words are assumed to be as follows:

Word Inch Input

IPM inches per minute

IPR inches per revolution
SFM surface feet per minute

Word Metric Input

MMPM millimeters per minute

MMPR millimeters per revolution
SMM surface meters per minute

See also PLABEL/OPTION,3.

Note: The default values and examples in this manual denote inch units unless specified otherwise.

2.3.1 Switchable Inch/Metric Machine

The G-Post post processors accept inch or metric CL data and generates inch or metric output. When the
input and output units are the same, the post processor performs no conversion. When they are different, it
performs the appropriate conversion from metric to inch or inch to metric. The post processor assumes that
CL coordinates and the unit related values in post processor commands are expressed in inches for inch
input and in millimeters for metric input.

2-3
G-Post Reference Manual

2.3.2 Inch Only Machine

The post processor accepts inch or metric CL data and generates inch output. When the input and output
units are the same, the post processor performs no conversion. When they are different, it performs the
conversion from metric to inch. The post processor assumes that CL coordinates and the unit related values
in post processor commands are expressed in inches for inch input and in millimeters for metric input.

2.3.3 Metric Only Machine

The post processor accepts inch or metric CL data and generates metric output. When the input and output
units are the same, the post processor performs no conversion. When they are different, it performs the
conversion from inch to metric. The post processor assumes that CL coordinates and the unit related values
in post processor commands are expressed in inches for inch input and in millimeters for metric input

2.4 Machine Tool Configurations

This section shows you how the G-Post handles some common machine tool configurations.

2.4.1 Lathe Configurations

This section shows you how the Lathe G-Post handles some common lathe configurations.

2.4.1.1 First Quadrant Lathe

The post processor converts CL X to Lathe Z and CL Y to Lathe X.

CL +Y
LATHE +X

CL +X LATHE +Z

Figure 3 First Quadrant Lathe

The turret is positioned in the first quadrant. You must define the part in the same quadrant.

See also PLABEL/OPTION,53

2-4
 2 Configuration

2.4.1.2 Fourth Quadrant Lathe

The post processor converts CL X to Lathe Z and CL Y to Lathe X.

CL +X
LATHE +Z

CL -Y LATHE -X

Figure 4 Fourth Quadrant Lathe

The turret is positioned in the fourth quadrant; the part must be defined in the same quadrant.

See also PLABEL/OPTION,53.

2.4.1.3 Vertical Lathe VTL

The post processor converts CL X to VTL X and CL Y to VTL Z.

CL +Y
VTL +Z

CL +X VTL +X

Figure 5 VTL

The turret is positioned in the first quadrant; you must define the part in the same quadrant.

See also PLABEL/OPTION,53.

2-5
G-Post Reference Manual

2.4.1.4 Multiple Turret Lathe - Same Slide (Fixed X)

The post processor converts CL X to Lathe Z and CL Y to Lathe X. When using the secondary turret, axes
output reflects the primary turret position, adjusted by the fixed distances measured along the CL Y axis
and the CL X axis..

CL +Y
LATHE +X
Rear Rear
Turret Turret

CL +X LATHE +Z

Front Front
Turret Turret

CL -Y LATHE -X

Figure 6 Multiple Turret Lathe ( Fixed X)

The primary turret is the front turret. The default distance from the primary turret to the secondary turret in
the CL coordinate system is CL Y=+15.0 and CL X is not adjustable (CL X=0.0). When using the front
turret, you must define the part in the fourth quadrant. When using the rear turret, define the part in the first
quadrant.

See also PLABEL/OPTION,52; PLABEL/OPTION,53; and HEAD/.

2-6
 2 Configuration

2.4.1.5 Multiple Turret Lathe - Separate Slide (Adjustable X)

The post processor converts CL X to Lathe Z and CL Y to Lathe X. When using the secondary turret, axes
output reflects the primary turret position, adjusted by the fixed distances measured along the CL Y axis
and the CL X axis.

CL +Y LATHE +X

Rear Rear
Turret Turret

LATHE +Z
CL +X

Front
Front Turret
Turret

LATHE -X
CL -Y

Figure 7 Multiple Turret Lathe (Adjustable X)

The primary turret is the front turret. The default distance from the primary turret to the secondary turret in
the CL coordinate system is CL Y=+15.0 and CL X=10.0. When using the front turret, you must define the
part in the fourth quadrant. When using the rear turret, define the part in the first quadrant.

See also PLABEL/OPTION,52; PLABEL/OPTION,53; and HEAD/.

2-7
G-Post Reference Manual

2.4.1.6 2+2 Lathes

The post processor converts CL X to Lathe Z and CL Y to Lathe X. When using the secondary turret, axes
output reflects the turret selected.

CL +Y
LATHE +X
Rear Rear
Turret Turret

CL +X LATHE +Z

Front Front
Turret Turret

CL -Y LATHE -X

Figure 8 2 + 2 Lathes

The primary turret is the front turret controlled by XZ axes. The secondary turret is the rear turret
controlled by UW axes.

When using the front turret, define the part in the fourth quadrant. When using the rear turret, define the
part in the first quadrant.

See also PLABEL/OPTION,52; PLABEL/OPTION,53; and HEAD/.

2-8
 2 Configuration

2.4.2 Mill, Wire EDM, Live Tooling Lathe Configurations

Milling machines with contouring rotary axes have two basic configurations: a part-moving axis, a tool-
moving axis and a live tooling lathe. If the part moves when the table rotates, the machine has a part-
moving axis. If the machine moves when the head rotates, the machine has a tool-moving axis.

Wire EDMs can be configured as tilt wire or fixed axis machines.

Live Tooling Lathes can be configured with the tool axis parallel to the Lathe Z axis or perpendicular to the
Lathe Z axis.

There are eight common machine tool types:

1. Mills without contouring rotary axes.

2. Four-axis rotary table. The machine has three linear axes of tool motion. The part rotates about one
rotary axis.

3. Four-axis rotary head. The machine has three linear axes of tool motion. There is one rotary axis of
tool motion.

4. Five-axis dual rotary table. The machine has three axes of linear motion. The part has two axes of
rotation.

5. Five-axis rotary table with rotary head. The machine has three axes of linear motion. The machine
rotates on one axis, and the part rotates on one axis.

6. Five-axis dual rotary head. The machine has three linear axes and two rotary axes.

7. Live tooling Lathe-XZ and C, R Theta machine.

8. Wire EDM machines

2-9
G-Post Reference Manual

You describe the machine tool type to the postprocessor when you select the Machine Tool Type panel
in the Option File Generator. You can change the physical address of the axes at any time after you have
defined the axis.

Z (+ or -)

Y (+ or -)
C Axis

B Axis

A Axis

X (+ or -)

Figure 9 Machine Tool Axis Configuration

2-10
 2 Configuration

2.4.3 Mill-Turn Configurations

For a Mill-Turn machine, the Mill G-Post can now support both milling and turning modes. Before you had
to use the UNCMRG/Merge option with multiple post processor executions (See chapter 8 of this manual
for full details on UNCMRG). We recommend you use this new method. You can set the various mill-turn
modes in the option file generator panels. The Mill-Turn mode is available for the 1 Rotary/1 Radial (Live
Tooling) and 5 Axis Rotary Table / Rotary Head (C – Table/B – Head) machine tool types only.

Note: You can continue to use UNCMRG/Merge option if you choose, it is fully supported. I you choose
to use this method do not select the Mill-Turn mode check box on the Machine Tool Type screen. Set the
Merging Post option (INTCOM(1868)=1) in the Start/End of Program screen as before.

Mill mode:
The G-Post has two new commands, MODE/MILL and SPINDL/PARLEL,[ZAXIS-XAXIS] to specify
the desired tool axis condition. You can freely switch between these in your input program.

You must specify the input coordinates to be in the Machine coordinates as (X,Y,Z) for both spindle
configurations. If your input file is in any other format, you can convert via the transformation panel or use
TRANS/matrix,OPTION,11 command in your input file.

When SPINDL/PARLEL,ZAXIS is in effect, you would be doing "end work" with XC and Z-axis output
to profile or drill at the end of the part.

When SPINDL/PARLEL,XAXIS is in effect, you would be doing "side work" with XC and Z-axis output
to profile or drill at the side of the part.

In either of these conditions, some machines support a Y-axis stroke instead of the combined ZC or XC
output. In this case, the command MODE/YAXIS,[ON-OFF-AUTO] is supplied to be used in your input
program to enable or disable the Y axis output.

When the AUTO mode is set, make sure you set the Y-stroke limits on your machine. The G-Post will
automatically output either the machine Y or XC and ZC when programmed Y-axis is within the set limits.

Turn mode:
You can set the G-Post in the turning mode instead of the milling mode at start of the program. The new
command MODE/TURN can also be given in your input program to switch between the MILL and TURN
modes.

Optionally you can specify the input coordinates to be in the Machine or APT like part system. The default
is similar to the Mill mode as in (X,0,Z), where X is the lathe radius and Z is along the centerline.

Turret section:

For turning mode, the tool changes should be done using the TURRET command to get the G92 pre-set
blocks etc instead of the LOADTL command as in the milling mode. You can also set options like X output
in diameters and G92 pre-set for tool tip programming conditions.

Spindle section:

Here you can specify options for CSFM programming and the R-output for the control to determine the
initial RPM value.

2-11
G-Post Reference Manual

Thread section:

Single point G33 type threading is supported and the options for Lead register and modality are set in this
section. The input program will supply THREAD/ON command followed by the GOTO to enable
threading motion as before.

CAM systems can generate a complete threading cycle with THREAD/AUTO or THRDSQ commands.
You can let the G-Post convert this into multiple G33 blocks. If you prefer to handle this in FIL, then
select the option Do not expand and write your FIL code to parse THREAD/AUTO command and
output the desired blocks.

Note: This option must be set in the option file and cannot be set/reset using FIL.

New G-POST commands added:

MODE/MILL Specifies milling mode.

Note: there is no option file number with this command. This indicates the use of new mill-turn mode
instead of the merge method using UNCMRG.

Under MODE/MILL, there are three new commands to further control milling operations.

SPINDL/PARLEL,ZAXIS specifies milling at the end of the part.

SPINDL/PARLEL,XAXIS for milling at the side of the part.

MODE/YAXIS,[ON-OFF-AUTO] can be given to use the Y-axis or output ZC or XC coordinates. The

limits of the Y-axis will be set in the option file.

MODE/TURN Specifies turning mode. With this, you can specify normal turning/facing operations with
GOTO/commands. Also the commands PITCH and THREAD/ON are now enabled for threading.

In addition, the complete CYCLE/commands and circular motion are fully supported for all
configurations in milling and turning modes.

Sample program:

PARTNO TEST
MACHIN/UNCX01,1 $$ SET UP A LIVE TOOLING MACHINE IN OPTFILE
MODE/TURN $$ TURNING MODE
TURRET/1,1
SPINDL/300
FEDRAT/10
FROM/10,10,0
GOTO/10,1,0 $$ TURNING OPERATION
GOTO/1,1,0
RAPID
GOTO/10,10,0
GOTO/10,1,0 $$ THREADING OPERATION
PITCH/8
THREAD/ON
GOTO/1,1,0
RAPID
GOTO/10,10,0
MODE/MILL $$ MILLING MODE SPINDL PARLEL TO Z-AXIS
SPINDL/PARLEL,ZAXIS

2-12
 2 Configuration

FROM/10,10,10
GOTO/10,1,5
MODE/YAXIS,ON $$ USE Y OUTPUT INSTEAD OF XZC
GOTO/10,-1,5
RAPID
GOTO/10,10,10
MODE/MILL $$ MILLING MODE SPINDL PARLEL TO X-AXIS
SPINDL/PARLEL,XAXIS
MODE/YAXIS,AUTO $$ AUTOMATIC Y OUTPUT INSTEAD OF XZC IF IN LIMITS
GOTO/10,1,5
GOTO/10,-1,5
RAPID
GOTO/10,10,5
END
FINI

2.5 Mill Motion Analysis

Under rapid traverse mode, the Mill post processor optional can be setup to splits a given move into two
blocks. PLABEL/OPTION,40 should be set to control the exact motion analysis desired. The default
motion analysis is a follows:

• When the spindle is advancing, the post processor outputs XY and ROTARY as one block and then
outputs Z as a separate block.

• When the spindle is retracting, the post processor outputs Z as one block and then outputs XY and
ROTARY as a separate block.

2-13
 3 Option File Generator

3 The Option File Generator

3.1 Introduction
The Option File Generator (OFG) is an application that is used to create and/or modify an Option File.
Option Files are used to configure a post processor to the user’s specifications. The Option File is read by
the G-Post at execution time and pre-configures the post processor’s internal variable table prior to reading
the tool path or CL file.

The OFG has gone through many changes since it was first introduced back in the early 1980‘s. Most of
those changes were refinements and enhancements introduced as a result of the experience gained from
having the application out in “real world“ manufacturing environments. This is where we had to make it do
the job for our customers. As a result the OFG has evolved to have many new features that make it easier
for a user to create a post processor for their NC/CNC machine tools.

This latest version of the OFG has been updated to take advantage of the many advancements that
Graphical User Interface (GUI) technology offers. These interface enhancements have dramatically
improved the application’s presentation of complex concepts by the use of graphical tools such as spin
buttons, bitmap images and special widgets. In addition, the OFG provides a constant environment where
both the Option File and it’s associated FIL file (see the FIL Manual for more information) are presented as
a complete package for the user.

Finally, the OFG has a complete and context sensitive help feature that takes advantage of the help
presentation features of today’s modern GUI interfaces. The full details of the process of creating a
postprocessor for your machine are documented on-line where you can get immediate help on any feature
or concept about which you might be unclear.

3.1.1 First, a Few Words…

Before we explain the Option File Generator (OFG), you need to know what assumptions we are making
about you and the experience you have.

3.1.2 What You Need to Know

The Option File Generator (OFG) is an application that is much easier to use and understand than any of its
predecessors but you will be much more successful if you possess the following skills and/or knowledge:

• A basic understanding of NC programming

• Understanding of the Post Processor functional requirements
• Knowledge of your machine/controller requirements

3-1
G-Post Reference Manual

3.1.3 What You Need to Have

You must have the following to use the Option File Generator (OFG) and the resulting files produced.

• Lathe G-Post or Mill G-Post software.

• XPOST (post processor only) CAD/CAM Interface.
• Option File Generator JAVA software

This manual refers to other Austin N.C., Inc. manuals in several places. You will need the following
manuals:

• Factory Interface Language (FIL) Manual

• CIMpro NC System Guide
•

3.2 How To Use the Option File Generator

This section provides a broad overview of the Option File Generator (OFG). We explain the basics of how
to use the OFG and tell you where to look for specific reference information.

3.2.1 Overview of the Option File Generator

The Option File Generator enables you to do the following tasks:

• Interactively create an Option File that will configure a post processor for your NC/CNC
machine/control requirements.

• Provide an interface for creating/editing a FIL file for any specialized post processor requirements.

• Create your post processor from existing templates or post processors you may have already created.

You do this by writing an Option File called UNCL01.Pnn (if you are using the Lathe G-Post) or
UNCX01.Pnn (if you are using the Mill G-Post). The nn in the file name represents the machine number
you assigned to when you initialized the Option File Generator. If you choose to utilize the advanced
features of FIL, an additional file will be created using the same file naming convention but the file
extension will begin with F. For example, to use FIL with the Lathe G-Post, you would have an Option File
UNCL01.Pnn and a FIL file UNCL01.Fnn. If you need help creating a FIL file, see the Factory
Interface Language (FIL) manual.

3-2
 3 Option File Generator

Option File Generator

CL File

UNCL01.Fnn FIL UNCX01.Fnn

Lathe Mill
UNCL01.Pnn G-Post G-Post UNCX01.Pnn

MCD File Listing File

Figure 10 Postprocessing Model

3.2.2 First Things First: Plan

Before you begin the process of creating a post processor you will want to gather some information about
your machine and it’s controller. The following list is an example of the information you will be required to
know in order to build your post processor.

Machine tool manuals

• Axis travel limits and (optional) home position
• Axis feed rate limits
• Spindle limits and ranges

Machine Controller and/or programmer’s manuals

• Machine preparatory (G) and auxiliary (M) codes
• Address register formats and limits
• Circular motion requirements

3-3
G-Post Reference Manual

3.3 Starting the Option File Generator

3.3.1 Introduction

The Option File Generator and the G-Post are intrinsic components of Austin N.C., Inc.’s programming
systems: CIMpro and AutoPRO. In addition, they can be purchased seperately for use with many of the
popular CAD/CAM systems that are capable of producing tool path (CL) data files. This chapter discusses
the methods used to start the Option File Generator in each of those environments.

3.3.2 Starting from CIMpro

CIMpro is the Graphical User Interface (GUI) that provides the user with easy accessability to the APT and
G-Post Systems. These software packages have been the core of Austin N.C., Inc.’s NC business for over
30 years.

The CIMpro GUI application provides easy access to the applications and files a user works with to create
machine data. Starting the Option File Generator from CimPRO selecting Applications then Configure
G-Post (via Option File Generator) from the pull-down menus or use the Option File Generator
Button, it is the ninth one and is red and white with pictures of a wrench and screwdriver.

Figure 11 CimPRO Main Screen

3-4
 3 Option File Generator

3.3.3 Stand Alone Operation

You may also create a shortcut or icon to start the Option File Generator in stand alone mode if you desire.

The following is a description of the procedure to set up a shortcut for MicroSoft Windows. For any further
assistance with Windows please consult your Windows documentation.

3.3.3.1 Setting up a Windows Shortcut:

1. Position the cursor on the Windows desktop area so that it is not on an active application, an icon or
any task bar.
2. Click the right mouse button once.
3. A small menu will appear. From this menu click the left mouse button on New.
4. Another menu will appear. From this menu click the left mouse button on Shortcut.
5. An application screen will appear titled Create Shortcut. There is a field where you will need to
enter the full path to the application for the Option File Generator . The path will consist of the disk on
which you installed the system with the following directory/file information. If you installed the
CIMpro system on the C: drive, your entry would look like this.

C:\ANC\CAMSYS\OPTFILE.EXE

Click the Next button.

6. Complete this process by assigning your new icon a name and clicking the Finish button.
7. You should end up seeing the following icon with the name you gave it.

Figure 12 Option File Generator Icon

3-5
G-Post Reference Manual

3.4 Using the Option File Generator

After you have started the Option File Generator by one of the methods covered in the previous section, the
Option File Generator main menu will appear as follows:

Figure 13 Start Up Screen

At this point you may either create a new option file or open and existing option file.

3-6
 3 Option File Generator

3.4.1 Creating a New Post Processor Option File

To create a new option file you can select File from the pull down menu.

Figure 14 Creating a New Option File

or select the new file icon:

Figure 15 Creating a New Option File

After selecting New you must specify the type of option file you are creating from the following dialog
box:

Figure 16 Selecting the Machine Type

Select the desired type and click the Next button.

3-7
G-Post Reference Manual

Next you must specify the machine number for this option file using the following dialog box:

Figure 17 Specifying the postprocessor number

The Option File Generator will find the next available option file number and automatically fill in the
Machine Number box. You can either accept the recommended machine number or you can type in a
new number in the Machine Number box. If you want to store the option file on another disk or in a
different directory you can use the Drives and Directory area to change these locations. A list of existing
option files will be grayed out as it is a reference. Once the option file number is selected, select the Next
button.

Next you must select the Method of Initialization from the following dialog box.

Figure 18 Method of Initialization

3-8
 3 Option File Generator

You can chose one of the three following initialization options:

1. You can use the default settings of the post processor.

2. You can select one of the supplied default post processors.
3. You can select any existing post processor option file.

To make your selection pick the method and click the Next button.

If you select option 1, Use the post processor defaults you will be prompted to specify the title for
the new option file. (Skip the next paragraph and Figure 19)

If you select option 2, Select a system supplied default option file or option 3, Select an existing
option file the following dialog box will appear. Option 2: You must select one of the option file
templates from the library directory (Normaly CAMLIB). Option 3: You can select any option file that you
have access rights to. You can navigate to the drive/directory of your choice using the window on the right
of this dialog box.

Figure 19 Initializing from a system supplied default option file

Once a template option file or existing option file has been selected click the Next button.

3-9
G-Post Reference Manual

You will then be prompted to specify the title for the new option file in the following dialog box.

Figure 20 Specify the title for the new option file

Enter the desired post processor title then select the Finish button.

3.4.2 Opening an Existing Post Processor Option File

To open an existing option file you can select File from the pull down menu then select Open.

Figure 21 Open an Existing Option File

3-10
 3 Option File Generator

Or select the Open file icon.

Figure 22 Open an Existing Option File

After selecting Open you must select the option file to open from the following dialog box.

Figure 23 Opening Existing Option files

Select the desired option file by clicking on it then clicking on the right arrow and clicking the OK button
or by double clicking the option file name. Use the Browse... button to change the folder you wish to
view.

The Option File Generator Main Menu will appear.

3-11
G-Post Reference Manual

3.4.3 Option File Generator Main Menu

Figure 24 Option File Generator Main Menu Screen

Once the Option File Generator Main Menu appears you are ready to start customizing the option file.

The following will discuss how to move around throughout the Option File Generator and how to make
changes to the different features of G-Post.

3-12
 3 Option File Generator

To start the Option File Generator screen is divided into several sections as follows.

Figure 25 Option File Generator Layout

3.4.3.1 Main Menu Area

The area of the Option File Generator pointed out by the Main Menu Area caption above is a vertical
menu used for selecting the different post processor function categories to modify. To select a different
category just click on the category title and the information in the Main Panel Area will change to
activate selection features associated with the chosen category.

3.4.3.2 Main Panel

This area will dynamically change according to the current category selected. In some categories this
section will have multiple tabs (or sub-panels, see figure 26) available for selection at the top of the main
panel. To select different sub-panels just click on it’s tab.

To modify or change information on these pages there are several different methods employed. To activate
the modification mechanism you must typically position the cursor onto the subject area or field and click
the left mouse button. The different mechanisms are as follows:

• A selection box presents the current function selection and can be modified by clicking the left mouse
button in the selection box. A list of choices will appear where the current selection will be
highlighted. Move to the desired choice and click the left mouse button again. Your selection will be
activated and the list will disappear leaving your selection displayed.

3-13
G-Post Reference Manual

Figure 26 Multiple Choice Selection Box

• A Register Box or Letter Address box can be modified by clicking the left mouse button on the
register or letter address. A list of addresses will appear where the current selection will be highlighted.
Move the cursor to the desired letter address and click the left mouse button again. The choice will be
activated and the list will disappear leaving your selection displayed.

Figure 27 Address Register Selection Box

3-14
 3 Option File Generator

To set the format of a letter address register. The following dialog box will appear:

Figure 28 Address Register Format Box

• Use the Spin Buttons to adjust the Before decimal and After decimal output for inch and metric
modes. Use the check boxes in the Output section to specify the output state of leading zeros, trailing
zeros, plus sign and the decimal point. To set the format on a different letter address register, click the
left mouse button on the on the letter address in the upper left hand corner of this dialog box and the
register address selection box will allow you to select another letter address. When you have finished
formatting the letter addresses select the Close button.

• You can apply format settings to multiple register addresses through use of the Copy and Paste
buttons. A typical circumstance where this is handy is a change to the format for motion registers.
Normally if one of the XYZIJK register addresses change, the requirements is for all of those
addresses must change.

Assume you have set the X-axis register address to the desired format. Simply position the cursor on
the Copy button and click the left mouse button, the Register area will now say Copy & Paste.
Now position the cursor on the Address area and click with the left mouse button. A list of the active
letter addresses will appear, select the letter you wish to copy this format to. The selected letter
address will now appear in the Address area. Click the Paste button, and the current format will be
applied to the new letter address. You can repeat this process with as many letter addresses as you
wish. To complete the Copy & Paste operation click on the OK button.

3-15
G-Post Reference Manual

• All the letter addresses (registers) used by the G-Post are show on the File Formats -> MCD
File screen. On this panel you can add, delete, modify, reorder or change the description of any of the
defined letter addresses used in a given G-Post option file. To edit a given letter address click
on the address bar then click the Edit Selected Address button. The Register Settings box will
appear for that letter address.

Figure 29 Register Address Ordering

• To rearrange the order of the letter addresses (registers) the MCD File Format menu has a
reposition feature. To use this position the cursor over the letter address you would like to move and
click the left mouse button. This will higfhlight the address bar. Click on the Move Selected
Address button, two arrows will appear allowing you to move the address bar up or down in the
order. Once you move the letter address to the desired location click on the Exit Move Mode
button. This will complete the move and return you to the previous screen view.

Figure 30 Moving Register Addresses

3-16
 3 Option File Generator

• An Edit Box can be updated by positioning the cursor in the edit box, clicking the left mouse button
and typing in the desired information. Clicking on the symbol to the right of the Edit Box brings up a
calculator (See Figure 31).

Figure 31 Edit Box

Figure 32 Calculator

• An ASCII Character Box can be modified by positioning the cursor on the ASCII character box and
clicking the left mouse button. An ASCII character table will appear where the current selection will
be highlighted. Move the cursor to the desired character and click the left mouse button. The character
will be selected, the table will disappear and the selected character will be displayed in the ASCII
Character Box. If you wish to use an ASCII character not shown in the table, select enter value….
You will be prompted to enter the decimal value for the ASCII character desired. Enter the decimal
value and click the OK button. Any ASCII character can be selected, even non-printable characters.

Figure 33 ASCII Character Box/Table

3-17
G-Post Reference Manual

• A Function Code Box is used to allow specifying the decimal value to be output for preparatory
(typically G) and auxiliary (typically M) function codes. These codes can be modified by positioning
the cursor on the selection function’s edit box then clicking the left mouse button. The Function
Code Box will appear with a list of available codes where the current selection is highlighted. Move
the cursor to the desired code and click the left mouse button. The code will be selected, the list will
disappear and the selected value will be displayed.

Figure 34 Function Code Box

If you select +100, you will be prompted to enter the code value. Type in any value between 0-999 and
either press the Enter key or use the mouse to select the OK button. The entered value will then be
displayed in the Edit Box.

Selecting Not Required will instruct the post processor that no code (G or M) is to be output for the post
processor command represented by the function. The post processor command will still be processed as if it
functions normally, just no code will be output.

Selecting Not Available will instruct the post processor that this particular function does not exist in the
post processor. Subsequent use of the post processor command the function represents will invoke a
warning message from the post processor or cause unintended output. USE WITH CAUTION!

• An Edit Box with a Spin Button can be updated by either clicking on the up arrow and down arrow
to change the value in the box or by selecting the box with the left mouse button and typing in the
value directly.

Figure 35 Edit Box with Spin Buttons

3-18
 3 Option File Generator

• A special search engine in the post processor menu category Advanced -> Search is used to search
through the post processor common list for desired information. To use this search engine, enter a
string in the search box located in the lower left corner of the window. To execute the search click the
left mouse button on the Forward Search or Reverse Search button.

Figure 36 Common Variable Document Search Engine

Note: To fully understand and appreciate the value of this feature you will be required to acquire a
functional knowledge of FIL (Factory Interface Language). The engine is used to search for variables used
internal to the post processor so that the user can more fully utilize the power of FIL. (See the Factory
Interface Language (FIL) manual

3.4.3.3 Tool Bar

The following is a description of each icon on the toolbar from left to right:

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Figure 37 Tool Bar Icons

1. File New – Start the create a new option file process.

2. File Open – Open an existing option file.
3. File Close – Close the current option file. If the current option file has not been saved the Option File
Generator will prompt you to save this option file.
4. File Save – Save the current option file without exiting the Option File Generator.
5. Decrease Main Panel Size – Decrease the screen size of the Main Panel Area.
6. Increase Main Panel Size – Increase the screen size of the Main Panel Area.

3-19
G-Post Reference Manual

7. Cancel Edits to Current Panel – Set the current menu selection back to it’s original values
8. Specification Document – Creates a post processor specification document for the current option file.
9. Properties Dialog – Sets the user preferences for the Option File Generator screen.
10. Component Help –Opens the help file with information about the current panel item, displayed at the
bottom of the current option file.
11. Help –Opens the help file with information about the current panel.

3.4.3.4 Pull Down Menus

Following is a description of each of the Pull Down Menu functions:

Figure 38 Pull Down Menu

3.4.3.4.1 File Menu

Figure 39 File Menu

1. New – Create a new option file.

2. Close – Close the current option file. If the current option file has not been saved the Option File
Generator will prompt you to save this option file.
3. Open – Open an existing option file.
4. Save – Save the current option file without exiting the Option File Generator.
5. Save As – Save the current option file with a new machine number.
6. Recent Files List - Up to the last five option files opened will be listed here.
7. Exit – Close the Option File Generator and prompt you to save any opened Option files.

3-20
 3 Option File Generator

3.4.3.4.2 Window Menu

Figure 40 Window Menu

The Option File Generator is a multiple document interface, that means you can have more than one option
file opened at any time. When more than one option file is opened you can uses these menu commands to
manipulate the viewing of these option files.

1. Cascade – Cascade all windows in the Main Panel Area.

2. Tile – Tile all windows in the Main Panel Area.

3.4.3.4.3 Utilities Menu

Figure 41 Options Menu

1. Dock Toolbar on Right - Move the toolbar to the right side of the window.
2. Display a properties dialog – Change screen settings.
3. Change Color - Change the current colors.
4. Change Font - Change the current screen fonts.
5. Set Option File Screen to default size.
6. Define Text Editor.

3.4.3.4.4 Help Menu

Figure 42 Help Menu

1. Contents - The standard windows help screen for the Option File Generator.
2. System Information – Get the current system type, build number, directory locations.
3. About Option File Generator – Get the current software release and copyright information.

3-21
G-Post Reference Manual

3.4.3.5 Current Files

The Option File Generator is a multiple document interface, that means you can have more than one option
file opened at any time. The Current Files box is how you can tell which option file is actively being
modified. To change the active file just click in the Current Files box” with the left mouse button. A list
of the currently opened option files will appear with the active option file highlighted, select the desired
option file to modify by clicking on it with the left mouse button, the list of option files will disappear and
the one selected will become the active option file for modification.

Figure 43 Current Files Box

3-22
 4 Command Language

4 Command Reference
Introduction to Commands
This chapter describes the G-Post vocabulary commands in alphabetical order by major word. If the
command is only for the Mill G-Post an (M) follows the command name. If the command is only for the
Lathe G-Post, an (L) follows the command name. No letter indicates the command applies for both Mill
and Lathe. The post processors interpret the vocabulary as commands. This chapter explains the function of
each command and it’s associated minor words, using the following conventions:

Postprocessor command: Major word with or without Minor entry

Minor entry: Minor word or Scalar or both

Minor word: W1-W2 or [,W1-W2] or ([W1][,W2])

W1-...Wn One entry is required

[,W1-W2] W1 or W2 is optional

([W1][,W2]) W1 or W2 is required or both can be used

Scalar Lower case letter requiring a numerical value

Example: COOLNT/ON-OFF

The following combinations may be used:

COOLNT/ON
COOLNT/OFF

Example: FEDRAT/f[,IPM-IPR][,RAPTO,d]

The following combinations may be used:

FEDRAT/f
FEDRAT/f,IPM
FEDRAT/f,IPR
FEDRAT/f,RAPTO,d
FEDRAT/f,IPM,RAPTO,d
FEDRAT/f,IPM,RAPTO
FEDRAT/f,IPR,RAPTO

Example: CHECK/([XAXIS,x1,x2][,YAXIS,y1,y2])

The following combinations may be used:

CHECK/XAXIS,x1,x2
CHECK/YAXIS,y1,y2
CHECK/XAXIS,x1,x2,YAXIS,y1,y2

4-1
G-Post Reference Manual

4.1 ARCDAT
ARCDAT/x,y,z,i,j,k,r

This command defines the circle for a circular move. This is the TYPE 3000 CL record.

x,y,z Specifies the center coordinates of the circle.

i,j,k Specifies the circle axis, same as the tool axis.

r Specifies the circle radius.

The ARCDAT command will appear before the ARCMOV command line to define the arc. Radius is the
true radius of the arc, not the offset by the cutter radius.

Example:

Input:

GOTO/0,5,0
ARCDAT/0,0,0,0,0,1,5
ARCMOV/CLW,5,0,0,90
GOTO/5,10,0

Punch File Output:

N0006G01X0Y-00500Z0F01$
N0007G02X00500Y0Z0I0500J0K0$
N0008G01Y0010000F10$

Note: The start angle, total angle and arc direction are stored in the post processor COMMONs after the
circle is processed.

Start Angle DBLCOM(926)

Total Angle DBLCOM(910)
ARC Direction INTCOM(538)

4-2
 4 Command Language

4.2 ARCMOV
ARCMOV/CCLW-CLW,xe,ye,ze,a

This command is the arc motion command and follows all ARCDAT commands.

CCLW-CLW Specifies the direction of the arc move.

xe,ye,ze Specifies the end point of the arc move. The start point is assumed to be the prior point.

a Specifies the total angle in degrees, used only when the arc move is greater than 360
degrees.

Example:

Input:

GOTO/0,5,0
ARCDAT/0,0,0,0,0,1,5
ARCMOV/CLW,5,0,0,90
GOTO/5,10,0

Punch File Output:

N0006G01X0Y-00500Z0F01$
N0007G02X00500Y0Z0I0500J0K0$
N0008G01Y0010000F10$

Note: The start angle, total angle and arc direction are stored in the post processor COMMONs after the
circle is processed.

Start Angle DBLCOM(926)

Total Angle DBLCOM(910)
ARC Direction INTCOM(538)

4-3
G-Post Reference Manual

4.3 ARCSLP (M)

ARCSLP/ON,d

All circular motion following this statement will be output as helical arc blocks, if helical interpolation is
available.

d Specifies the linear lead for the third axis. The sign of d determines positive or negative motion of
this axis in the part coordinate system.

ARCSLP/OFF

Turns off the option.

Note: To disable the K lead in the ARCSLP output set INTCOM(3435) to 1.

Example:

Input:

FROM/-1,-4
ARCSLP/ON,(1/8)
GO/C1
TLLFT,GOLFT/C1,ON,3,INTOF,L1
ARCSLP/OFF
GOTO/P1

Punch File Output:

N6G1X-7.579Y-3.0317Z.0F10.$
N7G2X-3.125Y.0Z.264I.579J3.031K.199$
N8X.0Y3.125Z.576I3.125J.0$
N9X3.125Y.0Z.888I.0J3.125$
N10X.0Y-3.125Z1.2I3.125J0$
N11X-3.125Y.0Z1.512I.0J3.125$
N12X.0Y3.125Z1.824I3.125J.0$
N13G1Y-4.Z.0$

Related Commands:

PLABEL/OPTION,47

4-4
 4 Command Language

4.4 AUXFUN
AUXFUN/m[,NEXT]

m Generates a M-code with the value m.

NEXT Generates this M-code with the next output block. If you omit NEXT, the post processor outputs
the M-code in a block by itself. If you select the multiple M-code option, you can program a
maximum of four AUXFUN/m,NEXTs per block.

Use this command only when a post processor command is not available for this M-code. The post
processor does not verify the validity of the M-code.

Example:

Input:

AUXFUN/33,NEXT
AUXFUN/22

Punch File Output:

N4M22M33$

Related Commands:

PLABEL/OPTION,35

4-5
G-Post Reference Manual

4.5 BREAK
BREAK

This statement indicates the end of a section in the part program. The punch output ends with trailer.

BREAK reinitializes the postprocessor to default conditions.

The MACHIN statement and the current options are retained. Remember to restate all applicable
postprocessor commands (such as FROM, COOLNT, and TRANS) after the BREAK command.

Example:

Input:

PARTNO SECTION ONE

MACHIN/UNCL01,1
PLABEL/OPTION,n,TO,v
SPINDL/200
COOLNT/ON
—
—
END
BREAK
PARTNO SECTION TWO
SPINDL/300
COOLNT/ON
—
—
FINI

4-6
 4 Command Language

4.6 CAMERA (M)

CAMERA/matrix-data

In most CAM systems a set of matrix-data defines the local coordinate system in releation to the
world/model coordinate system. The planar machining feature in G-Post will use this command to output
the rotation blocks. Each CAM system uses a different format for this.

Standrad APT and Austin N.C., Inc. ACL format is:

CAMERA/12-parameter matrix xyz-vector and the origin simlar to the G-Post TRANS/12-
parameter command.

Example:

CAMERA/1,0,0,0, 0,0,1,0, 0,1,0,0 defines a local system as the XZ plane with the Y-axis as the
spindle or tool axis.

PTC format: CSYS is converted to CAMERA by G-Post:

Example:

CAMERA/12-parameter matrix xyz-vector and the origin simlar to the G-Post TRANS/12-
parameter command.

UG format: MSYS is converted to CAMERA by G-Post

Example:

CAMERA/point,vector,vector to define the origin and X and Y-axis vectors.

MasterCAM format:

Example:

CAMERA/1014,point,vector,vector to define the origin and X and Y-axis vectors.

Planar machining only:

These commands are modal and apply only to planar machining in CSYS/matrix mode and not
when GOTO/PT,VEC mode is set.

CAMERA/1-2 Flag to indicate type of CSYS/matrix for planar machining as fwd/rev.

1=Forward, CSYS/matrix will convert input GOTO to local system (default)

2=Reverse, CSYS/inverse matrix will convert input GOTO to local system

CAMERA/3-4 Flag to indicate to use Z-vector from CSYS/matrix for planar machining.
This flag is not normally used, default is the prefered mode.

3=Let G-Post determine the Z-vector (default)

4=Use Z-vector from the CSYS/inverse matrix

4-7
G-Post Reference Manual

4.7 CHECK (L)

CHECK/([XAXIS,x1,x2][,YAXIS,y1,y2])

This command modifies the axes limit values assumed for limit checking.

x1,x2 specify the minimum and maximum for Lathe Z axis.

y1,y2 specify the minimum and maximum for Lathe X-axis.

These values must be given in machine coordinates.

Example:

Input:

PLABEL/OPTION,19,TO,1 $$ LIMIT CHECK ON

CHECK/XAXIS,0,50,YAXIS,0,20 $$ MODIFY LIMIT VALUES
GOTO/P1

Related Commands:

PLABEL/OPTION,19

4-8
 4 Command Language

4.8 CHECK (M)

CHECK/([XAXIS,x1,x2][,YAXIS,y1,y2][,ZAXIS,z1,z2][,AAXIS,a1,a2][,BAXIS,b1,b2][,CAXIS,c1,
c2][,TABLE,w1,w2])

This command modifies the axes limit values assumed for limit checking.

x1,x2 specify the minimum and maximum for X-axis.

y1,y2 specify the minimum and maximum for Y-axis.

z1,z2 specify the minimum and maximum for Z-axis.

a1,a2 specify the minimum and maximum for A axis.

b1,b2 specify the minimum and maximum for B axis.

c1,c2 specify the minimum and maximum for C axis.

w1,w2 specify the minimum and maximum for W axis.

These values must be given in machine coordinates.

Example:

PLABEL/OPTION,19,TO,1 $$ LIMIT CHECK ON

CHECK/XAXIS,0,50,YAXIS,0,20 $$ MODIFY LIMIT VALUES
GOTO/P1

Related Commands:

PLABEL/OPTION,19

4-9
G-Post Reference Manual

4.9 CIRCLE
CIRCLE/x,y,z,i,j,k,r

This command defines the circle for a circular move. This is the TYPE 3000 CL record.

x,y,z Specifies the center coordinates of the circle.

i,j,k Specifies the direction of the circular move. If the IJK are identical to the tool axis then the
circular move is in the counter-clockwise direction. If the IJK are exactly opposite the tool axis then the
circular move is clockwise. If the IJK does not match tool axis vector (standard or opposed) then the circle
will be iterated with G01moves.

r Specifies the circle radius.

The CIRCLE command will be followed by a GOTO command line to define the end point of the circular
move.

Example:

Input:

GOTO / 2.0, 0.0, 0.0

CIRCLE / 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 1.0, 2.0
GOTO / 0.0, 2.0, 0.0

Note: CIRCLE/cmd is valid only with ACL input and not APT input.

4-10
 4 Command Language

4.10 CLEARP (M)

4.10.1 CLEARP/XYPLAN,d-OFF

CLEARP/XYPLAN,d-OFF

XYPLAN,d This statement establishes a clearance plane parallel to the XY plane at a distance d.
Subsequent RETRCT statements will retrace the tool tip at rapid rate to this plane.

OFF This statement cancels a previously-established clearance plane. Subsequent RETRCT

statements will retract the spindle to the Z-axis home point, disregarding the tool length.
This is the default condition assumed.

Example:

Input:

CLEARP/XYPLAN,5
GOTO/3,3,0
GOTO/6,6,0
RETRCT
GOTO/10,10
CLEARP/OFF
RETRCT

Punch File Output:

N0004G01X003Y003Z0F001$
N0005X006Y006$
N0006G00Z0005F0$
N0007G01X01Y01Z0F001$
N0008G00Z03F0$

4.10.2 CLEARP/ZAXIS,z1-OFF,TABLE,w1-OFF

CLEARP/ZAXIS,z1-OFF,TABLE,w1-OFF

ZAXIS,z1 This statement establishes a clearance plane parallel to the XY plane at a distance z1 for
the Z-axis. Subsequent RETRCT statements will retrace the tool tip at rapid rate to this
plane.

ZAXIS,OFF This statement cancels a previously-established Z-axis clearance plane. Subsequent

RETRCT statements will retract the spindle to the W axis clearance plane only.

TABLE,w1 This statement establishes a clearance plane parallel to the XY plane at a distance w1 for
the W axis. Subsequent RETRCT statements will retrace the tool tip at rapid rate to this
plane.
TABLE,OFF This statement cancels a previously-established W axis clearance plane. Subsequent
RETRCT statements will retract the spindle to the Z axis clearance plane only.

4-11
G-Post Reference Manual

Example:

Input:

CLEARP/ZAXIS,10,TABLE,20
GOTO/3,3,0
GOTO/6,6,0
RETRCT
GOTO/10,10
CLEARP/OFF
RETRCT

Punch File Output:

N0004G01X003Y003Z0F001$
N0005X006Y006$
N0006G00Z0005F0$
N0007G01X01Y01Z0F001$
N0008G00Z10W20F0$

4-12
 4 Command Language

4.11 CLRSRF (M)

CLRSRF/[plane-NOW]

This statement defines a clearance surface plane, which must be a symbolic or nested definition of the APT
geometry for a PLANE. Subsequent CLRSRF/NOW commands will move the tool tip at rapid rate onto
this plane.

The direction and distance of this move are calculated from the current position along the normal to the
plane.

Example:

Input:

PL1=PLANE/0,0,1,5
CLRSRF/PL1
P1=POINT/5,8,0
GOTO/P1
CLRSRF/NOW

Punch File Output:

N0004G01X005Y008Z0F000001$
N0005G00Z005F0$

4-13
G-Post Reference Manual

4.12 COOLNT (L)

COOLNT/MIST-FLOOD-THRU[,HIGH-LOW]-OFF-ON[,NEXT]

MIST Generates a COOLNT/MIST M-code.

FLOOD Generates a COOLNT/FLOOD M-code. Initially FLOOD is assumed.

FLOOD,HIGH Generates a COOLNT/FLOOD,HIGH M-code.

FLOOD,LOW Generates a COOLNT/FLOOD,LOW M-code.

THRU,HIGH Generates a COOLNT/THRU,HIGH M-code.

THRU,LOW Generates a COOLNT/THRU,LOW M-code.

OFF Generates a COOLNT/OFF M-code.

ON Reinstates the last coolant condition.

NEXT Generates this M-code with the next output block. If you omit NEXT, the post processor
outputs the M-code in a block by itself.

Note: A switch in the Option File Generator will instruct the post processor to automatically output the
COOLNT M-codes with the next XY or Z motion block.

4-14
 4 Command Language

4.13 COOLNT (M)

COOLNT/AUTO-MIST-FLOOD-THRU[,HIGH-LOW]-OFF-ON[,NEXT]

AUTO Causes the COOLNT M-code to be output as a function of the M-code for spindle
direction. COOLNT/AUTO,OFF deactivates the above function.

MIST Generates a COOLNT/MIST M-code.

FLOOD Generates a COOLNT/FLOOD M-code. Initially FLOOD is assumed.

FLOOD,HIGH Generates a COOLNT/FLOOD,HIGH M-code.

FLOOD,LOW Generates a COOLNT/FLOOD,LOW M-code.

THRU,HIGH Generates a COOLNT/THRU,HIGH M-code.

THRU,LOW Generates a COOLNT/THRU,LOW M-code.

OFF Generates a COOLNT/OFF M-code.

ON Reinstates the last coolant condition.

NEXT Generates this M-code with the next output block. If you omit NEXT, the post processor
outputs the M-code in a block by itself.

Note: A switch in the Option File Generator will instruct the post processor to automatically output the
COOLNT M-codes with the next XY or Z motion block.

4-15
G-Post Reference Manual

4.14 CUTCOM (L)

CUTCOM/OFF-LEFT-RIGHT,t

This command generates the cutter radius compensation blocks.

OFF Generates a CUTCOM/OFF G-code.

LEFT Generates a CUTCOM/LEFT G-code.

RIGHT Generates a CUTCOM/RIGHT G-code.

t Is the radius offset register number which serves as a reference and is ignored. The
diameter offset will be output the same as the tool number if the switch is set in the
Option File Generator and the diameter offset number is no specified in the CUTCOM
command.

Note: A switch in the Option File Generator will instruct the post processor to automatically output the
CUTCOM M-codes with the next XY or Z motion block.

4-16
 4 Command Language

4.15 CUTCOM (M)

CUTCOM/OFF-LEFT-RIGHT,t[,XYPLAN-ZXPLAN-YZPLAN]

This command generates the cutter radius compensation blocks.

OFF Generates a CUTCOM/OFF G-code.

LEFT Generates a CUTCOM/LEFT G-code.

RIGHT Generates a CUTCOM/RIGHT G-code.

t Is the radius offset register number which serves as a reference and is ignored. The
diameter offset will be output the same as the tool number if the switch is set in the
Option File Generator and the diameter offset number is no specified in the CUTCOM
command.

The cutter compensation plane is selected by the word XYPLAN, ZXPLAN, or YZPLAN to generate a
plane select G-code. If you omit the plane selection, the current plane in effect will be assumed. XYPLAN
is the initial default plane.

CUTCOM/ZAXIS,h

This statement generates an offset register code to initiate the tool length compensation.

h Is the offset register number output in the address selected by the Option File Generator.

CUTCOM with PQ Vector

If your option file is set up for Cincinnati PQ type cutter compensation, the following CUTCOM
commands are used to control activation of this feature.

CUTCOM/OFF-LEFT-RIGHT

This command may be used to turn PQ CUTCOM on and off.

Note: Since PQ cutter compensation uses the last motion and next motion to determine the vector size, it is
mandatory to program a motion following termination of PQ cutter compensation. The only exception to
this is when the following PQ cutter compensation termination commands are used.

CUTCOM/IN-OUT

This command may be used to cause PQ CUTCOM to compensate away from a circle. IN would be used
when machining a bore. OUT is for machining a cylinder or boss. A vector will be output to offset the
cutter away from the surface. This command should be used only with line/circle, circle/circle, or
circle/line combinations. If this command is used with a line/line combination, incorrect vectors will be
output.

4-17
G-Post Reference Manual

CUTCOM/OFF,PERPTO-PLUS-MINUS

PERPTO - Causes PQ cutter compensation to terminate with a vector that points perpendicularly in the
direction of compensation, to the last motion prior to turning PQ cutter compensation off.

PLUS - Causes a vector to be output in the same direction as the last motion prior to turning PQ cutter
compensation off. This feature is handy to use when you wish to terminate cutter compensation by driving
a cutter past an edge.

MINUS - Causes a vector to be output in the opposite direction as the last motion prior to turning PQ
cutter compensation off. This feature is handy to use when you wish to terminate cutter compensation by
driving a cutter to an edge.

With all three of the above couplets on a CUTCOM/OFF command, a motion following the
CUTCOM/OFF is not required.

Note: A switch in the Option File Generator will instruct the post processor to automatically output the
CUTCOM M-codes with the next XY or Z motion block.

4-18
 4 Command Language

4.16 CYCLE
The G-Post generates two types of cycle output, Hardware and Software. A Hardware cycle generates a
G-code machine controller cycle, such as a G81 drilling cycle. A Software cycle generates G00, G01 tool
motion and is calculated by the post processor. All lathe cycles are Software cycles.

In the following cycle command definitions, cycle types that are identified by a hyphen followed by the G-
code in the command, such as CYCLE/BORE-85 are Hardware cycles. The G-codes are post processor
defaults and may be changed in the Option file Generator.

For canned cycles, the options LOCK,l and CAM,n will be output in the cycle DWELL and CAM
registers.

The PULBAC,g option will output an additional G-code with the cycle G-code.

The cycle command is modal and remains in effect for subsequent CL points until turned off by
CYCLE/OFF or a new CYCLE/type command.

It is assumed that the CL points following the cycle statement will be defined at the work surface.
Therefore, rapid positioning will occur to each CL point plus clearance c. This is output as the rapid stop
point. The feed distance will be the sum of the values c and z, which is output as the feed stop point. The
values c and z must be positive and relative to the CL point as follows:

Rapid Stop = CL + c

Feed Stop = CL - z CL Point

Figure 44 CL Points and the CYCLE Statement - Lathe

Rapid Stop = CL + c
CL Point

Feed Stop = CL - z

Figure 45 CL Points and the CYCLE Statement - Mill

4-19
G-Post Reference Manual

The following is an overview of the “STANDARD” cycle command structure.

CYCLE/type,z,f,unit,c,optn
type A minor entry to indicate the cycle type.

z The z depth of the desired cycle could be z1 through z20 for certain cycles.

f The feedrate value for the cycle Z-axis feed.

unit IPM-IPR to specify the type of feed rate f.

INCH or METRIC mode is selected on the MACHIN/ statement. No conversion or validity

checking is done.

c The clearance value for rapid stop.

optn Optional parameters given in couplet form for certain cycles. For example, LOCK,1 where l states
the dwell time for TAP cycle. These optional values are modal.

CYCLE/type,z,f,unit,c[,sc][,optn]
CYCLE with Secondary Clearance Value

sc The secondary clearance value required by some machines, which can be used on all the canned
cycles in the Mill G-Post.

All other parameters have the same meaning as previously explained.

Note: An automatic clearance plane value can be set using the Option File Generator to compensate for the
Cincinnati type cycles which automatically set the cycle clearance plane to 1.

4-20
 4 Command Language

The following is an overview of the “COUPLET” cycle command structure.

CYCLE/type,FEDTO,z,IPM-IPR,f,RAPTO,c,
RTRCTO,c2,DWELL,d
type A minor entry to indicate the cycle type.

FEDTO,z The z depth of the desired cycle could be z1 through z20 for certain cycles.

IPM-IPR,f The feedrate value for the cycle Z-axis feed.

INCH or METRIC mode is selected on the MACHIN/ statement. No conversion or

validity checking is done.

RAPTO,c The clearance value for rapid stop.

CYCLE/CSINK only.

HOLDIA,d The calculated z depth with TLANGL

TLANGL,a The calculated z depth with HOLDIA

CYCLE/DEEP only.

INCR,k The DEEP cycle step increment.

CYCLE with Secondary Clearance Value

RTRCTO,c2 The secondary clearance value required by some machines, which can be used on all the
canned cycles in the Mill G-Post. In addition, the CYCLE/cmd also will allow c2 as the
minor words LAST or AUTO to retract to the position before the cycle command

DWELL,d Optional parameters given in couplet form for certain cycles. For example, DWELL,1
where l states the dwell time for TAP cycle. These optional values are modal.

4-21
G-Post Reference Manual

The following is an overview of the “UG Double-COUPLET” cycle command structure. This format is
generated by Unigraphics. It is concidered a Double-COUPLET as the cycle type is preceeded with the
word DRILL. INTCOM(4660) must be set to 1 to use these UG cycles.

CYCLE/DRILL,type,FEDTO,z,IPM-IPR,f,RAPTO,c,
RTRCTO,c2,DWELL,d
type A minor entry to indicate the cycle type.

FEDTO,z The z depth of the desired cycle could be z1 through z20 for certain cycles.

IPM-IPR,f The feedrate value for the cycle Z-axis feed.

INCH or METRIC mode is selected on the MACHIN/ statement. No conversion or

validity checking is done.

RAPTO,c The clearance value for rapid stop.

CYCLE/CSINK only.

HOLDIA,d The calculated z depth with TLANGL

TLANGL,a The calculated z depth with HOLDIA

CYCLE/DEEP only.

INCR,k The DEEP cycle step increment.

CYCLE with Secondary Clearance Value

RTRCTO,c2 The secondary clearance value required by some machines, which can be used on all the
canned cycles in the Mill G-Post. In addition, the CYCLE/cmd also will allow c2 as the
minor words LAST or AUTO to retract to the position before the cycle command

DWELL,d Optional parameters given in couplet form for certain cycles. For example, DWELL,1
where l states the dwell time for TAP cycle. These optional values are modal.

4-22
 4 Command Language

4.16.1 CYCLE/ON-OFF

CYCLE/ON-OFF

ON Reinstates the last known cycle type.

OFF Terminates the current cycle type.

4.16.2 CYCLE/AVOID (M)

CYCLE/AVOID

1. Outputs a G-code to cancel the cycle (G80) and an M-code (M26) to cause a full retract.

2. Reinstates the previous cycle G-code.

Example:

Input:

$$ Z DEPTH=1.0,FEED=7.5,IPM,CLEARANCE=.1
CYCLE/BORE,1.0,7.5,IPM,.1
GOTO/0,0
CYCLE/AVOID
GOTO/1,0
GOTO/2,0

Punch File Output:

N4G85X.0Y.0R.1Z-1.0F7.5$
N5G80M26$
N6G85X1.0Y.0R.1Z-1.0F7.5$
N7X2.0$

4-23
G-Post Reference Manual

4.17 CYCLE/ARCSLP,MILL,-- (M)

CYCLE/ARCSLP,MILL,--

This is only used for the CATIA HELICAL/cmd. CATIA generates the HELICAL/cmd for helical entry
or for thread milling in the *.aptsource file. The CATIA CAD/CAM interface will convert this into
CYCLE/ARCSLP,MILL for the G-Post to complete the tool motion.

CATIA generates the following sequence:

GOTO/xyx-start point
HELICAL/xyz-cenpt,ijk-dir,ijk-tlaxis,pitch,radius,xyz-endpt

GPost will receive this after conversion as:

GOTO/xyx-start point
CYCLE/ARCSLP,MILLxyz-cenpt,ijk-dir,ijk-tlaxis,pitch,radius,xyz-endpt
FEDRAD/f,IPM
GOTO/xyz-end point

xyz-cenpt = Center point of the hole

ijk-dir = Vector defining the direction of cut
ijk-tlaxis= Vector defining the tool axis
pitch = Pitch, z-depth per revolution
radius = Radius of the hole
xyz-endpt = End point of the hole

Format requirements:

Must be exactly 14-paramaters as generated by CATIA or if

you program CYCLE/ARCSLP,MILL in your apt or acl file.

Example:

$$ CATIA 90-HELICAL ENTRY MOTION

RAPID
GOTO /3,3,30,0,0,1
GOTO /-27.04329,35.34769,11.984675,0,0,1
HELICAL/-39.74329,35.34769,8.4671,0,1,0,0,0,1,14.0703,12.7,$
-39.74329,48.04769,8.4671
RAPID
GOTO /3,3,30,0,0,1

GPost MCD output:

N4 G0 Z30.
N5 X3. Y3.
N6 G1 X-27.0433 Y35.3477 Z11.9847 F10.
N7 G2 X-39.7433 Y48.0477 Z1.432 I-12.7 K2.2394
N8 G0 Z30.
N9 X3. Y3.

4-24
 4 Command Language

$$ CATIA THREAD MILL HOLEWITH 4-PASSES

RAPID
GOTO /3,3,30,0,0,1
GOTO /-27.04329,35.34769,11.984675,0,0,1
HELICAL/-39.74329,35.34769,8.4671,0,1,0,0,0,1,14.0703,12.7,$
-39.74329,48.04769,-47.8141
RAPID
GOTO /3,3,30,0,0,1

N9 G0 Z30.
N10 X3. Y3.
N11 G1 X-27.0433 Y35.3477 Z11.9847
N12 G2 X-27.0433 Y35.3477 Z-2.0856 I-12.7 K2.2394
N13 G2 X-27.0433 Y35.3477 Z-16.1559 I-12.7 K2.2394
N14 G2 X-27.0433 Y35.3477 Z-30.2262 I-12.7 K2.2394
N15 G2 X-27.0433 Y35.3477 Z-44.2965 I-12.7 K2.2394
N16 G2 X-39.7433 Y48.0477 Z-54.8492 I-12.7 K2.2394
N17 G0 Z30.
N18 X3. Y3.

Note to APT user:

To program above motion in your APT program, use the command CYCLE/ARCSLP,MILL,same 14-
parameters instead of HELICAL/cmd.

Note to advanced FIL user:

G-Post expands this CYCLE into goto and arc motion first. This CYCLE command is passed on as echo
to the CL file, by adding ON to the end of the command. So you can catch it in FIL for custom
modification.

In this case, you must skip all the motion following this command until CYCLE/THREAD,MILL,OFF is
encountered.

Note to CATIA user and pptable:

If you want to use the CYCLE/THREAD,MILL format to mill many holes, you can select the box in the
CATIA menu to output CYCLE syntax during thread or circular milling dialogs. Also make the proper
pptable entry for circular or thread milling CYCLE commands.

For helical entry into a contour, you must use the HELICAL command as generated by CATIA.

THREAD/OFF in HELICAL/cmd:

The HELICAL/cmd from output by CATIA may not always be a thread operation. You may optionally
indicate that it is a helical milling or boring operation by adding THREAD/OFF to the end of the
HELICAL/cmd. This will avoid any internal circular interpolation (G2/G3) correction that is that is need
only for a threading operation. A CATIA pptable file with this entry is located in the ./CAMDOC folder
for reference.

4-25
G-Post Reference Manual

4.18 CYCLE/BORE (L)

(Hardware Cycle)

CYCLE/BORE,z,f,IPM-IPR,c[,LOCK,l][,CAM,n][,PULBAC,g]
CYCLE/BORE,FEDTO,z,IPM-IPR,f,RAPTO,c[,DWELL,d]
CYCLE/DRILL,BORE,FEDTO,z,IPM-IPR,f,RAPTO,c[,DWELL,d]

Advance at rapid rate to clearance c.

Advance at feedrate f to depth z.
Retract at feedrate f to clearance c.

Example:

Input:

$$ Z DEPTH=1.0,FEED=7.5,IPM CLEARANCE=.1
CYCLE/BORE,1.0,7.5,IPM,.1
GOTO/0,0

Punch File Output:

N4G85X0.0.0R.1Z-.1F7.5$

4-26
 4 Command Language

4.19 CYCLE/BORE (L)

(Software Cycle)

CYCLE/BORE,z,f,IPM-IPR,c[,LOCK,l]
CYCLE/BORE,FEDTO,z,IPM-IPR,f,RAPTO,c[,DWELL,d]
CYCLE/DRILL,BORE,FEDTO,z,IPM-IPR,f,RAPTO,c[,DWELL,d]

Advance at rapid rate to clearance c.

Advance at feedrate f to depth z.
Output spindle stop M-code with dwell.
Retract at rapid rate to clearance c.
Output original spindle direction M-code.

LOCK,l Specifies the dwell time for spindle stop. Initially a value of 2 seconds is assumed.

Example:

Input:

$$ Z DEPTH=1.0,FEED=7.5,IPM CLEARANCE=.1
CYCLE/BORE,1.0,7.5,IPM,.1
GOTO/0,0

Punch File Output:

N5G00X0.0Z.1$
N6G01Z-.1F7.5$
N7G04X2.0M05$
N8G00X0.0Z.1$
N9M01$

4-27
G-Post Reference Manual

4.20 CYCLE/BORE (M)

(Hardware Cycle)

CYCLE/BORE-85,z,f,IPM-IPR,c[,LOCK,l][,CAM,n][,PULBAC,g]
CYCLE/BORE,FEDTO,z,IPM-IPR,f,RAPTO,c[,DWELL,d]
CYCLE/DRILL,BORE,FEDTO,z,IPM-IPR,f,RAPTO,c[,DWELL,d]

1. Advance at rapid rate to clearance c.

2. Advance at feedrate f to depth z.
3. Retract at feedrate f to clearance c.

Example:

Input:

$$ Z DEPTH=1.0,FEED=7.5,IPM CLEARANCE=.1
CYCLE/BORE,1.0,7.5,IPM,.1
GOTO/0,0

Punch File Output:

N4G85X0.0Y0.0R.1Z-.1F7.5$

4-28
 4 Command Language

4.21 CYCLE/BORE (M)

(Software Cycle)

CYCLE/BORE,z,f,IPM-IPR,c[,LOCK,l][,ORIENT,y]
CYCLE/BORE,FEDTO,z,IPM-IPR,f,RAPTO,c[,DWELL,d]
CYCLE/DRILL,BORE,FEDTO,z,IPM-IPR,f,RAPTO,c[,DWELL,d]

1. Advance at rapid rate to clearance c.

2. Advance at feedrate f to depth z.
3. Output spindle stop M-code with dwell.
4. Retract at rapid rate to clearance c.
5. Output original spindle direction M-code.

LOCK,l Specifies the dwell time for spindle stop. Initially a value of 2 seconds is assumed.

ORIENT,y Specifies the shift distance along the y-axis before retracting. The sign of y states the
direction of this move. Initially it is assumed that y equals 0.

Example:

Input:

CYCLE/BORE,1.0,7.5,IPM,.1
GOTO/0,0

Punch File Output:

N4G00Z.1$
N5G01X0.0Y0Z-1.0F7.5$
N6G04F2.0M19$
N7G00Z.1$
N8M01$

4-29
G-Post Reference Manual

4.22 CYCLE/BRKCHP (L)

(Hardware Cycle)

CYCLE/DEEP,z,f,IPM-IPR,c,INCR,z1 [,PULBAC,g]
CYCLE/DEEP,FEDTO,z,IPM-IPR,f,RAPTO,c,INCR,k
CYCLE/DRILL,DEEP,FEDTO,z,IPM-IPR,f,RAPTO,c,INCR,k

1. Rapid to clearance c.
2. Advance at feedrate f to depth z1.
3. Retract at rapid rate to clearance c.
4. Advance at rapid rate to depth z1 less c.

Repeat steps 2, 3, and 4 until depth z is reached.

Note: z1 is the G73 peck depth value which is output with the address designated in the Option File
Generator.

PULBAC,g is used to generate an optional G-code in the G73 block.

Example:

Input:

CYCLE/ BRKCHP,3.0,7.0,IPM,.2,INCR,.5
GOTO/0,0

Punch File Output:

N4G73X0.0Z3.0K.5F7.0$

Note: PPWORD/BRKCHP,216 is required to use this command.

4-30
 4 Command Language

4.23 CYCLE/BRKCHP (L)

(Software Cycle)

CYCLE/BRKCHP,z1,z2,z3,z4.............z20,f,IPM-IPR,c
CYCLE/ BRKCHP,FEDTO,z,IPM-IPR,f,RAPTO,c,INCR,k
CYCLE/ DRILL,BRKCHP,FEDTO,z,IPM-IPR,f,RAPTO,c,INCR,k

1. Rapid to clearance c.
2. Advance at feedrate f to depth z1.
3. Retract at rapid rate to clearance z1 +c.
4. Advance at rapid rate to depth z1 less c.

Repeat steps 2, 3, and 4 for each successive z.

Example:

Input:

CYCLE/ BRKCHP ,1.0,2.0,3.0,4.0,7.0,IPM,.2

GOTO/0,0

Punch File Output:

N004G00X0Z002$
N005G01Z-01F007$
N006G00Z002$
N007Z-008$
N008G01Z-02F007$
N009G00Z002$
N010Z-018$
N011G01Z-03F007$
N012G00Z002$
N013Z-028$
N014G01Z-04F007$
N015G00Z002$

Note: PPWORD/BRKCHP,216 is required to use this command.

4-31
G-Post Reference Manual

4.24 CYCLE/BRKCHP (M)

(Hardware Cycle)

CYCLE/ BRKCHP,z,f,IPM-IPR,c,INCR,z1 [,PULBAC,g]

CYCLE/ BRKCHP,FEDTO,z,IPM-IPR,f,RAPTO,c,INCR,k
CYCLE/ DRILL,BRKCHP,FEDTO,z,IPM-IPR,f,RAPTO,c,INCR,k

1. Rapid to clearance c.
2. Advance at feedrate f to depth z1.
3. Retract at rapid rate to clearance z1 + c.
4. Advance at rapid rate to depth z1 less c.

Repeat steps 2, 3, and 4 until depth z is reached.

Note: z1 is the G73 peck depth value which is output with the address designated in the Option File
Generator.

PULBAC,g is used to generate an optional G-code in the G73 block.

Example:

Input:

CYCLE/ BRKCHP,3.0,7.0,IPM,.2,INCR,.5
GOTO/0,0

Punch File Output:

N4G73X0.0Y0.0Z3.0K.5F7.0$

Note: PPWORD/BRKCHP,216 is required to use this command.

4-32
 4 Command Language

4.25 CYCLE/BRKCHP (M)

(Software Cycle)

CYCLE/ BRKCHP,z1,z2,z3,z4.............z20,f,IPM-IPR,c
CYCLE/ BRKCHP,FEDTO,z,IPM-IPR,f,RAPTO,c,INCR,k
CYCLE/ DRILL,BRKCHP,FEDTO,z,IPM-IPR,f,RAPTO,c,INCR,k

1. Rapid to clearance c.
2. Advance at feedrate f to depth z1.
3. Retract at rapid rate to clearance z1 + c.
4. Advance at rapid rate to depth z1 less c.

Repeat steps 2, 3, and 4 for each successive z.

Example:

Input:

CYCLE/ BRKCHP,1.0,2.0,3.0,4.0,7.0,IPM,.2
GOTO/0,0

Punch File Output:

N0004G00Z0002F0$
N0005G01X0Y0Z-001F007$
N0006G00Z0002F0$
N0007Z-0008F0$
N0008G01Z-002F007$
N0009G00Z0002F0$
N0010Z-0018F0$
N0011G01Z-003F007$
N0012G00Z0002F0$
N0013Z-0028F0$
N0014G01Z-004F007$
N0015G00Z0002F0$

Note: PPWORD/BRKCHP,216 is required to use this command.

4-33
G-Post Reference Manual

4.26 CYCLE/CSINK (L)

(Hardware Cycle)

CYCLE/CSINK,d,a,f,IPM-IPR,c[,LOCK,l][,CAM,n][,PULBAC,g]
CYCLE/CSINK,FEDTO,z,IPM-IPR,f,RAPTO,c[,DWELL,d]
CYCLE/DRILL,CSINK,FEDTO,z,IPM-IPR,f,RAPTO,c[,DWELL,d]

1. Rapid to clearance c.
2. Advance at feedrate f to depth z. The depth z is calculated from the required diameter d and
included angle a.
3. Dwell.
4. Retract at rapid rate to clearance c.

Example:

Input:

CYCLE/DRILL,1.0,6.0,IPM,.1
GOTO/0,0

Punch File Output:

N4G81X.0R.1Z-1.F6.0$

4-34
 4 Command Language

4.27 CYCLE/CSINK (L)

(Software Cycle)

CYCLE/CSINK,d,a,f,IPM-IPR,c[,LOCK,l]
CYCLE/CSINK,HOLDIA,d,TLANGL,a,IPM-IPR,f,RAPTO,c[,DWELL,d]
CYCLE/DRILL,CSINK,HOLDIA,d,TLANGL,a,IPM-IPR,f,RAPTO,c[,DWELL,d]

1. Rapid to clearance c.
2. Advance at feedrate f to depth z. The depth z is calculated from the required diameter d and
included angle a.
3. Dwell.
4. Retract at rapid rate to clearance c.

LOCK,l specifies the dwell time. Initially a value of 2 seconds is assumed.

Example:

Input:

$$ DIAMETER = .5, ANGLE = 90

CYCLE/CSINK,0.5,90.0,10.0,IPM,.1
GOTO/0,0

Punch File Output:

N5G00X0.0Z.1$
N6G01Z-.25F10.$ $$ (Calculated Z depth)
N7G04X2.0$
N8G00X0.0Z.1$

4-35
G-Post Reference Manual

4.28 CYCLE/CSINK (M)

(Hardware Cycle)

CYCLE/CSINK,d,a,f,IPM-IPR,c[,LOCK,l][,CAM,n][,PULBAC,g]
CYCLE/CSINK,FEDTO,z,IPM-IPR,f,RAPTO,c[,DWELL,d]
CYCLE/DRILL,CSINK,FEDTO,z,IPM-IPR,f,RAPTO,c[,DWELL,d]

1. Rapid to clearance c.
2. Advance at feedrate f to depth z. The depth z is calculated from the required diameter d and
included angle a.
3. Dwell.
4. Retract at rapid rate to clearance c.

Example:

Input:

CYCLE/DRILL,1.0,6.0,IPM,.1
GOTO/0,0

Punch File Output:

N4G81X.0Y.0R.1Z-1.F6.0$

4-36
 4 Command Language

4.29 CYCLE/CSINK (M)

(Software Cycle)

CYCLE/CSINK,d,a,f,IPM-IPR,c[,LOCK,l]
CYCLE/CSINK,HOLDIA,d,TLANGL,a,IPM-IPR,f,RAPTO,c[,DWELL,d]
CYCLE/DRILL,CSINK,HOLDIA,d,TLANGL,a,IPM-IPR,f,RAPTO,c[,DWELL,d]

1. Rapid to clearance c.
2. Advance at feedrate f to depth z.
3. Depth z is calculated from the required diameter d and included angle a.
4. Dwell.
5. Retract at rapid rate to clearance c.

LOCK,l specifies the dwell time. Initially a value of 2 seconds is assumed.

Example:

Input:

$$ DIAMETER = .5, ANGLE = 90

CYCLE/CSINK,0.5,90.0,10.0,IPM,.1
GOTO/0,0

Punch File Output:

N4G00Z.1$
N5G01X0.0Y0.0Z-.25F10.$ $$(Calculated Z depth)
N6G04F2.0$
N7G00Z.1$

4-37
G-Post Reference Manual

4.30 CYCLE/DEEP (L)

(Hardware Cycle)

CYCLE/DEEP,z,f,IPM-IPR,c,INCR,z1 [,PULBAC,g]
CYCLE/DEEP,FEDTO,z,IPM-IPR,f,RAPTO,c,INCR,k
CYCLE/DRILL,DEEP,FEDTO,z,IPM-IPR,f,RAPTO,c,INCR,k

1. Rapid to clearance c.
2. Advance at feedrate f to depth z1.
3. Retract at rapid rate to clearance c.
4. Advance at rapid rate to depth z1 less c.

Repeat steps 2, 3, and 4 until depth z is reached.

Note: z1 is the G83 peck depth value which is output with the address designated in the Option File
Generator.

PULBAC,g is used to generate an optional G-code in the G83 block.

Example:

Input:

CYCLE/DEEP,3.0,7.0,IPM,.2,INCR,.5
GOTO/0,0

Punch File Output:

N4G83X0.0Z3.0K.5F7.0$

4-38
 4 Command Language

4.31 CYCLE/DEEP (L)

(Software Cycle)

CYCLE/DEEP,z1,z2,z3,z4.............z20,f,IPM-IPR,c
CYCLE/DEEP,FEDTO,z,IPM-IPR,f,RAPTO,c,INCR,k
CYCLE/DRILL,DEEP,FEDTO,z,IPM-IPR,f,RAPTO,c,INCR,k

1. Rapid to clearance c.
2. Advance at feedrate f to depth z1.
3. Retract at rapid rate to clearance c.
4. Advance at rapid rate to depth z1 less c.

Repeat steps 2, 3, and 4 for each successive z.

Example:

Input:

CYCLE/DEEP,1.0,2.0,3.0,4.0,7.0,IPM,.2
GOTO/0,0

Punch File Output:

N004G00X0Z002$
N005G01Z-01F007$
N006G00Z002$
N007Z-008$
N008G01Z-02F007$
N009G00Z002$
N010Z-018$
N011G01Z-03F007$
N012G00Z002$
N013Z-028$
N014G01Z-04F007$
N015G00Z002$

4-39
G-Post Reference Manual

4.32 CYCLE/DEEP (M)

(Hardware Cycle)

CYCLE/DEEP-83,z,f,IPM-IPR,c,INCR,z1 [,PULBAC,g]
CYCLE/DEEP,FEDTO,z,IPM-IPR,f,RAPTO,c,INCR,k
CYCLE/DRILL,DEEP,FEDTO,z,IPM-IPR,f,RAPTO,c,INCR,k

1. Rapid to clearance c.
2. Advance at feedrate f to depth z1.
3. Retract at rapid rate to clearance c.
4. Advance at rapid rate to depth z1 less c.

Repeat steps 2, 3, and 4 until depth z is reached.

Note: z1 is the G83 peck depth value which is output with the address designated in the Option File
Generator.

PULBAC,g is used to generate an optional G-code in the G83 block.

Example:

Input:

CYCLE/DEEP,3.0,7.0,IPM,.2,INCR,.5
GOTO/0,0

Punch File Output:

N4G83X0.0Y0.0Z3.0K.5F7.0$

4-40
 4 Command Language

4.33 CYCLE/DEEP (M)

(Software Cycle)

CYCLE/DEEP,z1,z2,z3,z4.............z20,f,IPM-IPR,c
CYCLE/DEEP,FEDTO,z,IPM-IPR,f,RAPTO,c,INCR,k
CYCLE/DRILL,DEEP,FEDTO,z,IPM-IPR,f,RAPTO,c,INCR,k

1. Rapid to clearance c.
2. Advance at feedrate f to depth z1.
3. Retract at rapid rate to clearance c.
4. Advance at rapid rate to depth z1 less c.

Repeat steps 2, 3, and 4 for each successive z.

Example:

Input:

CYCLE/DEEP,1.0,2.0,3.0,4.0,7.0,IPM,.2
GOTO/0,0

Punch File Output:

N0004G00Z0002F0$
N0005G01X0Y0Z-001F007$
N0006G00Z0002F0$
N0007Z-0008F0$
N0008G01Z-002F007$
N0009G00Z0002F0$
N0010Z-0018F0$
N0011G01Z-003F007$
N0012G00Z0002F0$
N0013Z-0028F0$
N0014G01Z-004F007$
N0015G00Z0002F0$

4-41
G-Post Reference Manual

4.34 CYCLE/DEEPCL (M)

(Hardware Cycle)

CYCLE/DEEPCL,z,f,IPM-IPR,c[,START,s][,DECR,d][,LAST,l] [,DIAMTR,dia]
CYCLE/DRILL,DEEPCL,z,f,IPM-IPR,c[,START,s][,DECR,d][,LAST,l] [,DIAMTR,dia]

1. Rapid to clearance c.
2. Advance at feedrate f the incremental distance of s*dia
3. Retract at rapid rate to clearance c.
4. Advance at rapid rate to feed depth less c.
5. Decrement the value of s by the value of d.

Repeat steps 2, 3, 4, and 5 until the value of s equals the value of l. Then repeat steps 2, 3, and 4 until final
depth is reached. Cycle will always end when final depth is reached, regardless of any other parameter
value.

The following is a list of the default values for this cycle. You need enter only those values that are to be
changed.

START,s Default is 2.5

DECR,d Default is .5

LAST,l Default is 1.0

DIAMTR,dia Default is the programmed cutter diameter

Example:

Input:

CUTTER/.5
CYCLE/DEEPCL,5,10,IPM,.1
GOTO/0,0,10
CYCLE/OFF

Punch File Output:

N0001G81X0Y0R010Z00875F01$
N0002G80$
N0003G81R00885Z00775$
N0004G80R0101$
N0005G81R00785Z007$
N0006G80R0101$
N0007G81R0071Z0065$
N0008G80R010$
N0009G81R0066Z006$
N0010G80R0101$
N0011G81R0061Z0055$
N0012G80R0101$
N0013G81R0056Z005$
N0014G80R0101$

4-42
 4 Command Language

4.35 CYCLE/DRILL (L)

(Hardware Cycle)

CYCLE/DRILL,z,f,IPM-IPR,c[,LOCK,l][,CAM,n][,PULBAC,g]
CYCLE/DRILL,FEDTO,z,IPM-IPR,f,RAPTO,c

1. Rapid to clearance c.
2. Advance at feedrate f to depth z.
3. Retract at rapid rate to clearance c.

Example:

Input:

CYCLE/DRILL,1.0,6.0,IPM,.1
GOTO/0,0

Punch File Output:

N4G81X.0R.1Z-1.F6.0$

4-43
G-Post Reference Manual

4.36 CYCLE/DRILL (L)

(Software Cycle)

CYCLE/DRILL,z,f,IPM-IPR,c
CYCLE/DRILL,FEDTO,z,IPM-IPR,f,RAPTO,c

1. Rapid to clearance c.
2. Advance at feedrate f to depth z.
3. Retract at rapid rate to clearance c.

Example:

Input:

CYCLE/DRILL,1.0,6.0,IPM,.1
GOTO/0,0

Punch File Output:

N004G00X0Z001$
N005G01Z-01F006$
N006G00Z001$

4-44
 4 Command Language

4.37 CYCLE/DRILL (M)

(Hardware Cycle)

CYCLE/DRILL-81,z,f,IPM-IPR,c[,LOCK,l][,CAM,n][,PULBAC,g]
CYCLE/DRILL-81,FEDTO,z,IPM-IPR,f,RAPTO,c

1. Rapid to clearance c.
2. Advance at feedrate f to depth z.
3. Retract at rapid rate to clearance c.

Example:

Input:

CYCLE/DRILL,1.0,6.0,IPM,.1
GOTO/0,0

Punch File Output:

N4G81X.0Y.0R.1Z-1.F6.0$

4-45
G-Post Reference Manual

4.38 CYCLE/DRILL (M)

(Software Cycle)

CYCLE/DRILL,z,f,IPM-IPR,c
CYCLE/DRILL,FEDTO,z,IPM-IPR,f,RAPTO,c

1. Rapid to clearance c.
2. Advance at feedrate f to depth z.
3. Retract at rapid rate to clearance c.

Example:

Input:

CYCLE/DRILL,1.0,6.0,IPM,.1
GOTO/0,0

Punch File Output:

N4G00Z.1$
N5G01X.0Y.0Z-.1F6.0$

4-46
 4 Command Language

4.39 CYCLE/FACE (L)

(Hardware Cycle)

CYCLE/FACE,z,f,IPM-IPR,c[,LOCK,l][,CAM,n][,PULBAC,g]
CYCLE/FACE,FEDTO,z,IPM-IPR,f,RAPTO,c[,DWELL,d]
CYCLE/DRILL,FACE,FEDTO,z,IPM-IPR,f,RAPTO,c[,DWELL,d]

1. Rapid to clearance c.
2. Advance at feedrate f to depth z.
3. Dwell.
4. Retract at rapid rate to clearance c.

LOCK,l specifies the dwell time. Initially a value of 2 seconds is assumed.

Example:

Input:

CYCLE/FACE,1.0,4.5,IPM,.1
GOTO/0,0

Punch File Output:

N4G82X.0R.1Z-.1F4.5$

4-47
G-Post Reference Manual

4.40 CYCLE/FACE (L)

(Software Cycle)

CYCLE/FACE,z,f,IPM-IPR,c[,LOCK,l ]
CYCLE/FACE,FEDTO,z,IPM-IPR,f,RAPTO,c[,DWELL,d]
CYCLE/DRILL,FACE,FEDTO,z,IPM-IPR,f,RAPTO,c[,DWELL,d]

1. Rapid to clearance c.
2. Advance at feedrate f to depth z.
3. Dwell.
4. Retract at rapid rate to clearance c.

LOCK,l specifies the dwell time. Initially a value of 2 seconds is assumed.

Example:

Input:

CYCLE/FACE,1.0,4.5,IPM,.1
GOTO/0,0

Punch File Output:

N004G00X0Z001$
N005G01Z-01F0045$
N006G04X02$
N007G00X0Z001$

4-48
 4 Command Language

4.41 CYCLE/FACE (M)

(Hardware Cycle)

CYCLE/FACE-82,z,f,IPM-IPR,c[,LOCK,l][,CAM,n][,PULBAC,g]
CYCLE/FACE,FEDTO,z,IPM-IPR,f,RAPTO,c[,DWELL,d]
CYCLE/DRILL,FACE,FEDTO,z,IPM-IPR,f,RAPTO,c[,DWELL,d]

1. Rapid to clearance c.
2. Advance at feedrate f to depth z.
3. Dwell.
4. Retract at rapid rate to clearance c.

LOCK,l specifies the dwell time. Initially a value of 2 seconds is assumed.

Example:

Input:

CYCLE/FACE,1.0,4.5,IPM,.1
GOTO/0,0

Punch File Output:

N4G82X.0Y.0R.1Z-.1F4.5$

4-49
G-Post Reference Manual

4.42 CYCLE/FACE (M)

(Software Cycle)

CYCLE/FACE,z,f,IPM-IPR,c[,LOCK,l]
CYCLE/FACE,FEDTO,z,IPM-IPR,f,RAPTO,c[,DWELL,d]
CYCLE/DRILL,FACE,FEDTO,z,IPM-IPR,f,RAPTO,c[,DWELL,d]

1. Rapid to clearance c.
2. Advance at feedrate f to depth z.
3. Dwell.
4. Retract at rapid rate to clearance c.

LOCK,l specifies the dwell time. Initially a value of 2 seconds is assumed.

Example:

Input:

CYCLE/FACE,1.0,4.5,IPM,.1
GOTO/0,0

Punch File Output:

N4G00Z.1$
N5G01X.0Y.0Z-.1F4.5$
N6G04F2.$
N7G00Z.1$

4-50
 4 Command Language

4.43 CYCLE/MILL (M)

(Hardware Cycle)

CYCLE/MILL-86,z,f,IPM-IPR,c[,CAM,n]
CYCLE/MILL-86,FEDTO,z,IPM-IPR,f,RAPTO,c

The first CL point and all the subsequent RAPID CL points will be output as follows:

1. Rapid to clearance c.
2. Advance at feedrate f to depth z.

The subsequent non-RAPID CL points will be output as follows:

1. Adjust the CL z value by the depth parameter z.

2. Output xyz with proper interpolation mode with the milling feedrate from the last FEDRAT/f
statement.

Example:

Input:

CYCLE/MILL,1.0,10,IPM,.2
GOTO/0,0
FEDRAT/15,IPM
GOTO/1,1
CYCLE/OFF

Punch File Output:

N4G86X.0Y.0R.2Z-.1F10.$
N5G01X1.Y1.F15.$
N7G80$
N8G00Z3.$

4-51
G-Post Reference Manual

4.44 CYCLE/MILL (M)

(Software Cycle)

CYCLE/MILL,z,f,IPM-IPR,c
CYCLE/MILL,FEDTO,z,IPM-IPR,f,RAPTO,c

The first CL point and all subsequent RAPID CL points are output as follows:

1. Rapid to clearance c.
2. Advance at feedrate f to depth z.

The subsequent non RAPID CL points are output as follows:

1. Adjust the CL z value by the depth parameter z.

2. Output xyz with proper interpolation mode with the milling feedrate from the last FEDRAT/f
statement.

Example:

Input:

CYCLE/MILL,1.0,10,IPM,.2
GOTO/0,0
FEDRAT/15,IPM
GOTO/1,1
GOTO/2,3
CYCLE/OFF
RETRCT

Punch File Output:

N0004G00X0Y0F0$
N0005Z0002F0$
N0006G01Z-001F01$
N0007X001Y001F015$
N0008X002Y003$
N0009G00Z03F0$

4-52
 4 Command Language

4.45 CYCLE/REAM (L)

(Hardware Cycle)

CYCLE/REAM-88,z,f,IPM-IPR,c[,LOCK,l][,CAM,n][,PULBAC,g]
CYCLE/REAM,FEDTO,z,IPM-IPR,f,RAPTO,c[,DWELL,d]
CYCLE/DRILL,REAM,FEDTO,z,IPM-IPR,f,RAPTO,c[,DWELL,d]

1. Rapid to clearance c.
2. Advance at feedrate f to depth z.
3. Retract at feedrate f to clearance c.

Example:

Input:

CYCLE/REAM,1.0,8.0,IPM,.1
GOTO/0,0

Punch File Output:

N0004G88X0R0001Z-001F008$

4-53
G-Post Reference Manual

4.46 CYCLE/REAM (L)

(Software Cycle)

CYCLE/REAM,z,f,IPM-IPR,c
CYCLE/REAM,FEDTO,z,IPM-IPR,f,RAPTO,c[,DWELL,d]
CYCLE/DRILL,REAM,FEDTO,z,IPM-IPR,f,RAPTO,c[,DWELL,d]

1. Rapid to clearance c.
2. Advance at feedrate f to depth z.
3. Retract at feedrate f to clearance c.

Example:

Input:

CYCLE/REAM,1.0,8.0,IPM,.1
GOTO/0,0

Punch File Output:

N005G00X0Z001$
N006G01Z-01F008$
N007Z001$

4-54
 4 Command Language

4.47 CYCLE/REAM (M)

(Hardware Cycle)

CYCLE/REAM-88,z,f,IPM-IPR,c[,LOCK,l][,CAM,n][,PULBAC,g]
CYCLE/REAM,FEDTO,z,IPM-IPR,f,RAPTO,c[,DWELL,d]
CYCLE/DRILL,REAM,FEDTO,z,IPM-IPR,f,RAPTO,c[,DWELL,d]

1. Rapid to clearance c.
2. Advance at feedrate f to depth z.
3. Retract at feedrate f to clearance c.

Example:

Input:

CYCLE/REAM,1.0,8.0,IPM,.1
GOTO/0,0

Punch File Output:

N0004G88X0Y0R0001Z-001F008$

4-55
G-Post Reference Manual

4.48 CYCLE/REAM (M)

(Software Cycle)

CYCLE/REAM,z,f,IPM-IPR,c
CYCLE/REAM,FEDTO,z,IPM-IPR,f,RAPTO,c[,DWELL,d]
CYCLE/DRILL,REAM,FEDTO,z,IPM-IPR,f,RAPTO,c[,DWELL,d]

1. Rapid to clearance c.
2. Advance at feedrate f to depth z.
3. Retract at feedrate f to clearance c.

Example:

Input:

CYCLE/REAM,1.0,8.0,IPM,.1
GOTO/0,0

Punch File Output:

N0004G00Z0001F0$
N0005G01X0Y0Z-001F008$
N0006Z0001$

4-56
 4 Command Language

4.49 CYCLE/TAP (L)

(Hardware Cycle)

CYCLE/TAP-84,z,f,IPM-IPR,c[,LOCK,l][,CAM,n][,PULBAC,g]
CYCLE/TAP-84,FEDTO,z,IPM-IPR,f,RAPTO,c

1. Rapid to clearance c.
2. Advance at feedrate f to depth z.
3. Reverse spindle direction.
4. Retract at feedrate f to clearance c.
5. Reverse to original spindle direction.

LOCK,l Specifies the dwell time for spindle reverse. Initially a value of 2 seconds is assumed.

Example:

Input:

SPINDL/150
CYCLE/TAP,1.0,(1/13),IPR,.2
GOTO/0,0

Punch File Output:

N0006G84X0R0002Z-001F011538$

4-57
G-Post Reference Manual

4.50 CYCLE/TAP (L)

(Software Cycle)

CYCLE/TAP,z,f,IPM-IPR,c[,LOCK,l]
CYCLE/TAP,FEDTO,z,IPM-IPR,f,RAPTO,c

1. Rapid to clearance c.
2. Output M-code to disable feed override.
3. Advance at feedrate f to depth z.
4. Reverse spindle direction M-code with dwell.
5. Retract at feedrate f to clearance c.
6. Output original spindle direction M-code.
7. Output M-code to enable feed override.

LOCK,l specifies the dwell time for spindle reverse. Initially a value of 2 seconds is assumed.

Example:

Input:

SPINDL/300,RPM,CLW
CYCLE/TAP,1.0,(1/13),IPR,.2
GOTO/0,0

Punch File Output:

N004S03M03$
N005G95$
N006G00X0Z002$
N007M51$
N008G01Z-01F00769$ (Feedrate calculated from spindle RPM)
N009M05$
N010G04X101M04$
N011G01X0Z002$
N012M03$
N013M50$

4-58
 4 Command Language

4.51 CYCLE/TAP (M)

(Hardware Cycle)

CYCLE/TAP-84,z,f,IPM-IPR,c[,LOCK,l][,CAM,n][,PULBAC,g]
CYCLE/TAP-84,FEDTO,z,IPM-IPR,f,RAPTO,c

1. Rapid to clearance c.
2. Advance at feedrate f to depth z.
3. Reverse spindle direction.
4. Retract at feedrate f to clearance c.
5. Reverse to original spindle direction.

LOCK,l Specifies the dwell time for spindle reverse. Initially a value of 2 seconds is assumed.

Example:

Input:

SPINDL/150
CYCLE/TAP,1.0,(1/13),IPR,.2
GOTO/0,0

Punch File Output:

N0006G84X0Y0R0002Z-001F011538$

4-59
G-Post Reference Manual

4.52 CYCLE/TAP (M)

(Software Cycle)

CYCLE/TAP,z,f,IPM-IPR,c[,LOCK,l]
CYCLE/TAP,FEDTO,z,IPM-IPR,f,RAPTO,c

1. Rapid to clearance c.
2. Output M-code to disable feed override.
3. Advance at feedrate f to depth z.
4. Reverse spindle direction M-code with dwell.
5. Retract at feedrate f to clearance c.
6. Output original spindle direction M-code.
7. Output M-code to enable feed override.

LOCK,l Specifies the dwell time for spindle reverse. Initially a value of 2 seconds is assumed.

Example:

Input:

CYCLE/TAP,1.0,(1/13),IPR,.2
GOTO/0,0

Punch File Output:

N0006G00Z0002F0$
N0007M51$
N0008G01X0Y0Z-001F$
N0009M05$
N0010G04FM04$
N0011G01Z0002F$
N0012M03$
N0013M50$

4-60
 4 Command Language

4.53 CYCLE/TAP-RIGID (M)

(Hardware Cycle)

CYCLE/TAP-84,z,f,IPM-IPR,c,HIGH,ON-OFF
CYCLE/TAP-84,FEDTO,z,IPM-IPR,f,RAPTO,c,HIGH,ON-OFF

The rigid tap cycle allows you to output a cycle G-code with a decimal point such as G84.2.

1. Rapid to clearance c.
2. Advance at feedrate f to depth z.
3. Reverse spindle direction.
4. Retract at feedrate f to clearance c.
5. Reverse to original spindle direction.

LOCK,l Specifies the dwell time for spindle reverse. Initially a value of 2 seconds is assumed.

Example:

Input:

SPINDL/150
CYCLE/TAP,1.0,(1/13),IPR,.2,HIGH,ON
GOTO/0,0

Punch File Output:

N0006G84.1X0Y0R0002Z-001F011538$

4-61
G-Post Reference Manual

4.54 CYCLE/THREAD-CIRCUL,-- (M)

CYCLE/THREAD-CIRCUL,--

Thread or circular milling can be done with a single G-Post command and followed by GOTO/pts for each
of the holes at any tool axis until CYCLE/OFF is encountered.

CYCLE/THREAD-CIRCUL
GOTO/p1
GOTO/p2
CYCLE/OFF

THREAD Use helical motion along Z for for each pass for the entire Z-depth.

CIRCUL Use circle motion at each Z and then feed to the next Z at the start point for the entire Z-depth.

Command Syntax:

CYCLE/THREAD-CIRCUL,MILL,FEDTO,z,IPM,IPR,f,RADIUS,r,PITCH,p
[,START,dx,dy,dz][,CUT,CCLW-CLW-1-2][,RAPTO,c][,RTRCTO,r][,OUT,n][,ON]

THREAD or CIRCUL = Specifies the milling mode as thread or circular.

FEDTO,z = The depth of hole z is a positive number. Use -ve for reverse milling. Plus z will advance tool
into the part. It is an incremental distance measured from the GOTO/pnt.

IPM,IPR,f = The f specifies the milling feedrate. MMPM-MMPR is also allowed.

RADIUS,r = The r specifies the radius of the thread or circular hole.

PITCH,p = The p specifies the Z-feed per revolution or thread lead.

START,dx,,dy,dz = Specifies the start point relative to the center of the hole. This defines vector
component (IJK) to define the start point for 0-360 degrees as directed from the center of the hole.

In xy-plane, (1,0,0) will start at 3'oclock position; (0,-1,0) will start at 6'oclock position; (-1,0,0) will start
at 9'oclock position; (0,1,0) will start at 12'oclock position. START is optional.

CUT,CCLW-CLW = Specifies the direction of milling as left or right

handed. You can also specify as CUT,1 or CUT,2 instead. CUT is optional.

RAPTO,c = The c specifies the clearance in rapid to the center of hole, RAPTO is optional.

RTRCTO,c2 = The c2 specifies the secondary clearance to clear the part before moving to next hole
position, RTRCTO is optional.

OUT,n = Specifies that the thead/curcular moves will be on the OD and that the tool should retract
outward. The n value is the amount that the tool is moved away from the thread. OUT is optional.

ON = The G-Post expands this CYCLE into goto and arc motion first. This CYCLE command is passed
on as echo to the CL file, by adding ON to the end of the command, so you can catch it in FIL for custom
modification.

4-62
 4 Command Language

Example:

$$ CUT 1-INCH DEEP THREAD WITH 5-PASSES

CYCLE/THREAD,MILL,FEDTO,+1,IPM,11,RADIUS,2,$
PITCH,.2,START,0,1,0,CUT,CCLW,RAPTO,.1,RTRCTO,1
GOTO /2.562,0,1,0,0,1
GOTO /12.562,0,1,0,0,1
CYCLE/OFF

GPost MCD output:

N8 G0 Z2.
N9 Z1.1
N10 G1 Y2. Z1. F11.
N11 G3 X2.562 Y2. Z.8 J-2. K.0318
N12 G3 X2.562 Y2. Z.6 J-2. K.0318
N13 G3 X2.562 Y2. Z.4 J-2. K.0318
N14 G3 X2.562 Y2. Z.2 J-2. K.0318
N15 G3 X2.562 Y2. Z0. J-2. K.0318
N16 G1 Y0. Z1.1
N17 G0 Z2.

$$ MILL 1-INCH DEEP CIRCULAR HOLE WITH 5-PASSES

CYCLE/CIRCUL,MILL,FEDTO,+1,IPM,11,RADIUS,2,$
PITCH,.2,START,0,1,0,CUT,CCLW,RAPTO,.1,RTRCTO,1
GOTO /2.562,0,1,0,0,1
GOTO /12.562,0,1,0,0,1
CYCLE/OFF

GPost MCD output:

N27 G0 Z2.
N28 X2.562
N29 Z1.1
N30 G1 Y2. Z1. F11.
N31 Z0.
N32 G3 X2.562 Y2. J-2.
N33 G1 Z-.8
N34 G3 X2.562 Y2. J-2.
N35 G1 Z-1.4
N36 G3 X2.562 Y2. J-2.
N37 G1 Z-1.8
N38 G3 X2.562 Y2. J-2.
N39 G1 Z-2.
N40 G3 X2.562 Y2. J-2.
N41 G1 Y0. Z1.1
N42 G0 Z2.

4-63
G-Post Reference Manual

Format requirements:

FEDTO,RADIUS,PITCH,IPM-IPR must be given

If START is given, all three dx,dy,dz must be stated even if zero. If START is not given, then G-Post will
decide the start point.

If CUT is not given, CCLW is assumed.

If OUT is not given it the thread/curcular moves are assumed to be on the ID.

APT users: Make sure to add PPWORD/ RTRCTO,7 to your APT program or vocabulary table file.

Note to advanced FIL user:

G-Post expands this CYCLE into goto and arc motion first. This CYCLE command is passed on as echo
to the CL file, by adding ON to the end of the command. So you can catch it in FIL for custom
modification.

In this case, you must skip all the motion following this command until CYCLE/THREAD,MILL,OFF is
encountered.

Note to CATIA user and pptable:

If you want to use the CYCLE/THREAD,MILL format to mill many holes, you can select the box in the
CATIA menu to output CYCLE syntax during thread or circular milling dialogs. Also make the proper
pptable entry for circular or thread milling CYCLE commands.

4-64
 4 Command Language

4.55 CYCLE/THRU (L)

(Hardware Cycle)

CYCLE/THRU-87,z1,z2,z3,z4,...z19,f,IPM-IPR,c[,PULBAC,g]

1. Rapid to clearance c.
2. Advance at feedrate f to depth z1.
3. Advance at rapid rate to depth z2 less c.
4. Advance at feedrate f to depth z3.

Repeat steps 3 and 4 for each successive pair of z values, after which, retract at rapid rate to clearance c.

Note: The number of z parameters must be odd.

Example:

Input:

CYCLE/THRU,0.5,0.7,1.0,1.2,2.0,2.2,3.0,.0085,IPR,.1
GOTO/0,0

Punch File Output:

N0006G87X0R0001Z-0005F0085$
N0007R-0006Z-001$
N0008R-0011Z-002$
N0009R-0021Z-003$
N0010R0001Z0001$

4-65
G-Post Reference Manual

4.56 CYCLE/THRU (L)

(Software Cycle)

CYCLE/THRU,z1,z2,z3,...z19,f,IPM-IPR,c

1. Rapid to clearance c.
2. Advance at feedrate f to depth z1.
3. Advance at rapid rate to depth z2 less c.
4. Advance at feedrate f to depth z3.

Repeat the steps 3 and 4 for each successive pair of z values, after which, retract at rapid rate to clearance
c.

Note: The number of z parameters must be odd.

Example:

Input:

SPINDL/1000,RPM,CLW
CYCLE/THRU,0.5,0.7,1.0,1.2,2.0,2.2,3.0,.0085,IPR,.1
GOTO/0,0

Punch File Output:

N004S51M03$
N005G95$
N006G00X0Z001$
N007G01Z-005F001$
N008G00Z-007$
N009G01Z-01F001$
N010G00Z-012$
N011G01Z-02F001$
N012G00Z-022$
N013G01Z-03F001$
N014G00Z001$

4-66
 4 Command Language

4.57 CYCLE/THRU (M)

(Hardware Cycle)

CYCLE/THRU-87,z1,z2,z3,z4,...z19,f,IPM-IPR,c[,PULBAC,g]

1. Rapid to clearance c.
2. Advance at feedrate f to depth z1.
3. Advance at rapid rate to depth z2 less c.
4. Advance at feedrate f to depth z3.

Repeat steps 3 and 4 for each successive pair of z values, after which, retract at rapid rate to clearance c.

Note: The number of z parameters must be odd.

Example:

Input:

CYCLE/THRU,0.5,0.7,1.0,1.2,2.0,2.2,3.0,.0085,IPR,.1
GOTO/0,0

Punch File Output:

N0006G87X0Y0R0001Z-0005F0085$
N0007R-0006Z-001$
N0008R-0011Z-002$
N0009R-0021Z-003$
N0010R0001Z0001$

4-67
G-Post Reference Manual

4.58 CYCLE/THRU (M)

(Software Cycle)

CYCLE/THRU,z1,z2,z3,z4,...z19,f,IPM-IPR,c

1. Rapid to clearance c.
2. Advance at feedrate f to depth z1.
3. Advance at rapid rate to depth z2 less c.
4. Advance at feedrate f to depth z3.

Repeat steps 3 and 4 for each successive pair of z values, after which, retract at rapid rate to clearance c.

Note: The number of z parameters must be odd.

Example:

Input:

CYCLE/THRU,0.5,0.7,1.0,1.2,2.0,2.2,3.0,.0085,IPR,.1
GOTO/0,0

Punch File Output:

N0006G00Z0001F0$
N0007G01X0Y0Z-0005F$
N0008G00Z-0007F0$
N0009G01Z-001F$
N0010G00Z-0012F0$
N0011G01Z-002F$
N0012G00Z-0022F0$
N0013G01Z-003F$
N0014G00Z0001F0$

4-68
 4 Command Language

4.59 DEBUGG
The DEBUGG statements are not intended for part programming. It is intended for use during the
development stage of a post processor. Use DEBUGG to analyze the COMMON variable locations in the
post processor. Use DEBUGG with discretion since they generate a large volume of print output.

4.59.1 DEBUGG/FRONT

DEBUGG/FRONT

Prints the post processor register address locations, alphabetical addresses, formats, and the contents of the
WORD buffer.

4.59.2 DEBUGG/OFF

DEBUGG/OFF

Turns off the DEBUGG print option.

4.59.3 DEBUGG/ON,CLW

DEBUGG/ON,CLW

Prints the CL file records as they are read.

4.59.4 DEBUGG/ON,n,TO,m,TYPE,1-3 (L)

DEBUGG/ON,n,TO,m,TYPE,1-3

Prints the common variables from location n to location m, after reading every CL record.

TYPE,1 Specifies INTCOM locations.

TYPE,3 Specifies DBLCOM locations.

4.59.5 DEBUGG/ON,n,TO,m,TYPE,1-3 (M)

DEBUGG/ON,n,TO,m,TYPE,1-3

Prints the common variables from location n to location m, after reading every CL record.

TYPE,1 Specifies INTCOM locations.

TYPE,2 Specifies RELCOM locations.
TYPE,3 Specifies DBLCOM locations.

4-69
G-Post Reference Manual

4.60 DELAY
DELAY/n[,REV]

This statement produces a dwell block. The value of n is in seconds or in revolutions if REV is given.

If in IPR mode, the dwell time is output in revolutions.

If in IPM mode, the dwell time is output in seconds.

When the IPM/IPR switchable option is not available in the control, the dwell time will be converted to the
available units.

The dwell time in seconds will be printed for verification.

Note: If the DWELL register is one of the axis registers, the verification DWELL time will appear in that
axis column.

Examples (L):

Input: IPM Mode

FEDRAT/10,IPM
GOTO/0,0
DELAY/5 $$OUTPUTS DWELL CODE & DWELL IN SECONDS
GOTO/5,5

Punch File Output:

N005G01X0Z0F01$
N006G04X05$
N007G01X05Z05$

Example (L):

Input: IPR Mode

FEDRAT/.010,IPR
GOTO/0,0
DELAY/5 $$OUTPUTS DWELL CODE & DWELL IN REVS
GOTO/0,0

Punch File Output:

N005G95$
N006G01X0Z0F001$
N007G04X5425
N008G01X0Z0$

4-70
 4 Command Language

Examples (M):

Input:

SPINDL/1000,RPM,CLW
FEDRAT/10,IPM
GOTO/0,0
DELAY/5 $$OUTPUTS DWELL CODE & DWELL IN SECONDS
GOTO/5,5

Punch File Output:

N0004M4A$
N0005S1000M03$
N0006G01X0Y0Z0F01$
N0007G04F005$
N0008G01X005Y005F01$

Example (M):

Input:

SPINDL/1000,RPM,CLW
FEDRAT/.010,IPR
GOTO/0,0
DELAY/5,REV $$DWELL CODE IN REVS (.3 SEC.)
GOTO/5,5

Punch File Output:

N004M41$
N005S100M03$
N006G01X0Z0F01$
N007G04F0003$
N008G01X005Y005F01$

4-71
G-Post Reference Manual

4.61 DISPLY

4.61.1 DISPLY/ON-OFF

DISPLAY/ON-OFF

This statement allows the operator comments to be displayed at the Machine/Control unit.

ON Enables the [text], which is column 7 through 72 of the subsequent PPRINT commands to be
punched. Trailing blanks in [text] will be ignored. The [text] will be enclosed in parentheses ( )
and punched with sequence number and the current OPSKIP condition.

OFF Disables the above option.

Example:

Input:

GOTO/5,5
DISPLY/ON
PPRINT THIS STATEMENT IS FOR OPERATOR COMMENTS
DISPLY/OFF
PPRINT THIS STATEMENT WILL NOT BE PUNCHED
GOTO/0,0

Punch File Output (L):

N004G01X05Z05$
N005(THIS STATEMENT IS FOR OPERATOR COMMENTS)$
N006X0Z0$

Punch File Output (M):

N004G01X05Y05Z05$
N005(THIS STATEMENT IS FOR OPERATOR COMMENTS)$
N006X0Z0$

Related Commands:

PLABEL/OPTION,14
PLABEL/OPTION,15
PLABEL/OPTION,30

4-72
 4 Command Language

4.61.2 DISPLY/NEXT

DISPLY/NEXT

This command is similar to DISPLY/ON, except that it punches the text from the next PPRINT statement,
regardless of the current setting of DISPLY/ON-OFF condition.

Example:

DISPLY/NEXT
PPRINT THIS IS A TEST

The above commands are equivalent to the following:

DISPLY/ON
PPRINT THIS IS A TEST
DISPLY/OFF

4-73
G-Post Reference Manual

4.62 DMIS
DMIS/ON-OFF

Support has been added to receive DMIS-CMM data from the NCL file (Generated by Pro/E). The DMIS
data is passed onto a file without interpreting the contents. It is up to the user to write FIL to parse this data
as needed.

For each DMIS/ON-OFF pair in the NCL file, a new file named input_file001.dms,input_file002.dms etc
will be created. The name input_file is the actual name of the input NCL file. The contents of the *.dms
will be exact DMIS data from the NCL file.

G-Post then will see the modified DMIS data and will not fail with translation errors while reading DMIS
data since they are in an external file.

The modified commands will be:

MDWRIT/ON
PPRINT DMSFILE=INPUT_FILE_NAMEnnn.DMS (nnn=DMIS/sequence number)
MDWRIT/OFF

Note: See the FIL manual for a complete description of the FIL code required to utilize this data.

4-74
 4 Command Language

4.63 END
END

Generates an end-of-tape M-code. Normally M02

4-75
G-Post Reference Manual

4.64 FEDRAT

4.64.1 FEDRAT/f[,IPM-IPR][,RAPTO[,d]]

FEDRAT/f,[,IPM-IPR][,RAPTO[,d]]

f Is the feedrate value to be used for subsequent non-rapid motion.

IPM Specifies units per minute feed.

IPR Specifies units per revolution feed.

IPM and IPR are modal; initially IPM is assumed.

Note: The mode (inch or metric) is selected in the MACHIN/ statement and no number conversions are
done to the FEDRAT values.

RAPTO Is a non-modal option which causes the next motion to be split into two blocks. The first
block is a rapid move to within a distance d, from the end point. The second block is at
the feedrate f for the remaining distance d.

d The value d remains in effect for subsequent RAPTO options until changed. Initially 0.3
is assumed for d.

4.64.2 FEDRAT/LOCK,ON-OFF

FEDRAT/LOCK,ON-OFF

This command generates the M-codes to control feedrate override options.

ON Generates an M-code to enable feedrate override.

OFF Generates an M-code to disable feedrate override.

4-76
 4 Command Language

4.65 FINI
This statement indicates the end of the CL file. The post processor will output all pending blocks and stop
execution.

Using the Option File Generator you can define up to 10 blocks of NC code to be output at the end of the
MCD file. Tape trailer and the Rewind stop code are the only pieces of data that will follow this output.

4-77
G-Post Reference Manual

4.66 FROM (L)

FROM/x,y

The initial axes position is given by this command.

x,y Are the coordinates of the axes position in the part coordinate system. Any effective translation
will be applied to x and y to obtain the machine coordinates.

The coordinates of x and y are assumed to be the tool tip, unless TURRET/CENTER is in effect, and
indicate the turret reference point.

4-78
 4 Command Language

4.67 FROM (M)

FROM/x,y,z

The initial axes position is given by this command.

x,y,z Are the coordinates of the axes position in the part coordinate system. Any effective translation
will be applied to x, y, and z to obtain the machine coordinates.

Related Commands:

PLABEL/OPTION,45

4-79
G-Post Reference Manual

4.68 GOHOME
GOHOME

Sends the axes to the home point at rapid rate.

Example (M):

Input:

GOTO/5,2,.5
GOTO/6,5,1
GOHOME

Punch File Output:

N004G01X005Y002Z0005F001$
N005X006Y005Z001$
N006G00Z03F0
N007X01Y01F0

Example (L):

Input:

GOTO/5,5
GOHOME

Punch File Output:

N004G01X05Z05F01$
N005G00X1Z1$

4-80
 4 Command Language

4.69 GOTO
GOTO/x,y,z

Sends the axes to an absolute position.

Example (M):

Input:

GOTO/5,2,.5
GOTO/6,5,1

Punch File Output:

N004G01X005Y002Z0005F001$
N005X006Y005Z001$

Example (L):

Input:

GOTO/5,5,0

Punch File Output:

N004G01X05Z05F01$

Related Commands:

ARCDAT - ARCMOV

4-81
G-Post Reference Manual

4.70 HEAD (L)

HEAD/FRONT-REAR([,XCOORD,xd][,YCOORD,yd])

This statement modifies the default turret separation distance for multiple turret lathes.

FRONT Specifies the primary turret type.

REAR Specifies the secondary turret type.

XCOORD,xd Specifies the direction and distance of this secondary turret, measured along the CL X
axis from the primary turret.

YCOORD,yd Specifies the direction and distance of this secondary turret, measured along the CL Y-
axis from the primary turret.

4-82
 4 Command Language

4.71 INCLUD
INCLUD/Filename

This statement is used to include the contents of the specified ASCII source file, Filename, into the current
file. Once the contents of Filename are included the process will continue on the line following the
INCLUD statement.

Filename can be any valid ASCII text file on your system. If the file extension is not specified, .INC is
used. If the Filename does not include the path the system will locate the file as follows:

1. Search the current working directory where the source file is located.

2. Search the directory specified by the UNC$INCLUDE path from the Config.tbl file. It is
recommended that the UNC$INCLUDE and the UNC$LIBRARY paths be the same in the
Config.tbl file.

3. Search the directory specified by the UNC$LIBRARY from the Config.tbl file.

• If the specified Filename is not located in one of these locations the system will generate an error
message.

• The INCLUD/Filename statement must start in column one on any line of your source file. Shift this
command to the right out of column one and the system will generate an error message.

• Comments are not allowed in the INCLUD/Filename statement.

• Four levels of INCLUD are permitted.

Examples:

The following INCLUD statements are INVALID:

$$ No comments allowed on the INCLUD line

INCLUD/TEST1.INC $$ THIS COMMENT WILL CAUSE AN ERROR!

$$ INCLUD statement must start in column one

INCLUD/TEST2.INC

The following INCLUD statements are VALID:

$$ Including TEST1.DAT, looks through the defined search paths

INCLUD/TEST1.DAT

$$ Exact location of file is specified

INCLUD/C:\TEST\SOURCE\MACHINE1\TEST1.INC

$$ Including TEST3.INC, looks through the defined search paths

INCLUD/TEST3

4-83
G-Post Reference Manual

4.72 INSERT
INSERT[text]

This statement allows the part programmer to directly output control information to the punch file.

The [text] from column 7 through 72 of the input statement is punched.

Blanks in the [text] will be ignored. The [text] is punched with sequence number and the current OPSKIP
condition. End of block code is not generated by the post processor and should appear in [text], if needed.

This command should be used only when a post processor command is not available for the control
information. When used, the post processor does not verify the validity of this block.

A continuation character can be used to output long tape blocks.

Set INTCOM(1951) to the ASCII value of the continuation character.

You can combine INSERT commands into long tape blocks as follows:

Assume INTCOM(1951) is set to 92 (the \ backslash)

Example:

Input:

INSERT/‘N001 G01 \$‘

INSERT/‘ X15.0 \$‘
INSERT/‘ Y10.0 \$‘
INSERT/‘ Z100.0 \$‘
INSERT/‘ F10.0 $‘

Output:

N001 G01 X15.0 Y10.0 Z100.0 F10.0 $

Related Commands:

PLABEL/OPTION,9
PLABEL/OPTION,30

4-84
 4 Command Language

4.73 LEADER
LEADER/n

This statement causes n units of space codes to be punched.

Related Commands:

PLABEL/OPTION,10

4-85
G-Post Reference Manual

4.74 LINTOL (M)

LINTOL/[t,]ON-OFF

This statement is used to test a MULTAX cutting path (at least one linear axis and a rotary axis) against a
given tolerance t for linearization. If the deviation of this path exceeds the tolerance, it is segmented into
smaller moves.

t The tolerance that will be used for testing. If omitted, the previously established value is used. The
default value for t is .005 inch.

ON Enables testing for all subsequent MULTAX feed moves until OFF is programmed.

4.74.1 LINTOL/101-199

LINTOL/101-199

This statement is used to output an -equal number of points (n) for any cut. The number of points will be
the number specified after the slash minus 100 (101-100 = 1; n = 1). This number has noting to do with the
tolerance.

Example:

LINTOL/125 will output 25-points and has nothing to do with tolerance.

4-86
 4 Command Language

4.75 LOADTL (M)

LOADTL/t [,LENGTH,l][ADJUST,h][,OMIT]

This command generates a tool change block consisting of an M-code, a tool number T-code, and an offset
code.

t The tool number desired.

LENGTH,l Specifies the tool length, which is used to adjust Z-axis output. If you omit LENGTH,l,
zero tool length is assumed.

ADJUST,h Generates the offset register number h in the address designated in the Option File
Generator. This value will be output the same as the tool number if the switch is set in the
Option File Generator and the ADJUST value is not specified.

OMIT Does not generate an M-code. You can use this option if the tool is already resident in the
spindle, such as the first LOADTL statement to indicate tool length.

Note: Automatic tool preselect will be performed if the switch is set in the Option File Generator . There
would be no reason to use the SELCTL command if automatic tool preselects are being used. If
automatic tool preselects are performed the post processor will generate a tool list file using the same
name as the input file with the .TL1 extension.

The tool list file is formatted as follows:

3
8 1 1.00 .000 .000 .000 .000 0 0
16 1 1.00 .000 .000 .000 .000 0 0
24 1 1.00 .000 .000 .000 .000 0 0

The first number is the number of tool changes in this program. In this case 3 tool changes.
Each line there after is as follows:
First value is the CL record number of the tool change
Second value is the type of tool change, 1=LOADTL 2=TURRET
Third value is the tool number
Fourth value is the offset number
Fifth value is the Z LENGTH from LOADTL, Set to 0 if TURRET
Sixth value is the X gage length from TURRET, Set to 0 if LOADTL
Seventh value is the Y gage length from TURRET, Set to 0 if LOADTL
Eighth value is the CLW-CCLW from the TURRET, Set to 0 if LOADTL
Ninth value is the TURRET being used, 1=FRONT, 2=REAR, 3=SADDLE, 4=MAIN, 5=RAIL and
0=LOADTL

Note: A switch in the Option File Generator will instruct the post processor to automatically output the T
code and M code on separate blocks.

4-87
G-Post Reference Manual

4.76 LPRINT
LPRINT/NEXT

This statement causes the post processor print output (the .LST file) to start on a new page at this point.

4-88
 4 Command Language

4.77 MACHIN
(M)

MACHIN/UNCX01,n[,ON-OFF][,CIRCUL-LINEAR]
[,OPTION,n1,v1,n2,v2,..] (M)
(L)

MACHIN/UNCL01,n[,ON-OFF][,CIRCUL-LINEAR]
[,OPTION,n1,v1,n2,v2,..] (L)

UNCL01
or UNCX01 The name of the post processor (UNCL01 is Lathe and UNCX01 is Mill).

n The required machine number.

ON Causes the post processing to begin, which is the default.

OFF Terminates post processing of all following CL records until ON is programmed.

CIRCUL Causes circular interpolation blocks to be output for the circular motion in the CL file,
which is the default.

LINEAR Generates linear interpolation blocks for the circular motion in the CL file.

OPTION Specifies the option number n1 to be set to the value v1.

The options are described in the PLABEL/OPTION section, since these two commands are synonymous.

Examples (M):

PARTNO USE DEFAULT OPTION

MACHIN/UNCX01,1
—
—
FINI
PARTNO USE OPTION IN MACHIN STATEMENT
MACHIN/UNCX01,1,OPTION,5,1 $$ PACK PUNCH OUTPUT
—
—
FINI
PARTNO USE OPTION IN PLABEL STATEMENT
MACHIN/UNCX01,1
PLABEL/OPTION,5,TO,1 $$ PACK PUNCH OUTPUT
—
—
FINI

4-89
G-Post Reference Manual

Examples (L):

PARTNO USE DEFAULT OPTION

MACHIN/UNCL01,1
—
—
FINI
PARTNO USE OPTION IN MACHIN STATEMENT
MACHIN/UNCL01,1,OPTION,5,1 $$ PACK PUNCH OUTPUT
—
—
FINI
PARTNO USE OPTION IN PLABEL STATEMENT
MACHIN/UNCL01,1
PLABEL/OPTION,5,TO,1 $$ PACK PUNCH OUTPUT
—
—
FINI

4-90
 4 Command Language

4.78 MACHIN Statement for Automatic Tape Break

(M)

MACHIN/UNCX01,n[,ON-OFF][,CIRCUL-LINEAR]
[LENGTH,min,max,TYPE,t[,MODIFY,c1,c2]
[,PULBAC,dx,dy,dz]][,OPTION,n1,v1,n2,v2,...]

(L)

MACHIN/UNCL01,n[,ON-OFF][,CIRCUL-LINEAR]
[LENGTH,min,max,TYPE,t[,MODIFY,c1,c2]
[,PULBAC,dx,dy]][,OPTION,n1,v1,n2,v2,...]

The Auto Break feature is activated if you enter values for LENGTH, TYPE, MODIFY, and PULBAC.
The post processor automatically generates a BREAK sequence once the minimum tape footage is
exceeded. If TYPE has a non-zero value associated with it, the BREAK sequence is generated on the next
occurrence of the major word indicated by TYPE. If the maximum footage is exceeded, a warning message
is output.

LENGTH Specifies the minimum and maximum footage desired when using the Auto Break
feature.

TYPE Specifies the major word or words on which the Auto Break feature is to act.

t Is a composite number containing any and all of the digits 1, 2, 3, or 4, where the
following conditions are true:

is BREAK on length minimum

is GOHOME
is LOADTL (M) or TURRET (L)
is OPSTOP
is STOP

MODIFY Allows the PARTNO to be altered for each break.

c1 Is the PARTNO to be altered for each break.

c2 Is the starting character increment in the ASCII array. See PLABEL/OPTION 9 through
16 for the character locations. c2 must be between 32 and 96; it is incremented by one
for each auto break. If c2 increments to 96, it remains at 96.

PULBAC During Auto Break, a pull-back move can be generated to clear the part.

dx,dy,dz (M) Are the delta values along each axis desired for the move. All three values must be
specified. Use zero if you do not want a move along an axis.

dx,dy (L) Are the delta values along each axis desired for the move. Both values must be specified.
Use zero if you do not want a move along an axis.

4-91
G-Post Reference Manual

4.79 MCHTOL
MCHTOL/t[,ON] or MCHTOL/ON-OFF

This command will segment a linear move into smaller steps for tolerance requirements.

t The required step size. All the subsequent moves that exceed this value will be
segmented. The minimum allowable t that you can program is 0.1.

ON-OFF Will set or reset this option.

Example:

Input:

FROM/10,0
MCHTOL/.5,ON
GOTO/15,0
MCHTOL/OFF
GOTO/10,0

Punch File Output (M):

N0004G01X0104545Y0051818Z0F001$
N0005X0109091Y0053636$
N0006X0113636Y0055455$
N0007X0118182Y0057273$
N0008X0122727Y0059091$
N0009X0127273Y0060909$
N0010X0131818Y0062727$
N0011X0136364Y0064545$
N0012X0140909Y0066364$
N0013X0145455Y0068182$
N0014X015Y007$
N0015X01Y0$

Punch File Output (L):

N004G01X0Z104545F001$
N005Z109091$
N006Z113636$
N007Z118182$
N008Z122727$
N009Z127273$
N010Z131818$
N011Z136364$
N012Z140909$
N013Z145455$
N014Z15$
N015Z1$

4-92
 4 Command Language

4.80 MODE

4.80.1 MODE/INCR[,OFF]

MODE/INCR[,OFF]

INCR Generates an incremental G-code and incremental output.

INCR,OFF Generates an absolute G-code and absolute output, which is the default mode assumed.

4.80.2 MODE/90-91

MODE/90-91

90 Generates the absolute G-code G90 and absolute output.

91 Generates the incremental G-code G91 and incremental output.

4.80.3 MODE/INVERS,AUTO-ON-OFF

MODE/INVERS,AUTO-ON-OFF

AUTO Generates inverse time feed rate codes for subsequent rotary motion.

ON Generates inverse time feed rate codes for subsequent motion.

OFF Turns off the above option.

Example (L):

Input:

GOTO/6,6
MODE/INCR $$INCREMENTAL OUTPUT, NEXT BLOCKS
GOTO/3,3
GOTO/2,2
MODE/INCR,OFF $$REVERTS BACK TO ABSOLUTE
GOTO/6,6
GOTO/10,10

Punch File Output:

N004G01X06Z06$
N005G91$
N006G01X-03Z-03$
N007X-01Z-01$
N008G90$
N009G01X06Z06$
N010X1Z1$

4-93
G-Post Reference Manual

4.80.4 MODE/TABLE-ZAXIS[,ADJUST,d]

MODE/TABLE-ZAXIS[,ADJUST,d]

TABLE For colinear machines TABLE activates the W axis movements.

ZAXIS For colinear machines ZAXIS activates the Z axis movements.

ADJUST,d Set the axis offset for the TABLE or ZAXIS in effect.

4.80.5 MODE/MILL-TURN,v[,nnnn] (UNCMRG)

MODE/MILL-TURN,v[,nnnn]

The MODE/MILL,v and MODE/TURN,v commands are used for merging post processors. See the
UNCMRG chapter of this manual.

MILL,v Activates the MILL post processor UNCX01,v where v is the option file number.

TURN,v Activates the TURN post processor UNCL01,v where v is the option file number.

nnnn Optional, adding nnnn to the MODE/ commands sets the sequence number for this
section of the merged code.

4.80.6 MODE/MILL-TURN (MILL-TURN Configuration)

MODE/MILL-TURN

The MODE/MILL and MODE/TURN commands are used for a MILL-TURN configured post
processors.

MILL Activates the MILL options for the MILL-TURN configuration. The MILL
configuration used is determined by the current SPINDL/PARLEL command.

TURN Activates the TURN options for the MILL-TURN configuration.

4.80.7 MODE/YAXIS,ON-OFF-AUTO (MILL-TURN Configuration)

MODE/YAXIS,ON-OFF-AUTO

The MODE/YAXIS commands are used for the XZC-XYZ output, in the milling operations, with a
MILL-TURN configured post processor.

OFF Output XYZ axis moves instead of XZC (RTHETA).

ON Output XZC (RTHETA) axis moves instead of XYZ.

AUTO Outputs XYZ within the defined Y axis travel limits, but switches to XZC (RTHETA)
with the Y axis travel limits are exceeded.

4-94
 4 Command Language

4.81 MULTAX (M)

MULTAX/[ON-OFF]

This statement causes the G-Post to read tool axis vector components for all points in the CL file. The post
processor converts these vector components to rotary axis coordinates.

If you use MULTAX, it must appear after the MACHIN statement, but before the first motion command. If
the MULTAX command is not given, three-axis machine processing is assumed.

ON Activates this command

OFF Disables this command

Example:

PARTNO THIS IS A MULTAX TEST

MACHIN/UNCX01,1
MULTAX/ON
FROM/10,10,10,0,0,1
GOTO/5,5,10,0,1,0
GOTO/3,2,10,1,0,0
MULTAX/OFF
GOTO/10,10,10
FINI

4-95
G-Post Reference Manual

4.82 OP/THREAD (L)

OP/THREAD,TURN-FACE,DEPTH,d,TPI-IPR-MMPR, pf, CUTS,c,FINCUT,fc, $
CUTANG,a[,MULTRD,s]
GOTO/------
GOTO/------
OP/THREAD,NOMORE

The OP/THREAD command is a standard, PTC Pro/E generated, lathe threading command. G-Post will
automatically read ahead in the CL file to retrieve the 2 GOTO points that follow this command. The entire
threading operation will be generated by the G-Post using this format.

You can specify a variable number of data items, according to the options you desire, and you can specify
them in any order. Each item consist of either a vocabulary word only or a vocabulary word followed by
one or more entities in a fixed order.

You must always specify the following data items:

TURN-FACE
DEPTH
TPI-IPR-MMPR
CUTS
FINCUT
CUTANG
GOTO/--- $$ START POINT OF THE THREAD
GOTO/--- $$ END POINT OF THE THREAD

The OP/THREAD command assumes a point tip cutter and hence ignores the CUTTER statement in
effect.

The OP/THREAD process generates a series of passes, cutting into the part a specified amount on each
pass until the specified total depth has been reached.

Each pass is composed of four moves:

1. The Step-in move, which moves the cutter into the part an amount specified by DEPTH divided
by CUTS. This move is perpendicular to the centerline unless specified otherwise by CUTANG.

2. The actual threading move, which is parallel to the centerline..

3. The Pull-back move, which moves the cutter away from the part

4. The Return move, which moves the cutter back to a position from which the step-in move for the
next pass can be made. This move is always parallel to the centerline.

Following are descriptions of the various OP/THREAD data items:

TURN-FACE

TURN Specifies a thread moving along the axis of rotation.

FACE Specifies a thread moving perpendicular to the axis of rotation.

4-96
 4 Command Language

TPI,pf Specifies the threads per inch.

IPR,pf Specifies the thread lead 1/pitch in inches.

MMPR,pf Specifies the thread lead 1/pitch in millimeters.

CUTS,c Specifies the total number of threading passes.

FINCUT,fc Specify the number of finish passes to make. Finish passes have no depth of cut. These
passes are also called “Spring Passes”.

CUTANG,a Specifies the angle between the step-in move and a line perpendicular to the centerline. It
is positive if the step-in move is in the same general direction as the thread move;
negative if opposite. The angle must be less than 90 degrees in absolute value.

MULTRD,s [Optional] You can program a multiple start thread by using this couplet. s specifies the
number of threads to be cut. The first thread is started at the start point and each
additional thread is offset in the direction opposite the threading direction a distance
equal to the lead divided by n, where the lead is the reciprocal of the pitch. If
MULTRD,n is not specified it is assumed to be 1, with the result that only one thread is
cut.

Example: (PTC .NCL File)

OP / THREAD , TURN, DEPTH, 0.135000, TPI, 4.000000, CUTS, 35,$

FINCUT, 1,CUTANG, 180.000000
GOTO / 5.2775000000, 0.0000000000, -57.4032504052
GOTO / 5.2775000000, 0.0000000000, -49.2867788005
OP / THREAD, NOMORE

4-97
G-Post Reference Manual

4.83 OPSKIP

4.83.1 OPSKIP/ON-OFF

OPKIP/ON-OFF

ON Generates block delete (/) codes for all subsequent punch blocks.

OFF Terminates the above.

Example (L):

Input:

GOTO/6,6
OPSKIP/ON
GOTO/3,3
GOTO/2,2
OPSKIP/OFF
GOTO/0,0
GOTO/10,10

Punch File Output:

N004G01X06Z06$
/N005G01X03Z03$
/N006X02Z02$
N007G01X0Z0$
N008X1Z1$

Related Commands:

PLABEL/OPTION,12
PLABEL/OPTION,30

4-98
 4 Command Language

4.83.2 OPSKIP/n1,n2,n3,...,ON-OFF

OPKIP/n1,n2,n3,…,ON-OFF

Generates multiple block delete codes for all subsequent punch blocks. n1, n2, n3, ... are the numerical
codes to be output with the block deletes. Up to nine block deletes may be used at one time. These block
deletes may be selectively turned on and off, based upon ON and OFF.

Example (L):

Input:

OPSKIP/4,5,ON
GOTO/3,3
GOTO/2,2
OPSKIP/4,OFF
GOTO/0,0
GOTO/10,10

Punch File Output:

N004G01X06Z06$
/4/5N005G01X03Z03$
/4/5N006X02Z02$
/5N007G01X0Z0$
/5N008X1Z1$

Related Commands:

PLABEL/OPTION,12
PLABEL/OPTION,30

4-99
G-Post Reference Manual

4.84 OPSTOP
OPSTOP

Produces the machine optional stop M-code. Normally M01.

4-100
 4 Command Language

4.85 ORIGIN (L)

ORIGIN/x,y

This statement relates the CL coordinate system to the machine coordinate system, when the two are not
coincidental. All the CL coordinates after the ORIGIN statement are modified by the ORIGIN values.

x and y Specify the distance and direction along the CL X and Y-axes measured from the part
origin to the machine origin.

Initially ORIGIN/0 is assumed.

Example:

Input:

ORIGIN/-10,-10
GOTO/0,0
ORIGIN/0
GOTO/10,10

Punch File Output:

N004G01X1Z1$
N005X1Z1$

Related Commands:

TRANS

4-101
G-Post Reference Manual

4.86 ORIGIN (M)

ORIGIN/x,y,z[,a]

This statement relates the CL coordinate system to the machine coordinate system, when the two are not
coincidental. All the CL coordinates after the ORIGIN statement are modified by the ORIGIN values.

x, y, and z Specify the distance and direction along the CL X, Y, and Z axes measured from the part
origin to the machine origin. Initially ORIGIN/0 is assumed.

a An angular value denoting an absolute rotary table position for future reference. Do not
use in MULTAX mode.

The x, y, and z values are stored until the rotary table is rotated to that angle by ROTABL. At that time the
x, y, and z values are used for the ORIGIN. The number of ORIGIN statements with different angular
values is limited to 36.

Note: In MULTAX mode an ORIGIN command using the a Parameter is invalid and ignored.

Example:

Input:

PARTNO ORIGIN WITH ANGLE

MACHINE/UNCX01,1
ORIGIN/2,2,0,45 $$ FOR 45 TABLE POSITION
ORIGIN/4,4,0,45 $$ FOR 90 TABLE POSITION
--
GOTO/P00 $$ TABLE AT 00, NO ORIGIN
--
ROTABL/ATANGL,45
--
ST
GOTO/P45 $$TABLE AT 45, 1 ORIGIN
--
ROTABL/ATANGL,90
--
ND
GOTO/P90 $$TABLE AT 90, 2 ORIGIN
--
ROTABL/ATANGL,0
--
GOTO/SP $$TABLE AT 00, NO ORIGIN
--
FINI

Related Commands:

TRANS

4-102
 4 Command Language

4.87 PARTNO
PARTNO[text]

[text] is column 7 through 72 of the PARTNO statement, which is punched in man readable form.

This is the only statement which is processed prior to the MACHIN statement in a part program.

Related Commands:

PLABEL/OPTION,7

4-103
G-Post Reference Manual

4.88 PITCH (L)

PITCH/t [,INCR-DECR,t1]

Establishes the lead for subsequent THREAD commands.

t Is the number of threads per unit.

INCR-DECR For variable lead threading, INCR states increasing lead and DECR states decreasing
lead, with t1 as the ending threads per unit.

The PITCH command is modal and the established lead remains in effect for all subsequent THREAD
commands, until changed by a new PITCH statement.

Related Commands:

PLABEL/OPTION,50

4-104
 4 Command Language

4.89 PLABEL

4.89.1 PLABEL/OPTION,n,TO,v

This command allows the part programmer to choose certain options provided by the post processor.
To access the PLABEL/OPTION values directly from COMMON add 1830 to the option number and this
value will be the INTCOM location used by the desired PLABEL/OPTION. PLABEL/OPTION,1 =
INTCOM(1831), PLABEL/OPTION,2 = INTCOM(1832), PLABEL/OPTION,3 = INTCOM(1833)…

n Denotes the option number, which will be set to value v.

n v Function

01 00 Do not output tab characters in the MCD file. (default)

01 Output tab characters in the MCD file.
02 Add a blank space before each letter address in the MCD file.

Option 02 controls the verification print, which is the auxiliary information in the .LST file. It contains for
example, spindle speed, velocity, etc.

02 01 Generate verification print. (default)

00 Do not generate verification print.
02 Generate non-modal verification print.
11 Generate modal verification print and CL point (xyzijk) print.
12 Generate non-modal verification print and CL point (xyzijk) print.

03 01 Inch input / inch output. (default)

02 Metric input / inch output.
03 Metric input / metric output.
04 Inch input / metric output.

Values 01 through 04 indicate that all dimensions in the option file are in inches.

03 11 Inch input / inch output.

12 Metric input / inch output.
13 Metric input / metric output.
14 Inch input / metric output.

Values 11 through 14 indicate that all dimensions in the option file are in millimeters.

04 01 Print page heading. (default)

00 Do not print page heading.

05 00 Unpack MCD file output with one block per line. (default)
01 Pack MCD file output into 72 columns.

06 00 Do not suppress warning messages. (default)

01 Suppress all warning messages.
02 Write warnings to a file.

07 01 Output man readable PARTNO. (default)

00 Do not output man readable PARTNO.

4-105
G-Post Reference Manual

n v Function

08 01 Output a rewind stop code at the start of the MCD file.

00 Do not output any rewind stop codes. (default)
02 Output a rewind stop code at start and end of the MCD file.
03 Output a rewind stop code at end of the MCD file.

Options 9 through 16 use numerical codes to represent characters.

The following chart defines the decimal values for ASCII characters. The G-Post requires the use of ASCII
decimal values where specified.

∴= 32 ! = 33 “ = 34 # = 35 $ = 36 % = 37 & =38 ‘ = 39

( = 40 ) = 41 * = 42 + = 43 , = 44 - = 45 . = 46 / = 47

0 = 48 1 = 49 2 = 50 3 = 51 4 = 52 5 = 53 6 = 54 7 = 55

8 = 56 9 = 57 : = 58 ; = 59 < = 60 = = 61 > = 62 ? = 63

@ = 64 A = 65 B = 66 C = 67 D = 68 E = 69 F = 70 G = 71

H = 72 I = 73 J = 74 K = 75 L = 76 M = 77 N = 78 O = 79

P = 80 Q = 81 R = 82 S = 83 T = 84 U = 85 V = 86 W = 87

X = 88 Y = 89 Z = 90 [ = 91 \ = 92 ] = 93 ^ =95 _= 96

Example: To change Rewind Stop code from = to %, you would enter:

PLABEL/OPTION,11,TO,37

09 36 End of block character $. (default)

10 62 LEADER character >. (default)

11 37 Rewind stop code %. (default)

12 47 OPSKIP character /. (default)

13 42 Tab character *. (default)

14 40 Control out character (. (default)

15 41 Control in character ). (default)

16 79 Alignment block address O. (default)

17 00 Output the EOB character to the MCD file. (default)

01 Suppress output of the EOB character to the MCD file.

18 00 Output F-CODE after RAPID move. (default)

01 Suppress F-CODE after RAPID move.

4-106
 4 Command Language

n v Function

19 00 Do not check axes limit. (default)

01 Check axes limit.
02 MULTAX axis limits will call the _REPOS macro from FIL.

Option 20 applies only when option 6 is set to 0.

20 00 Output warning for illegal major words. (default)

01 Do not output warning for illegal major words.

Option 21 controls the format of the integer registers (N,G...) for punch output. The 4 digits correspond to
leading zeros, trailing zeros, plus sign, and decimal point. Any combination of the digits is acceptable. For
example, 1100 will punch leading and trailing zeros.

21 0000 Punch per postprocessor specification. (default)

0100 Punch trailing zeros.
1000 Punch leading zeros.

Option 22 controls the format of the decimal registers (X,Y...) for punch output. Any combination of the
digits is acceptable. For example, 1101 will punch leading and trailing zeros with decimal point.

22 0000 Punch per post processor specification. (default)

0001 Punch decimal point.
0010 Punch sign.
0100 Punch trailing zeros.
1000 Punch leading zeros.

Option 23 specifies the contents of I,J and K registers for a circle block in absolute mode.

23 01 Absolute arc distances. (default)

02 Distance from center to start point.
03 Distance from start point to center.
04 Center coordinates.

Option 24 specifies the contents of I,J and K registers for a circle block in incremental mode.

24 01 Absolute arc distances. (default)

02 Distance from center to start point.
03 Distance from start point to center.
04 Center coordinates.

25 00 Do not accept MULTAX CL file. (default)

01 Accept MULTAX CL file, ignore tool axis vector.

Option 26 controls the output of those points in the CL file, which have identical coordinates and appear in
succession.

26 00 Do not output repeat point.

01 Output the repeat point. (default)
02 Output zero length move during MULTAX.

4-107
G-Post Reference Manual

n v Function

Option 27 controls the output of I,J and K registers in a circle block, when their value is zero.

27 00 Do not output IJK when zero.

01 Output IJK when zero. (default)

28 Unused

29 00 Do not adjust feedrate for circles. (default)

01 Adjust feedrate for circles by cutter radius.

30 00 Output SEQNO,OPSKIP condition for INSERT,DISPLY. (default)

01 Ignore SEQNO,OPSKIP condition for INSERT,DISPLY.
02 Ignore SEQNO,OPSKIP condition for DISPLY.
03 Ignore SEQNO,OPSKIP condition for INSERT.

Option 31 controls the print output of the tape information which appears to the left of the verification
print. This can be the tape image or optionally edited for readability. The editing places a decimal point for
decimal registers (X,Y..) and does not suppress zeros for integer registers (N,G..).

31 00 Print the exact MCD image to the .LST file. (default)

01 Print the edited MCD image to the .LST file.

For some machine tools, the Rapid feedrate is required to be in IPM or IPR mode. Option 32 selects this
appropriate mode before the output of a rapid block. Assume the current feed mode in the part program is
IPR and your machine tool requires that rapid must be in IPM mode. The post processor will automatically
switch to IPM to output the rapid block and then switch back to IPR mode for the next move.

32 00 Output Rapid in current mode. (default)

nn Switch to mode (nn) to output Rapid.

33 00 Use departure distance for circular INVERS time feedrate calculations. (default)
01 Use circle radius for circular INVERS time feedrate calculations.

34 00 PREFUN/—,NEXT outputs only one G-code per block. (default)

01 PREFUN/—,NEXT outputs multiple G-codes per block.

35 00 AUXFUN/—,NEXT outputs only one M-code per block. (default)

01 AUXFUN/—,NEXT outputs multiple M-codes per block.

36 00 Do not output tool times to list. (default)

01 Output tool times to list.
02 Output block cycle times to list file.

When the post is in simulation mode, no output is created for the print and punch files. All processing takes
place so that all common locations within the post are updated. This option is normally set within FIL
programs.

37 00 Simulation mode is turned off. (default)

01 Simulation mode is turned on.

38 00 Do not allow option file to be used by UNCMRG. (default)

01 Allow option file to be used by UNCMRG. See chapter 8 for details of using UNCMRG.

4-108
 4 Command Language

n v Function

39 00 Suppress blanks from INSERT statement. (default)

01 Allow blanks from INSERT statement to be output.

Note: Options 40 through 48 are for the MILL G-Post only.

Option 40 controls the motion analysis of rapid moves. This option applies only to non-cycle RAPID
moves.

Advancing Spindle Retracting Spindle

40 00 XY & ROTARY then Z (default) Z then XY and ROTARY

01 XYZ & ROTARY XYZ & ROTARY

02 XY then ROTARY then Z Z then XY then ROTARY
03 XY then ROTARY then Z Z then ROTARY then XY

04 ROTARY then XY then Z Z then ROTARY then XY

05 ROTARY then XY then Z Z then XY then ROTARY

Option 41 applies to machines with canned cycles. The Z value can be output as an absolute coordinate in a
cycle block or as an incremental value measured from the rapid stop point.

41 00 Output Z as absolute value. (default)

01 Output Z as incremental value.
02 Output Z as absolute incremental value.

Option 42 controls the output of a positioning block after each tool change. This positioning block will
contain the tool change coordinates for automatic tool change machines or the current axes position for
manual tool change machines. It is output after each tool change for alignment.

42 00 Do not generate positioning block.

01 Generate XYZ positioning block. (default)
02 Generate XYZABC positioning block.

Option 43 controls the output of motion in linear interpolation. Some machines will not allow XYZ in the
same block.

43 00 XYZ in one block. (default)

01 XY block followed by Z.
-1 Z block followed by XY.

Some controllers have a built-in retract with G80 series cycles that causes a crash condition when the post
processor performs motion analysis in cycle mode. Option 44 will force the post processor to always output
cycle motion in one block.

44 00 CYCLE motion analysis enabled.

01 CYCLE motion in one block. (default)

4-109
G-Post Reference Manual

n v Function

Option 45 controls how the post processor processes a FROM statement.

45 00 Ignore any FROM statement encountered in the part program.

01 Process only the first FROM statement encountered in the part program.
02 Process all FROM statements encountered in the part program. (default)
03 Process only the first FROM statement and output it as a motion block.

Option 46 controls the M-code to be output when the Auto Break feature generates a break sequence.

46 30 Default M-code is 30 for Auto Break. (default)

nn Output Mnn on Auto Break.

Option 47 is for register (IJK) value generated by the ARCSLP command.

47 00 Absolute value of lead in radians. (default)

-1 Disable ARCSLP, linearize the helical interpolation moves with G01.
01 Lead in radians.
02 Absolute value of lead in inch or metric units.
03 Lead in inch or metric units.

48 00 Inverse time feedrate uses iterative method. (default)

01 Inverse time feedrate uses analytical method.
02 Inverse time feedrate uses analytical method and disregard the tool length.
03 Inverse time: L = x2 + y2 + z2 ; R = a2 + b2 + c2; D = √L+R
04 Use ½ cutter height to shift tool tip along the tool axis to calculate span length

Inverse time feedrate always uses analytical method and disregards tool length with rotary tables, for the
inverse feedrate arc length D=SQRTF(LIN**2 + ROT**2). Use ½ cutter height to shift tool-tip along the
tool-axis to find the current span length

49 00 Do not check for last point on circle. (default)

01 Output linear move if last point is not on the circle.
02 Make end point correction but do not output the linear move.

Note: Options 50 through 58 are for the Lathe G-Post only:

50 00 PITCH/t is threads per unit. (default)

01 PITCH/t is direct lead.

51 00 Print verification X in radius. (default)

01 Print verification X in diameter.

52 00 Primary turret default per specification. (default)

148 FRONT - Use the front turret as primary.
149 REAR - Use the rear turret as primary.

Option 53 relates the CL coordinate axes to the Lathe coordinate axes, which can be interchanged for the
ease of programming.

53 01 Horizontal: CL X=Lathe Z, CL Y=Lathe X. (default)

02 Vertical: CL X=Lathe X, CL Y=Lathe Z.

4-110
 4 Command Language

n v Function

Option 54 specifies the sequence of output for the axis preset blocks under SET/START,AUTO mode.

54 00 Output axis preset block after T-code. (default)

01 Output axis preset block before T-code.

55 00 Indicates this is not a 2 + 2 lathe. (default)

01 Indicates this is a 2 + 2 lathe, no merging.
02 Processor performs merging, do not print merge file.
03 Controller performs merging, do not print merge file.
12 Processor performs merging, print merge file.
13 Controller performs merging, print merge file.

Option 56 controls the output of the thread lead registers when the thread lead is equal to zero.

56 00 Output zero in thread register. (default)

01 Do not output zero in thread register.

57 00 Output absolute registers as modified by the axis multipliers. (default)

01 Output absolute registers the same as the input is programmed.

58 00 Thread lead registers are non-modal. (default)

01 Thread registers are modal.

59 Unused

Option 60 determines which of the previous registers a MODE/INCR or MODE/INCR,OFF empties.

60 00 MODE/INCR empties PREV A to Z. (default)

01 MODE/INCR empties PREV XYZABC only.

Option 61 controls loading the verification registers with the POSTN statement. Verification is INTCOM
locations 27 through 52. Verify A=27, Verify Z=52.

61 00 POSTN load A-Z and verification (A-Z) (non-modal). (default)

01 POSTN loads A-Z only; verification registers are not loaded (non-modal).
10 POSTN load A-Z and verification (A-Z). (modal)
11 POSTN loads A-Z only; verification registers are not loaded (modal).

Option 62 suppresses the output of dwell times in the verification column for the DELAY statement.

62 00 DELAY outputs verification. (default)

01 Suppress DELAY verification.

Option 63 has been added to allow blanks to be output with the multiple address string. Setting this option
to an ASCII pointer value will allow spaces to replace the character that is designated.

63 00 Suppress blanks from punch file. (default)

n IASCII (n) is used to output blanks to punch file.

64 00 G and M codes cannot be longer than 2 digits. (default)

01 G and M codes can be longer than 2 digits.

4-111
G-Post Reference Manual

n v Function

65 00 Use normal FEDRAT (default)

01 Use FEDRAT table codes.
02 Use a FEDRAT formula for FEDRAT, the formula is stored in DBLCOM(88)

66 - 69 Unused

70 00 User Generated Blocks (OBSOLETE)

71 00 User Generated Blocks (OBSOLETE)

72 00 User Generated Blocks (OBSOLETE)

73 00 User Generated Blocks (OBSOLETE)

74 00 User Generated Blocks (OBSOLETE)

75 00 User Generated Blocks (OBSOLETE)

76 00 User Generated Blocks (OBSOLETE)

77 00 User Generated Blocks (OBSOLETE)

78 – 80 Unused

81 00 Do not output F code with G94-G95-G93 FEDRAT codes. (default)

01 Output F code with G94-G95-G93 FEDRAT codes.

82 00 In MULTAX if no tool axis is present retain the previous tool axis. (default)
02 In MULTAX if no tool axis is present set tool axis to 0,0,1

87 00 Do not print input statements in list file. (default)

01 Print input statements in list file.

88 00 Motion registers XYZIJKABC are modal.. (default)

01 Motion registers GXYZIJKABCF are non-modal.
02 Motion registers XYZIJKABC are non-modal.

89 Unused

90 01 Use the _MCDWT macro to edit the tape blocks. (default)

02 Do not use the _ MCDWT macro to edit the tape blocks.

91 00 Word address MCD file format. (default)

01 Fixed field MCD file format.
02 TAB sequencial format.
03 Fixed field with all addresses output.

92 71 Rapid G-code is modal. (default)

72 Rapid G-code is non-modal.

93 00 Default circular interpolation. Circle records break at every quadrant crossing .

nn Number of degrees from the circle start point for a circle record to break.. Number of
degrees per circular block (1-360). (Default = 360)

4-112
 4 Command Language

n v Function

94 00 Output IJK with circular G-codes. (default)

01 Output R with circular G-codes.
02 Output +R if angle is < 180, output –R if angle > 180.
03 Same as 2 except if angle is = 360 output IJK.

Option 95 controls the information output at the beginning of the punch file.

95 00 Startup information. Output G-codes and PARTNO. (default)

01 Suppress startup G-codes.
02 Suppress PARTNO at startup.
03 Suppress G-codes and PARTNO at startup.

96 Unused

Option 97 controls the input verification print.

97 00 Print input line number and CL record number. (default)

01 Suppress CL and input line number.
02 Suppress CL verification.
03 Suppress input verification.

Option 98 controls the axis, spindle, and feedrate verification print.

98 Unused

Option 99 may be used to designate a different rewind stop code at the end of the tape.

99 00 Use PLABEL (11) as end of tape rewind stop. (default)

nn Use IASCII (nn) as end of tape rewind stop code.

100 Unsed

4-113
G-Post Reference Manual

PLABEL/OPTION Examples:
Example (M):

Input:

PARTNO CHANGE OPTION

MACHIN/UNCX01,1
PLABEL/OPTION,01,TO,01
PLABEL/OPTION,07,TO,01
FROM/10,10
GOTO/10,10
--
--
FINI

Example (L):

Input:

PLABEL/OPTION,03,TO,04 $$ INCH INPUT / METRIC OUTPUT

FROM/10,10
GOTO/5,7
GOTO/2,4

Punch File Output:

N001G71$
N002G90$
N003G94$
N004G01X1778Z127F00003$
N005X1016Z0508$

4-114
 4 Command Language

4.89.2 PLABEL/MODIFY,n,TO,v,TYPE,t

PLABEL/MODIFY,n,TO,v,TYPE,t

This command is used to change the value of a common variable at location n to a value of v.

TYPE,t as noted below

1) INTCOM(n) = v
2) RELCOM(n) = v
3) DBLCOM(n) = v
4) INTCOM(n) = ASCII(v)
5) INTCOM(v) = INTCOM(n)
6) RELCOM(v) = RELCOM(n)
7) DBLCOM(v) = DBLCOM(n)
8) INTCOM(v) = RELCOM(n)
9) INTCOM(v) = DBLCOM(n)
10) RELCOM(v) = INTCOM(n)
11) RELCOM(v) = DBLCOM(n)
12) DBLCOM(v) = INTCOM(n)
13) DBLCOM(v) = RELCOM(n)
14) INTCOM(v) = INTCOM(v) + n
15) INTCOM(v) = INTCOM(v) * n
16) RELCOM(v) = RELCOM(v) + n
17) RELCOM(v) = RELCOM(v) * n
18) DBLCOM(v) = DBLCOM(v) + n
19) DBLCOM(v) = DBLCOM(v) * n
20) INTCOM(v) = INTCOM(v) + INTCOM(n)
21) INTCOM(v) = INTCOM(v) * INTCOM(n)
22) RELCOM(v) = RELCOM(v) + RELCOM(n)
23) RELCOM(v) = RELCOM(v) * RELCOM(n)
24) DBLCOM(v) = DBLCOM(v) + DBLCOM(n)
25) DBLCOM(v) = DBLCOM(v) * DBLCOM(n)
26) DBLCOM(v) = DBLCOM(v) / DBLCOM(n)

Example: To set CYCLE/DRILL G-Code to G81

PLABEL/MODIFY,470,TO,81,TYPE,1

4-115
G-Post Reference Manual

4.90 PIVOTZ
PIVOTZ/ON-OFF

If you have the option file enabled for planar machining output, then you can turn off planar output for full
5-axis contouring mode in the same program using PIVOTZ/OFF, It can be turned back on with
PIVOTZ/ON.

ON Enable planar machining mode

OFF Disable planar machining mode

4-116
 4 Command Language

4.91 POSTN

4.91.1 POSTN/[XAXIS,xh][,YAXIS,yh] (L)

POSTN/[,XAXIS,xh][,YAXIS,yh]

This command modifies the home coordinates, used by the GOHOME statement.

xh Specifies the home coordinate for the Lathe Z-axis.

yh Specifies the home coordinate for the Lathe X-axis.

These values must be given in the machine coordinate system.

Example:

Input:

POSTN/XAXIS,15,YAXIS,10
GOTO/P1
GOHOME

4.91.2 POSTN/[XAXIS,xh][,YAXIS,yh][,ZAXIS,zh][,AAXIS,ah]… (M)

[,BAXIS,bh][,CAXIS,ch][,TABLE,wh]
POSTN/[,XAXIS,xh][,YAXIS,yh][,ZAXIS,zh][,AAXIS,ah][,BAXIS,bh][,CAXIS,ch][,TABLE,wh]

This command modifies the home coordinates, used by the GOHOME statement.

xh Specifies the home coordinate for the mill X-axis.

yh Specifies the home coordinate for the mill Y-axis.

zh Specifies the home coordinate for the mill Z-axis.

ah Specifies the home coordinate for the mill A axis.

bh Specifies the home coordinate for the mill B axis.

ch Specifies the home coordinate for the mill C axis.

wh Specifies the home coordinate for the mill W axis.

These values must be given in the machine coordinate system.

Example:

Input:

POSTN/XAXIS,15,ZAXIS,10
GOTO/P1
GOHOME

4-117
G-Post Reference Manual

4.91.3 POSTN/IN-OUT,a1,v1,a2,v2...,an,vn[,NEXT]

POSTN/IN-OUT,a1,v1,a2,v2,…,an,vn[,NEXT]

This command provides a variable insert to output selected tape codes to the punch file. This is a structured
INSERT statement and the post processor only validates the letter address. If you want to output a P value
then the post must have a P letter address.

a1-an Are the required letter addresses and must be 1 through 26 to indicate the alpha
characters A through Z.

v1-vn Are the required values to be output with a1-an.

NEXT Will output these codes with the next block.

If some data already exists for output, the IN option will combine the POSTN codes with the existing
block and the OUT option will clear the current block and start a new block for POSTN.

Example (M):

The following command generates a G40 block with the current X and Y coordinates:

Input:

G=7
X=24
Y=25
P1=POINT/10,10
—-
GOTO/P1
POSTN/OUT,G,40,X,(CANF(P1,1)),Y,(CANF(P1,2))
—-
FINI

Example (L):

The following command generates a G73 block with the current X and Z coordinates:

Input:

G=7
X=24
Z=26
P1=POINT/10,10
GOTO/P1
POSTN/OUT,G,73,X,(CANF(P1,2)),Z,(CANF(P1,1))
FINI

4-118
 4 Command Language

4.91.4 POSTN/ IN-OUT,a1,ICnnnn-RC-nnnn-DCnnnn...,an,vn[,NEXT]

POSTN/IN-OUT,a1,ICnnnn-RCnnnn-DCnnnn,…,an,vn[,NEXT]

This command allows to access of the G-Post INTCOM,RELCOM,DBLCOM and CHRCOM values by
the POSTN/cmd. This is similar to using the POSTF(1) function. This is a structured INSERT statement
and the post processor only validates the letter address.

a1-an Are the required letter addresses and must be 1 through 26 to indicate the alpha
characters A through Z.

v1-vn Are the required values to be output with a1-an.

ICnnnn Get an INTCOM location value, nnnn is the location number.

RCnnnn Get an RELCOM location value, nnnn is the location number.

DCnnnn Get an DBLCOM location value, nnnn is the location number.

NEXT Will output these codes with the next block.

Example:

Output G0 Z(current Z-Position in GPost)

POSTN/OUT,7,0,26,DC0346 $$ OUTPUT CURRENT Z-POSITION IN DBLCOM(346)

This is same as using POSTF(1) to get value as before:

ZVAL=POSTF(1,3,0346) $$ GET CURRENT Z-POSITION

POSTN/OUT,7,0,26,ZVAL $$ OUTPUT CURRENT Z-POSITION

Or use ICnnnn-RCnnnn-DCnnnn FIL variable instead of POSTF(1) with equal assignment:

ZVAL=DC0346 $$ GET CURRENT Z-POSITION

POSTN/OUT,7,0,26,ZVAL $$ OUTPUT CURRENT Z-POSITION

NOTE: This format is allowed only when used inside a FIL file, it is invalid when used in the APT source
or CL file (ACL,NCL etc) as input to the G-Post.

4-119
G-Post Reference Manual

4.91.5 POSTN/ALL,OUT

POSTN/ALL,OUT

This command will output all the registers in the tape format with their current values in one block. Since
the codes are output in one block, any validity for the combination of the codes is not checked.

Example:

Input:

PARTNO
—
SEQNO/NEXT
POSTN/ALL,OUT
—
FINI

4.91.6 POSTN/ALL

POSTN/ALL

This command will clear all the registers in the tape format without generating any output. This command
can be used to repeat any modal tape codes.

Example:

Input:

PARTNO
—
COOLNT/MIST
POSTN/ALL
COOLNT/MIST $$ MODAL M-CODE FOR MIST WILL BE
$$ REPEATED BECAUSE OF POSTN
FINI

4-120
 4 Command Language

4.92 PPRINT
PPRINT[text]

This statement allows the programmer comments and operator messages to appear in the post processor
print file and optionally in the punch file using the DISPLY/ON command..

[text] The characters from column 7 through 72 of the input statement, which is printed.

If DISPLY/ON is in effect, [text] is also punched to the punch file.

Related Commands:

DISPLY

4-121
G-Post Reference Manual

4.93 PREFUN
PREFUN/g[,NEXT]

Generates a G-code with the value g.

NEXT Generates this G-code with the next output block. If NEXT is omitted, the G-code will be
output in a block by itself.

If the multiple G-code option is selected, a maximum of four PREFUN/g,NEXT’s may be programmed
per block.

This command should be used only when a post processor command is not available for this G-code. When
used, the post processor does not verify the validity of the G-code.

Example:

Input:

$$ NEXT OPTION WHEN MULTIPLE G-CODES

$$ ARE AVAILABLE.
PREFUN/33,NEXT
PREFUN/22

Punch File Output:

N004G22G33$

Related Commands:

PLABEL/OPTION,34

4-122
 4 Command Language

4.94 RAPID
RAPID

Initiates rapid traverse feed for the next motion only. Subsequent motion will be at the programmed
feedrate.

Example (M):

Input:

PARTNO RAPID EXAMPLE

MACHIN/UNCX01,1
P1=POINT/10,10,0
P2=POINT/20,20,0
P3=POINT/30,30,0
—
FEDRAT/10,IPM
—
RAPID
GOTO/P1 $$ RAPID TRAVERSE
GOTO/P2 $$ FEED AT 10 IPM
GOTO/P3 $$ FEED AT 10 IPM
—
FINI

Example (L):

Input:
PARTNO RAPID EXAMPLE
MACHIN/UNCL01,1
P1=POINT/10,10,0
P2=POINT/20,20,0
P3=POINT/30,30,0
—
FEDRAT/10,IPM
—
RAPID
GOTO/P1 $$ RAPID TRAVERSE
GOTO/P2 $$ FEED AT 10 IPM
GOTO/P3 $$ FEED AT 10 IPM
—
FINI

4-123
G-Post Reference Manual

4.95 REMARK
REMARK

REMARK is a programmer message and is not written to the listing or MCD files. It is basically ignored
and is thrown in the trash.

REMARK is a fixed field text string that is limited to 72 characters.

4-124
 4 Command Language

4.96 REPEAT

4.96.1 REPEAT/a1,a2,v[,ON-OFF]

REPEAT/a1,a2,v[,ON-OFF]

This command is used to output an extra address and value automatically whenever a specific address is
output.

a1 1-26 representing A to Z. This is the address that is used to force output of the extra
address and value.

a2 1-26 representing the extra address to be output.

v The value that is to be output with a2.

ON Specifies that a2 and v will be output every time a1 is output. The default condition is
that a2 and v will be output only the next time a1 is output.

OFF Stops a2 and v from being output with a1.

4.96.2 REPEAT/a1,a2,a3,...,a26,t1,v1,ALL

REPEAT/a1,a2,a3,…,a26,t1,v1,ALL

This command is used to output an extra address and value automatically whenever a specific address is
output, except that any number of addresses,a1,a2,a3...,a25, may force the output of the address t1 with
the value of v1. This command does not have the ON-OFF option like the above command.

a1,a2,a3,...,a25 1-26 representing A to Z. These addresses are used as triggers to force output of the extra
address t1 and value v1.

t1 1-26 representing the extra address to be output.

v1 The value that is to be output with a2.

ALL Specifies that any address a1,a2,a3,...,a25 will force the output of t1 and v1.

4.96.3 REPEAT/a1,v1

REPEAT/a1,v1

This command will output the address a1 with a value of v1 on every block until REPEAT/OFF is
encountered.

a1 1-26 (A-Z) representing the extra address to be output.

v1 The value that is to be output with a1.

4-125
G-Post Reference Manual

4.96.4 REPEAT/OFF

REPEAT/OFF

Turns off all REPEAT commands and clears all stored REPEAT values.

Caution: REPEAT commands may be turned on and off at any time. It is important to
remember that it is possible to fill up all of the REPEAT locations. REPEAT/OFF clears all of
these locations.

Example:

Input:

REPEAT/26,7,43
REPEAT/26,8,2
RAPID,GOTO/4,5,6

Output:

N008X4.Y5.$
N0090G00G43Z6.H02$

Example:

Input:

REPEAT/24,25,26,8,99,ALL
RAPID,GOTO/10,10,10

Output:

N008X10.Y10.H99$
N009Z10.$

4-126
 4 Command Language

4.97 RESET
RESET

This command generates a restart sequence, which contains the current speed, feed rate and coolant
conditions, with a motion block to the current axes position in absolute mode.

4-127
G-Post Reference Manual

4.98 RETRCT (M)

RETRCT

This command retracts the tool tip at rapid rate to the last CLEARP/XYPLAN,d value.

Advancing moves are diagnosed and ignored.

If CLEARP/OFF is in effect, the spindle is retracted to the home coordinate at rapid rate, disregarding the
tool length.

Related Commands:

CLEARP

4-128
 4 Command Language

4.99 REWIND

4.99.1 REWIND/[n]

REWIND/[n]

Generates a rewind M-code, normally M30. Some CAM systems require n to satisfy the syntax. It is
ignored by the post processor.

Related Commands:

PLABEL/OPTION,8
PLABEL/OPTION,11

4.99.2 REWIND/PUNCH

REWIND/PUNCH

Causes the file pointer to be repositioned to the first line of the Punch file. Any susbsiquent write to the
Punch file will cause a loss of all data currently in the file. Forcing the G-Post to exit, by sending it the
command FINI, after using REWIND/PUNCH will cause the Punch file to be empty.

Note: This command is normally only used in a FIL routine.

4-129
G-Post Reference Manual

4.100 ROTABL (M)

4.100.1 ROTABL/AAXIS-BAXIS-CAXIS,ATANGL-INCR,a[,CLW-CCLW][,NEXT-
NOW]

ROTABL/AAXIS-BAXIS-CAXIS,ATANGL-INCR,a[,CLW-CCLW][,NEXT-NOW]

(5 Axis Machine Only)

This statement generates the rotary table motion block.

AAXIS-BAXIS-CAXIS Specifies which rotary table is to be moved.

ATANGL Specifies an absolute table location a in degrees from 0 to 360.

INCR Specifies an incremental value of a in degrees from the current table position.
The value of a can be from -360 to +360.

CLW-CCLW Specifies the direction of table rotation to be clockwise or counterclockwise.

This option is modal; initially CLW is assumed.

NEXT Causes the table motion to be output with the next linear motion.

NOW Causes table motion to be output in a block by itself, initially NOW is assumed.

4.100.2 ROTABL/ATANGL-INCR,a[,CLW-CCLW][,NEXT-NOW]

ROTABL/ATANGL-INCR,a[,CLW-CCLW][,NEXT-NOW]

(4 Axis Machine Only)

This statement generates the rotary table motion block.

ATANGL Specifies an absolute table location a in degrees from 0 to 360.

INCR Specifies an incremental value of a in degrees from the current table position. The value
of a can be from -360 to +360.

CLW-CCLW Specifies the direction of table rotation to be clockwise or counterclockwise. This option
is modal; initially CLW is assumed.

NEXT Causes the table motion to be output with the next linear motion.

NOW Causes table motion to be output in a block by itself, initially NOW is assumed.

4-130
 4 Command Language

4.101 ROTATE (M)

4.101.1 ROTATE/AAXIS-BAXIS-CAXIS,ATANGL-INCR,a,[CLW-
CCLW][,NEXT][,OUT]

ROTATE/AAXIS-BAXIS-CAXIS,ATANGL-INCR,a[,CLW-CCLW][,NEXT-NOW][,OUT]

This statement generates the rotary table motion block.

AAXIS-BAXIS-CAXIS Specifies which rotary table is to be moved.

ATANGL Specifies an absolute table location a in degrees from 0 to 360.

INCR Specifies an incremental value of a in degrees from the current table position.
The value of a can be from -360 to +360.

CLW-CCLW Specifies the direction of table rotation to be clockwise or counterclockwise.

This option is modal; initially CLW is assumed.

NEXT Causes the table motion to be output with the next linear motion.

OUT Causes the a angle to be output in machine coordinates. OUT must be the last
entry specified on the ROTATE command or it will be ignored.

4-131
G-Post Reference Manual

4.102 ROTHED (M)

4.102.1 ROTHED/AAXIS-BAXIS-CAXIS,ATANGL-INCR,a[,CLW-
CCLW][,NEXT-NOW]

ROTHED/AAXIS-BAXIS-CAXIS,ATANGL-INCR,a[,CLW-CCLW][,NEXT-NOW]

(5 Axis Machine Only)

This statement generates the rotary head motion block.

AAXIS-BAXIS-CAXIS Specifies which rotary head axis is to be moved.

ATANGL Specifies an absolute head location a in degrees from 0 to 360.

INCR Specifies an incremental value of a in degrees from the current head position.
The value of a can be from -360 to +360.

CLW-CCLW Specifies the direction of head rotation to be clockwise or counterclockwise.

This option is modal; initially CLW is assumed.

NEXT Causes the head motion to be output with the next linear motion.

NOW Causes head motion to be output in a block by itself, initially NOW is assumed.

4.102.2 ROTHED/ATANGL-INCR,a[,CLW-CCLW][,NEXT-NOW]

ROTHED/ATANGL-INCR,a[,CLW-CCLW][,NEXT-NOW]

(4 Axis Machine Only)

This statement generates the rotary head motion block.

ATANGL Specifies an absolute head location a in degrees from 0 to 360.

INCR Specifies an incremental value of a in degrees from the current head position. The value
of a can be from -360 to +360.

CLW-CCLW Specifies the direction of head rotation to be clockwise or counterclockwise. This option
is modal; initially CLW is assumed.

NEXT Causes the head motion to be output with the next linear motion.

NOW Causes head motion to be output in a block by itself, initially NOW is assumed.

4-132
 4 Command Language

4.103 SELCTL

4.103.1 SELCTL/t (M)

SELCTL/t

Generates a T code for the tool number t to be preselected.

Note: Automatic tool preselect will be performed if the switch is set in the Option File Generator. There
would be no reason to use the SELCTL command if automatic tool preselects are being used. If automatic
tool preselects are performed the post processor will generate a tool list file using the same name as the
input file with the .TL1 extension.

The tool list file is formatted as follows:

3
8 1 1.00 .000 .000 .000 .000 0 0
16 1 1.00 .000 .000 .000 .000 0 0
24 1 1.00 .000 .000 .000 .000 0 0

The first number is the number of tool changes in this program. In this case 3 tool changes.
Each line there after is as follows:
First value is the CL record number of the tool change
Second value is the type of tool change, 1=LOADTL 2=TURRET
Third value is the tool number
Fourth value is the offset number
Fifth value is the Z LENGTH from LOADTL, Set to 0 if TURRET
Sixth value is the X gage length from TURRET, Set to 0 if LOADTL
Seventh value is the Y gage length from TURRET, Set to 0 if LOADTL
Eighth value is the CLW-CCLW from the TURRET, Set to 0 if LOADTL
Ninth value is the TURRET being used, 1=FRONT, 2=REAR, 3=SADDLE, 4=MAIN, 5=RAIL and
0=LOADTL

4.103.2 SELCTL/t (L)

SELCTL/t

Generates a T-code to change the offset register number to t without indexing the turret.

4-133
G-Post Reference Manual

4.104 SELECT (M)

4.104.1 SELECT/h

SELECT/h

This statement generates a fixture offset code to initiate the X-Y fixture offsets, with the offset register
number h. The address is selected by the Option File Generator.

4.104.2 SELECT/gg,ADJUST,dd

SELECT/gg,ADJUST,dd

This statement generates a fixture offset gg G-code to initiate the X-Y fixture offsets, with the offset
register number dd. The address is selected by the Option File Generator.

4.104.3 SELECT/AUTO

SELECT/AUTO

(5 axis rotary head - rotary table machine)

A head rotation range that will position on either side of the vertical axis presents two possible machine
positions that will satisfy the geometry of a given location. The following vocabulary is provided so the
programmer can control which condition is satisfied.

This statement allows the A-axis to position between the front and rear positions.

4.104.4 SELECT/BOTH,START[,FRONT-REAR]

SELECT/BOTH,START[,FRONT-REAR]

(5 axis rotary head - rotary table machine)

A head rotation range that will position on either side of the vertical axis presents two possible machine
positions that will satisfy the geometry of a given location. The following vocabulary is provided so the
programmer can control which condition is satisfied.

This statement allows the A-axis to position to the front or the rear position initially and then change to the
opposite condition for the remainder of the CL points.

4-134
 4 Command Language

4.104.5 SELECT/FRONT

SELECT/FRONT

(5 axis rotary head - rotary table machine)

A head rotation range that will position on either side of the vertical axis presents two possible machine
positions that will satisfy the geometry of a given location. The following vocabulary is provided so the
programmer can control which condition is satisfied.

This is the default modal head condition which confines the A-axis to the front position (1st and 4th
quadrants).

4.104.6 SELECT/REAR

SELECT/REAR

(5 axis rotary head - rotary table machine)

A head rotation range that will position on either side of the vertical axis presents two possible machine
positions that will satisfy the geometry of a given location. The following vocabulary is provided so the
programmer can control which condition is satisfied.

This statement confines the A-axis to the rear position (2nd and 3rd quadrants).

4.104.7 SELECT/XYPLAN-YZPLAN-ZXPLAN

SELECT/ XYPLAN-YZPLAN-ZXPLAN

If your control has multiple plane selections for circular interpolation, this command will set the desired
plane mode and output the G-code G17,G18 or G19 or as set in the Option File. You can optionally issue
this command to reset the mode back to G17 at each tool change. The default is G17 at the start unless
changed in the Option File Generator Start/End of Program/Default Prep Codes screen.

4-135
G-Post Reference Manual

4.105 SEQNO

4.105.1 SEQNO/k,INCR[,m[,n]]

SEQNO/k,INCR[,m[,n]]

k Is the starting sequence number. Default condition k=1

m Is the incremental value. Default condition m=1

n Causes sequence number output every nth block. Default condition n=1

4.105.2 SEQNO/k

SEQNO/k

Generates a sequence number k for the next block only.

4.105.3 SEQNO/0

SEQNO/0

Causes sequence numbers to be same as CL record numbers.

4.105.4 SEQNO/OFF

SEQNO/OFF

Terminates sequence number output.

4.105.5 SEQNO/ON

SEQNO/ON

Reinstates the sequence number output to its last condition after a SEQNO/OFF or SEQNO/0 request.

4.105.6 SEQNO/NEXT

SEQNO/NEXT

Generates the next block as an alignment block with the address selected by the Option File Generator.

Related Commands:

PLABEL/OPTION,30

4-136
 4 Command Language

4.106 SET (L)

4.106.1 SET/START,AUTO[,OFF]

SET/START,AUTO[,OFF]

AUTO Causes the subsequent TURRET statements to generate preset blocks to adjust for the
gage lengths in the absolute mode. This is the default condition assumed.

OFF Terminates the above option.

4.106.2 SET/START

SET/START

Generates a block to preset the axes registers with the next CL coordinates.

4.106.3 SET/START,x,z

SET/START,x,z

Generates a block to preset the axes registers.

x,z The values output for the X and Z axes in machine coordinates.

4-137
G-Post Reference Manual

4.107 SET (M)

4.107.1 SET/START[,XAXIS,x][,YAXIS,y][,ZAXIS,z][,AAXIS,a][,BAXIS,b][,CAXIS,c]

SET/START[,XAXIS,x][,YAXIS,y][,ZAXIS,z][,AAXIS,a][,BAXIS,b][,CAXIS,c]

This statement generates a preset block to preset the axes registers.

XAXIS,x Specifies the machine coordinate for the X-axis.

YAXIS,y Specifies the machine coordinate for the Y-axis.

ZAXIS,z Specifies the machine coordinate for the Z-axis.

AAXIS,a Specifies the machine coordinate for the A-axis.

BAXIS,b Specifies the machine coordinate for the B-axis.

CAXIS,c Specifies the machine coordinate for the C-axis.

Only the specified axes will be preset. They may appear in any order in the above statement.

Example:

Input:

SET/START,XAXIS,-1,BAXIS,90
GOTO/0,0,-.5

Punch File Output:

N0004G92X-1.Y-1.B90.$
N0005G01X0.Y0.Z-5.F10.$

4.107.2 SET/WAXIS,ATANGL,a

SET/WAXIS,ATANGL,a

This statement sets the constant draft angle ‘a’ used by the wire EDM 4-axis post configuration..

4.107.3 SET/WAXIS,LENGTH,w

SET/WAXIS,LENGTH,w

This statement sets the wire length ‘w’ used by the wire EDM 4-axis post configuration..

4-138
 4 Command Language

4.107.4 SET/WAXIS,ADJUST,z)

SET/WAXIS,ADJUST,z

This statement sets the z-offset ‘z’ used by the wire EDM 4 axis post configuration..

4.107.5 SET/HED-HOLDER,n,x,y,z[,POSX-POSY-POSZ-NEGX-NEGY-NEGZ]

SET/HED-HOLDER,n,x,y,z[,POSX-POSY-POSZ-NEGX-NEGY-NEGZ]

This statement specifies a 90 degree attachment or a right angle head control for a 3-5 axis mill.

HED-HOLDER,n Specifies the holder number (n) that will generate the desired code (M, H etc) as
specified in the Option File Generator. You must specify n even if your
controller does not require the code to be output.

x,y,z Specifies the offset value measured from the normal spindle control point along
the original machine axis to the holder control point. These values must be
specified even if zero.

POSX Specifies the tool orientation or axis direction as pointing in the positive X
direction.

POSY Specifies the tool orientation or axis direction as pointing in the positive Y
direction.

POSZ Specifies the tool orientation or axis direction as pointing in the positive Z
direction.

NEGX Specifies the tool orientation or axis direction as pointing in the negative X
direction.

NEGY Specifies the tool orientation or axis direction as pointing in the negative Y
direction.

NEGZ Specifies the tool orientation or axis direction as pointing in the negative Z
direction.

Example:

SET/HOLDER,1,0,0,0,NEGX $$ TOOL POINTS ALONG -X

SET/HOLDER,1,0,0,0,NEGY $$ TOOL POINTS ALONG -Y
SET/HOLDER,1,0,0,0,NEGZ $$ TOOL POINTS ALONG -Z
SET/HOLDER,1,0,0,0,POSX $$ TOOL POINTS ALONG +X
SET/HOLDER,1,0,0,0,POSY $$ TOOL POINTS ALONG +Y
SET/HOLDER,1,0,0,0,POSZ $$ TOOL POINTS ALONG +Z
SET/HOLDER,1,0,0,0,NEGZ $$ Default

4-139
G-Post Reference Manual

4.107.6 SET/HED-HOLDER,OFF

SET/HED-HOLDER,OFF

This statement resets the post processor to the default settings for a 90 degree attachment or a right angle
head control for a 3-5 axis mill. Normally this would tell the post processor that the right angle attachment
has been removed and the tool is oriented in the negative Z axis direction.

4.107.7 SET/HOLDER,n,SETOOL,x,y,z,ATANGL,a,SETANG,s (PTC Format)

SET/HOLDER,n,SETOOL,x,y,z,ATANGL,a,SETANG,s

This statement specifies a 90 degree attachment or a right angle head control for a 3-5 axis mill.

HOLDER,n Specifies the holder number (n) that will generate the desired code (M, H etc) as
specified in the Option File Generator. You must specify n even if your
controller does not require the code to be output.

SETOOL,x,y,z Specifies the offset value measured from the normal spindle control point along
the original machine axis to the holder control point. These values must be
specified even if zero.

ATANGL,a Specifies the angle of the tool in the ZX plane as measured from +X to +Z axis.
For ease of use this angle will only vary from 0 to –180.

SETANG,s Specifies the angle of the tool in the XY plane as measured from +X to +Y axis.

Example:

SET/HOLDER,1,SETOOL,0,0,0,ATANGL,-90,SETANG,0 $$ TOOL POINTS ALONG -X

SET/HOLDER,1,SETOOL,0,0,0,ATANGL,-90,SETANG,90 $$ TOOL POINTS ALONG -Y
SET/HOLDER,1,SETOOL,0,0,0,ATANGL,0,SETANG,0 $$ TOOL POINTS ALONG -Z
SET/HOLDER,1,SETOOL,0,0,0,ATANGL,-90,SETANG,180 $$ TOOL POINTS ALONG +X
SET/HOLDER,1,SETOOL,0,0,0,ATANGL,-90,SETANG,270 $$ TOOL POINTS ALONG +Y
SET/HOLDER,1,SETOOL,0,0,0,ATANGL,-180,SETANG,0 $$ TOOL POINTS ALONG +Z
SET/HOLDER,1,SETOOL,0,0,0,ATANGL,0,SETANG,0 $$ Default

4.107.8 SET/HOLDER,OFF (PTC Format)

SET/HOLDER,OFF

This statement resets the post processor to the default settings for a 90 degree attachment or a right angle
head control for a 3-5 axis mill. Normally this would tell the post processor that the right angle attachment
has been removed and the tool is oriented in the negative Z axis direction.

4-140
 4 Command Language

4.108 SPINDL (L)

4.108.1 SPINDL Non CSFM Machine:

4.108.1.1 SPINDL/s,RPM[,CLW-CCLW][,RANGE,n]

SPINDL/s,RPM[,CLW-CCLW][,RANGE,n]

Causes an S-code block to be output for spindle condition.

s Is the required units of speed.

RPM States the value of s in revolutions per minute.

CLW Generates an M-code for clockwise spindle direction.

CCLW Generates an M-code for counter clockwise spindle direction.

RANGE,n Selects the spindle range number n.

4.108.1.2 SPINDL/ON-OFF

SPINDL/ON-OFF

ON Reinstates the last spindle condition.

OFF Generates an M-code to turn off spindle.

4.108.2 SPINDL CSFM Machine:

4.108.2.1 SPINDL/s[,RPM-SFM][,CLW-CCLW][,RANGE,n][,MAXRPM,m][,RADIUS,r]

SPINDL/s,[,RPM-SFM][,CLW-CCLW][,RANGE,n][,MAXRPM,m][,RADIUS,r]

Causes an S-code block to be output for spindle condition.

s Is the required units of speed.

RPM States the value of s in revolutions per minute.

SFM States the value of s in surface units per minute.

CLW Generates an M-code for clockwise spindle direction.

CCLW Generates an M-code for counter clockwise spindle direction.

RANGE,n Selects the spindle range number n.

4-141
G-Post Reference Manual

MAXRPM,m States the maximum RPM, m, to be used in SFM mode.

RADIUS,r States the initial radius, r, for SFM mode.

MAXRPM, RADIUS, and LINEAR are non-modal options. Initially
RPM,RANGE,1 and CLW are assumed.

The SFM default options are:

MAXRPM The maximum limit in current range.

RADIUS The current Machine X axis position If the machine X axis (CL Y) is at 0.0 (startup
default) and a RADIUS value is not programmed, an R0.0 will be output.

4.108.2.2 SPINDL/ON-OFF

SPINDL/ON-OFF

ON Reinstates the last spindle condition.

OFF Generates an M-code to turn off spindle.

4.108.2.3 SPINDL/LOCK,AUTO-ON-OFF
SPINDL/LOCK,AUTO,LAST

SPINDL/LOCK,AUTO-ON-OFF

For SFM mode, this statement provides speed change control.

AUTO Inhibits speed changes for rapid moves and allows speed changes for feed moves
automatically. This is the default condition assumed.

AUTO,LAST Will cause the inhibit/permit M-codes to be output on a block by themselves.

ON Generates an M-code to inhibit speed changes.

OFF Generates an M-code to permit speed changes.

4-142
 4 Command Language

4.109 SPINDL (M)

4.109.1 SPINDL/s[,CLW-CCLW][,RANGE,n]

SPINDL/s,[,CLW-CCLW][,RANGE,n]

Causes an S-code block to be output for spindle condition.

s Is the required revolutions per minute.

CLW Generates an M-code for clockwise spindle direction.

CCLW Generates an M-code for counterclockwise spindle direction.

RANGE,n Selects the spindle range number n.

Initially RANGE,1 and CLW are assumed.

4.109.2 SPINDL/ON-OFF

SPINDL/ON-OFF

ON Reinstates the last spindle condition.

OFF Generates an M-code to turn off spindle.

4.109.3 SPINDL/LOCK

SPINDL/LOCK

This statement generates an M-code for spindle key lock.

4.109.4 SPINDL/PARLEL,XAXIS-YAXIS-ZAXIS (MILL-TURN Configuration)

SPINDL/PARLEL,XAXIS-YAXIS-ZAXIS

This statement is used for a MILL-TURN configured post processor to determine the current tool
orientation in effect when MODE/MILL is active.

XAXIS The tool axis is aligned with the X axis for MODE/MILL

YAXIS The tool axis is aligned with the Y axis for MODE/MILL

ZAXIS The tool axis is aligned with the Z axis for MODE/MILL

4-143
G-Post Reference Manual

4.110 STARTUP Sequence

NOT A POST PROCESSOR COMMAND

Caution: This is not a post processor command or CL record but it is the first thing that happens when
the post processor starts processing. Using the Option File Generator you can specify the initial data in the
MCD file. Following is a list of possible output blocks for the start of each MCD file. Each output sequence
may be turned on or off using the Option File Generator. You cannot change the order of these output
blocks.

1. Man Readable PARTNO

2. Tape Readable PARTNO

3. Rewind stop code will be generated.

4. Program number

5. Time Stamp

6. Up to 10 blocks of NC code to be output to the MCD file.

4-144
 4 Command Language

4.111 STOP
STOP

Generates a stop M-code. Normally M00.

4-145
G-Post Reference Manual

4.112 THREAD (L)

4.112.1 THREAD/ON-TURN-FACE

THREAD/ON-TURN-FACE

Causes the next motion block to be output as a thread block. The thread chasing axis is stated to be TURN
for CL X or FACE for CL Y.

If ON is given, the post processor determines the thread chasing axis as follows:

If the machine Z-axis departure is greater TURN is chosen.

If the machine X-axis departure is greater FACE is chosen.

Note: A PITCH statement must have been specified prior to the THREAD commands to establish the
required lead.

4.112.2 THREAD/OUT[,XAXIS,x][,YAXIS,y][,INCR]

THREAD/OUT[,XAXIS,x[,YAXIS,y][,INCR]

The THREAD/OUT command is used to enable automatic pullout.

XAXIS Specifies that the value given applies to CL X.

x Value to be output in the Z register in the next G33 block. If INCR is specified, the value
will be added to the register.

YAXIS Specifies that the value given applies to CL Y.

y Value to be output in the X register in the next G33 block. If INCR is specified, the
value will be added to the register.

INCR The values specified are added to the current axis position for output in the G33 block.

Example:

Input:

THREAD/OUT,YAXIS,0.125,INCR
PITCH/8
GOTO/10,3.875
THREAD/ON
GOTO/5,3.875

Punch File Output:

N0090G01X3.875Z10.$
N0100G33X4Z5.K125$

4-146
 4 Command Language

4.112.3 THREAD/AUTO

THREAD/AUTO[,LEFT-RIGHT][,IN-OUT],START,s,LENGTH,l,DIAMTR,d1,d2,INCR,s1[,s2]
[,ATANGL,a][,PULBAC,d,a][,BOTH],[PITCH,p][,REPEAT,r][,OPSTOP][,OPSTOP]
[,SELECT,s][,CLEARP,x,y] [,FEDRAT,f1,f2,f3,f4,f5] [,START,s,n][,TAPER,x,y,a

The THREAD/AUTO command allows you to program an entire threading operation by means of a single
statement.

You can specify a variable number of data items, according to the options you desire, and you can specify
them in any order. Each item consist of either a vocabulary word only or a vocabulary word followed by
one or more entities in a fixed order.

You must always specify the following data items:

START
LENGTH
DIAMTR
INCR

The THREAD/AUTO command assumes a point tip cutter and hence ignores the CUTTER statement in
effect.

The THREAD/AUTO process generates a series of passes, cutting into the part a specified amount on each
pass until the specified total depth has been reached.

Each pass is composed of four moves:

5. The Step-in move, which moves the cutter into the part an amount specified by INCR. This move
is perpendicular to the centerline unless specified otherwise by ATANGL.

6. The actual threading move, which is parallel to the centerline unless specified otherwise by
TAPER.

7. The Pull-Back move, which moves the cutter away from the part. This move is perpendicular to
the centerline unless otherwise specified by PULBAC.

8. The Return move, which moves the cutter back to a position from which the step-in move for the
next pass can be made. This move is always parallel to the centerline.

Following are descriptions of the various THREAD/AUTO data items:

RIGHT or LEFT

RIGHT Specifies a right hand thread. Threading moves are made in the direction of decreasing
centerline dimension, from tailstock towards the headstock. RIGHT is the default
condition.

LEFT Specifies a left hand thread. Threading moves are made in the direction of increasing
centerline dimension, from headstock towards the tailstock.

OUT Specifies an external thread. The stepover from one pass to the next is made in the
direction toward the centerline. OUT is the default condition.

4-147
G-Post Reference Manual

IN Specifies an internal thread. The stepover from one pass to the next is made in the
direction away from the centerline.

START,s Specifies the centerline dimension of the point where the thread move is to start.

LENGTH,l Specifies the length of the thread move, measured parallel to the centerline. The length is
measured from the centerline dimension specified by START,s in the threading
direction specified by RIGHT or LEFT.

DIAMTR,d1,d2 Specifies the major and minor diameters of the thread. The order in which the two
diameters are given is immaterial; the larger is used as the major diameter and the smaller
as the minor. External threads are cut from major diameter to minor; internal threads
from minor to the major.

INCR,s1 Specifies a constant incremental distance to cut into the part on each pass. The distance is
measured perpendicular to the centerline.

INCR,s1,s2 When you specify two values following INCR, the larger is used as the depth of cut for
the first pass and the smaller as the depth of cut for the final pass. Intermediate passes are
made at proportionately smaller depths to provide a smooth transition from the starting
depth to the final depth. If you specify two equal depth values, the result is the same as if
you specified a single value.

ATANGL,a Specifies the angle between the step-in move and a line perpendicular to the centerline. It
is positive if the step-in move is in the same general direction as the thread move;
negative if opposite. The angle must be less than 90 degrees in absolute value.
ATANGL,0 is assumed.

PULBAC,d,a Specifies the distance and angle of the pull-back move. The distance is measured from
the end of the threading move in a direction perpendicular to the centerline. The angle is
measured between the pull-back line and a line perpendicular to the centerline. It is
positive if the pull-back move is in the same general direction as the threading move;
negative if opposite. The angle must be less than 90 degrees in absolute value.
PULBAC,.5,0 is assumed.

BOTH Specifies that both the treading move and the pull-back move are to be made in threading
mode. By default the pull-back move is NOT made in threading mode.

PITCH,p Specifies the number of threads per inch. For multiple start threading you must specify
PITCH in the THREAD/AUTO command. Otherwise, you may specify PITCH either
in the THREAD/AUTO statement or as a regular post processor statement preceding the
THREAD/AUTO statement.

REPEAT,r Specifies the number of time the final pass should be repeated. The final pass is made at
least once; the REPEAT count specifies the number of additional times it should be
made. If you do not specify the REPEAT, REPEAT,0 is assumed; that is the final pass
is made only once.

The THREAD/AUTO Clearance Point

The THREAD/AUTO data items SELECT, CLEARP, OPSTOP, and OPSKIP provide various options
relative to a move to a clearance point that is made on each repetition of the final pass except the last.
These words are ignored if REPEAT,O is given or implied since the final pass is made only once in this
case.

4-148
 4 Command Language

SELECT,s Designates the point at which the optional operations are to be performed. SELECT,1
selects the intersection of the pull-back move and the return move and is assumed if
SELECT is not specified. SELECT,2 selects the intersection of the return move and the
step-in move.

CLEARP,x,y Designates the x and y coordinate of the clearance point. After the cutter reaches the
selected point, it then moves to the clearance point, an OPSTOP command is output, and
the cutter then moves back to the selected point, after which the regular path is resumed.
If you do not specify CLEARP, no clearance move is generated.

OPSTOP Is not necessary and is ignored if you specify CLEARP since an OPSTOP command is
automatically output at the clearance point. If you specify OPSTOP without CLEARP,
an OPTSOP command is output at the SELECT point.

OPSKIP generates a post processor OPSKIP/ON command preceding the move to the clearance
point and an OPSKIP/OFF following the move from the clearance point back to the
SELECT point. This causes block delete codes to be output with the moves to and from
the clearance point. OPSKIP is ignored if you do not also specify CLEARP.

FEDRAT,f1,f2,f3,f4,f5

The FEDRAT data item can be used to specify the feed rate for each of the four moves of a regular pass as
well as the move to and from the clearance point.

Each feed rate may be specified in one of these ways:

1. A non-zero scalar f causes the postprocessor command FEDRAT/f to be output preceding the move.

2. The word RAPID causes the postprocessor command RAPID to be output preceding the move.

3. A scalar zero causes no feed rate command, neither FEDRAT nor RAPID to be output preceding the
move with the result that the previous established FEDRAT command remains in effect.

If no FEDRAT command is specified the following is assumed:

FEDRAT,RAPID,0,RAPID,RAPID,RAPID

Multiple Start Threading

START,s,n You can program a multiple start thread by using this alternate form of the START data
item. The entry s specifies the centerline dimension of the point where the thread move is
to start. The entry n specifies the number of threads to be cut. The first thread is started at
the dimension s and each additional thread is offset in the direction opposite the threading
direction a distance equal to the lead divided by n, where the lead is the reciprocal of the
pitch. You must specify PITCH in the THREAD/AUTO statement when you program
multiple start threading. If n is not specified it is assumed to be 1, with the result that
only one thread is cut.

4-149
G-Post Reference Manual

Tapered Threading

TAPER,x,y,a You should specify TAPER only if the thread is not parallel to the centerline. The entries
x and y are the centerline and cross slide dimensions, respectively, of any point on the
major diameter of the thread, if external or minor diameter, if internal. The angle of taper,
a, is measured between the tapered line and the centerline and is positive if movement
along the taper is in the general direction opposite the stepover direction; negative if in
the same general direction.

The thread move is started at the point where the tapered line intersects the line
perpendicular to the centerline at the START dimension.

With a non-tapered thread, the position of the thread relative to the centerline is
established by the DIAMTR information, but with a tapered thread, the position is
established by the tapered line. The only purpose of the DIAMTR information is for
specifying the thread depth. In the expression DIAMTR,d1,d2 the values of d1 and d2
individually are not important – only their difference. The thread depth is calculated as
follows:

depth = (major diameter – minor diameter) / 2

4-150
 4 Command Language

4.113 TLSPEC (L)

4.113.1 TLSPEC/CENTER,RIGHT-LEFT,IN-OUT

TLSPEC/CENTER,RIGHT-LEFT,IN-OUT

This command is used by the post processor the determine the direction for drilling CYCLEs.

RIGHT Specifies the tool is traveling from right to left. (INTCOM(3444) = 1

LEFT Specifies the tool is traveling from left to right. (INTCOM(3444) = -1

IN Specifies the tool is traveling from ID to OD. (INTCOM(3445) = -1

OUT Specifies the tool is traveling from OD to ID. (INTCOM(3445) = 1

4.113.2 TLSPEC/OFFSET,RIGHT-LEFT-ON,DIAMTR,IN-OUT-ON

TLSPEC/OFFSET,RIGHT-LEFT-ON,DIAMTR,IN-OUT-ON

This command is NOT used by the post processor but is does set the internal flags in the post and is used
by NC Verify to determine the tool orientation to the part.

OFFSET,RIGHT Specifies the tool is offset to the right of a vertical line. (INTCOM(3450) = 1

OFFSET,LEFT Specifies the tool is offset to the left of a vertical line. (INTCOM(3450) = -1

OFFSET,ON Specifies the tool centerline is on a vertical line. (INTCOM(3450) = 0

DIAMTR,OUT Specifies the tool is offset above a horizontal line. (INTCOM(3451) = 1

DIAMTR,IN Specifies the tool is offset below a horizontal line. (INTCOM(3451)=-1

DIAMTR,ON Specifies the tool centerline is on a horizontal line. (INTCOM(3451) = 0

4-151
G-Post Reference Manual

4.114 TMARK
TMARK/[n]

Causes a rewind stop code to be output. Certain CAM systems require n to satisfy the syntax. It is ignored
by the post processor.

The default rewind stop code (=) is set in the Option File Generator.

Note: To change the default rewind stop code from the equal sign (=) to the percent sign (%) set
PLABEL/OPTION,11,TO,37 using the Option File Generator.

Related Commands:

PLABEL/OPTION,8
PLABEL/OPTION,11

4-152
 4 Command Language

4.115 TOLER
TOLER/n

Specifies the circular interpolation outer tolerance that the G-Post uses if it must output linear (G01) moves
instead of circular records (G02/G03, Chordal) in the MCD/Punch file.

The default circular interpolation tolerance in theG-Post is 0.0005.

Notes:

1. Do not change this unless your machine does not support circular interpolation (G02/G03).

2. You must put the TOLER/n command in your input file (ACL, NCL, etc) or you can add it to your
*.stb file. It cannot be set in a FIL file.

4-153
G-Post Reference Manual

4.116 TRANS (L)

TRANS/x,y

This statement relates the machine coordinate system to the CL coordinate system, when the two are not
coincidental.

All the CL coordinates after the TRANS statement are modified by the TRANS values.

x,y Specify the distance and direction along the machine X and Y-axes measured from the
machine origin to the part origin. Initially TRANS/0 is assumed.

Example:

Input:

TRANS/10,10
P1=POINT/5,5,0
P2=POINT/3,3,0
GOTO/P1
GOTO/P2
TRANS/0
GOTO/10,10

Punch File Output:

N004G01X15Z15$
N005X13Z13$
N006X1Z1$

Related Command:

ORIGIN

4-154
 4 Command Language

4.117 TRANS (M)

4.117.1 TRANS/x,y,z

TRANS/x,y,z

This statement relates the machine coordinate system to the CL coordinate system, when the two are not
coincidental.

All the CL coordinates after the TRANS statement are modified by the TRANS values.

x, y, z Specify the distance and direction along the machine X, Y, and Z-axes measured from the
machine origin to the part origin. Initially TRANS/0 is assumed.

Example:

Input:

GOTO/3,3,0
TRANS/10,10,1
P1=POINT/4,6,.5
P2=POINT/5,5,2
TRANS/0
GOTO/7,7,4

Punch File Output:

N0004G01X003Y003Z0$
N0005X014Y016Z0015$
N0006X015Y015Z003$
N0007X007Y007Z004$

Related Command:

ORIGIN

4-155
G-Post Reference Manual

4.117.2 TRANS/xi,xj,xk,xd,yi,yj,yk,yd,zi,zj,zk,zd

TRANS/xi,,xj,xk,xd,yi,yj,yk,yd,zi,zj,zk,zd

This statement relates the machine coordinate system to the CL coordinate system, when the two are not
coincidental. All the CL coordinates after the TRANS statement are modified by the TRANS values. A
rotation can be included with translation for the CL coordinates.

xi through zd are the canonical values of a mathematical matrix. A graph of the matrix follows:

X Input Y Input Z Input

X axis xi xj xk xd X Output
Y axis yi yj yk yd Y Output
Z axis zi zj zk zd Z Output

A CL point is processed through this matrix as follows:

Input Coordinates: X= 6, Y=3, Z=7

TRANS/0,1,0,2 ,-1,0,0,5 ,0,0,1,1

X Output = X Input * xi + Y Input * xj + Z Input * xk + xd 6*0+3*1+7*0+2=5

Y Output = X Input * yi + Y Input * yj + Z Input * yk + yd 6*-1+3*0+7*0+5=-1

Z Output = X Input * zi + Y Input * zj + Z Input * zk + zd 6*0+3*0+7*1+1=8

Output Coordinates: X= 5, Y=-1, Z=9

These values determine the combined rotation and translation desired.

Note: To cancel the translation matrix, use TRANS/0. Initially TRANS/0 is assumed.

Example: Using a MARTIX in FIL to set TRANS/values

$$ ROTATE 45 DEGREES IN THE XY PLANE AND TRANSLATE BY X10, Y10

MT1=MATRIX/XYROT,45,TRANSL,10,10,0 $$ CREATE THE MATRIX
MT2=DATA/MT1 $$ CONVERT MATRIX TO SCALAR DATA
TRANS/MT2 $$ SET 12 PARAMETER TRANS

4-156
 4 Command Language

4.117.3 TRANS/xi,xj,xk,xd,yi,yj,yk,yd,zi,zj,zk,zd,OPTION,[00-10-01-11]

TRANS/xi,,xj,xk,xd,yi,yj,yk,yd,zi,zj,zk,zd,OPTION,[00-10-01-11]

This TRANS statement is used to translate just the point or the vector.

OPTION Allows you to apply the translation to only the point or vector CL coordinates. In other
words, you can apply a separate matrix for point and another for the vector. If you want
the same matrix to be applied to both the point and vector, use the regular TRANS/(12
parameter) without the word OPTION.

00 Turn off point or vector ONLY translation.

10 Translate point ONLY.

01 Translate vector ONLY.

11 Translate point and vector.

Note: To cancel this TRANS, use a unit MATIRX with this TRANS command:

TRANS/1,0,0,0,0,1,0,0,0,0,1,0,OPTION,11.

Example: Using a MARTIX in FIL to set TRANS/values

$$ ROTATE 45 DEGREES IN THE XY PLANE AND TRANSLATE BY X10, Y10

MT1=MATRIX/XYROT,45,TRANSL,10,10,0 $$ CREATE THE MATRIX
MT2=DATA/MT1 $$ CONVERT MATRIX TO SCALAR DATA
TRANS/MT2,OPTION,11 $$ SET 12 PARAMETER TRANS W/OPTION

4-157
G-Post Reference Manual

4.117.4 TRANS/OUT,OFF-m1

TRANS/OUT,OFF-m1

Set a transformation matrix to modify the output XYZ data to the tape file. Previous TRANS statements
only allowed modification of the input CL data. The m1 argument represents a matrix of 12 parameters, it
also sets the flag to translate subsequent XYZ output to tape file. This is different than the Output
Translation as set in the Option file Translation & Output panel which is a only a simple XYZ data
translation. This option is still available in the Option File Generator.

OFF Turn off the output translation previously set. This is the default setting.
m1 A 12 parameter data set representing a defined matrix to be used for this output
translation.

Restrictions:

1. The OUT option is only be useful for 5-axis machines, where you may want to apply a matrix to the
XYZ data on the way out after G-Post transformation for the machine kinematics.

2. The TRANS/OUT requires absolute output (G90) mode and will not work for incremental output (G91)
mode.

3. It will only modify G01/G00 motion from a GOTO/cmd and not any CYCLE/motion either hard or
soft cycle mode.

Example:

PARTNO TEST
MACHIN/UNCX01,1
MULTAX/ON
LOADTL/1
SPINDL/300
M1=MATRIX/XYROT,90
M2=DATA/M1
TRANS/OUT,M2 $$ ROTATE XY-TAPE DATA BY 90 DEGRESS
GOTO/-15,10,1,0,0,1
GOTO/0,0,1,0,0,1
TRANS/OUT,OFF
END
FINI

4-158
 4 Command Language

4.118 TURRET (L)

4.118.1 Single Turret Lathe

4.118.1.1 TURRET/p,f,x,y[,CLW-CCLW]

TURRET/p,f,,x,y[,CLW-CCLW]

Generates a T-code for turret indexing. Assumes the subsequent CL coordinates refer to the tool tip.

p Is the turret face position number.

f Is the offset register number.

x,y Are the gauge lengths measured from the turret reference point along CL axes.

CLW Generates an M-code for clockwise indexing.

CCLW Generates an M-code for counter clockwise indexing.

4.118.1.2 TURRET/CENTER[,OFF]

TURRET/CENTER[,OFF]

Specifies that the subsequent CL coordinates refer to the turret reference point instead of the tool tip.

OFF Specifies that the CL coordinates refer to tool tip, which is the initial default condition.

4.118.1.3 TURRET/0

TURRET/0

Generates a T00 code and assumes that the subsequent CL coordinates refer to the turret reference point.

Related Command:

FROM

4-159
G-Post Reference Manual

Example:

First Quadrant Lathe:

Assuming that the tool is on turret face 1 and that offset register number 1 is to be used, the complete
Turret command is:

TURRET/1,1,-2.5,-4.5

The value of the gauge length along the CL X axis is -2.5, since the distance from the reference point to the
tool tip center is 2.5 in the negative direction. Similarly, the value of the gauge length along CL Y-axis is -
4.5 as shown in .
CL +Y

-TY 4.5

-TX 2.5
CL +X
Figure 46 First Quadrant Lathe Gauge Lengths

4-160
 4 Command Language

Example:

Fourth Quadrant Lathe:

Assuming that the tool is on turret face 1 and that offset register number 1 is to be used, the complete
Turret command is:

TURRET/1,1,-2.5,4.5

The value of the gauge length along the CL X axis is -2.5, since the distance from the reference point to the
tool tip center is 2.5 in the negative direction. Similarly, the value of the gauge length along CL Y-axis is
4.5 as shown in .

CL +X

-TX 2.5

TY 4.5

CL -Y
Figure 47 Fourth Quadrant Lathe Gauge Lengths

4-161
G-Post Reference Manual

Example:

VTL:

Assuming that the tool is on turret face 1 and that offset register number 1 is to be used, the complete
Turret command is:

TURRET/1,1,-2.5,-4.5

The value of the gauge length along the CL X axis is -2.5, since the distance from the reference point to the
tool tip center is 2.5 in the negative direction. Similarly, the value of the gauge length along CL Y-axis is -
4.5 as shown in .

CL +Y

-TY 4.5

-TX 2.5
CL +X
Figure 48 VTL Gauge Lengths

4-162
 4 Command Language

4.118.2 Multiple Turret Lathe:

4.118.2.1 TURRET/p,f,x,y[,CLW-CCLW][,FRONT-REAR]

TURRET/p,f,,x,y[,CLW-CCLW][,FRONT-REAR]

Generates a T-code for turret indexing and assumes that the subsequent CL coordinates refer the tool tip.

p Is the turret face position number.

f Is the offset register number.

x,y Are the gage lengths measured from the turret reference point along CL XY axes.

CLW Generates an M-code for clockwise indexing.

CCLW Generates an M-code for counter clockwise indexing.

FRONT
REAR Specifies the turret type. This is a modal option and initially the primary turret is
assumed.

4.118.2.2 TURRET/CENTER[,OFF]

TURRET/CENTER[,OFF]

Specifies that the subsequent CL coordinates refer to the turret reference point instead of the tool tip.

OFF Specifies that the CL coordinates refer to tool tip, which is the initial default condition.

4.118.2.3 TURRET/0

TURRET/0

Generates a T00 code and assumes that the subsequent CL coordinates refer to the turret reference point.

4.118.2.4 TURRET/FRONT-REAR

TURRET/FRONT-REAR

This command switches turret type without indexing the turret. Subsequent CL points should refer to the
turret selected. This command is recommended for use with zero gauge lengths.

Related Commands:

FROM

4-163
G-Post Reference Manual

Example:

Secondary Turret:

Assuming that the tool is on REAR turret face 1 and that offset register number 1 is to be used, the
complete Turret command is:

TURRET/1,1,-2.5,-4.5,REAR

The value of the gauge length along the CL X axis is -2.5, since the distance from the reference point to the
tool tip center is 2.5 in the negative direction. Similarly, the value of the gauge length along CL Y-axis is -
4.5 as shown in .

CL +Y

-TY 4.5

-TX 2.5
CL +X
Figure 49 Secondary Turret Gauge Lengths

4-164
 4 Command Language

Example:

Primary Turret:

Assuming that the tool is on FRONT turret face 1 and that offset register number 1 is to be used, the
complete Turret command is:

TURRET/1,1,-2.5,4.5,FRONT

The value of the gauge length along the CL X axis is -2.5, since the distance from the reference point to the
tool tip center is 2.5 in the negative direction. Similarly, the value of the gauge length along CL Y-axis is
4.5 as shown in .

CL +X

-TX 2.5

TY 4.5

CL -Y
Figure 50 Primary Turret Gauge Length

4-165
COMMON Variables 5 Lathe Common

5 Lathe - Common Variables

5.1 Introduction
This chapter contains a reference list of the Lathe G-Post COMMON variables. These COMMON
variables are what the G-Post uses to store all the information the post has about the machine configuration
and the current post processor run.

There are two types of COMMON variables used in the Lathe G-Post. They are INTCOM and DBLCOM
locations. The INTCOM locations are used to store integers or whole numbers, such as G/M codes. The
DBLCOM locations are used to store floating point numbers also know as scalars, such as axes locations.

5.1.1 Multi-Dimensional Arrays

Most of the COMMON locations in the Lathe G-Posts are single dimensional arrays. They store one value
or a set of data in a sequential manner. The ITSBIT(100) array is a single dimensioned and can can store
up to 100 numbers.

There are a few COMMON locations in the Lathe G-Posts that are double dimensional arrays. They store a
set of data in columns and rows like a spread sheet. The SPTABL(6,99) array is double dimensioned and
can store 6*99=594 numbers in 6-columns and 99-rows.

To set a particular location of a double dimensioned array with PLABEL or POSTF, you need to calculate
the location using the following formula:

N=(R-1)*A+L+C-1
Where:

N=Location number to find

L=Column value you want to set
R=Row value you want to set
A=Column value of COMMON double array
B=Row value of COMMON double array
C=Starting value of COMMON double array

Example:

Say you want to set the DBLCOM, SPTABL(3,44) to a value of 505.

Substitute L=3,R=44,A=6,B=99 and C=452 in the above formula to find N=712.

N=(44-1)*6+3+452-1

You can now use POSTF(2,3,712,505) in the FIL file or PLABEL/MODIFY,712,TO,505,TYPE,3 in

the CL file.

5-1
G-Post Reference Manual INTCOM Variables

5.2 Lathe INTCOM Variables

NOTE: Set INTCOMs 1-52 to 53 to disable the letter. Set to position of letter in tape order to enable the letter for
output. You cannot enable more that one letter in the same position at the same time.

The tape order is determined be each letters position on the File Format -> MCD File screen of the Option File
Generator. Tape order values will be from 1 through 26 only.

Name Location Description

JA 0001 Tape order of extra address

Default = 53
Range = 1 to 26 , 53

JB 0002 Tape order of extra address

Default = 53
Range = 1 to 26,53

JC 0003 Tape order of extra address

Default = 53
Range = 1 to 26,53

JD 0004 Tape order of extra address

Default = 53
Range = 1 to 26,53

JE 0005 Tape order of extra address

Default = 53
Range = 1 to 26,53

JF 0006 Tape order of letter address F

Default = 8
Range = 1 to 26,53

JG 0007 Tape order of letter address G

Default = 2
Range = 1 to 26,53

JH 0008 Tape order of extra address

Default = 53
Range = 1 to 26,53

JI 0009 Tape order of letter address K

Default = 6
Range = 1 to 26,53

JJ 0010 Tape order of letter address I

Default = 5
Range = 1 to 26,53

5-2
INTCOM Variables 5 Lathe Common

Name Location Description

JK 0011 Tape order of extra address

Default = 53
Range = 1 to 26,53

JL 0012 Tape order of extra address

Default = 53
Range = 1 to 26,53

JM 0013 Tape order of letter address M

Default = 11
Range = 1 to 26,53

JN 0014 Tape order of letter address N

Default = 1
Range = 1 to 26,53

JO 0015 Tape order of extra address

Default = 53
Range = 1 to 26,53

JP 0016 Tape order of extra address

Default = 53
Range = 1 to 26,53

JQ 0017 Tape order of extra address

Default = 53
Range = 1 to 26,53

JR 0018 Tape order of letter address R

Default = 53
Range = 1 to 26,53

JS 0019 Tape order of letter address S

Default = 9
Range = 1 to 26,53

JT 0020 Tape order of letter address T

Default = 10
Range = 1 to 26,53

JU 0021 Tape order of extra address

Default = 53
Range = 1 to 26,53

JV 0022 Tape order of extra address

Default = 53
Range = 1 to 26,53

5-3
G-Post Reference Manual INTCOM Variables

Name Location Description

JW 0023 Tape order of extra address

Default = 53
Range = 1 to 26,53

JX 0024 Tape order of letter address Z

Default = 4
Range = 1 to 26,53

JY 0025 Tape order of letter address X

Default = 3
Range = 1 to 26,53

JZ 0026 Tape order of extra address

Default = 53
Range = 1 to 26,53

JABSA 0027 Order of verification letter address A

Default = 53
Range = 1 to 53

JABSB 0028 Order of verification letter address B

Default = 53
Range = 1 to 53

JABSC 0029 Order of verification letter address C

Default = 53
Range = 1 to 53

JABSD 0030 Order of verification letter address D

Default = 53
Range = 1 to 53

JABSE 0031 Order of verification letter address E

Default = 53
Range = 1 to 53

JABSF 0032 Order of verification letter address F

Default = 16
Range = 1 to 53

JABSG 0033 Order of verification letter address G

Default = 53
Range = 1 to 53

JABSH 0034 Order of verification letter address H

Default = 53
Range = 1 to 53

5-4
INTCOM Variables 5 Lathe Common

Name Location Description

JABSI 0035 Order of verification letter address I

Default = 53
Range = 1 to 53

JABSJ 0036 Order of verification letter address J

Default = 53
Range = 1 to 53

JABSK 0037 Order of verification letter address K

Default = 53
Range = 1 to 53

JABSL 0038 Order of verification letter address L

Default = 53
Range = 1 to 53

JABSM 0039 Order of verification letter address M

Default = 53
Range = 1 to 53

JABSN 0040 Order of verification letter address N

Default = 53
Range = 1 to 53

JABSO 0041 Order of verification letter address O

Default = 53
Range = 1 to 53

JABSP 0042 Order of verification letter address P

Default = 53
Range = 1 to 53

JABSQ 0043 Order of verification letter address Q

Default = 53
Range = 1 to 53

JABSR 0044 Order of verification letter address R

Default = 53
Range = 1 to 53

JABSS 0045 Order of verification letter address S

Default = 17
Range = 1 to 53

JABST 0046 Order of verification letter address T

Default = 53
Range = 1 to 53

5-5
G-Post Reference Manual INTCOM Variables

Name Location Description

JABSU 0047 Order of verification letter address U

Default = 15
Range = 1 to 53

JABSV 0048 Order of verification letter address V

Default = 14
Range = 1 to 53

JABSW 0049 Order of verification letter address W

Default = 53
Range = 1 to 53

JABSX 0050 Order of verification letter address X

Default = 13
Range = 1 to 53

JABSY 0051 Order of verification letter address Y

Default = 12
Range = 1 to 53

JABSZ 0052 Order of verification letter address Z

Default = 53
Range = 1 to 53

JADDR(1) 0053 Address 1 in tape

Default = 78
Range = 32 to 96

JADDR(2) 0054 Address 2 in tape

Default = 71
Range = 32 to 96

JADDR(3) 0055 Address 3 in tape

Default = 88
Range = 32 to 96

JADDR(4) 0056 Address 4 in tape

Default = 90
Range = 32 to 96

JADDR(5) 0057 Address 5 in tape

Default = 73
Range = 32 to 96

JADDR(6) 0058 Address 6 in tape

Default = 75
Range = 32 to 96

5-6
INTCOM Variables 5 Lathe Common

Name Location Description

JADDR(7) 0059 Address 7 in tape

Default = Not used
Range = 32 to 96

JADDR(8) 0060 Address 8 in tape

Default = 70
Range = 32 to 96

JADDR(9) 0061 Address 9 in tape

Default = 83
Range = 32 to 96

JADDR(10) 0062 Address 10 in tape

Default = 84
Range = 32 to 96

JADDR(11) 0063 Address 11 in tape

Default = 77
Range = 32 to 96

JADDR(12) 0064 Address 12 in tape

Default = 88
Range = 32 to 96

JADDR(13) 0065 Address 13 in tape

Default = 90
Range = 32 to 96

JADDR(14) 0066 Address 14 in tape

Default = 88
Range = 32 to 96

JADDR(15) 0067 Address 15 in tape

Default = 90
Range = 32 to 96

JADDR(16) 0068 Address 16 in tape

Default = 70
Range = 32 to 96

JADDR(17) 0069 Address 17 in tape

Default = 83
Range = 32 to 96

JADDR(nn) 0xxx Nth letter in tape.

Add 0052+nn to get the location number (xxx).

JADDR(53) 0105 Fifty-third letter in tape

5-7
G-Post Reference Manual INTCOM Variables

NOTE: The next 53 locations represent the EIA format of the letter address, this is a two-digit value. The first digit
represents the number of whole numbers (the numbers in front of the decimal place). The second digit represents the
number of fractional numbers (the numbers behind the decimal point). A value of 34 means there are 3 digits in front of
the decimal place and 4 digits behind the decimal place: 000.0000. A value of 40 means the number is a 4-digit whole
number. Before the first executable post statement, JFMT(n) contains four digits in the option file. The first two are for
inch and the second two are for metric. After the first executable post statement, this section contains only two digits.

Name Location Description

JFMT(1) 0106 Format 1 in tape

Default = 3030
Range = 0 to 9999

JFMT(2) 0107 Format 2 in tape

Default = 2020
Range = 0 to 9999

JFMT(3) 0108 Format 3 in tape

Default = 2433
Range = 0 to 9999

JFMT(4) 0109 Format 4 in tape

Default = 2433
Range = 0 to 9999

JFMT(5) 0110 Format 5 in tape

Default = 2433
Range = 0 to 9999

JFMT(6) 0111 Format 6 in tape

Default = 2433
Range = 0 to 9999

JFMT(7) 0112 Format 7 in tape

Default = 0 (Not used)
Range = 0 to 9999

JFMT(8) 0113 Format 8 in tape

Default = 3241
Range = 0 to 9999

JFMT(9) 0114 Format 9 in tape

Default = 2020
Range = 0 to 9999

JFMT(10) 0115 Format 10 in tape

Default = 4040
Range = 0 to 9999

JFMT(11) 0116 Format 11 in tape

Default = 2020
Range = 0 to 9999

FMT(nn) 0xxx Nth letter in tape. Add 0105+nn to get the location number (xxx).
Default = 0
Range = 0 to 9999

5-8
INTCOM Variables 5 Lathe Common

NOTE: The next 53 locations represent the address format for each letter address, this is a four-digit value. The
first digit is for leading zeros. The second digit is for trailing zeros. The third digit is for sign (+ for positive
numbers). The fourth digit is for decimal point. A value of 0 means the option is disabled and a value of 1 means
the option is enabled. The INTCOMs (1851) and (1852) must be set to zero for the JSPC variables to be activated.

Name Location Description

JSPC(1) 0159 Output specification 1 in tape

Default = 1100
Range = 1 to 1111

JSPC(2) 0160 Output specification 2 in tape

Default = 1100
Range = 1 to 1111

JSPC(3) 0161 Output specification 3 in tape

Default = 1000
Range = 1 to 1111

JSPC(4) 0162 Output specification 4 in tape

Default = 1000
Range = 1 to 1111

JSPC(5) 0163 Output specification 5 in tape

Default = 1000
Range = 1 to 1111

JSPC(6) 0164 Output specification 6 in tape

Default = 1000
Range = 1 to 1111

JSPC(7) 0165 Output specification 7 in tape

Default = 1000
Range = 1 to 1111

JSPC(8) 0166 Output specification 8 in tape

Default = 1000
Range = 1 to 1111

JSPC(9) 0167 Output specification 9 in tape

Default = 1100
Range = 1 to 1111

JSPC(10) 0168 Output specification 10 in tape

Default = 1100
Range = 1 to 1111

JSPC(11) 0169 Output specification 11 in tape

Default = 1100
Range = 1 to 1111

JSPC(nn) 0xxx Nth letter in tape. Add 0158+nn to get the location number (xxx).
Default = 0
Range = 0 to 1111

5-9
G-Post Reference Manual INTCOM Variables

Name Location Description

IAUXFN(1) 0212 M-code for M01 or AUXFUN/1

Default = 1
Range = 0 to 32766

IAUXFN(2) 0213 M-code for M02 or AUXFUN/2

Default = 2
Range = 0 to 32766

IAUXFN(nn) 0nnn M-code for Mnn or AUXFUN/nn. Add 0211+n to get the location
number.
Default = nn
Range = 0 to 32766

IAUXFN(100) 0311 M-code for M00 or AUXFUN/0

Default = 0
Range = 0 to 32766

NOTE: To get M-codes of more than 2 digits, set the M-code between
0 and 99, then set the matching IAUXFN location to the desired M-
code

Example: COOLNT/FLOOD requires an M108. Set MCLFLD to 8,

then set IAUXFN(8) to 108.

IBANER(131) 0312 Post banner containing post name, version, and date. Cannot
be set manually.

IBGVI1 0443 INTCOM DEBUGG starting location.

Default = 0
Range = 0 to 2500

IBGVI2 0444 INTCOM DEBUGG ending location

Default = 0
Range = 0 to 2500

IBGVR1 0445 RELCOM DEBUGG starting location

Default = 0
Range = 0 to 1700

IBGVR2 0446 RELCOM DEBUGG ending location

Default = 0
Range = 0 to 1700

IBLKLG 0447 Number of characters in the current block. Cannot be reset.

IBRKSW 0448 Break statement flag, to reinitialize common variables from CONTRL.
Default = 72 (OFF)
Range = 71 (ON), 72 (OFF)

5-10
INTCOM Variables 5 Lathe Common

Name Location Description

IBUGCL 0449 DEBUGG switch for CL dump.

Default = 72 (OFF)
Range = 71 (ON), 72 (OFF)

IBUGSW 0450 DEBUGG switch to print one or more common blocks.

Default = 72 (OFF)
Range = 71 (ON), 72 (OFF)

IBUGVI 0451 DEBUGG switch for INTCOM dump.

Default = 72 (OFF)
Range = 71 (ON), 72 (OFF)

IBUGVR 0452 DEBUGG switch for RELCOM dump.

Default = 72 (OFF)
Range = 71 (ON), 72 (OFF)

ICARD 0453 Line count of packed punch files; column 77-80 of each line.
***Cannot be reset.

ICFDSW 0454 Switch to indicate the CYCLE Z feed mode.

Default = 73 (IPM)
Range = 73 (IPM), 74 (IPR)

ICIRSW 0455 Circular interpolation switch for Type 5000 element.

MACHIN/UNCX01,--,LINEAR sets this to empty.
Default = 0
Range = 0: Linear motion
1: Successful Type 3 record
2: Circle in process
-32767: (IEMPTY) No circular interpolation

0450 Not used

ICLRED 0457 Switch to indicate whether a circle reads a CL record.

Default = 1
Range = 1: Read CL record
2: Do not read CL record; circle read the record

ICYCLE(1) 0458 Minor word integer code for CYCLE/DRILL

Default = 163 (DRILL)
Range = Any minor word integer code

ICYCLE(2) 0459 Minor word integer code for CYCLE/CSINK

Default = 256 (CSINK)
Range = Any minor word integer code

ICYCLE(3) 0460 Minor word integer code for CYCLE/DEEP

Default = 153 (DEEP)
Range = Any minor word integer code

ICYCLE(4) 0461 Minor word integer code for CYCLE/TAP

Default = 168 (TAP)
Range = Any minor word integer code

5-11
G-Post Reference Manual INTCOM Variables

Name Location Description

ICYCLE(5) 0462 Minor word integer code for CYCLE/BORE

Default = 82 (BORE)
Range = Any minor word integer code

ICYCLE(6) 0463 Minor word integer code for CYCLE/REAM

Default = 262 (REAM)
Range = Any minor word integer code

ICYCLE(7) 0464 Minor word integer code for CYCLE/THRU

Default = 152 (THRU)
Range = Any minor word integer code

ICYCLE(8) 0465 Minor word integer code for CYCLE/FACE

Default = 81 (FACE)
Range = Any minor word integer code

ICYCLE(9) 0466 Not used

Default = 163
Range = Any minor word integer code

ICYCLE(10) 0467 Not used

Default = 163
Range = Any minor word integer code

ICYCLE(11) 0468 Not used

Default = 163
Range = Any minor word integer code

ICYCLE(12) 0469 Not used

Default = 163
Range = Any minor word integer code

ICYCLG(1) 0470 G-code for ICYCLE(1)

Default = 81
Range = Any legal G-code (see IPREFN) or if
IEMPTY (-32767), a software cycle will be generated

ICYCLG(2) 0471 G-code for ICYCLE(2)

Default = -32767 (IEMPTY)
Range = Any legal G-code (see IPREFN) or if
IEMPTY (-32767), a software cycle will be generated

ICYCLG(3) 0472 G-code for ICYCLE(3)

Default = 83
Range = Any legal G-code (see IPREFN) or if
IEMPTY (-32767), a software cycle will be generated

ICYCLG(4) 0473 G-code for ICYCLE(4)

Default = 84
Range = Any legal G-code (see IPREFN) or if
IEMPTY (-32767), a software cycle will be generated

5-12
INTCOM Variables 5 Lathe Common

Name Location Description

ICYCLG(5) 0474 G-code for ICYCLE(5)

Default = 85
Range = Any legal G-code (see IPREFN) or if
IEMPTY (-32767), a software cycle will be generated

ICYCLG(6) 0475 G-code for ICYCLE(6)

Default = 89
Range = Any legal G-code (see IPREFN) or if
IEMPTY (-32767), a software cycle will be generated

ICYCLG(7) 0476 G-code for ICYCLE(7)

Default = 87
Range = Any legal G-code (see IPREFN) or if
IEMPTY (-32767), a software cycle will be generated

ICYCLG(8) 0477 G-code for ICYCLE(8)

Default = 82
Range = Any legal G-code (see IPREFN) or if
IEMPTY (-32767), a software cycle will be generated

ICYCLG(9) 0478 G-code for ICYCLE(9)

Default = 86
Range = Any legal G-code (see IPREFN) or if
IEMPTY (-32767), a software cycle will be generated

ICYCLG(10) 0479 Not used

ICYCLG(11) 0480 Not used

ICYCLG(12) 0481 Not used

ICYCSW 0482 Current CYCLE flag.

Default = 72 (OFF)
Range = 72 (OFF): CYCLE is not in effect.
1: First GOTO point after CYCLE/
2: Indicate Z move for feedrates
53 (NOMORE): for CYCLE/NOMORE.

IDIRPM 0483 Type of SPINDL output

Default = 71 (ON)
Range = 71 (ON): Direct RPM.
72 (OFF): Spindle code table.

IDSPLY 0484 Switch for punching PPRINT in punch file.

Default = 72 (OFF)
Range = ON (71): Punch PPRINT.
OFF (72): Do not punch PPRINT.

IDWFMR 0485 EIA DWELL format in IPR mode.

Default = 2222
Range is a 1- or 2-digit number at runtime.
Range is a 3- or 4-digit number in option file.

5-13
G-Post Reference Manual INTCOM Variables

Name Location Description

IDWFMS 0486 EIA DWELL format in IPM mode.

Default = 2424
Range is a 1- or 2-digit number at runtime.
Range is a 3- or 4-digit number in option file.

IDWLTR 0487 DWELL letter address A-Z.

Default = 25
Range = 1-26, where A=1, B=2, and so forth.

IEMPTY 0488 Integer empty flag -32767. *** Do not change!

IFACSW 0489 Switch for inch/metric factor conversion.

Default = 72 (OFF)
Range = 71 (ON): Calculate output using FACTO (DBLCOM(101))
72 (OFF): Do not use FACTOR.

IFDCHG 0490 Switch to indicate a new FEDRAT statement

Default = 71 (ON)
Range = 71 (ON): New FEDRAT.
72 (OFF): Old FEDRAT.

IFEDSW 0491 Switch to indicate the linear feedrate mode

Default = 73 (IPM)
Range = 73 (IPM) or 74 (IPR)

IFMODE 0492 Current FEDRAT mode

Default = 94 (IGIPM INTCOM(508))
Range = IGIPM INTCOM(508)
Default = 94 INTCOM(509)/95 INTCOM(507)/-32767 (IEMPTY)

IFMODL 0493 Previous FEDRAT mode

Default = -32767 (IEMPTY)
Range = IGIPM INTCOM(508)
Default = 93 INTCOM(508)/94 INTCOM(509)/-32767 (IEMPTY)

IFRMSW 0494 Switch to indicate if a FROM statement has been read

Default = 72 (OFF)
Range = 71 (ON): FROM has been processed.
72 (OFF): FROM has not been processed.

IFTRDW 0495 Flag to specify the turret dwell to be output in IPM or IPR mode
Default = 73 (IPM)
Range = 73 (IPM) or 74 (IPR)

0496 Not used

NOTE: All G-code entries must be between 0 and 99. To get more than
two-digit G-codes, set the appropriate IPREFN location to the desired
G-code.

Example: If the dwell code was G104, set IGDWL to 4, and then set
IPREFN(4) to 104.

5-14
INTCOM Variables 5 Lathe Common

Name Location Description

IGABS 0497 G-code for absolute mode (MODE/INCR,OFF)

Default = 90
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires a G-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require a G-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist.

IGCCLW 0498 G-code CCLW circular interpolation.

Default = 3
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires a G-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require a G-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

IGCLW 0499 G-code CLW circular interpolation.

Default = 2
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires a G-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require a G-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

IGCOFF 0500 G-code for CYCLE/OFF

Default = 80
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires a G-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require a G-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

IGCOMF 0501 G-code for CUTCOM/OFF

Default = 40
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires a G-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require a G-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

IGCOML 0502 G-code for CUTCOM/LEFT

Default = 41
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires a G-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require a G-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

IGCOMR 0503 G-code for CUTCOM/RIGHT

Default = 42
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires a G-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require a G-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

IGDWL 0504 G-code for DWELL (DELAY/ ).

Default = 4
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires a G-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require a G-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

5-15
G-Post Reference Manual INTCOM Variables

Name Location Description

IGINC 0505 G-code for incremental mode.

Default = 91
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires a G-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require a G-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

IGINCH 0506 G-code for inch output.

Default = 70
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires a G-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require a G-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

IGINV 0507 G-code for INVERS time feedrates

Default = -32767 (IEMPTY)
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires a G-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require a G-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

IGIPM 0508 G-code for IPM FEDRAT.

Default = 94
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires a G-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require a G-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

IGIPR 0509 G-code for IPR FEDRAT.

Default = 95
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires a G-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require a G-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

IGLIN 0510 G-code for linear interpolation.

Default = 1
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires a G-code
1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require a G-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

IGMTRC 0511 G-code for metric output.

Default = 71
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires a G-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require a G-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

IGPOS 0512 G-code for RAPID positioning.

Default = 0
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires a G-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require a G-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

0513 – 0515 Not used

5-16
INTCOM Variables 5 Lathe Common

Name Location Description

IGRPM 0516 G-code for RPM mode in lathes

Default = 97
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires a G-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require a G-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

IGSET 0517 G-code for axis preset.

Default = 92
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires a G-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require a G-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

0518 Not used

IGSFM 0519 G-code for CSFM In Lathes

Default = 96
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires a G-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require a G-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

IGTHD(3) 0520 G-codes for threading in lathes

IGTHD(1) 0520 Constant thread

Default = 33
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires a G-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require a G-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

IGTHD(2) 0521 Increase variable thread

Default = 34
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires a G-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require a G-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

IGTHD(3) 0522 Decrease variable thread

Default = 35
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires a G-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require a G-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

0523 – 0531 Not used

ILOKSW 0532 For lathes to automatically lock and unlock spindle under
SFM mode.
Default = 80 (MLOKOF)
Range = MLOKOF INTCOM(1967) Default = 80
MLOKON INTCOM(1968) Default = 81

IMANRD 0533 Flag to PNCHIT routine for punching man-readable PARTNO.

Default = 72 (OFF)
Range = 71 (ON) or 72 (OFF)

5-17
G-Post Reference Manual INTCOM Variables

Name Location Description

IMODE 0534 Current mode as absolute/incremental

Default = 90 (IGABS)
Range = IGABS INTCOM(497) Default = 90
IGINC INTCOM(505) Default = 91

IMODL 0535 Last mode in effect

Default = -32767 (IEMPTY)
Range = IGABS INTCOM(497) Default = 90
IGINC INTCOM(505) Default = 91
-32767 will force output of IMODE
INTCOM(534)

0536 Not used

INITSW 0537 Flag to call REINIT routine.

Default = 72 (OFF)
Range = 71 (ON): Do not call REINIT

INTERP 0538 Current interpolation mode.

Default = 0
Range = IGPOS INTCOM(512)
IGLIN INTCOM(510) Default = 1
IGCLW INTCOM(499) Default = 2
IGCCLW INTCOM(498) Default = 3

0539 Not used

INVFMT 0540 F format for INVERS mode.

Default = 0 (Not used)
Range is a 1- or 2-digit number at runtime.
Range is a 3- or 4-digit number in option file.

INVMOD 0541 Flag to specify that INVERS mode FEED is required.

Default = 72 (OFF)
Range = 71 (ON) or 72 (OFF)

IOUTSW 0542 Flag to specify that output of a block is pending.

Default = 72 (OFF)
Range = 71 (ON) or 72 (OFF)

IPAGE 0543 Current page number of print output.

Default = 0
Range = 0 to 32766

IPCHBF(72) 0544 Punch buffer

IPCHCT 0615 Number of characters in punch line. ***Do not reset

IPCHNX 0616 Pointer into punch buffer for last character stored. ***Do not reset.

5-18
INTCOM Variables 5 Lathe Common

Name Location Description

IPGWRN 0617 Number of warnings in current page

Default = 0
Range = 0 to 32766

0618 – 0619 Not used

IPMFMT 0620 Format for IPM FEED.

Default = 3241
Range is a 1- or 2-digit number at runtime.
Range is a 3- or 4-digit number in option file.

IPREFN(1) 0621 G-code for G01 or PREFUN/1

Default = 1
Range = 0 to 32766

IPREFN(2) 0622 G-code for G02 or PREFUN/2

Default = 2
Range = 0 to 32766

IPREFN(n) 0nnn G-code for Gnn or PREFUN/nn. Add 0620+n to get the
location number.
Default = nnn
Range = 0 to 32766

IPREFN(100) 0720 G-code for G00 or PREFUN/0

Default = 0
Range = 0 to 32766

NOTE: To get G-codes of more than 2 digits, set the G-code between
0 and 99, then set the matching IPREFN location to the desired G-code.

Example: If the dwell code was G104, set IGDWL to 4, then set
IPREFN(4) to 104.

IPRFMT 0721 Format for IPR FEED.

Default = 1423
Range is a 1- or 2-digit number at runtime.
Range is a 3- or 4-digit number in option file.

IPRNBF(131) 0722 Print buffer. ***Cannot be reset.

IPX 0853 Pointer into CL for lathe Z axis

Default = 1 for horizontal
Range = 1 for horizontal
2 for vertical

IPY 0854 Pointer into CL For lathe X axis

Default = 2 for horizontal
Range = 2 for horizontal
1 for vertical

0855 Not used

5-19
G-Post Reference Manual INTCOM Variables

Name Location Description

IRAPSW 0856 RAPID flag

Default = 72 (OFF)
Range = 71 (ON) or 72 (OFF)

IRAPTO 0857 Segmentation flag for FEDRAT/RAPTO

Default = 72 (OFF)
Range = 71 (ON) or 72 (OFF)

0858 Not used

IROTSW 0859 Flag to specify rotation of CL using the trans matrix.

Default = 72 (OFF)
Range = 71 (ON) or 72 (OFF)

IRPFMT 0860 Format for rapid traverse, (other than G-code)

Default = 0 (Not used)
Range is a 1- or 2-digit number at runtime.
Range is a 3- or 4-digit number in option file.

IRPTWD(26,2) 0861 Storage area to combine two registers when using RPTWRD
routine. IRPTWD(A,B), Load 1-26 (A) to be the "trigger"
address for combining output. Where A=1, B=2, and so forth.
Default = 72 (OFF)
Range of (A,1) = 1-26, where A=1, B=2, and so forth. This is
the address to be output by the "trigger".
Range of (A,2) = 71 (ON): Output on each block until it is
set to 72 (OFF). 162 (NEXT): Output one time only.

ISCDTP 0913 Flag to indicate spindle code table or equation.

Default = 0
Range = 0: Spindle code table
1: Equation

ISCODE(6,99) 0914 S-code table

Default = 0
Range = 0 to 32766

NOTE: The feed rate code tables overlay the last 3 ranges of the
spindle code common locations. If you use the code tables, only three
spindle ranges are available!

IFCXPM(50) 1301 IPM feed rate codes for X motion

Default = 0 (See Note 1 above!)
Range = +-32766

IFCXPR(50) 1351 IPR feedrate codes for X motion

Default = 0 (See Note 1 above!)
Range = +-32766

IFCZPM(50) 1401 IPM feedrate codes for Z motion

Default = 0 (See Note 1 above!)
Range = +-32766

5-20
INTCOM Variables 5 Lathe Common

Name Location Description

IFCZPR(50) 1451 IPR feedrate codes for Z motion

Default = 0 (See Note 1 above!)
Range = +-32766

ISEQSW(2) 1508 SEQNO command option flags. (1) is the option to be

processed. (2) is the saved current option.
Default (1) = 66 (INCR)
(2) = 66 (INCR)
Range = 72 (OFF) - No sequence number
66 (INCR) Sequence number increment
(See RELCOM SEQINC)
60 (CLW) Current CL record number

ISETSW 1510 Flag to specify set options

Default = 88 (AUTO)
Range = 72 (OFF) G92 not in effect
162 (NEXT) Next GOTO is G92
88 (AUTO) Do G92 with TURRET
71 (ON) G92 not in effect

ISKPSW 1511 Flag set for OPSKIP condition.

Default = 72 (OFF)
Range = 71 (ON) or 72 (OFF)

1512 Not used

ISPDIR 1513 Current spindle direction.

Default = MSPCLW INTCOM(1982)
Range = MSPCLW INTCOM(1982): CLW Default = 3
MSPCCW INTCOM(1981): CCLW
Spindle M-code Default = 4

ISPDRL 1514 Last spindle direction.

Default = 0
Range = 0 Force out new spindle direction M-code
ISPDIR INTCOM(1513): Current spindle direction. Default = 3

ISPLCK 1515 Flag to indicate if the spindle is in lock position

Default = 88 (AUTO)
Range = 72 (OFF) Spindle lock not in effect
88 (AUTO) Spindle locks in RAPID, unlocks for linear
71 (ON) Spindle lock in effect

ISPMDL 1516 Last spindle mode to be RPM or SFM

Default = 78 (RPM)
Range = 78 (RPM)
115 (SFM)

ISPMOD 1517 Current spindle mode to be RPM or SFM

Default = 78 (RPM)
Range = 78 (RPM)
115 (SFM)

5-21
G-Post Reference Manual INTCOM Variables

Name Location Description

ISPNHI 1518 Highest spindle speed location in SPTABL for current range.
Default = 25 (NSPDHI(1))
Range = NSPDHI(1-6) INTCOM(1994-1999)
2 - 99 allowed for each range.

ISPNLW 1519 Lowest spindle speed location in SPTABL for current range.
Default = 1 (NSPDLW(1))
Range = NSPDLW(1-6) INTCOM(2000-2005)
1 - 98 allowed for each range.

ISPNRW 1520 Current spindle speed location in SPTABL for current range.
Default = 0
Range = 1 to 99

ISPNSW 1521 Flag to indicate spindle ON/OFF condition.

Default = 72 (OFF)
Range = 71 (ON) or 72 (OFF)

ISPRGL 1522 Last spindle range in effect.

Default = 0
Range = 0 to 6 - 0 will force out new spindle range M-code

ISPRNG 1523 Current spindle range in effect

Default = 1
Range = 1 to 6

ISTBLK 1524 Switch to indicate if XZ is to be adjusted by gage lengths.

Default = 72 (OFF)
Range = 71 (ON) or 72 (OFF)

ITHDSW 1525 Switch to indicate type of thread move requested

Default = 72 (OFF)
Range = 71 (ON) or 72 (OFF)
81 (FACE)
80 (TURN)

ITHFMT 1526 Thread format for IK registers

Default = 1524
Range is a 1- or 2-digit number at runtime.
Range is a 3- or 4-digit number in option file.

ITHTYP 1527 Thread type requested

Default = 0 (off)
Range = 0 (off)
1 Constant lead
2 Increasing lead
3 Decreasing lead

ITLTBL(99,3) 1528 Tool table to contain the integer values ISOURC, IRECRD
and offset number of the tool list
Default = 0
Range = 0 to 32766

5-22
INTCOM Variables 5 Lathe Common

Name Location Description

ITOLSW 1825 Flag to indicate MCHTOL option.

Default = 72 (OFF)
Range = 71 (ON) or 72 (OFF)

ITRCNT 1826 Flag for TURRET/CENTER option

Default = 72 (OFF)
Range = 71 (ON) or 72 (OFF)

ITRDIR 1827 Current turret indexing direction

Default = 23 (MTRCLW INTCOM(1986))
Range = MTRCLW INTCOM(1986)
MTRCCW INTCOM(1985)

ITRDRL 1828 Last turret indexing direction in effect

Default = -32767 (IEMPTY)
Range = ITRDIR INTCOM(1827)
-32767 (IEMPTY) will force out ITRDIR

ITRTPL 1829 For multiple turret lathes, specifies the last turret selected as 1-5
Default = 1 ITRTYP INTCOM(1830)
Range = 1 - 5 ITRTYP INTCOM(1830)

ITRTYP 1830 For multiple turret lathes, specifies the current turret in effect as 1-5
Default = 1 - FRONT
Range = 1 - FRONT
2 - REAR
3 - SADDLE
4 - MAIN

ITSBIT(100) 1831 User option area for PLABEL/Options. See PLABEL in the command
reference for more information.

ITSBIT 1831 Tab character and blank space output in MCD file.
Default = 00 - Do not output tab characters in the MCD file.
Range = 00 - Do not output tab characters in the MCD file.
01 - Output tab characters in the MCD file.
02 - Add a blank space before each letter address in the MCD
file.

ITSBIT 1832 Controls the verification print, which is the auxiliary information in the
.LST file. It contains for example, spindle speed, velocity, etc.
Default = 01 - Generate verification print.
Range = 01 - Generate verification print.
00 - Do not generate verification print.
02 - Generate non-modal verification print.
11 - Generate modal verification print and CL point.
12 - Generate non-modal verification print and CL point.

5-23
G-Post Reference Manual INTCOM Variables

Name Location Description

ITSBIT 1833 Set the units coversion for the input/output files.
Default = 01 - Inch input / inch output.
Range = 01 - Inch input / inch output.
02 - Metric input / inch output.
03 - Metric input / metric output.
04 - Inch input / metric output.

NOTE: Values 01 through 04 indicate that all dimensions in the option file are in inches.

11 - Inch input / inch output.

12 - Metric input / inch output.
13 - Metric input / metric output.
14 - Inch input / metric output.

NOTE: Values 11 through 14 indicate that all dimensions in the option file are in
millimeters.

ITSBIT 1834 Page heading options for the LST file.

Default = 01 - Print page heading.
Range = 01 - Print page heading.
00 - Do not print page heading.

ITSBIT 1835 MCD file pack/unpack options.

Default = 00 - Unpack MCD file output with one block per line.
Range = 00 - Unpack MCD file output with one block per line.
01 - Pack MCD file output into 72 columns.

ITSBIT 1836 Warning suppression options.

Default = 00 - Do not suppress warning messages.
Range = 00 - Do not suppress warning messages.
01 - Suppress all warning messages.
02 - Write warnings to a file.

ITSBIT 1837 PARTNO man readable output options.

Default = 01 - Output man readable PARTNO.
Range = 00 - Do not output man readable PARTNO.
01 - Output man readable PARTNO.

ITSBIT 1838 Rewind stop code ouput options.

Default = 00 - Do not output any rewind stop codes.
Range = 00 - Do not output any rewind stop codes.
01 - Output a rewind stop code at the start of the MCD file.
02 - Output a rewind stop code at start and end of the MCD
file.
03 - Output a rewind stop code at end of the MCD file.

NOTE: INTCOMs 1839 through 1846 use numerical codes to represent characters. See the ASCII
character chart in Appendix A to find the appropriate decimal values. The G-Post requires the use of
ASCII decimal values where specified.

ITSBIT 1839 End of block character, Default = $(36)

ITSBIT 1840 LEADER character, Default = >(62)

5-24
INTCOM Variables 5 Lathe Common

Name Location Description

ITSBIT 1841 Rewind stop code, Default = 37(%)

ITSBIT 1842 OPSKIP character, Default = 47(/)

ITSBIT 1843 Tab character, Default = 42(*)

ITSBIT 1844 Control out character, Default = 40(()

ITSBIT 1845 Control in character, Default=41( ))

ITSBIT 1846 Alignment block address,Default= 79(O)

ITSBIT 1847 End of Block character output to the tape file

Default = 00 - Output the EOB character to the MCD file.
Range = 00 - Output the EOB character to the MCD file.
01 - Suppress output of the EOB character to the MCD file.

ITSBIT 1848 F code output after RAPID option.

Default= 00 - Output F-CODE after RAPID move.
Range= 00 - Output F-CODE after RAPID move.
01 - Suppress F-CODE after RAPID move.

ITSBIT 1849 Axis limit checing options.

Default= 00 - Do not check axes limit.
Range= 00 - Do not check axes limit.
01 - Check axes limit.
02 - Axis limits will call the _REPOS macro from FIL.

ITSBIT 1850 Major word warning options.

Default= 00 - Output warning for illegal major words.
Range= 00 - Output warning for illegal major words.
01 - Do not output warning for illegal major words.

NOTE: Option 20 applies only when option 6 is set to 0.

ITSBIT 1851 Controls the format of the integer registers (N,G...) for punch output.
The 4 digits correspond to leading zeros, trailing zeros, plus sign, and
decimal point. Any combination of the digits is acceptable. For
example, 1100 will punch leading and trailing zeros.
Default= 0000 - Punch per postprocessor specification.
Range= 0000 - Punch per postprocessor specification.
0100 - Punch trailing zeros.
1000 - Punch leading zeros.

ITSBIT 1852 Controls the format of the decimal registers (X,Y...) for punch output.
Any combination of the digits is acceptable. For example, 1101 will
punch leading and trailing zeros with decimal point.
Default= 0000 - Punch per postprocessor specification.
Range= 0000 - Punch per post processor specification.
0001 - Punch decimal point.
0010 - Punch sign.
0100 - Punch trailing zeros.
1000 - Punch leading zeros.

5-25
G-Post Reference Manual INTCOM Variables

Name Location Description

ITSBIT 1853 Specifies the contents of I,J and K registers for a circle block in
absolute mode.
Default= 01 - Absolute arc distances.
Range= 01 - Absolute arc distances
02 - Distance from center to start point.
03 - Distance from start point to center.
04 - Center coordinates.

ISTBIT 1854 Specifies the contents of I,J and K registers for a circle block in
incremental mode.
Default= 01 - Absolute arc distances.
Range= 01 - Absolute arc distances
02 - Distance from center to start point.
03 - Distance from start point to center.
04 - Center coordinates.

ITSBIT 1855 MULTAX CL file options.

Default= 01 - Accept MULTAX CL file.
Range= 00 - Do not accept MULTAX CL file.
01 - Accept MULTAX CL file
02 – Convert PTC NCL to MULTAX and accept CL file.

ITSBIT 1856 Controls the output of those points in the CL file, which have identical
coordinates and appear in succession.
Default= 01 - Output the repeat point.
Range= 00 - Do not output repeat point.
01 - Output the repeat point.
02 - Output zero length move during MULTAX.

ITSBIT 1857 Controls the output of I,J and K registers in a circle block, when their
value is zero.
Default= 01 - Output IJK when zero.
Range= 00 - Do not output IJK when zero.
01 - Output IJK when zero.

ITSBIT 1858 Unsued

ITSBIT 1859 Controls the output if true radial feed rate calculations for circular
records.
Default= 00 - Do not adjust feedrate for circles.
Range= 00 - Do not adjust feedrate for circles.
01 - Adjust feedrate for circles by cutter radius.

ITSBIT 1860 Controls the output of sequence numbers on INSERT and PPRINT
records.
Default= 00 - Output SEQNO condition for INSERT,DISPLY.
Range= 00 - Output SEQNO condition for INSERT,DISPLY.
01 - Ignore SEQNO condition for INSERT,DISPLY.
02 - Ignore SEQNO condition for DISPLY.
03 - Ignore SEQNO condition for INSERT.

5-26
INTCOM Variables 5 Lathe Common

Name Location Description

ITSBIT 1861 Controls the print output of the tape information which appears to the
left of the verification print. This can be the tape image or optionally
edited for readability. The editing places a decimal point for decimal
registers (X,Y..) and does not suppress zeros for integer registers
(N,G..).
Default= 00 - Print the exact MCD image to the .LST file.
Range= 00 - Print the exact MCD image to the .LST file.
01 - Print the edited MCD image to the .LST file.

ITSBIT 1862 Selects this appropriate mode before the output of a rapid block.
Assume the current feed mode in the part program is IPR and your
machine tool requires that rapid must be in IPM mode. The post
processor will automatically switch to IPM to output the rapid block
and then switch back to IPR mode for the next move.
Default= 00 - Output Rapid in current mode.
Range= 00 - Output Rapid in current mode.
nn - Switch to mode (nn) to output Rapid.

ITSBIT 1863 Controls the Inverse Time Feed Rate circular move calculation.
Default= 00 - Use cicle arc length for circular feed rate calculations.
Range= 00 - Use cicle arc length for circular feed rate calculations.
01 - Use circle radius for circular feed rate calculations.

ITSBIT 1864 Controls the output of G codes on the next block..

Default= 00 - PREFUN/—,NEXT outputs only one G-code per block.
Range= 00 - PREFUN/—,NEXT outputs only one G-code per block.
01 - PREFUN/—,NEXT outputs multiple G-codes per block.

ITSBIT 1865 Controls the output of M codes on the next block..

Default= 00 - AUXFUN/—,NEXT outputs only one M-code per block.
Range= 00 - AUXFUN/—,NEXT outputs only one M-code per block.
01 - AUXFUN/—,NEXT outputs multiple M-codes per block.

ITSBIT 1866 Controls the output of tool time to LST file.

Default= 00 - Do not output tool times to list.
Range= 00 - Do not output tool times to list.
01 - Output tool times to list.
02 - Output block cycle times to list file.

ITSBIT 1867 Simulation mode option: When the post is in simulation mode, no
output is created for the print and punch files. All processing takes
place so that all common locations within the post are updated. This
option is normally set within FIL programs.
Default= 00 - Simulation mode is turned off.
Range= 00 - Simulation mode is turned off.
01 - Simulation mode is turned on.

ITSBIT 1868 Merging post option, See chapter 8 for details of using UNCMRG.
Default= 00 - Do not allow option file to be used by UNCMRG.
Range= 00 - Do not allow option file to be used by UNCMRG.
01 - Allow option file to be used by UNCMRG.

5-27
G-Post Reference Manual INTCOM Variables

Name Location Description

ITSBIT 1869 Controls blank spaces in INSERT statements.

Default= 00 - Suppress blanks from INSERT statement.
Range= 00 - Suppress blanks from INSERT statement.
01 - Allow blanks from INSERT statement to be output.

Note: Options 40 through 48 are for the MILL G-Post only.

ITSBIT 1870 Controls the motion analysis of rapid moves. This option applies only
to non-cycle RAPID moves.
Default = 00 - XY & ROTARY then Z (Advancing), Z then XY and
ROTARY (Retracting)
Range = 00 - XY & ROTARY then Z (Advancing), Z then XY and
ROTARY (Retracting)
01 - XYZ & ROTARY (Advancing & Retracting)
02 - XY then ROTARY then Z (Advancing), Z then XY and
ROTARY (Retracting)
03 - XY then ROTARY then Z (Advancing), Z then ROTARY
then XY (Retracting)
04 - ROTARY then XY then Z (Advancing), Z then ROTARY
then XY (Retracting)
05 – ROTARY then XY then Z (Advancing), Z then XY then
ROTARY (Retracting)

ITSBIT 1871 Applies to machines with canned cycles. The Z value can be output as
an absolute coordinate in a cycle block or as an incremental value
measured from the rapid stop point.
Default = 00 - Output Z as absolute value.
Range = 00 - Output Z as absolute value.
01- Output Z as incremental value.
02 - Output Z as absolute incremental value.

ITSBIT 1872 Controls the output of a positioning block after each tool change. This
positioning block will contain the tool change coordinates for automatic
tool change machines or the current axes position for manual tool
change machines. It is output after each tool change for alignment.
Default = 01 - Generate XYZ positioning block.
Range = 01 - Generate XYZ positioning block.
00 - Do not generate positioning block.
02 - Generate XYZABC positioning block.

ITSBIT 1873 Controls the output of motion in linear interpolation. Some machines
will not allow XYZ in the same block.
Default = 00 - XYZ in one block.
Range = 00 - XYZ in one block.
01 - XY block followed by Z.
-1 - Z block followed by XY.

ITSBIT 1874 Force the post processor to always output cycle motion in one block.
Default = 01 - CYCLE motion in one block.
Range = 00 - CYCLE motion analysis enabled.
01 - CYCLE motion in one block.

5-28
INTCOM Variables 5 Lathe Common

Name Location Description

ITSBIT 1875 Controls how the post processor processes a FROM statement.
Default = 02 - Process all FROM statements in the program.
Range = 00 - Ignore all FROM statement in the program.
01 - Process only the first FROM statement in the program.
02 - Process all FROM statements in the program.
03 - Process only the first FROM statement and output it as a
motion block (GOTO/…).

ITSBIT 1876 Controls the M-code to be output when the Auto Break feature
generates a break sequence.
Default = 30 - M-code is 30 for Auto Break.
Range = 30 - M-code is 30 for Auto Break.
Nn - Output Mnn on Auto Break.

ITSBIT 1877 Controls the value generated by the ARCSLP command for registers
(IJK) in a helical circular record.
Default = 00 - Absolute value of lead in radians.
Range = -1 - Disable ARCSLP, linearize the helical interpolation (G1).
00 - Absolute value of lead in radians.
01 - Lead in radians.
02 - Absolute value of lead in inch or metric units.
03 - Lead in inch or metric units.

ITSBIT 1878 Controls the Inverse Time Feed Rate calculations method.
Default = 00 - Inverse time feedrate uses iterative method.
Range = 00 - Inverse time feedrate uses iterative method.
01 - Inverse time feedrate uses analytical method.
02 - Inverse time feedrate uses analytical method and
disregard the tool length.
03 - Inverse time: L = x 2 + y2 + z2 ; R = a2 + b2 + c2; D =
√L+R
04 - Use ½ cutter height to shift tool tip along the tool axis to
calculate span length

Note: Inverse time feedrate always uses analytical method and disregards tool length with rotary tables, for the
inverse feedrate arc length D=SQRTF(LIN**2 + ROT**2). Use ½ cutter height to shift tool-tip along the tool-axis
to find the current span length

ITSBIT 1879 Used for handling the last point in a circular motion record if it falls
outside of the true arc of the circle.
Default = 00 - Do not check for last point on circle.
Range = 00 - Do not check for last point on circle.
01 - Output linear move if last point is not on the circle.
02 - Make end point correction but do not output the linear
move.

Note: Options 50 through 58 are for the Lathe G-Post only:

ITSBIT 1880 Controls how the post interprets the PITCH value.
Default = 00 - PITCH/t is threads per unit.
Range = 00 - PITCH/t is threads per unit.
01 - PITCH/t is direct lead.

5-29
G-Post Reference Manual INTCOM Variables

Name Location Description

ITSBIT 1881 Controls the X output for verification in the LST file.
Default = 00 - Print verification X in radius.
Range = 00 - Print verification X in radius.
01 - Print verification X in diameter.

ITSBIT 1882 Controls which turret is the primary on multi-turret posts.

Default = 00 - Primary turret default per specification.
Range = 00 - Primary turret default per specification.
148 - FRONT - Use the front turret as primary.
149 - REAR - Use the rear turret as primary.

ITSBIT 1883 Rrelates the CL coordinate axes to the Lathe coordinate axes, which
can be interchanged for the ease of programming.
Default = 01 - Horizontal: CL X=Lathe Z, CL Y=Lathe X. (default)
Range = 01 - Horizontal: CL X=Lathe Z, CL Y=Lathe X. (default)
02 - Vertical: CL X=Lathe X, CL Y=Lathe Z.

ITSBIT 1884 Specifies the sequence of output for the axis preset blocks under
SET/START,AUTO mode.
Default = 00 - Output axis preset block after T-code.
Range = 00 - Output axis preset block after T-code.
01 - Output axis preset block before T-code.

ITSBIT 1885 Sets the post as a 2 + 2 Lathe.

Default = 00 - Indicates this is not a 2 + 2 lathe.
Range = 00 - Indicates this is not a 2 + 2 lathe.
01 - Indicates this is a 2 + 2 lathe, no merging.
02 - Processor performs merging, do not print merge file.
03 - Controller performs merging, do not print merge file.
12 - Processor performs merging, print merge file.
13 - Controller performs merging, print merge file.

ITSBIT 1886 Controls the output of the thread lead registers when the thread lead is
equal to zero.
Default = 00 - Output zero in thread register.
Range = 00 - Output zero in thread register.
01 - Do not output zero in thread register.

ITSBIT 1887 Controls the absolute axis regiser multiplier.

Default = 00 - Output absolute registers as modified by the axis
multipliers.
Range = 00 - Output absolute registers as modified by the axis
multipliers.
01 - Output absolute registers the same as the input is
programmed.

ITSBIT 1888 Controls the thread lead registers (Modal/Non-Modal).

Default = 00 - Thread lead registers are non-modal.
Range = 00 - Thread lead registers are non-modal.
01 - Thread registers are modal.

ITSBIT 1889 Unused

5-30
INTCOM Variables 5 Lathe Common

Name Location Description

ITSBIT 1890 Determines which of the previous registers a MODE/INCR or

MODE/INCR,OFF empties.
Default = 00 - MODE/INCR empties PREV A to Z.
Range = 00 - MODE/INCR empties PREV A to Z.
01 - MODE/INCR empties PREV XYZABC only.

ITSBIT 1891 Controls loading the verification registers with the POSTN statement.
Verification is INTCOM locations 27 through 52. Verify A=27, Verify
Z=52.
Default = 00 - POSTN load A-Z and verification (A-Z) (non-modal).
Range = 00 - POSTN load A-Z and verification (A-Z) (non-modal).
01 - POSTN loads A-Z only; verification registers are not
loaded (non-modal).
10 - POSTN load A-Z and verification (A-Z). (modal)
11 - POSTN loads A-Z only; verification registers are not
loaded (modal).

ITSBIT 1892 Suppresses the output of dwell times in the verification column for the
DELAY statement.
Default = 00 - DELAY outputs verification.
Range = 00 - DELAY outputs verification.
01 - Suppress DELAY verification.

ITSBIT 1893 Allows blanks to be output with the multiple address string. Setting this
option to an ASCII pointer value will allow spaces to replace the
character that is designated.
Default = 00 - Suppress blanks from punch file.
Range = 00 - Suppress blanks from punch file.
n - IASCII (n) is used to output blanks to punch file.

ITSBIT 1894 Controls the ISO mode for G/M codes.

Default = 00 - G and M codes cannot be longer than 2 digits.
Range = 00 - G and M codes cannot be longer than 2 digits.
01 - G and M codes can be longer than 2 digits.

ITSBIT 1895 Selects the mwthod by which the FEDRAT F code is output.
Default = 00 - Use normal F FEDRAT
Range = 00 - Use normal FEDRAT
01 - Use FEDRAT table codes.
02 - Use a FEDRAT formula for FEDRAT, the formula is
stored in DBLCOM(88)

ITSBIT 1896 – 1899 Unused

ITSBIT 1900 - 1907 User Generated Blocks (OBSOLETE)

ITSBIT 1908 – 1910 Unused

ITSBIT 1911 Unused

5-31
G-Post Reference Manual INTCOM Variables

Name Location Description

ITSBIT 1912 Controls the handling of CL points with 3 parameters when MULTAX
is enabled.
Default = 00 - If no tool axis is present retain the previous tool axis.
Range = 00 - If no tool axis is present retain the previous tool axis.
02 - If no tool axis is present set tool axis to 0,0,1

ITSBIT 1913 – 1916 Unused

ITSBIT 1917 Controls the printing of the input statements to the LST file.
Default = 00 - Do not print input statements in list file.
Range = 00 - Do not print input statements in list file.
01 - Print input statements in list file.

ITSBIT 1918 Controls the register modality.

Default = 00 - Motion registers XYZIJKABC are modal..
Range = 00 - Motion registers XYZIJKABC are modal..
01 - Motion registers GXYZIJKABCF are non-modal.
02 - Motion registers XYZIJKABC are non-modal.

ITSBIT 1919 Unused

ITSBIT 1920 Enabled/disables the use of the _MCDWT macro to edit the tape blocks
Default = 01 – Do not use the _MCDWT macro to edit the tape blocks.
Range = 01 – Do not use the _MCDWT macro to edit the tape blocks.
02 – Use the _MCDWT macro to edit the tapoe blocks.

ITSBIT 1921 Unused

ITSBIT 1922 Controls the output of the RAPID G code.

Default = 71 - Rapid G-code is modal.
Range = 71 - Rapid G-code is modal.
72 - Rapid G-code is non-modal.

ITSBIT 1923 Controls the number of degrees per block for the output of circular
interpolation.
Default = 360 – 360 degrees from the circle start point for a circle
record to break..
Range = 00 - Circle records break at every quadrant crossing
90, 180, 270, 360 - Number of degrees from the circle start
point for a circle record to break..

ITSBIT 1924 Controls the output to determine the center of the circle in a circular
interpolation block.
Default = 00 - Output IJK with circular G-codes.
Range = 00 - Output IJK with circular G-codes.
01 - Output R with circular G-codes.
02 - Output +R if angle is < 180, output –R if angle > 180.
03 - Same as 2 except if angle is = 360 output IJK.

5-32
INTCOM Variables 5 Lathe Common

Name Location Description

ITSBIT 1925 Controls the information output at the beginning of the punch file.
Default = 00 - Startup information. Output G-codes and PARTNO.
Range = 00 - Startup information. Output G-codes and PARTNO.
01 - Suppress startup G-codes.
02 - Suppress PARTNO at startup.
03 - Suppress G-codes and PARTNO at startup.

ITSBIT 1926 Unused

ITSBIT 1927 Controls the input verification print.

Default = 00 - Print input line number and CL record number.
Range = 00 - Print input line number and CL record number.
01 - Suppress CL and input line number.
02 - Suppress CL verification.
03 - Suppress input verification.

ITSBIT 1928 Unused

ITSBIT 1929 Used to designate a different rewind stop code at the end of the tape.
Default = 00 - Use PLABEL (11) as end of tape rewind stop.
Range = 00 - Use PLABEL (11) as end of tape rewind stop.
nn - Use IASCII (nn) as end of tape rewind stop code.

ITSBIT 1930 Unused

IVIEW 1931 EIA view flag for circular interpolation -1 = APT +X to APT
+Y will be IGCCLW +1 = APT +X to APT +Y will be IGCLW
Default = -1
Range = 1, -1

IWARN 1932 Total warnings in the current program

Default = 0
Range = 0 to 32766

IXA 1933 Letter address of ZAXIS for circular interpolation.

Default = 24 (X)
Range = 24 ZAXIS may be XAXIS with VTL

IYA 1934 Letter address of XAXIS for circular interpolation.

Default = 25 (Y)
Range = 25 XAXIS may be ZAXIS with VTL

1935 – 1941 Not used

KOMREG 1942 Offset number for tool offset

Default = 0
Range = 0 to 32767

5-33
G-Post Reference Manual INTCOM Variables

Name Location Description

KSYM(10) 1943 Array to contain the special characters for punch output.
(1) $ End of block(2) > Leader(3) = Rewind stop code
(4) / Block delete(5) * Tab(6) ( - Control out(7) ) - Control in
(8)- Not used(9)- Not used(10)- Not used
Default = (1) 36, (2) 62, (3) 61, (4) 47, (5) 42, (6) 40,
(7) 41, (8) 0, (9) 0, (10) 0
Range = 32 to 96

1953 Not used

LINCT 1954 Line count of the current page for the print output.
Default = 0
Range = 0 to 32766

LINSFM 1955 Flag to indicate for skipping SFM output for circular interpolation
Default = 72 (OFF)
Range = 71 (ON) or 72 (OFF)

MACHNO 1956 Current machine number of the part program.

Default = 0
Range = 0 to 99

MACHSW 1957 Flag to indicate MACHIN/ --,ON or OFF condition to skip

processing CL information.
Default = 72 (OFF)
Range = 71 (ON) or 72 (OFF)

MCHCRD 1958 Flag to tell if MACHIN statement is in the part program.

Default = 72 (OFF)
Range = 71 (ON) or 72 (OFF)

MCLFLD 1959 M-code for COOLNT/FLOOD.

Default = 8
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires an M-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require an M-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

MCLMST 1960 M-code for COOLNT/MIST.

Default = 7
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires an M-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require an M-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

MCLOFF 1961 M-code for COOLNT/OFF.

Default = 9
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires an M-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require an M-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

5-34
INTCOM Variables 5 Lathe Common

Name Location Description

MCLON 1962 Last M-code for COOLNT.

Default = MCLFLD INTCOM(1959)
Range = MCLFLD INTCOM(1959)
COOLNT/FLOOD M-code Default = 8
MCLMST INTCOM(1960):
COOLNT/MIST M-code Default = 7

MEND 1963 M-code for END.

Default = 2
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires an M-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require an M-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

MFDOFF 1964 M-code for FEDRAT/LOCK,OFF.

Default = 50
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires an M-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require an M-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

MFDON 1965 M-code for FEDRAT/LOCK,ON

Default = 51
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires an M-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require an M-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

MLOKOF 1967 M-code for SPINDL/LOCK,OFF

Default = 80
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires an M-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require an M-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

MLOKON 1968 M-code for SPINDL/LOCK,ON

Default = 81
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires an M-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require an M-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

MOPSTP 1969 M-code for OPSTOP.

Default = 1
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires an M-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require an M-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

MORINT 1970 M-code for SPINDL/ORIENT used in BORE/--ORIENT cycle.

Default = 5
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires an M-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require an M-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

MOVE 1971 Flag to indicate the type of move for the current GOTO point.
Default = 0
Range = 0 No move, 1 Z, 2 X, 3 ZX

5-35
G-Post Reference Manual INTCOM Variables

Name Location Description

1972 Not used

MRANGE(6) 1973 M-code for range select 1-6.

Default = (1) & (2) -32767 (IEMPTY)
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires an M-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require an M-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

MROTAT 1979 Combine Spindle G-Code with S-code output block.

Default = 0, No output spindle G-Code on separate line
1, Yes, combine spindle G-Code with S-Code block

MRWIND 1980 M-code for REWIND.

Default = 30
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires an M-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require an M-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

MSPCCW 1981 M-code for SPINDL/CCLW.

Default = 4
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires an M-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require an M-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

MSPCLW 1982 M-code for SPINDL/CLW.

Default = 3
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires an M-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require an M-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

MSPOFF 1983 M-code for SPINDL/OFF

Default = 5
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires an M-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require an M-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

MSTOP 1984 M-code for STOP.

Default = 0
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires an M-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require an M-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

MTRCCW 1985 M-code for turret CCLW index

Default = 24
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires an M-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require an M-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

MTRCLW 1986 M-code for turret CLW index

Default = 23
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires an M-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require an M-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

5-36
INTCOM Variables 5 Lathe Common

Name Location Description

MULTAX 1987 Flag to mark CL file type as MULTAX or non-MULTAX

Default = 3
Range = 3 (Not MULTAX, any other setting will cause post to abort.

MXLINE 1988 Maximum number of lines per page for the print output file
Default = 51
Range = 1 to 32766

NAXIS 1989 Number of axes in the post.

Default = 2
Range = 2 (Any other setting may cause post to abort.

NBLOCK 1990 Number of the punch output block.

Default = 0
Range = 0 to 32767

NCYCLE 1991 Current cycle requested by a CYCLE/ command. Pointer into

ICYCLE or ICYCLG array.
Default = 0
Range = 0 to 12 (After first CYCLE, will not return to 0)

NODIAG 1992 Flag to indicate if a Type 2000 command was processed.

Default = 0
Range = 0 - Off
1 - Type 2000 processed

MCRANG 1993 SP-RANGEM-code in lathe

Default = 0
Range = MRANGE(1-6) INTCOM(1973-1978)

NSPDHI(6) 1994 Highest location in each range for the spindle table.
Default = (1) 25, (2) 25, (3) 0, (4) 0, (5) 0, (6) 0
Range = 2 to 99

NSPDLW(6) 2000 Lowest location in each range for the spindle table.
Default = (1) 1, (2) 1, (3) 0, (4) 0, (5) 0, (6) 0
Range = 1 to 98

NSR 2006 Number of spindle ranges.

Default = 2
Range = 1 to 6

NTHBLK 2007 SEQNO option to output sequence number every nth block.
Default = 1
Range = 1 to 32766

NTOOL 2008 Pointer into the tool table for last tool stored.
Default = 0
Range = 0 to 99

NTTL 2009 Maximum number of tools allowed.

Default = 99
Range = 1 to 99

5-37
G-Post Reference Manual INTCOM Variables

Name Location Description

NTW 2010 Number of tape words for output.

Default = 11
Range = 1 to 26

NVW 2011 Total number of words for output. Tape words plus verification words.
Default = 17
Range = NTW (INTCOM(2010) + 1 to 6)

NXTSEQ 2012 Next sequence number to be output.

Default = 0
Range = 0 to 32766

NXTWRD 2013 Internal switch. ***Do not change.

NZDATA 2014 Counter for the number of Z parameters stored from CYCLE command
Default = 0
Range = 1 to 20 (After a CYCLE command)

2015 – 2018 Not used

ITITLE(33) 2019 Array for user title. Set within the Option File Generator;
***Cannot be set manually.

IOBLOK 2052 Flag for alignment block code.

Default = 0
Range = 0 - Off
1 - Output alignment code on next block.

IRPTYP 2053 Flag for RAPID in IPR or IPM.

Default = 0 (off)
Range = 0 (off) 1 rapid feed mode G-code was output

IRPFED 2054 Flag to save current FEED mode.

Default = 0
Range = IFMODE INTCOM (492)
IGIPM INTCOM(508) Default = 94
IGIPR INTCOM(509) Default = -32767 (IEMPTY)
IGINV INTCOM(507) Default = 93

2055 Not used

MULTG(4) 2056 Array to hold multiple G-codes.

Default = (1-4) -32767 (IEMPTY)
Range = Any G-code that fits the format

MULTM(4) 2060 Array to hold multiple M-codes.

Default = (1-4) -32767 (IEMPTY)
Range = Any M-code that fits the format

KCIRSW(3) 2064 Three way switch to indicate modal CIRCLE codes:

1 = G-code, 2 = XY Code, 3 = IJK code
Default = 72 (OFF)
Range = 71 (ON) or 72 (OFF)

5-38
INTCOM Variables 5 Lathe Common

Name Location Description

LETRAD 2067 Letter address for RADIUS register with circular interpolation.
Default = 0 (Unused)
Range = 0 to 26 (A-Z)

LOKTYP 2068 Switch to indicate location of SPINDL/LOCK code.

Default = 0 (off)
Range = 83 (BOTH) or 0 - Combine M-code with next block
52 (LAST) M-code in a block by itself

ITAPSW 2069 Switch to indicate location of SPINDL/OFF code in TAP CYCLE.

Default = 72 (OFF)
Range = 71 (ON) Spindle off M-code with Z move.
72 (OFF) Spindle off M-code after Z move.

IACTSW 2070 Switch to indicate motion from Type 2000 command.

***Do not change.

IRPSAV 2071 Saves RAPID switch for Type 2000 motion.

Default = 0 (Off)
Range = 0, (IRAPSW INTCOM(0856)) Default = 72 (OFF)
71 (ON)
72 (OFF)

ICYCSV 2072 Saves CYCLE switch for Type 2000 motion.

Default = 0 (Off)
Range = 0, (ICYCSW INTCOM(0482))
See ICYCSW for settings

JRAPAD 2073 RAPID address.

Default = 0 (Unused)
Range = 0 to 26 (A-Z)

IGINMT 2074 Current inch/metric G-code.

Default = IGINCH INTCOM(0506)
Range = IGINCH INTCOM(0506) Default = 70
IGMTRC INTCOM(0511) Default = 71

2075 – 2078 Not used

2079 Internal switch, ***Do not reset

2080 – 2209 Not used

IBRKFL 2210 Flag to indicate an auto break point has been reached on tape length.
Default = 0 (off)
Range = 0 - off
1 - Maximum on GOHOME
2 - Maximum on TURRET
3 - Maximum on OPSTOP
4 - Maximum on STOP
5 - Maximum no KEYWORD

5-39
G-Post Reference Manual INTCOM Variables

Name Location Description

IBRKWD(5) 2211 Flags used in automatic break to indicate which words

(GOHOME, TURRET, OPSTOP, STOP) to break on.
Default = 0 (off)
Range = (1) - 1 Break on GOHOME
(2) - 1 Break on TURRET
(3) - 1 Break on OPSTOP
(4) - 1 Break on STOP
(5) - 1 Break on length of tape

JPARAD(26,9) 2216 Array containing the para-macro strings to be substituted for

letter addresses. Strings are in the same sequence as JADDR.
The first eight positions contain the string. The ninth position
contains the ON/OFF switch.
Default = -32767: (IEMPTY)
Range = (n,1-8) - 32 to 96
(n,9) - -32767 (IEMPTY) (off) - 71 (ON)

ITY5SW 2450 ***Obsolete

IDCNTR(2) 2451 PARTNO increment option for multiple punch files.

(1): PARTNO Column to be incremented
(2): Starting increment number
Default = (1) 0 (not used)
(2) 0
Range = (1) 1-66
(2) 0-9

JADTHD 2453 Threading address (when not I K)

Default = 0 (Unused)
Range = 0 to 26 (A-Z)

IERFIN 2454 If greater than 0, processing terminates when warning count

exceeds this number.
Default = 0 (off)
Range = 1 - 32766

IDSFMT 2455 Flag to indicate CSFM available

Default = 0 (no)
Range = 0 (no), 1 (yes)

ITIRET 2456 Threading retract flag for I (APT X)

Default = 0 (off)
Range = 0 (off)
1 - couplet is absolute
2 - couplet is incremental

JTIRET 2457 Threading retract flag for J (APT Y)

Default = 0 (off)
Range = 0 (off)
1 - couplet is absolute
2 - couplet is incremental

5-40
INTCOM Variables 5 Lathe Common

Name Location Description

IRPTSW 2458 Switch to indicate a REPEAT command has been programmed.

Default = 0 (off)
Range = 71 (ON) or 72 (OFF)

IOPSKN(9) 2459 Multiple OPSKIP numbers, output with the multiple OPSKIP option.
Default = -32767 (IEMPTY) (off)
Range = 1 - 32766

MSKPSW 2468 Multiple OPSKIP switch.

Default = 72 (OFF)
Range = 71 (ON) or 72 (OFF)

KALISW 2495 Switch to indicate if KSYM alias is on

Default = 72 (OFF)
Range = 71 (ON) or 72 (OFF)

KSALIS(8,8) 2496 ASCII pointers for KSYM alias (1,1-8) - KSYM(1) (2,1-8)
Default = 0 (unused)
Range = 0, 32 - 96

MCLTHH 3421 COOLNT/THRU,HIGH M-code

Default = 18
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires an M-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require an M-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

MCLTHL 3422 COOLNT/THRU,LOW M-code

Default = 17
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires an M-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require an M-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

MCLFLH 3423 COOLNT/FLOOD,HIGH M-code

Default = 28
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires an M-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require an M-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

MCLFLL 3424 COOLNT/FLOOD,LOW M-code

Default = 27
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires an M-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require an M-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

ICLXYZSW 3425 COOLNT output with next XY block.

Default = 0 (off)
Range = 0 (off) , 1 (on)

ICLOUTSW 3426 Internal switch used with COOLNT. ***Do not reset.

ISELSW 3427 Switch for G code output with SELECT.

Default = 0 (off)
Range = 0 (off) , 1 (on)

5-41
G-Post Reference Manual INTCOM Variables

Name Location Description

ISELGDEF 3428 Default G-code for SELECT

Default = 54
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires a G-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require a G-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

ISELGMIN 3429 Minimum G-code for SELECT

Default = 54
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires a G-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require a G-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

ISELGMAX 3430 Maximum G-code for SELECT

Default = 59
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires a G-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require a G-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

ISELXYZSW 3431 SELECT output with next XY block.

Default = 0 (off)
Range = 0 (off) , 1 (on)

ISELEQZERO 3432 Output SELECT if equal to zero.

Default = 0 (yes)
Range = 0 (yes) , 1 (no)

ISELOUTSW 3433 Internal switch used with SELECT. ***Do not reset.

ISELG 3434 Internal switch used with SELECT. ***Do not reset.

ICIRFDN 3436 Output redundant F-code with quadrant crossing circle output.
Default = 0 (off)
Range = 0 (off) , 1 (on)

MCLSW 3439 COOLNT/ON switch.

Default = 0 (off)
Range = 0 (off) , 1 (on)

KKDOFF 3440 Internal switch used with CUTCOM, ***Do not reset.

KKXYSW 3441 Output CUTCOM with next XY block.

Default = 0 (off)
Range = 0 (off) , 1 (on)

KKRSW 3442 Output CUTCOM offset address (D) with G-code.

Default = 0 (off)
Range = 0 (off) , 1 (on)

IGSPMX 3443 SPINDL MAXRPM G-code.

Default = 92
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires a G-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require a G-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

5-42
INTCOM Variables 5 Lathe Common

Name Location Description

ITLSPC(2) 3444 The current turning condition TLSPEC/RIGHT-LEFT,OUT-IN

Default = (1) 1
Range = 1(Right), -1 (Left)
Default = (2) 1
Range = 1(Out), -1 (In)

IGTAPF 3446 CYCLE/TAP,---,HIGH Flag

Default = 0 (off)
Range = 0 (off) , 1 (on)

IGTAPH 3447 CYCLE/TAP,---,HIGH G-code.

Default = 841
Range = 0-32767 if the feature requires a M-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require an M-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

IGTAPD 3448 CYCLE/TAP,---,HIGH G-code decimal point location.

Default = 1
Range = 0-32767

JSCPAD 3449 CYCLE/--- Secondary clearance plane address.

Default = 0 No secondary clearance plane.
Range = 1-26 Alpha A-Z or 0 for No secondary Clearance Plane.

ITLOFF(2) 3450 The current tool offset condition

TLSPEC/OFFSET,RIGHT-LEFT-ON,OUT-IN-ON
Default = (1) 0
Range = 1(Right), 0 (On), -1 (Left)
Default = (2) 0
Range = 1(Out), 0 (On), -1 (In)

ITHD76 3452 G76 Threading cycle switch

Default = 0 (off)
Range = 0 (off) , 1 (on)

ITHRDS(10) 3453 G76 Threading parameters, after parsing the command.

Default = 0 (all)

ITHRDS(1) 3453 G76 Threading parameters, -1 (LEFT) or 1 (RIGHT) Switch

Internal setting.

ITHRDS(2) 3454 G76 Threading parameters, -1 (IN) or 1 (OUT) Switch

Internal setting.

ITHRDS(3) 3455 G76 Threading parameters, BOTH Switch 1=ON, 0=OFF

Internal setting.

ITHRDS(4) 3456 G76 Threading parameters, OPSKIP Switch 1=ON, 0=OFF

Internal setting.

ITHRDS(5) 3457 G76 Threading parameters, OPSTOP Switch 1=ON, 0=OFF

Internal setting.

5-43
G-Post Reference Manual INTCOM Variables

Name Location Description

ITHRDS(6) 3458 G76 Threading parameters, REPEAT Switch 1=ON, 0=OFF

Internal setting.

ITHRDS(7) 3459 G76 Threading parameters, TAPER Switch 1=ON, 0=OFF

Internal setting.

ITHRDS(8) 3460 G76 Threading parameters, Not used

Internal setting.

ITHRDS(9) 3461 G76 Threading parameters, Not used

Internal setting.

ITHRDS(10) 3462 G76 Threading parameters, Not used

Internal setting.

ITHG1 3463 G76 Threading cycle 1st line G-code.

Default = 76
Range = 0-32767

ITHG2 3464 G76 Threading cycle 2nd line G-code.

Default = 76
Range = 0-32767

ITHP1 3465 G76 Threading cycle, 1st line P-code format

Default = 60
Range = 0-32767

ITHQ1 3466 G76 Threading cycle, 1st line Q-code format

Default = 40
Range = 0-32767

ITHR1 3467 G76 Threading cycle, 1st line R-code format

Default = 31
Range = 0-32767

ITHP2 3468 G76 Threading cycle, 2nd line P-code format

Default = 40
Range = 0-32767

ITHQ2 3469 G76 Threading cycle, 2nd line Q-code format

Default = 40
Range = 0-32767

ITHR2 3470 G76 Threading cycle, 2nd line R-code format

Default = 31
Range = 0-32767

ITHF2 3471 G76 Threading cycle, 2nd line F-code format

Default = 31
Range = 0-32767

ITHDP 3472 G76 Threading cycle, P-code address

Default = 16
Range = 1-26 Alpha A-Z

5-44
INTCOM Variables 5 Lathe Common

Name Location Description

ITHDQ 3473 G76 Threading cycle, Q-code address

Default = 17
Range = 1-26 Alpha A-Z

ITHDP 3474 G76 Threading cycle, R-code address

Default = 18
Range = 1-26 Alpha A-Z

ITHP1S 3475 G76 Threading cycle, 1st line P-code specification

Default = 1100
1 or 0 1 or 0 1 or 0 1 or 0
Range = leading zero, trailing zero ,plus sign, decimal point

ITHQ1S 3476 G76 Threading cycle, 1st line Q-code specification

Default = 1100
1 or 0 1 or 0 1 or 0 1 or 0
Range = leading zero, trailing zero ,plus sign, decimal point

ITHR1S 3477 G76 Threading cycle, 1st line R-code specification

Default = 0001
1 or 0 1 or 0 1 or 0 1 or 0
Range = leading zero, trailing zero ,plus sign, decimal point

ITHP2S 3478 G76 Threading cycle, 2nd line P-code specification

Default = 1100
1 or 0 1 or 0 1 or 0 1 or 0
Range = leading zero, trailing zero ,plus sign, decimal point

ITHQ2S 3479 G76 Threading cycle, 2nd line Q-code specification

Default = 1100
1 or 0 1 or 0 1 or 0 1 or 0
Range = leading zero, trailing zero ,plus sign, decimal point

ITHR2S 3480 G76 Threading cycle, 2nd line R-code specification

Default = 0001
1 or 0 1 or 0 1 or 0 1 or 0
Range = leading zero, trailing zero ,plus sign, decimal point

ITHF2S 3481 G76 Threading cycle, 2nd line F-code specification

Default = 0001
1 or 0 1 or 0 1 or 0 1 or 0
Range = leading zero, trailing zero ,plus sign, decimal point

ITHDF 3482 G76 Threading cycle, F-code address

Default = 6
Range = 1-26 Alpha A-Z

ISTART10SW 3483 Output 10 lines of user defined output at startup switch.

Default = 0 (off)
Range = 0 (off) , 1 (on)

ISTART10LN 3485 Number of lines to be output at startup.

Default = 0
Range = 0 -10

5-45
G-Post Reference Manual INTCOM Variables

Name Location Description

ISTART10(330) 3485 10 lines, 66 characters per line, of user defined output.

This array can only be loaded by the OFG.
***Do not change.

IPGMNUMSW 3815 Output a program number at the start switch.

Default = 0 (off)
Range = 0 (off) , 1 (on)

IPGMPROSW 3816 Prompt for the program number at the start switch.
Default = 0 (off)
Range = 0 (off) , 1 (on)

IPGMPROMPT(33) 3817 The program number prompt string, 66 characters.

This array can only be loaded by the OFG.
***Do not change.

IPGMPRE(5) 3850 The program number prefix string 10 characters.

This array can only be loaded by the OFG.
***Do not change.

IPGMPOST(5) 3855 The program number suffix string, 10 characters.

This array can only be loaded by the OFG.
***Do not change.

IPGMNCH 3860 Maximum number of characters in program number.

Default = 1
Range = 1-33

IPGMALPHASW 3861 Allow Alpha-Numeric program numbers.

Default = 0 (off) Numeric only
Range = 0 (off) , 1 (on) Alpha-Numeric

IPGMNUMBER(23) 3862 The program number string, 46 characters.

This array is set internally. ***Do not change.

IPGMBLOCK(33) 3885 The program number output block, 66 characters.

This array is set internally. ***Do not change.

IPGMNUMBERDEF(23) 3918 The program number default, 46 characters.

This array can only be loaded by the OFG. ***Do not change.

ITIMESTAMPSW 3941 Output a CPU time stamp at startup switch.

Default = 0 (off)
Range = 0 (off) , 1 (on)

ITIMESTAMP(33) 3942 The time stamp string, 66 characters.

This array is set internally. ***Do not change.

ICYCAMLTR 3975 CYCLE/---,CAM letter address

Default = 0
Range = 1-26 Alpha A-Z

5-46
INTCOM Variables 5 Lathe Common

Name Location Description

ICYDWELTR 3976 CYCLE/---,LOCK letter address

Default = 0
Range = 1-26 Alpha A-Z

3977 Not used for lathe

3978 Not used for lathe

3979 Not used for lathe

IFINI10SW 3980 Output 10 lines of user defined output at end switch.

Default = 0 (off)
Range = 0 (off) , 1 (on)

IFINI10LN 3981 Number of lines to be output at end.

Default = 0
Range = 0 -10

IFINI10(330) 3982 10 lines, 66 characters per line, of user defined end output.
This array can only be loaded by the OFG. ***Do not change.

4312 Not used for lathe

ITLADJ 4313 Output the tool length compensation number the same as the tool
number when not specified in the LOADTL statement.
Default = 0 = Off
Range = 0 = Off
1 = On

ICCADJ 4314 Output the cutter compensation diameter offset number the same as the
tool number when not specified in the CUTCOM statement.

ITLPRE 4315 Create the tool list file .TL1.

Default = 0 Off, No tool list file is created
Range = 0 Off, No tool list file is created.
= 1 Tool list file .TL1 is created

IG98G99 4316 Switch to ignore PULBAC in CYCLE commands.

Default = 0, Use the PULBAC commands
Range = 0, Use the PULBAC commands
= 1 Ignore the PULBAC commands in CYLCE

4317 - 4333 Not used for lathe

IG9899CODE 4336 G-Code for the PULBAC command in CYCLE.

Default = 0, Use the specified value in the PULBAC command.
= 1-999, Use this value for the G-Code always, ignore
specified value.

ICYOUTABC 4337 Output the current ABC values in the CYCLE block.
Default = 0, Always output the current ABC values in the CYCLE
block.
= 1, Do not output ABC in the CYCLE block.

5-47
G-Post Reference Manual INTCOM Variables

Name Location Description

IPTCUNITFG 4338 PTC UNITS command flag.

Default = 0,Evaluate the UNITS commands as normal.
= 1, Evaluate the UNITS commands per PTC specification.

IG1MODALFG 4339 Linear G-Code modal flag.

Default = 0,linear G-Code in non-modal
= 1,. Linear G-Code is modal

ICRCTCOMFG 4340 Output G02/G03 when the circular and CUTCOM plane do not match.
Default = 0, Do not output G02/G03
= 1, Output G02/G03 when the CUTCOM plane doesn’t match.

4341 - 4352 Not used

ISIMTIMCTR 4353 Add cycle time during simulation mode.

Default = 0, Do not add cycle times for simulation mode
= 1, Add cycle time for simulation mode.

JAFTRAD(26,9) 4359 Array containing the para-macro strings to be added following

The letter address values. Strings are in the same sequence as JADDR.
The first eight positions contain the string. The ninth position
contains the ON/OFF switch.
Default = -32767: (IEMPTY)
Range = (n,1-8) - 32 to 96
(n,9) - -32767 (IEMPTY) (off) - 71 (ON)

JDECONT 4593 Decimal output option.

Default = 0, Normal output X12.
= 1, Output X12
= 2, Output X12.0 or X0.12

4594 - 4599 Not used

ITAPFLEXT(7) 4600 Optional tape file extension set by user in Optfile I4600=0/1 and
Up to 6-characters stored in I4601-4606 similar to Alias ASCII index.
Only valid filename characters (0-9,A-Z and Underscore) are valid.
Default = 0, default file extension
= 1, Use file extension define in Optfile

IG9899COD1 4607 G98/G99 initial retract G code

Default = 98
Range = 0-32767

IG9899COD2 4608 G98/G99 full retract G code

Default = 99
Range = 0-32767

4609 - 4635 Not used

ICYCSAMPT 4635 Repeat CYCLE identical point.

Default = 0, Do not repeat CYCLE identical point
= 1, Repeat CYCLE identical point.

5-48
INTCOM Variables 5 Lathe Common

Name Location Description

4536 - 4640 Not used

ICYSCPLTYP 4641 CYCLE secondary clearance plane output.

Default = 0, Output incremental from Z
= 1, Output absolute value

ISPNMOTGLF 4642 SPINDL code output flag.

Default = 0, Output SPINDL code on a block by itself
= 1, Output SPINDL code with the next XY block
= 2, Output SPINDL code with the next Z block

ICVBINFLG 4643 Reading a CV binary CL file flag.

Default = 0, No
= 1, Yes

4644 - 4647 Not Used

IGHMPVUPFLG 4648 Automatically update PREVMP when GOHOME is used..

Default = 0, No
= 1, Yes

4649 - 4650 Not Used

IFLGRPINS 4651 REPLAC will insert a new block.

Default = 0, No
= 1, Yes

JNSV 4652 Flag to output SEQNO with REPLAC insert..

Default = 0, No
= 1, Yes

IDPLTRNEG 4653 Option will output CYCLE/DEEP INCR values as negative.

Default = 0, No (INCR always positive)
= 1, Yes (output as programmed, negative or positive)

4654 - 4657 Not Used.

IPRNCMDOPT 4658 When PLABEL/OPTION,87=1,a new flag INTCOM(4658)

will provide further control of print/input
statement. It is a 4-digit field to be set as
no=0 or yes=1 for each option below:
Default = 0000 to print all commands as before.

Skip printing of FIL generated commands (1st digit)

Skip printing of PPRINT text commands (2nd digit)
Skip printing of INSERT text commands (3rd digit)
Skip printing of PARTNO text commands (4th digit)

Example: INTCOM(4658)=1000 will suppress printing of FIL

generated input commands.

NOTE: You must still set PLABEL/OPTION,87 or INTCOM(1917)=1

5-49
G-Post Reference Manual INTCOM Variables

Name Location Description

IPRNFCDOPT 4659 Option to print Verify-F in IPM/IPR.

Default = 0, Print Verify-F in IPM
= 1, Print Verify-F in IPR
= 2, Print Verify-F in IPM or IPR per current feed rate mode

ICYCUGCMD 4660 Option to process UG CYCLE commands.

Default = 0, FIL will process UG CYCLE commands
= 1, G-Post to process UG CYCLE, accept FEDTO Z as is
= 2, G-Post to process UG CYCLE, make FEDTO Z positive
= 3, G-Post to process UG CYCLE, reverse sign of FEDTO Z

4661 - 4666 Not Used

IMOUTPTFG 4667 _OUTPT Macro flag. Set to enable or disable the _OUTPT macro.
Default = 0, Disabled _OUTPT tape block editor macro.
= 1, Enabled _OUTPT tape block editor macro.

4668 Not Used

IPGMLDBLK 4669 Skip the leading blanks and leading slash (/) character in the PARTNO
statement.
Default = 0, Use the 1st character in PARTNO.
= 1, Skip leading blanks and slash (/) in count

4670 - 4672 Not Used

ITSQSTPIN 4673 THREAD/AUTO step-in move thread mode

Default = 0, Step-in move is at feed/rapid
= 1, Step-in move is in thread/on mode

IG9899MODL 4674 G98/G99 Modal flag, to be repeated after G80 z-retract

(Cycle Motion Analysis)
Default = 0, G98/G99 code is modal, output for new CYCLE/cmd
= 1, G98/G99 code is non-modal, also output after G80-retract

IG94CYCG00 4675 Skip G94/G95 prep code output with G00 blocks inside CYCLE output
Default = 0, Output G94/G95 for any RAPID block if set by IC(1862)
= 1, Skip G94/G95 for RAPID if inside CYCLE output

IGPDBGSQN 4676 Execute G-Post in Debug Mode, run the G-Post Debugger interface
Default = 0, Debug mode off
= 1, Enable G-Post debug mode and user interface

ISM840DCYF 4677 Option to output Siemens 840D cycle format

Default = 0, Siemens CYCLE81() format not required

= 1, Output Siemens CYCLE81() format, non-modal
= 2, Output Siemens CYCLE81() format, modal

4678 Not Used

4679 Not Used

5-50
INTCOM Variables 5 Lathe Common

Name Location Description

IHTMPACKFG 4680 HTML Packager options common. Each or the five digits at I4680
can be set to (0 or 1)to pick a file or selection of a file for packaging.
Default = 0, Do not package files into HTML format
= 00001, Add input (*.apt,*.acl,*.ncl) to package
= 00010, Add output (*.lst) to package
= 00100, Add output (*.tap) to package
= 01000, Add Option file uncx01.pnn to package
= 10000, Add FIL file uncx01.fnn to package

ISMTABFLG 4682 Generate tool simulation file containing time and absolute
positions for each of the XYZABC axes
Default = 0, No time and absolute position file needed
= 1, Generate time and absolute position file for XYZABC

ISM840ARTF 4683 Siemens 840D ROT and/or TRANS cycle format

NOTE: This common is part of the Lathe G-Post but not used since
there are no tool axis vectors.

Default = 0, Do not output ROT cycle format

= 1, Output ROT cycle format for any tool axis
= 2, Output ROT and TRANS cycle format for any tool axis

4687 – 4697 Not used, reserved for G-Post Mill only.

ITCHGIDBEF 4698 User defined blocks output before the tool change block.
Default: = 0, No blocks output
Range: = 1 – 10, Number of blocks to output

ITCHGIDAFT 4699 User defined blocks output after the tool change block.
Default: = 0, No blocks output
Range: = 1 – 10, Number of blocks to output

IPGMRENPU1 4701 Flag to re-name the MCD / Tape file using the (PGM) Program
Number (e.g., 01234.pu1 where 01234 is the Program Number from the
Option File Generator) instead of the default name. The default file
name is test.pu1 or test.tap if "test" is the name of the input file such as
"test.apt" or "test.ncl".

NOTE: This option will not work with merging posts.

Default = 0, Use the default file name

= 1, Use the program number as file name
= 2, Use the program number, skip prefix string
= 3, Use the program number, skip postfix string
= 4, Use the program number, skip pre and postfix strings

IMPR2MCFG 4702 INTCOM location reserved as internal G-Post trace flag to be used with
PRTMCH functions. *** Do not use this location.

IMMC2PRFG 4703 INTCOM location reserved as internal G-Post trace flag to be used with
PRTMCH functions. *** Do not use this location.

5-51
G-Post Reference Manual INTCOM Variables

Name Location Description

4704 – 4715 Not used, reserved for G-Post Mill only.

IGPBLDNUMB 4716 INTCOM location reserved as internal G-Post location to stored the G-
Post Build Number that is printed in the LST file.
*** Do not alter this location.

4717 – 4726 Not used, reserved for G-Post Mill only.

INCLDOLC72 4727 The CL file can contain a PPRINT / cmd with $-sign in column-72 or
73 for continuation, this generates a conversion error. This common
must be set to correct this. It must be set in the option file manually or
in the set common panel of Option File Generator.
Default = 0, Do not test for $ in column-72
= 1, Enable test for $ in column-72

4728 - 4736 Not used, reserved for G-Post Mill only

ITCHGIDSPF 4737 Tool change user block 1st-2nd-last tool option

Default 0=Apply same user blocks for all tools
1=Apply 1st-2nd-last tool user blocks

ITCHGIDBEF1 4738 User comment blocks before 1st-tool change

Default = 0, do not output comment
= n, output n-comment lines

ITCHGIDAFT1 4739 User comment blocks after 1st-tool change

Default = 0, do not output comment
= n, output n-comment lines

ITCHGIDBEF2 4740 User comment blocks before 2nd-tool change

Default = 0, do not output comment
= n, output n-comment lines

ITCHGIDAFT2 4741 User comment blocks after 2nd-tool change

Default = 0, do not output comment
= n, output n-comment lines

ITCHGIDBEF3 4742 User comment blocks before last-tool change

Default 0=do not output comment
n=output n-comment lines

ITCHGIDAFT3 4743 User comment blocks after last-tool change

Default = 0, do not output comment
= n, output n-comment lines

IOPMRPBWDM 4744 Start seqeunce Minor word

Default = 0, None
= 1, SPINDL/s-ON
= 2, COOLNT/ON-MIST-FLOOD
= 3, CUTCOM/LEFT-RIGHT-ON
= nnnn, User defined minor word code like ON=71

5-52
INTCOM Variables 5 Lathe Common

Name Location Description

IOPMRPEWDM 4745 Stop seqeunce Minor word

Default = 0, None
= 1, SPINDL/OFF
= 2, COOLNT/OFF
= 3, CUTCOM/OFF
= nnnn, User defined minor word code like OFF=72

IOPTVERNMB 4746 Optfile uncx01.pnn version number from 1st line V6.5
Default = 0, None
= n, Version number as 65

KG9899CODE 4747 Flag to indicate that a G98 or G99 has been loaded for output by
CYCLE/--,PULBAC command. This is an internal flag to remove it in
case of a software cycle was detected automatically later.
Default = 0, None
= n, 98 or 99 for G98 or G99 code has been output

KCYDWLMDLF 4748 Flag to indicate that a CYCLE/--,DELAY,d dwell value specified in

cycle command to remain as modal or set back to zero, meaning user
will restate dwell as needed in the new cycle command.
Default = 0, Modal
= 1, Non modal, reset dwell value to zero

4749 Not used, reserved for G-Post Mill only.

KOPTHCLRDSTF 4750 Flag to indicate that a OP/THREAD to use the current point as set in
threading menu CLEAR_DIST=d or use the default of 0.05 as before.
Default = 0, Use 0.05 default distance and RAPID to thread start point
= 1, Use set CLEAR_DIST and feed to thread start point.

KCYCLPNTCNTR 4751 GOTO/point counter after a CYCLE/cmd, will be reset by

CYCLE/OFF.
Default = 0
= n, Incremented for each cycle GOTO/point by one.

KCYCLPNTRVAL 4752 CYCLE G81 R-value is from last-Z instead of the default Drill height.
This applies only to hardware cycles to support Mori-Seki type of
machines.
Default = 0, R is from Drill-Z
= 1, R is from Last-Z output as positive value
= 2, R is from Last-Z output with a sign (Only be set in FIL)

4753 Not Used

ITAPOPTCORF 4754 Flag to auto correct tape address problems in legacy Option files (.Pnn).
Default = 0, No
= 1, Yes

5-53
G-Post Reference Manual DBLCOM Variables

5.3 Lathe DBLCOM Variables

Name Location Description

0001 – 0003 Not used

CANON(6) 0004 XYZIJK of the circle center from the Type 3000 command
Default = 0.0
Range = (1-3) +-99999.0, (4-6) +-1.0

CIRCEN(6) 0010 XYZ of the circle center translated by ORIGIN and TRANS
Default = 0.0
Range = (1-3) +-99999.0, (4-6) Unused

CIRRAD 0016 Current circle radius

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

CLPT(6) 0017 Last XYZ values from CL record

Default = 0.0
Range = (1-3) +-99999.0, (4-6) +-1.0

CNVMM 0023 Conversion factor from inches to millimeters

Default = 25.4
Range = (1/25.4) or 25.4

CNVSM 0024 Conversion factor from seconds to minutes

Default = .0167
Range = Do not change

CPRUNT 0025 Conversion factor to find length of tape unit from character
count that is 10 characters per inch
Default = 10.0
Range = 10.0 or .39370079

CPS 0026 Tape reader speed in chars/sec

Default = 300.0
Range = 1 to 99999.0

0027 – 0030 Not used

CYCLTM 0031 Current cycle time of tape

Default = 0.0
Range = .01 to 99999.0

0032 – 0043 Not used

CYDWEL(12) 0044 Array to store cycle dwell values

0044 Dwell value for CYCLE/DRILL

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

5-54
DBLCOM Variables 5 Lathe Common

Name Location Description

0045 Dwell value for CYCLE/CSINK

Default = 2.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

0046 Dwell value for CYCLE/DEEP

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

0047 Dwell value for CYCLE/TAP

Default = 2.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

0048 Dwell value for CYCLE/BORE

Default = 2.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

0049 Dwell value for CYCLE/REAM

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

0050 Dwell value for CYCLE/THRU

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

0051 Dwell value for CYCLE/FACE

Default = 2.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

0052 – 0055 Not used

DELTA(6) 0056 XY delta moves

Default = 0.0
Range = (1-2) +-99999.0

DELTA(3-6) 0058 Not used

0062 – 0067 Not used

DEPMAX 0068 Maximum linear departure that can be output in one block
Default = 99.9999
Range = +-99999.0

DIST 0069 Amount of distance traveled per move.

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

0070 – 0071 Not used

DRAPTO 0072 Segmentation distance for FEDRAT/RAPTO

Default = 0.3
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

5-55
G-Post Reference Manual DBLCOM Variables

Name Location Description

DWELMN(1) 0073 Minimum dwell in IPM mode

Default = 0.0001
Range = .00001 to 99999.0

DWELMN(2) 0074 Minimum dwell in IPR mode

Default = 0.01
Range = .00001 to 99999.0

DWELMX(1) 0075 Maximum dwell in IPM mode

Default = 99.9999
Range = .00001 to 99999.0

DWELMX(2) 0076 Maximum dwell in IPR mode

Default = 99.99
Range = .00001 to 99999.0

DWELS(10) 0077 Array to store automatic dwell time for certain functions. For
example, the T-code output for turret.
Default = (1) 2.0, (2-10) 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

DWELTM 0087 Contains the dwell time required and output by dwell routine
Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

EMPTY 0088 Real empty flag 999999.0; *** Do not change!

EPSLN 0089 A small real value 0.0000001; ***Do not change!

FACTOR 0090 Conversion factor for inch/metric

Default = 1.0
Range = (1/25.4), 25.4, 1.0

FCPM 0091 Cycle feed value requested in IPM

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

FCPR 0092 Cycle feed value requested in IPR

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

FDVALU 0093 Current feed code value

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

FINVMN 0094 Minimum inverse feed number

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.00001 to 99999.0

FINVMX 0095 Maximum inverse feed number

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.00001 to 99999.0

5-56
DBLCOM Variables 5 Lathe Common

Name Location Description

FRAPID(6) 0096 Rapid rate value in units per minute for XY axes

FRAPID(1) 0096 Rapid APT XAXIS

Default = 300.0
Range = 0.00001 to 99999.0

FRAPID(2) 0097 Rapid APT YAXIS

Default = 300.0
Range = 0.00001 to 99999.0

FRAPID(3-6) 0098 Not used

FUPM 0102 Linear feed value requested in

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

FUPMMN(6) 0103 Minimum feed in units per minute for XY axes

FUPMMN(1) 0103 Minimum feed APT XAXIS

Default = 0.01
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

FUPMMN(2) 0104 Minimum feed APT YAXIS

Default = 0.01
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

FUPMMN(3-6) 0105-0108 Not used

FUPMMX(6) 0109 Maximum feed in units per minute for XY axes

FUPMMX(1) 0109 Maximum feed APT XAXIS

Default = 300.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

FUPMMX(2) 0110 Maximum feed APT YAXIS

Default = 300.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

FUPMMX(3-6) 0111-0114 Not used

FUPR 0115 LINEAR feed value requested in IPR

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

FUPRMN 0116 Minimum feedrate in IPR mode

Default = 0.01
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

FUPRMX 0117 Maximum feedrate in IPR mode

Default = 9.9999
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

5-57
G-Post Reference Manual DBLCOM Variables

Name Location Description

0118 Not used

HOMEPT(6) 0119 Machine XZUW axes home point

HOMEPT(1) 0119 Machine Z axes home point

Default = 10.0
Range = +-99999.0

HOMEPT(2) 0120 Machine X axes home point

Default = 10.0
Range = +-99999.0

HOMEPT(3) 0121 Not used

HOMEPT(4) 0122 Machine W axes home point

Default = 10.0
Range = +-99999.0

HOMEPT(5) 0123 Machine U axes home point

Default = 10.0
Range = +-99999.0

HOMEPT(6) 0124 Not used

0125 – 0268 Not used

PGELNG 0269 Tape length for the current page

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

PGETIM 0270 Machine time for the current page

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

PIVALU 0271 Value of PI (3.14159...); ***Do not change!

PPORGN(3) 0272 Current origin in effect for XY

PPORGN(1) 0272 Current origin in effect for APT X

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

PPORGN(2) 0273 Current origin in effect for APT Y

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

PPORGN(3) 0274 Not used

PPREFS(3) 0275 Fixed translation along XY

PPREFS(1) 0275 Fixed translation along APT X

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

5-58
DBLCOM Variables 5 Lathe Common

Name Location Description

PPREFS(2) 0276 Fixed translation along APT Y

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

PPREFS(3) 0277 Not used

PPTRNS(3) 0278 Current translation in effect for XY

PPTRNS(1) 0278 Current translation in effect for Z

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

PPTRNS(2) 0279 Current translation in effect for X

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

PPTRNS(3) 0280 Not used

PRES(52) 0281 Contents to be output for the letter address A through verify(Z)
Default = EMPTY
Range = +-99999.0, EMPTY

0333 – 0338 Not used

PRESPT(6) 0339 Current XY point

PRESPT(1) 0339 APT X turret center

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

PRESPT(2) 0340 APT Y turret center

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

PRESPT(3) 0341 Not used

PRESPT(4) 0342 APT X tool center

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

PRESPT(5) 0343 APT Y tool center

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

PRESPT(6) 0344 Not used

PREV(52) 0345 Last contents output for the letter address A through verify(Z)
Default = EMPTY
Range = +-99999.0, EMPTY

0397 - 0400 Not used

5-59
G-Post Reference Manual DBLCOM Variables

Name Location Description

TFDXPM(50) 0401 IPM feedrate values for X motion

Default = 0.0 (See Note 1 above!)
Range = +-99999.0

PREVPT(6) 0403 Last XY point

PREVPT(1) 0403 APT X turret center

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

PREVPT(2) 0404 APT Y turret center

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

PREVPT(3) 0405 Not used

PREVPT(4) 0406 APT X tool center

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

PREVPT(5) 0407 APT Y tool center

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

PREVPT(6) 0408 Not used

PULSE 0409 Machine pulse value

Default = 0.0001
Range = 0.00001 to 1.0

0410 Not used

RADIMX 0411 Maximum circle radius allowed

Default = 999.9999
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

RAPCOD 0412 Rapid traverse code

Default = 999999.0 (EMPTY)
Range = +-99999.0, EMPTY

RAPMIN 0413 Minimum distance for rapid

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

RAPMNF 0414 Feed value to be used in unit per minute, when rapid traverse
distance is smaller than RAPMIN
Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

0415 – 0416 Not used

RLAGER 0417 Terminating leader length

Default = 36.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

5-60
DBLCOM Variables 5 Lathe Common

Name Location Description

RLEDER(3) 0418 Leader length for START, STOP and TOOL CHANGE
Default = (1) 14.0, (2) 0.0, (3) 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

RMTRX(3,4) 0421 TRANS matrix canonical form

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

0433 – 0435 Not used

RPDEG 0436 Conversion factor for degrees to radian measure (PI/180.0)

***Do not change

RPMMAX 0437 SPINDL/MAXRPM value

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 - 99999.0

RPOINT 0438 Rapid stop point for cycles

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

0439 Not used

SEQINC 0440 SEQNO option INCR value

Default = 1.0
Range = 1.0 to 99999.0

SEQMX 0441 Maximum sequence number allowed

Default = 999.0
Range = What ever fits JFMT(JN)

SEQNUM 0442 Current sequence number

Default = 0.0
Range = 1.0 to 99999.0

SFMCON 0443 SFM to RPM constant

Default = 1.9098593
Range = 1.9098593 (inch)
159.15494 (metric)

SFMFCT 0444 SFM to output unit factor

Default = 1.0
Range = 1.0 (inch/inch) (metric/metric)
3.2808399 (metric/inch)
0.3048 (inch/metric)

SFMRAD 0445 SPINDL/RADIUS value for SFM

Default = EMPTY
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0, EMPTY

SFMREQ 0446 SPINDL/S,SFM the required S

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

5-61
G-Post Reference Manual DBLCOM Variables

Name Location Description

SFMTIM 0447 Time spent in SFM move

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

SPDREQ 0448 SPINDL/S,RPM the required S

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

SPINCR 0449 SPINDL/INCR value for SFM mode

Default = 0.1
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

SPNCOD 0450 Current spindle S-code

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 - 99999.0

SPNSPD 0451 Current spindle speed in RPM

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 - 99999.0

SPTABL(6,99) 0452 Spindle table

Default = (1,1-25) and (2,1-25) are loaded.
Range = > 0.0 - 99999.0

NOTE: The feedrate code tables overlay the last 3 ranges of the spindle
code common locations. If you use feedrate code tables, only three
spindle ranges are available!

TFDXPR(50) 0455 IPR feedrate values for X motion

Default = 0.0 (See Note 2 above!)
Range = +-99999.0

TFDZPM(50) 0501 IPM feedrate values for Z motion

Default = 0.0 (See Note 2 above!)
Range = +-99999.0

TFDZPR(50) 0551 IPR feedrate values for Z motion

Default = 0.0 (See Note 2 above!)
Range = +-99999.0

TAPFCT 1046 Conversion factor of tape length to feet or meters

Default = 0.0083334
Range = 0.0083334 or 0.0254

1047 Not used

THDPUL 1048 Thread axis pulse value

Default = 0.00001
Range = 0.00001 to 1.0

THLEAD 1049 Constant thread lead

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

5-62
DBLCOM Variables 5 Lathe Common

Name Location Description

THLED1 1050 Variable ending lead for INCR

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

THLED2 1051 Variable ending lead for DECR

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

TLTABL(99,3) 1052 Gauge length X,Y and tool number stored for each tool in lathes
Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

TMATRX(6) 1349 Axes inversion for XY

TMATRX(1) 1349 Axes inversion for APT X

Default = 1.0
Range = +-99999.0

TMATRX(2) 1350 Axes inversion for APT Y

Default = 1.0
Range = +-99999.0

TMATRX(3-6) 1351-1354 Not used

TOLER 1355 MCHTOL tolerance value

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

TOTLNG 1356 Total tape length

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

TOTLTM 1357 Total machine time

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

TULNML 1358 Last tool number

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to eight digits maximum

TULNUM 1359 Current tool number

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to eight digits maximum

TURDST(5,2) 1360 For multiple turret lathes, storage area for separation
distances. They are measured from the primary turret to each
additional turret 1-5. 1; FRONT, 2:REAR, 3:SADDLE,
4:MAIN, and 5:RAIL

TURDST(1,1) 1360 X distance to FRONT turret

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

5-63
G-Post Reference Manual DBLCOM Variables

Name Location Description

TURDST(2,1) 1361 X distance to REAR turret

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

TURDST(3,1) 1362 X distance to SADDLE turret

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

TURDST(4,1) 1363 X distance to MAIN turret

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

TURDST(5,1) 1364 X distance to RAIL turret

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

TURDST(1,2) 1365 Y distance to FRONT turret

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

TURDST(2,2) 1366 Y distance to REAR turret

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

TURDST(3,2) 1367 Y distance to SADDLE turret

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

TURDST(4,2) 1368 Y distance to MAIN turret

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

TURDST(5,2) 1369 Y distance to RAIL turret

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

USRTM1 1370 Percentage of current CYCLTM added, CYCLTM*USRTM1

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

USRTM2 1371 Constant time added to CYCLTM CYCLTM+USRTM2

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

VALUEN 1372 Flag to indicate output of letter address and sign only
(888888.0)
***Do not change

VELOC 1373 Current velocity in units per minute for machine time
calculations
Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

5-64
DBLCOM Variables 5 Lathe Common

Name Location Description

WORD(52) 1374 Output word buffer

Default = EMPTY
Range = +-99999.0, EMPTY

XOFSET 1426 Arc offset along X axis for circle interpolation

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

XYZMN(6) 1427 Minimum XY values for limit check

XYZMN(1) 1427 Minimum APT X for limit check

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

XYZMN(2) 1428 Minimum APT Y for limit check

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

XYZMN(3) 1429 Not used

XYZMN(4) 1430 Minimum APT X for limit check W axis

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

XYZMN(5) 1431 Minimum APT Y for limit check U axis

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

XYZMN(6) 1432 Not used

XYZMX(6) 1433 Maximum XY values for limit check

XYZMX(1) 1433 Maximum APT X for limit check

Default = 10.0
Range = +-99999.0

XYZMX(2) 1434 Maximum APT Y for limit check

Default = 10.0
Range = +-99999.0

XYZMX(3) 1435 Not used

XYZMX(4) 1436 Maximum APT X for limit check W axis

Default = 10.0
Range = +-99999.0

XYZMX(5) 1437 Maximum APT Y for limit check U axis

Default = 10.0
Range = +-99999.0

XYZMX(6) 1438 Not used

1439 - 1444 Not used

5-65
G-Post Reference Manual DBLCOM Variables

Name Location Description

YOFSET 1445 Arc offset along Y axis for circle interpolation

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

ZDATA(21) 1446 Z parameters storage from CYCLE command

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

ZDEPTH 1467 Feed stop point cycles

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

RPMAX 1468 MAXRPM couplet

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

TLTRAD 1469 TL TIP/RAD. Couplet in lathe

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

RPTVAL(26) 1470 REPEAT command to be output for letter address A through Z

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

WORDSV(26) 1496 Flag used for fixed field format

Default = VALUEN (RELCOM(1372))
Range = +-99999.0, empty, VALUEN

TCODE 1522 Combined FACE and OFFSET code

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

TMUL 1523 Multiplier for combined T-code

Default = 0.0 (Unused)
Range = 0.0, 1.0 to 99999.0

CRCLWD(10) 1524 Ten CLWRD locations following a Type 2000 command

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

TULTIM 1534 Cycle time between tool changes

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

PRVTIM 1535 Total cycle time through previous tool

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

TILEAD 1536 Thread lead (default K value)

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

5-66
DBLCOM Variables 5 Lathe Common

Name Location Description

TJLEAD 1537 Thread lead (default I value)

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

CLWRDL(45) 1538 45 CLWRD locations from last Type 2000 record

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

BRKLNG 1583 Length of tape required to activate an auto break

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

FEDMUL(3) 1584 Feedrate multipliers. 1: IPM, 2:IPR, 3:INVERS

Default = (1-3) 1.0
Range = +-99999.0

BRKDLT(4) 1587 XZUW retract deltas for auto break.

Default = EMPTY
Range = +-99999.0, EMPTY

VWRDSV(10) 1591 Last verification words that were output

Default = EMPTY
Range = +-99999.0, EMPTY

TIRETR 1601 Amount of APT X retract required with a threading move.

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

TJRETR 1602 Amount of APT Y retract required with a threading move.

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

PSTREV 1603 Postprocessor Revision Number

This value is set internally. ***Do not reset

PSTBLD 1604 Postprocessor Build Number

This value is set internally. ***Do not reset

SELG 1605 Used internally to create the SELECT G-code.

***Do not reset.

SELH 1606 Used internally to create the SELECT H-code.

***Do not reset.

SELHMIN 1607 SELECT offset H-code minimum value

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

SELHMAX 1608 SELECT offset H-code maximum value

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

5-67
G-Post Reference Manual DBLCOM Variables

Name Location Description

SELHDEF 1609 SELECT offset H-code default value

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

OUTMUL(52) 1610 Output multipliers for each letter address A – Verify Z

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

DWLMUL(2) 1662 Dwell output multipliers for each letter address

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

SELCPT 1664 Secondary clearance plane value for cycles.

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

CYRAUTO 1665 Automatic R plane reduction value for cycles.

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

DEGSTR 1666 Beginning angle for the current circle.

Internally set. ***Do not reset

DEGANG 1667 Total angular move for the current circle in degrees
Internally set. ***Do not reset

TTHRDS(30) 1668 Stores the parsed values from THREAD/AUTO.

TTHRDS(1) 1668 Start point X (Lathe Z) of thread.

TTHRDS(2) 1669 Number of thread starts.

TTHRDS(3) 1670 Length of thread.

TTHRDS(4) 1671 Depth of cut per pass or starting depth of cut per pass.

TTHRDS(5) 1672 Depth of cut for the final pass if used

TTHRDS(6) 1673 OD of thread if it is an OD thread

ID of thread if it is an ID thread.

TTHRDS(7) 1674 ID of thread if it is an OD thread

OD of thread if it is an ID thread.

TTHRDS(8) 1675 Pitch of thread.

TTHRDS(9) 1676 Feed rate for the step-in move of the thread.

TTHRDS(10) 1677 Feed rate for the thread move of the thread.

TTHRDS(11) 1678 Feed rate for the retract move of the thread.

TTHRDS(12) 1679 Feed rate for the return move of the thread.

5-68
DBLCOM Variables 5 Lathe Common

Name Location Description

TTHRDS(13) 1680 Feed rate for the clearance point move of the thread.

TTHRDS(14) 1681 Retract distance for the retract move of the thread.

TTHRDS(15) 1682 Retract angle for the retract move of the thread.

TTHRDS(16) 1683 Approach angle of the step-in move of the thread.

TTHRDS(17) 1684 Number of final spring passes for the thread.

TTHRDS(18) 1685 Select point used prior to the clearance point move for the thread.

TTHRDS(19) 1686 Clearance move X (Lathe Z) coordinate for the thread.

TTHRDS(20) 1687 Clearance move Y (Lathe X) coordinate for the thread.

TTHRDS(21) 1688 Tapered thread X (Lathe Z) coordinate for the thread.

TTHRDS(22) 1689 Tapered thread Y (Lathe X) coordinate for the thread.

TTHRDS(23) 1690 Tapered thread angle in degrees for the thread.

TTHRDS(24) 1691 End point X (Lathe Z) coordinate for the thread.

TTHRDS(25) 1692 End point Y (Lathe X) coordinate for the thread.

TTHRDS(26) 1693 Start point X (Lathe Z) coordinate for the thread.

TTHRDS(27) 1694 Start point Y (Lathe X) coordinate for the thread.

TTHRDS(28) 1695 Total depth of thread.

TTHRDS(29) 1696 Not used.

TTHRDS(30) 1697 Not used.

PGMNUMMIN 1698 Program Number Minimum.

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

PGMNUMMAX 1699 Program Number Maximum

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

TIMEFEED 1700 Total machine time while in feed rate mode. Do not reset
Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

TIMERAPD 1701 Total machine time while in rapid mode. Do not reset
Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

5-69
G-Post Reference Manual DBLCOM Variables

Name Location Description

TIMEDWEL 1702 Total machine time while in dwell mode. Do not reset
Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

TIMETLCH 1703 Total machine time while in tool change mode. Do not reset
Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

TIMEMISC 1704 Total machine time for miscellaneous commands. Do not reset
Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

DISTFEED 1705 Stores the machine the accumulated motion distance for feed rate
moves. Do not reset
Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

DISTRAPD 1706 Stores the machine the accumulated motion distance for rapid moves.
Do not reset
Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

5-70
CHRCOM Variables 5 Lathe Common

5.4 Lathe CHRCOM Variables

The Option File can store user defined blocks that can be output with TURRET index (Tool change) based
on the settings on the Turret panel. The common known as CHRCOM is used to store these strings (up to
66 chars) per line. A maximum of ten blocks can be be output for each sequence.

CHRCOM Also known by the sub-scripted variable name TVARAB(230) is defined as follows:

Name/Location Description

TVARAB(01-10) Tool change, before

TVARAB(11-20) Tool change, after
TVARAB(20-170) Note used (Mill G-Post only)
TVARAB(171-180) User defined lines before 1st tool change
TVARAB(181-190) User defined lines after 1st tool change
TVARAB(191-200) User defined lines before 2nd tool change
TVARAB(201-210) User defined lines after 2nd tool change
TVARAB(211-220) User defined lines before last tool change
TVARAB(221-230) User defined lines after last tool change

5-71
COMMON Variables 6 Mill Common

6 Mill - Common Variables

6.1 Introduction
This chapter contains a reference list of the Mill G-Post COMMON variables. These COMMON variables
are what the G-Post uses to store all the information the post has about the machine configuration and the
current post processor run.

There are three types of COMMON variables used in the Mill G-Post. They are INTCOM, RELCOM and
DBLCOM locations. The INTCOM locations are used to store integers or whole numbers, such as G/M
codes. The RELCOM and DBLCOM locations are used to store short and long floating point numbers
also know as scalars, such as axes locations.

6.1.1 Multi-Dimensional Arrays

Most of the COMMON locations in the Mill G-Posts are single dimensional arrays. They store one value
or a set of data in a sequential manner. The ITSBIT(100) array is a single dimensioned and can can store
up to 100 numbers.

There are a few COMMON locations in the Mill G-Posts that are double dimensional arrays. They store a
set of data in columns and rows like a spread sheet. The SPTABL(6,99) array is double dimensioned and
can store 6*99=594 numbers in 6-columns and 99-rows.

To set a particular location of a double dimensioned array with PLABEL or POSTF, you need to calculate
the location using the following formula:

N=(R-1)*A+L+C-1

Where:

N=Location number to find

L=Column value you want to set
R=Row value you want to set
A=Column value of COMMON double array
B=Row value of COMMON double array
C=Starting value of COMMON double array

Example:

Say you want to set the RELCOM, SPTABL(3,44) to a value of 505.

Substitute L=3,R=44,A=6,B=99 and C=11 in the above formula to find N=271.

N=(44-1)*6+3+11-1

You can now use POSTF(2,2,271,505) in the FIL file or PLABEL/MODIFY,271,TO,505,TYPE,2 in

the CL file.

6-1
G-Post Reference Manual INTCOM Variables

6.2 Mill INTCOM Variables

NOTE: Set INTCOMs 1-52 to 53 to disable the letter. Set to position of letter in tape order to enable the letter for
output. You cannot enable more that one letter in the same position at the same time.

Name Location Description

JA 0001 Tape order of letter address A

Default = 53
Range = 1 to 26,53

JB 0002 Tape order of letter address B

Default = 11
Range = 1 to 26,53

JC 0003 Tape order of letter address C

Default = 53
Range = 1 to 26,53

JD 0004 Tape order of letter address D

Default = 16
Range = 1 to 26,53

JE 0005 Tape order of letter address E

Default = 53
Range = 1 to 26,53

JF 0006 Tape order of letter address F

Default = 13
Range = 1 to 26,53

JG 0007 Tape order of letter address G

Default = 2
Range = 1 to 26,53

JH 0008 Tape order of letter address H

Default = 17
Range = 1 to 26,53

JI 0009 Tape order of letter address I

Default = 7
Range = 1 to 26,53

6-2
INTCOM Variables 6 Mill Common

Name Location Description

JJ 0010 Tape order of letter address J

Default = 8
Range = 1 to 26,53

JK 0011 Tape order of letter address K

Default = 9
Range = 1 to 26,53

JL 0012 Tape order of cam address L

Default = 53
Range = 1 to 26,53

JM 0013 Tape order of letter address M

Default = 18
Range = 1 to 26,53

JN 0014 Tape order of letter address N

Default = 1
Range = 1 to 26,53

JO 0015 Tape order of letter address O

Default = 53
Range = 1 to 26,53

JP 0016 Tape order of extra address

Default = 53
Range = 1 to 26,53

JQ 0017 Tape order of CYCLE DWELL letter

Default = 53
Range = 1 to 26,53

JR 0018 Tape order of letter address R

Default = 5
Range = 1 to 26,53

JS 0019 Tape order of letter address S

Default = 14
Range = 1 to 26,53

JT 0020 Tape order of letter address T

Default = 15
Range = 1 to 26,53

JU 0021 Tape order of extra address

Default = 53
Range = 1 to 26,53

JV 0022 Tape order of extra address

Default = 53
Range = 1 to 26,53

6-3
G-Post Reference Manual INTCOM Variables

Name Location Description

JW 0023 Tape order of extra address
Default = 53
Range = 1 to 26,53

JX 0024 Tape order of letter address X

Default = 3
Range = 1 to 26,53

JY 0025 Tape order of letter address Y

Default = 4
Range = 1 to 26,53

JZ 0026 Tape order of letter address Z

Default = 6
Range = 1 to 26,53

JABSA 0027 Order of verification letter address A

Default = 53
Range = 1 to 53

JABSB 0028 Order of verification letter address B

Default = 25
Range = 1 to 53

JABSC 0029 Order of verification letter address C

Default = 53
Range = 1 to 53

JABSD 0030 Order of verification letter address D

Default = 53
Range = 1 to 53

JABSE 0031 Order of verification letter address E

Default = 53
Range = 1 to 53

JABSF 0032 Order of verification letter address F

Default = 27
Range = 1 to 53

JABSG 0033 Order of verification letter address G

Default = 53
Range = 1 to 53

JABSH 0034 Order of verification letter address H

Default = 53
Range = 1 to 53

JABSI 0035 Order of verification letter address I

Default = 53
Range = 1 to 53

6-4
INTCOM Variables 6 Mill Common

Name Location Description

JABSJ 0036 Order of verification letter address J

Default = 53
Range = 1 to 53

JABSK 0037 Order of verification letter address K

Default = 53
Range = 1 to 53

JABSL 0038 Order of verification letter address L

Default = 53
Range = 1 to 53

JABSM 0039 Order of verification letter address M

Default = 53
Range = 1 to 53

JABSN 0040 Order of verification letter address N

Default = 53
Range = 1 to 53

JABSO 0041 Order of verification letter address O

Default = 53
Range = 1 to 53

JABSP 0042 Order of verification letter address P

Default = 53
Range = 1 to 53

JABSQ 0043 Order of verification letter address Q

Default = 53
Range = 1 to 53

JABSR 0044 Order of verification letter address R

Default = 53
Range = 1 to 53

JABSS 0045 Order of verification letter address S

Default = 28
Range = 1 to 53

JABST 0046 Order of verification letter address T

Default = 53
Range = 1 to 53

JABSU 0047 Order of verification letter address U

Default = 53
Range = 1 to 53

6-5
G-Post Reference Manual INTCOM Variables

Name Location Description

JABSV 0048 Order of verification letter address V

Default = 53
Range = 1 to 53

JABSW 0049 Order of verification letter address W

Default = 53
Range = 1 to 53

JABSX 0050 Order of verification letter address X

Default = 21
Range = 1 to 53

JABSY 0051 Order of verification letter address Y

Default = 22
Range = 1 to 53

JABSZ 0052 Order of verification letter address Z

Default = 53
Range = 1 to 53

JADDR(001) 0053 Address 1 in tape

Default = 78
Range = 32 to 96

JADDR(002) 0054 Address 2 in tape

Default = 71
Range = 32 to 9678

JADDR(003) 0055 Address 3 in tape

Default = 88
Range = 32 to 96

JADDR(004) 0056 Address 4 in tape

Default = 89
Range = 32 to 96

JADDR(005) 0057 Address 5 in tape

Default = 82
Range = 32 to 96

JADDR(006) 0058 Address 6 in tape

Default = 90
Range = 32 to 96

JADDR(007) 0059 Address 7 in tape

Default = 73
Range = 32 to 96

6-6
INTCOM Variables 6 Mill Common

Name Location Description

JADDR(008) 0060 Address 8 in tape

Default = 74
Range = 32 to 96

JADDR(009) 0061 Address 9 in tape

Default = 75
Range = 32 to 96

JADDR(010) 0062 Address 10 in tape

Default = unused
Range = 32 to 96

JADDR(011) 0063 Address 11 in tape

Default = 66
Range = 32 to 96

JADDR(012) 0064 Address 12 in tape

Default = unused
Range = 32 to 96

JADDR(013) 0065 Address 13 in tape

Default = 70
Range = 32 to 96

JADDR(014) 0066 Address 14 in tape

Default = 83
Range = 32 to 96

JADDR(015) 0067 Address 15 in tape

Default = 84
Range = 32 to 96

JADDR(016) 0068 Address 16 in tape

Default = 68
Range = 32 to 96

JADDR(017) 0069 Address 17 in tape

Default = 72
Range = 32 to 96

JADDR(018) 0070 Address 18 in tape

Default = 77
Range = 32 to 96

JADDR(019) 0071 Address 19 in tape

Default = unused
Range = 32 to 96

JADDR(020) 0072 Address 20 in tape

Default = unused
Range = 32 to 96

6-7
G-Post Reference Manual INTCOM Variables

Name Location Description

JADDR(021) 0073 Address 21 in tape

Default = 88
Range = 32 to 96

JADDR(022) 0074 Address 22 in tape

Default = 89
Range = 32 to 96

JADDR(023) 0075 Address 23 in tape

Default = 90
Range = 32 to 96

JADDR(024) 0076 Address 24 in tape

Default = unused
Range = 32 to 96

JADDR(025) 0077 Address 25 in tape

Default = 66
Range = 32 to 96

JADDR(0nn) 0nnn nth letter in tape. Add 0052+n to get the location number
Default = unused
Range = 32-96

JADDR(53) 0105 Fifty-third letter in tape

Default = unused
Range = 32-96

NOTE: The next 53 locations represent the EIA format of the letter address. This is a two-digit value that indicates
the size of the register. The first digit represents the number of whole numbers (the numbers in front of the decimal
place). The second digit represents the number of fractional numbers (the numbers behind the decimal point). A
value of 34 means there are 3 digits in front of the decimal place and 4 digits behind the decimal place: 000.0000. A
value of 40 means the number is a 4-digit whole number. Before the first executable post statement, JFMT(n)
contains four digits in the option file. The first two are for inch and the second two are for metric. After the first
executable post statement, this section contains only two digits.

JFMT(01) 0106 Format 1 in tape

Default = 4040
Range = 0 to 9999

JFMT(02) 0107 Format 2 in tape

Default = 2020
Range = 0 to 9999

JFMT(03) 0108 Format 3 in tape

Default = 3443
Range = 0 to 9999

6-8
INTCOM Variables 6 Mill Common

Name Location Description

JFMT(04) 0109 Format 4 in tape

Default = 3443
Range = 0 to 9999

JFMT(05) 0110 Format 5 in tape

Default = 3443
Range = 0 to 9999

JFMT(06) 0111 Format 6 in tape

Default = 3443
Range = 0 to 9999

JFMT(07) 0112 Format 7 in tape

Default = 3443
Range = 0 to 9999

JFMT(08) 0113 Format 8 in tape

Default = 3443
Range = 0 to 9999

JFMT(09) 0114 Format 9 in tape

Default = 3443
Range = 0 to 9999

JFMT(10) 0115 Format 10 in tape

Default = 0 (unused)
Range = 0 to 9999

JFMT(11) 0116 Format 11 in tape

Default = 3333
Range = 0 to 9999

JFMT(12) 0117 Format 12 in tape

Default = 0 (unused)
Range = 0 to 9999

JFMT(13) 0118 Format 13 in tape

Default = 3342
Range = 0 to 9999

JFMT(14) 0119 Format 14 in tape

Default = 4040
Range = 0 to 9999

JFMT(15) 0120 Format 15 in tape

Default = 5050
Range = 0 to 9999

JFMT(16) 0121 Format 16 in tape

Default = 2020
Range = 0 to 9999

6-9
G-Post Reference Manual INTCOM Variables

Name Location Description

JFMT(17) 0122 Format 17 in tape

Default = 2020
Range = 0 to 9999

JFMT(18) 0123 Format 18 in tape

Default = 2020
Range = 0 to 9999

JFMT(19) 0124 Format 19 in tape

Default = 0 (unused)
Range = 0 to 9999

JFMT(20) 0125 Format 20 in tape

Default = 0 (unused)
Range = 0 to 9999

JFMT(21) 0126 Format 21 in tape

Default = 3443
Range = 0 to 9999

JFMT(22) 0127 Format 22 in tape

Default = 3443
Range = 0 to 9999

JFMT(23) 0128 Format 23 in tape

Default = 3443
Range = 0 to 9999

JFMT(24) 0129 Format 24 in tape

Default = 0 (unused)
Range = 0 to 9999

JFMT(25) 0130 Format 25 in tape

Default = 4343
Range = 0 to 9999

JFMT(nn) 01nn nth letter in tape. Add 0105+nn to get the location number
Default = 0 (unused)
Range = 0 to 9999

JFMT(53) 0158 Fifty-third letter

Default = 0 (unused)
Range = 0 to 9999

NOTE: The next 53 locations set the register specifications, using a 4-

digit number that consists of 1's and/or 0's; 0 = no; 1 = yes. First digit:
Leading zeros, Second digit: Trailing zeros, Third digit: Plus sign,
Fourth digit: Decimal point.

Example: 1010 turns off trailing zeros, outputs a plus sign, and does
not print a decimal point

6-10
INTCOM Variables 6 Mill Common

Name Location Description

JSPC(01) 0159 Output specification 1 in tape

Default = 1100
Range = 1 to 1111

JSPC(02) 0160 Output specification 2 in tape

Default = 1100
Range = 1 to 1111

JSPC(03) 0161 Output specification 3 in tape

Default = 1000
Range = 1 to 1111

JSPC(04) 0162 Output specification 4 in tape

Default = 1000
Range = 1 to 1111

JSPC(05) 0163 Output specification 5 in tape

Default = 1000
Range = 1 to 1111

JSPC(06) 0164 Output specification 6 in tape

Default = 1000
Range = 1 to 1111

JSPC(07) 0165 Output specification 7 in tape

Default = 1000
Range = 1 to 1111

JSPC(08) 0166 Output specification 8 in tape

Default = 1000
Range = 1 to 1111

JSPC(09) 0167 Output specification 9 in tape

Default = 1000
Range = 1 to 1111

JSPC(10) 0168 Output specification 10 in tape

Default = 0
Range = 1 to 1111

JSPC(11) 0169 Output specification 11 in tape

Default = 1000
Range = 1 to 1111

6-11
G-Post Reference Manual INTCOM Variables

Name Location Description

JSPC(12) 0170 Output specification 12 in tape

Default = 0
Range = 1 to 1111 (0 = unused)

JSPC(13) 0171 Output specification 13 in tape

Default = 1000
Range = 1 to 1111 (0 = unused)

JSPC(14) 0172 Output specification 14 in tape

Default = 1100
Range = 1 to 1111 (0 = unused)

JSPC(15) 0173 Output specification 15 in tape

Default = 1100
Range = 1 to 1111 (0 = unused)

JSPC(16) 0174 Output specification 16 in tape

Default = 1100
Range = 1 to 1111 (0 = unused)

JSPC(17) 0175 Output specification 17 in tape

Default = 1100
Range = 1 to 1111 (0 = unused)

JSPC(18) 0176 Output specification 18 in tape

Default = 1100
Range = 1 to 1111 (0 = unused)

JSPC(nn) 0nnn nth letter in the series. Add 0158+n for the location number
Default = 0
Range = 0 to 1111 (0 = unused)

JSPC(53) 0211 Fifty-third letter

Default = 0
Range = 1 to 1111 (0 = unused)

IAUXFN(1) 0212 M-code for M01 or AUXFUN/1

Default = 1
Range = 0 to 32766

IAUXFN(2) 0213 M-code for M02 or AUXFUN/2

Default = 2
Range = 0 to 32766

IAUXFN(nn) 0nnn M-code for Mnn or AUXFUN/nn. Add 0211+n for the location number
Default = nn
Range = 0 to 32766

IAUXFN(100) 0311 M-code for M00 or AUXFUN/0

Default = 0
Range = 0 to 32766

6-12
INTCOM Variables 6 Mill Common

Name Location Description

IBANER(131) 0312 Post banner containing post name, version, and date.
***Cannot be set manually.

IBGVI1 0443 INTCOM DEBUGG starting location

Default = 0
Range = 0 to 2500

IBGVI2 0444 INTCOM DEBUGG ending location

Default = 0
Range = 0 to 2500

IBGVR1 0445 RELCOM DEBUGG starting location

Default = 0
Range = 0 to 902

IBGVR2 0446 RELCOM DEBUGG ending location

Default = 0
Range = 0 to 902

IBLKLG 0447 Number of characters in the current block. Cannot be reset.

IBRKSW 0448 Break flag, to reinitialize common variables from CONTRL

Default = 72 (OFF)
Range = 71 (ON) or 72 (OFF)

IBUGCL 0449 DEBUGG switch for CL dump

Default = 72 (OFF)
Range = 71 (ON) or 72 (OFF)

IBUGSW 0450 DEBUGG switch to print one or more common blocks

Default = 72 (OFF)
Range = 71 (ON) or 72 (OFF)

IBUGVI 0451 DEBUGG switch for INTCOM dump

Default = 72 (OFF)
Range = 71 (ON) or 72 (OFF)

IBUGVR 0452 DEBUGG switch for RELCOM dump

Default = 72 (OFF)
Range = 71 (ON) or 72 (OFF)

ICARD 0453 Line count of packed output punch files; column 77-80 of each line.
***Cannot be reset.

ICFDSW 0454 Switch to indicate the CYCLE Z feed mode

Default = 73 (IPM)
Range = 73 (IPM)
74 (IPR)

6-13
G-Post Reference Manual INTCOM Variables

Name Location Description

ICIRSW 0455 Circular interpolation switch for Type 5000 element

MACHIN/UNCX01,--,LINEAR sets this to empty
Default = 0
Range = 0: Linear motion
1: Successful Type 3 record
2: Circle in process
–32767: No circular interpolation

ICLPLN 0456 The current circular plane:

Default = 1
Range = 1: XY plane
2: ZX plane
3: YZ plane

ICLRED 0457 Switch to indicate whether a circle reads a CL record

Default = 1
Range = 1: Read CL record
2: Do not read CL record; circle read the record

ICYCLE(1) 0458 Minor word integer code for CYCLE/DRILL

Default = 163 (DRILL)
Range = Any minor word integer code

ICYCLE(2) 0459 Minor word integer code for CYCLE/CSINK

Default = 256 (CSINK)
Range = Any minor word integer code

ICYCLE(3) 0460 Minor word integer code for CYCLE/DEEP

Default = 153 (DEEP)
Range = Any minor word integer code

ICYCLE(4) 0461 Minor word integer code for CYCLE/TAP

Default = 168 (TAP)
Range = Any minor word integer code

ICYCLE(5) 0462 Minor word integer code for CYCLE/BORE

Default = 82 (BORE)
Range = Any minor word integer code

ICYCLE(6) 0463 Minor word integer code for CYCLE/REAM

Default = 262 (REAM)
Range = Any minor word integer code

ICYCLE(7) 0464 Minor word integer code for CYCLE/THRU

Default = 152 (THRU)
Range = Any minor word integer code

ICYCLE(8) 0465 Minor word integer code for CYCLE/FACE

Default = 81 (FACE)
Range = Any minor word integer code

6-14
INTCOM Variables 6 Mill Common

Name Location Description

ICYCLE(9) 0466 Minor word integer code for CYCLE/MILL

Default = 151 (MILL)
Range = Any minor word integer code

ICYCLE(10) 0467 Minor word integer code for CYCLE/DEEPCL

Default = 208 (DEEPCL)
Range = Any minor word integer code

ICYCLE(11) 0468 Not used

Default = 163
Range = Any minor word integer code

ICYCLE(12) 0469 Not used

Default = 163
Range = Any minor word integer code

ICYCLG(1) 0470 G-code for ICYCLE(1)

Default = 81
Range = Any legal G-code (see IPREFN) or if
IEMPTY (-32767), a software cycle will be generated

ICYCLG(2) 0471 G-code for ICYCLE(2)

Default = -32767 (IEMPTY)
Range = Any legal G-code (see IPREFN) or if
IEMPTY (-32767), a software cycle will be generated

ICYCLG(3) 0472 G-code for ICYCLE(3)

Default = 83
Range = Any legal G-code (see IPREFN) or if
IEMPTY (-32767), a software cycle will be generated

ICYCLG(4) 0473 G-code for ICYCLE(4)

Default = 84
Range = Any legal G-code (see IPREFN) or if
IEMPTY (-32767), a software cycle will be generated

ICYCLG(5) 0474 G-code for ICYCLE(5)

Default = 85
Range = Any legal G-code (see IPREFN) or if
IEMPTY (-32767), a software cycle will be generated

ICYCLG(6) 0475 G-code for ICYCLE(6)

Default = 89
Range = Any legal G-code (see IPREFN) or if
IEMPTY (-32767), a software cycle will be generated

6-15
G-Post Reference Manual INTCOM Variables

Name Location Description

ICYCLG(7) 0476 G-code for ICYCLE(7)

Default = 87
Range = Any legal G-code (see IPREFN) or if
IEMPTY (-32767), a software cycle will be generated

ICYCLG(8) 0477 G-code for ICYCLE(8)

Default = 82
Range = Any legal G-code (see IPREFN) or if
IEMPTY (-32767), a software cycle will be generated

ICYCLG(9) 0478 G-code for ICYCLE(9)

Default = 86
Range = Any legal G-code (see IPREFN) or if
IEMPTY (-32767), a software cycle will be generated

ICYCLG(10) 0479 Not used

ICYCLG(11) 0480 Not used

ICYCLG(12) 0481 Not used

ICYCSW 0482 Current CYCLE flag

Default = 72 (OFF)
Range = 72 (OFF): CYCLE is not in effect
1: First GOTO point after CYCLE
2: Indicate Z move for feedrates
53 (NOMORE): for CYCLE/NOMORE

IDIRPM 0483 Type of SPINDL output

Default = 71 (ON)
Range = 71 (ON): Direct RPM
72 (OFF): Spindle code table

IDSPLY 0484 Switch for punching PPRINT in punch file

Default = 72 (OFF)
Range = ON (71): Punch PPRINT
OFF (72): Do not punch PPRINT

IDWFMR 0485 EIA DWELL format in IPR mode

Default = 0
Range is a 1- or 2-digit number at runtime
Range is a 3- or 4-digit number in option file

IDWFMS 0486 EIA DWELL format in IPM mode

Default = 3333
Range is a 1- or 2-digit number at runtime
Range is a 3- or 4-digit number in option file

6-16
INTCOM Variables 6 Mill Common

Name Location Description

IDWLTR 0487 DWELL letter address A-Z

Default = 6
Range = 1-26, where A=1, B=2, and so forth

IEMPTY 0488 Integer empty flag -32767

*** DO NOT CHANGE

IFACSW 0489 Switch for inch/metric factor conversion

Default = 72 (OFF)
Range = 71 (ON): Calculate output using FACTOR (DBLCOM(101))
72 (OFF): Do not use FACTOR

IFDCHG 0490 Switch to indicate a new FEDRAT statement

Default = 71 (ON)
Range = 71 (ON): New FEDRAT
72 (OFF): Old FEDRAT

IFEDSW 0491 Switch to indicate the linear feedrate mode

Default = 73 (IPM)
Range = 73 (IPM)
74 (IPR)

IFMODE 0492 Current FEDRAT mode

Default = 94 (IGIPM INTCOM(508))
Range = IGIPM INTCOM(508) Default = 94
IGIPR INTCOM(509) Default = -32767 (IEMPTY)
IGINV INTCOM(507) Default = 93

IFMODL 0493 Previous FEDRAT mode

Default = 94 (IBIPM INTCOM(508))
Range = IGIPM INTCOM(508) Default = 94
IGIPR INTCOM(509) Default = -32767 (IEMPTY)
IGINV INTCOM(507) Default = 93

IFRMSW 0494 Switch to indicate if a FROM statement has been read

Default = 72 (OFF)
Range = 71 (ON): FROM has been processed
72 (OFF): FROM has not been processed

IFRMOV 0495 Switch to force out XYZABC after FROM

Default = 72 (OFF)
Range = 71 (ON) or 72 (OFF)

IFXOLT 0496 Letter address for fixture offset used in SELECT statement
Default = 8 (H)
Range = 1-26, where A=1, B=2, and so forth

6-17
G-Post Reference Manual INTCOM Variables

Name Location Description

IGABS 0497 G-code for absolute mode (MODE/INCR,OFF)

Default = 90
Range = 0-99 if feature requires a G-code
-1 to -99 if feature exists, but does not require a G-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

IGCCLW 0498 G-code CCLW circular interpolation

Default = 3
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires a G-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require a G-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

IGCLW 0499 G-code CLW circular interpolation

Default = 2
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires a G-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require a G-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

IGCOFF 0500 G-code for CYCLE/OFF

Default = 80
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires a G-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require a G-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

IGCOMF 0501 G-code for CUTCOM/OFF

Default = 40
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires a G-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require a G-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

IGCOML 0502 G-code for CUTCOM/LEFT

Default = 41
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires a G-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require a G-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

IGCOMR 0503 G-code for CUTCOM/RIGHT

Default = 42
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires a G-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require a G-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

IGDWL 0504 G-code for DWELL (DELAY/ )

Default = 4
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires a G-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require a G-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

6-18
INTCOM Variables 6 Mill Common

Name Location Description

IGINC 0505 G-code for incremental mode

Default = 91
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires a G-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require a G-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

IGINCH 0506 G-code for inch output

Default = 70
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires a G-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require a G-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

IGINV 0507 G-code for INVERS time feedrates

Default = -32767 (IEMPTY)
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires a G-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require a G-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

IGIPM 0508 G-code for IPM FEDRAT

Default = 94
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires a G-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require a G-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

IGIPR 0509 G-code for IPR FEDRAT

Default = -32767 (IEMPTY)
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires a G-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require a G-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

IGLIN 0510 G-code for linear interpolation

Default = 1
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires a G-code
1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require a G-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

IGMTRC 0511 G-code for metric output

Default = 71
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires a G-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require a G-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

IGPOS 0512 G-code for RAPID positioning

Default = 0
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires a G-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require a G-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

6-19
G-Post Reference Manual INTCOM Variables

Name Location Description

IGPOSZ 0513 G-code for Z axis positioning under MOTION

Default = 0
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires a G-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require a G-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

IGROT 0514 G-code for ROTARY table

Default = 0
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires a G-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require a G-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) If feature does not exist

IGROTM 0515 SETWRD flag to specify if the indexer G-code IGROT is

modal or not, when using ROTATE command
Default = 0 (off)
Range = 71 (ON): G-code is modal
72 (OFF): G-code is not modal

IGTLNG 0516 G-code for tool length offset

Default = IEMPTY
Range = Any G-code that fits the format

IGSET 0517 G-code for axis preset

Default = 92
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires a G-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require a G-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

0518 - 0522 Not used

IGXYP 0523 G-code for XY circular interpolation

Default = 17
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires a G-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require a G-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if the feature does not exist

IGYZP 0524 G-code for YZ circular interpolation

Default = 19
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires a G-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require a G-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

IGZXP 0525 G-code for ZX circular interpolation

Default = 18
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires a G-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require a G-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

0526 - 0527 Not used

6-20
INTCOM Variables 6 Mill Common

Name Location Description

IHELIX 0528 Flag for helical interpolation

Default = 72 (OFF)
Range = 71 (ON), 72 (OFF) or 88 (AUTO)

IIA 0529 Letter address of I register for circular interpolation

Default = 9 (I)
Range = 1-26, where A=1, B=2, and so forth

IJA 0530 Letter address of J register for circular interpolation

Default = 10 (J)
Range = 1-26, where A=1, B=2, and so forth

IKA 0531 Letter address of K register for circular interpolation

Default = 11 (K)
Range = 1-26, where A=1, B=2, and so forth

MULFGC 0532 Switch to output FEDRAT G-code with next block

Default = 0 (off)
Range = 0 (off)
1 (on)

IMANRD 0533 Flag to PNCHIT routine for punching man-readable PARTNO

Default = 72 (OFF)
Range = 71 (ON) or 72 (OFF)

IMODE 0534 Current mode as absolute/incremental

Default = 90 (IGABS)
Range = IGABS INTCOM(497) Default = 90
IGINC INTCOM(505) Default = 91

IMODL 0535 Last mode in effect

Default = -32767 (IEMPTY)
Range = IGABS INTCOM(497) Default = 90
IGINC INTCOM(505) Default = 91
-32767 will force output of IMODE INTCOM(534)

INDXOR 0536 Pointer to the next available location in the ORIGIN table for
four-parameter ORIGIN statement
Default = 1
Range = 0: Ignore four parameter ORIGIN
1-36: Accept four parameter ORIGIN

INITSW 0537 Flag to call REINIT routine

Default = 72 (OFF)
Range = 71 (ON): Do not call REINIT

INTERP 0538 Current interpolation mode

Default = 0
Range = IGPOS INTCOM(512) Default = 0
IGLIN INTCOM(510) Default = 1
IGCLW INTCOM(499) Default = 2
IGCCLW INTCOM(498) Default = 3

6-21
G-Post Reference Manual INTCOM Variables

Name Location Description

INTRPC 0539 Current G-code for CYCLE

Default = 80 (IGCOFF)
Range = IGCOFF INTCOM(500)

INVFMT 0540 F format for INVERS mode

Default = 0 (Not used)
Range is a 1- or 2-digit number at runtime
Range is a 3- or 4-digit number in option file

INVMOD 0541 Flag to specify that INVERS mode FEED is required

Default = 72 (OFF)
Range = 71 (ON) or 72 (OFF)

IOUTSW 0542 Flag to specify that output of a block is pending

Default = 72 (OFF)
Range = 71 (ON) or 72 (OFF)

IPAGE 0543 Current page number of print output

Default = 0
Range = 0 to 32766

IZWSWT 0544 Switch to indicate ZW machine ON or OFF

Default = 72 (OFF)
Range = 71 (ON) or 72 (OFF)

IZWMOD 0545 Switch to indicate if Z or W is active

Default = Z (26)
Range = W (23) or Z (26)

JZSVZW(2) 0546 JW and JZ save locations

JADRZW(2) 0548 JADDR save for Z and W

JFMTZW(2) 0550 JFMT save for Z and W

JSPCZW(2) 0552 JSPEC save for Z and W

LASTZW(2) 0554 Switch for order of inversion and offset

Default = 72 (OFF)
Range = 71 (ON) - Reverse inversion order
72 (OFF) - Inversion same as TRANS and TMATRX

IZWMUV 0556 Type of ZW move

Default = 0 (off)
Range = 0 (off)
1 = GOHOME
2 = RETRCT

0557 – 0614 Not used

6-22
INTCOM Variables 6 Mill Common

Name Location Description

IPCHCT 0615 Number of characters in punch line; do not reset

IPCHNX 0616 Pointer into punch buffer for last character stored; do not reset

IPGWRN 0617 Number of warnings in current page

Default = 0
Range = 0 to 32766

IPLANE 0618 Current plane in effect for circular interpolation

Default = 17 (IGXYP INTCOM(0523))
Range = IGXYP INTCOM(0523): XY Plane Default = 17
IGYZP INTCOM(0524): YZ Plane Default = 19
IGZXP INTCOM(0525): ZX Plane Default = 18

IPLANL 0619 Last plane in effect for circular interpolation

Default = -32767 IEMPTY
Range = -32767 IEMPTY: Force out plane G-code
IGXYP INTCOM(0523): XY Plane Default = 17
IGYZP INTCOM(0524): YZ Plane Default = 19
IGZXP INTCOM(0525): ZX Plane Default = 18

IPMFMT 0620 Format for IPM FEED

Default = 3342
Range is a 1- or 2-digit number at runtime
Range is a 3- or 4-digit number in option file

IPREFN(1) 0621 G-code for G01 or PREFUN/1

Default = 1
Range = 0 to 32766

IPREFN(2) 0622 G-code for G02 or PREFUN/2

Default = 2
Range = 0 to 32766

IPREFN(n) 0nnn G-code for Gnn or PREFUN/nn

Add 0620+n to get the location number
Default = nnn
Range = 0 to 32766

IPREFN(100) 0720 G-code for G00 or PREFUN/0

Default = 0
Range = 0 to 32766

NOTE: To get G-codes of more than 2 digits, set the G-code between
0 and 99, then set the matching IPREFN location to the desired G-code.

Example: If the dwell code was G104, set IGDWL to 4, then set
IPREFN(4) to 104

6-23
G-Post Reference Manual INTCOM Variables

Name Location Description

IPRFMT 0721 Format for IPR FEED

Default = 0 (unused)
Range is a 1- or 2-digit number at runtime
Range is a 3- or 4-digit number in option file

IPRNBF(131) 0722 Print buffer; ***Cannot be reset

IPX 0853 Pointer into PRESPT for multiple plane circular interpolation
Default = 1 for XY plane
Range = 1 to 3

IPY 0854 Pointer into PRESPT for multiple plane circular

interpolation; will not be used for XY plane
Default = 3
Range = 1 to 3

IPZ 0855 Pointer into PRESPT for multiple plane circular

interpolation; will not be used for XY plane
Default = 3
Range = 1 to 3

IRAPSW 0856 RAPID flag

Default = 72 (OFF)
Range = 71 (ON) or 72 (OFF)

IRAPTO 0857 Segmentation flag for FEDRAT/RAPTO

Default = 72 (OFF)
Range = 71 (ON) or 72 (OFF)

IRCMLT 0858 Letter address for CUTCOM

Default = 4 (D)
Range = 1-26, where A=1, B=2, and so forth

IROTSW 0859 Flag to specify rotation of CL using the trans matrix

Default = 72 (OFF)
Range = 71 (ON) or 72 (OFF)

IRPFMT 0860 Format for RAPID traverse

Default = 1010
Range is a 1- or 2-digit number at runtime
Range is a 3- or 4-digit number in option file

IRPTWD(26,2) 0861 Storage area to combine two registers when using RPTWRD
routine. IRPTWD(A,B). Load 1-26 (A) to be the "trigger"
address for combining output where A=1, B=2, and so forth.
Default = 72 (OFF)
Range of (A,1)= 1-26, where A=1, B=2, and so forth.
This is the address to be output by the "trigger".
Range of (A,2)= 71 (ON): Output on each block until it is
set to OFF(72)
162 (NEXT): Output one time only

6-24
INTCOM Variables 6 Mill Common

Name Location Description

ISCDTP 0913 Flag to indicate spindle code table or equation

Default = 0
Range = 0: Spindle code table
1: Equation

ISCODE(6,99) 0914 S-code table

Default = 0
Range = 0 to 32766

NOTE: The feedrate code tables overlay the last 3 ranges of the spindle
code common locations. If you use the code tables, only three spindle
ranges are available!

IFCXPM(50) 1301 IPM feedrate codes for XY motion

Default = 0 (see note 1 above!)
Range = +-32766

IFCXPR(50) 1351 IPR feedrate codes for XY motion

Default = 0 (see note 1 above!)
Range = +-32766

IFCZPM(50) 1401 IPM feedrate codes for Z motion

Default = 0 (see note 1 above!)
Range = +-32766

IFCZPR(50) 1451 IPR feedrate codes for Z motion

Default = 0 (see note 1 above!)
Range = +-32766

ISEQSW(2) 1508 SEQNO command option flags. (1) is the option to be

processed. (2) is the saved current option
Default (1) = 66 (INCR)
(2) = 66 (INCR)
Range = 72 (OFF) - No sequence number
66 (INCR) Sequence number increment
(See DBLCOM SEQINC)
60 (CLW) Current CL record number

ISETSW 1510 For a 5 Axis Head/Head machine, output the XYZ coordinate at the
spindle face or the pivot point. For other, non-head/head, 5 axis
machines this location can be set to 200+ as noted below.
Default = 0, (Default) output at pivot point
Range = 1, (Gantry) output at spindle face
= 2mn,(Other) Adjust as positive or negative distance
*** m/n denotes the vaule for the adjustment type positive/negative
m = 0 = do not adjust for tool length
1 = adjust for the tool length – positive direction
2 = adjust for the tool length – negative direction
n = 0 = do not adjust for pivot distance
1 = adjust for the pivot distance – positive direction
2 = adjust for the pivot distance – negative direction
= 301, (Other) Ouput Input/CL (XYZ) and ABC angles
= 302, (Other) Ouput Input/CL (XYZ) and Input/CL (IJK)

6-25
G-Post Reference Manual INTCOM Variables

Name Location Description

ISKPSW 1511 Flag set for OPSKIP condition

Default = 72 (OFF)
Range = 71 (ON) or 72 (OFF)

ISPADV 1512 Flag to indicate spindle motion under motion analysis

Default = 0
Range = -1 Spindle retracting
0 No spindle move
+1 Spindle advancing

ISPDIR 1513 Current spindle direction

Default = MSPCLW INTCOM(1982)
Range = MSPCLW INTCOM(1982): CLW Spindle M-code
MSPCCW INTCOM(1981): CCLW Spindle M-code
KULCLW INTCOM(2208): CLW SP/CO M-code
KULCCW INTCOM(1981): CCLW SP/CO M-code

ISPDRL 1514 Last spindle direction

Default = 0
Range = 0 Force out new spindle direction M-code
ISPDIR INTCOM(1513): Current spindle direction.

ISPLCK 1515 Flag to indicate if the spindle is in lock position

Default = 88 (AUTO)
Range = 72 (OFF) Spindle lock not in effect
88 (AUTO) Spindle locks in RAPID, unlocks for linear
71 (ON) Spindle lock in effect

ISPMDL 1516 Last spindle mode to be RPM or SFM

Default = 78 (RPM)
Range = 78 (RPM)
115 (SFM)

ISPMOD 1517 Current spindle mode to be RPM or SFM

Default = 78 (RPM)
Range = 78 (RPM)
115 (SFM)

ISPNHI 1518 Highest spindle speed location in SPTABL for current range
Default = 2 (NSPDHI(1))
Range = NSPDHI(1-6) INTCOM(1994-1999)
2 - 99 allowed for each range

ISPNLW 1519 Lowest spindle speed location in SPTABL for current range
Default = 1 (NSPDLW(1))
Range = NSPDLW(1-6) INTCOM(2000-2005)
1 - 98 allowed for each range

ISPNRW 1520 Current spindle speed location in SPTABL for current range
Default = 0
Range = 1 to 99

6-26
INTCOM Variables 6 Mill Common

Name Location Description

ISPNSW 1521 Flag to indicate spindle ON/OFF condition

Default = 72 (OFF)
Range = 71 (ON) or 72 (OFF)

ISPRGL 1522 Last spindle range in effect

Default = 0
Range = 0 to 6 - 0 will force out new spindle range M-code

ISPRNG 1523 Current spindle range in effect

Default = 1
Range = 1 to 6

ISTBLK 1524 Force the output of ABC-rotary axes with the next GOTO/cmd after a
tool change (LOADTL/cmd) under MULTAX mode.
Default = 0 (off)
Range = 0 to 1
0 Do not output same ABC after tool change
1 Force ABC output after tool change
2 Force ABC output on next block only

ITHDSW 1525 Switch to indicate type of thread move requested

Default = 72 (OFF)
Range = 71 (ON) or 72 (OFF)
81 (FACE)
80 (TURN)

ITHFMT 1526 Thread format for IK registers

Default = 1524
Range is a 1- or 2-digit number at runtime.
Range is a 3- or 4-digit number in option file.

ITHTYP 1527 Thread type requested

Default = 0 (off)
Range = 0 (off)
1 Constant lead
2 Increasing lead
3 Decreasing lead

ITLTBL(99,3) 1528 Tool table to contain the integer values ISOURC, IRECRD
and offset number of the tool list
Default = 0
Range = 0 to 32766

ITOLSW 1825 Flag to indicate MCHTOL option

Default = 72 (OFF)
Range = 71 (ON) or 72 (OFF)

1826 Not used

MSPRNG 1827 SPINDL/RANGE M-code

Default = 0
Range = MRANGE(1-6) INTCOM(1973-1978)
Default = (1) 41, (2) 42, (3) 43

6-27
G-Post Reference Manual INTCOM Variables

Name Location Description

1828 – 1830 Not used

ITSBIT(100) 1831 User option area for PLABEL/Options. See PLABEL in the command
reference for more information.

ITSBIT 1831 Tab character and blank space output in MCD file.
Default = 00 - Do not output tab characters in the MCD file.
Range = 00 - Do not output tab characters in the MCD file.
01 - Output tab characters in the MCD file.
02 - Add a blank space before each letter address in the MCD
file.

ITSBIT 1832 Controls the verification print, which is the auxiliary information in the
.LST file. It contains for example, spindle speed, velocity, etc.
Default = 01 - Generate verification print.
Range = 01 - Generate verification print.
00 - Do not generate verification print.
02 - Generate non-modal verification print.
11 - Generate modal verification print and CL point.
12 - Generate non-modal verification print and CL point.

ITSBIT 1833 Set the units coversion for the input/output files.
Default = 01 - Inch input / inch output.
Range = 01 - Inch input / inch output.
02 - Metric input / inch output.
03 - Metric input / metric output.
04 - Inch input / metric output.

NOTE: Values 01 through 04 indicate that all dimensions in the option file are in inches.

11 - Inch input / inch output.

12 - Metric input / inch output.
13 - Metric input / metric output.
14 - Inch input / metric output.

NOTE: Values 11 through 14 indicate that all dimensions in the option file are in
millimeters.

ITSBIT 1834 Page heading options for the LST file.

Default = 01 - Print page heading.
Range = 01 - Print page heading.
00 - Do not print page heading.

ITSBIT 1835 MCD file pack/unpack options.

Default = 00 - Unpack MCD file output with one block per line.
Range = 00 - Unpack MCD file output with one block per line.
01 - Pack MCD file output into 72 columns.

ITSBIT 1836 Warning suppression options.

Default = 00 - Do not suppress warning messages.
Range = 00 - Do not suppress warning messages.
01 - Suppress all warning messages.
02 - Write warnings to a file.

6-28
INTCOM Variables 6 Mill Common

Name Location Description

ITSBIT 1837 PARTNO man readable output options.

Default = 01 - Output man readable PARTNO.
Range = 00 - Do not output man readable PARTNO.
01 - Output man readable PARTNO.

ITSBIT 1838 Rewind stop code ouput options.

Default = 00 - Do not output any rewind stop codes.
Range = 00 - Do not output any rewind stop codes.
01 - Output a rewind stop code at the start of the MCD file.
02 - Output a rewind stop code at start and end of the MCD
file.
03 - Output a rewind stop code at end of the MCD file.

NOTE: INTCOMs 1839 through 1846 use numerical codes to represent characters. See the ASCII
character chart in Appendix A to find the appropriate decimal values. The G-Post requires the use of
ASCII decimal values where specified.

ITSBIT 1839 End of block character, Default = $(36)

ITSBIT 1840 LEADER character, Default = >(62)

ITSBIT 1841 Rewind stop code, Default = 37(%)

ITSBIT 1842 OPSKIP character, Default = 47(/)

ITSBIT 1843 Tab character, Default = 42(*)

ITSBIT 1844 Control out character, Default = 40(()

ITSBIT 1845 Control in character, Default=41( ))

ITSBIT 1846 Alignment block address,Default= 79(O)

ITSBIT 1847 End of Block character output to the tape file

Default = 00 - Output the EOB character to the MCD file.
Range = 00 - Output the EOB character to the MCD file.
01 - Suppress output of the EOB character to the MCD file.

ITSBIT 1848 F code output after RAPID option.

Default= 00 - Output F-CODE after RAPID move.
Range= 00 - Output F-CODE after RAPID move.
01 - Suppress F-CODE after RAPID move.

ITSBIT 1849 Axis limit checing options.

Default= 00 - Do not check axes limit.
Range= 00 - Do not check axes limit.
01 - Check axes limit.
02 - Axis limits will call the _REPOS macro from FIL.

6-29
G-Post Reference Manual INTCOM Variables

Name Location Description

ITSBIT 1850 Major word warning options.

Default= 00 - Output warning for illegal major words.
Range= 00 - Output warning for illegal major words.
01 - Do not output warning for illegal major words.

NOTE: Option 20 applies only when option 6 is set to 0.

ITSBIT 1851 Controls the format of the integer registers (N,G...) for punch output.
The 4 digits correspond to leading zeros, trailing zeros, plus sign, and
decimal point. Any combination of the digits is acceptable. For
example, 1100 will punch leading and trailing zeros.
Default= 0000 - Punch per postprocessor specification.
Range= 0000 - Punch per postprocessor specification.
0100 - Punch trailing zeros.
1000 - Punch leading zeros.

ITSBIT 1852 Controls the format of the decimal registers (X,Y...) for punch output.
Any combination of the digits is acceptable. For example, 1101 will
punch leading and trailing zeros with decimal point.
Default= 0000 - Punch per postprocessor specification.
Range= 0000 - Punch per post processor specification.
0001 - Punch decimal point.
0010 - Punch sign.
0100 - Punch trailing zeros.
1000 - Punch leading zeros.

ITSBIT 1853 Specifies the contents of I,J and K registers for a circle block in
absolute mode.
Default= 01 - Absolute arc distances.
Range= 01 - Absolute arc distances
02 - Distance from center to start point.
03 - Distance from start point to center.
04 - Center coordinates.

ISTBIT 1854 Specifies the contents of I,J and K registers for a circle block in
incremental mode.
Default= 01 - Absolute arc distances.
Range= 01 - Absolute arc distances
02 - Distance from center to start point.
03 - Distance from start point to center.
04 - Center coordinates.

ITSBIT 1855 MULTAX CL file options.

Default= 01 - Accept MULTAX CL file.
Range= 00 - Do not accept MULTAX CL file.
01 - Accept MULTAX CL file
02 – Convert PTC NCL to MULTAX and accept CL file.

ITSBIT 1856 Controls the output of those points in the CL file, which have identical
coordinates and appear in succession.
Default= 01 - Output the repeat point.
Range= 00 - Do not output repeat point.
01 - Output the repeat point.
02 - Output zero length move during MULTAX.

6-30
INTCOM Variables 6 Mill Common

Name Location Description

ITSBIT 1857 Controls the output of I,J and K registers in a circle block, when their
value is zero.
Default= 01 - Output IJK when zero.
Range= 00 - Do not output IJK when zero.
01 - Output IJK when zero.

ITSBIT 1858 Unsued

ITSBIT 1859 Controls the output if true radial feed rate calculations for circular
records.
Default= 00 - Do not adjust feedrate for circles.
Range= 00 - Do not adjust feedrate for circles.
01 - Adjust feedrate for circles by cutter radius.

ITSBIT 1860 Controls the output of sequence numbers on INSERT and PPRINT
records.
Default= 00 - Output SEQNO condition for INSERT,DISPLY.
Range= 00 - Output SEQNO condition for INSERT,DISPLY.
01 - Ignore SEQNO condition for INSERT,DISPLY.
02 - Ignore SEQNO condition for DISPLY.
03 - Ignore SEQNO condition for INSERT.

ITSBIT 1861 Controls the print output of the tape information which appears to the
left of the verification print. This can be the tape image or optionally
edited for readability. The editing places a decimal point for decimal
registers (X,Y..) and does not suppress zeros for integer registers
(N,G..).
Default= 00 - Print the exact MCD image to the .LST file.
Range= 00 - Print the exact MCD image to the .LST file.
01 - Print the edited MCD image to the .LST file.

ITSBIT 1862 Selects this appropriate mode before the output of a rapid block.
Assume the current feed mode in the part program is IPR and your
machine tool requires that rapid must be in IPM mode. The post
processor will automatically switch to IPM to output the rapid block
and then switch back to IPR mode for the next move.
Default= 00 - Output Rapid in current mode.
Range= 00 - Output Rapid in current mode.
nn - Switch to mode (nn) to output Rapid.

ITSBIT 1863 Controls the Inverse Time Feed Rate circular move calculation.
Default= 00 - Use cicle arc length for circular feed rate calculations.
Range= 00 - Use cicle arc length for circular feed rate calculations.
01 - Use circle radius for circular feed rate calculations.

ITSBIT 1864 Controls the output of G codes on the next block..

Default= 00 - PREFUN/—,NEXT outputs only one G-code per block.
Range= 00 - PREFUN/—,NEXT outputs only one G-code per block.
01 - PREFUN/—,NEXT outputs multiple G-codes per block.

ITSBIT 1865 Controls the output of M codes on the next block..

Default= 00 - AUXFUN/—,NEXT outputs only one M-code per block.
Range= 00 - AUXFUN/—,NEXT outputs only one M-code per block.
01 - AUXFUN/—,NEXT outputs multiple M-codes per block.

6-31
G-Post Reference Manual INTCOM Variables

Name Location Description

ITSBIT 1866 Controls the output of tool time to LST file.

Default= 00 - Do not output tool times to list.
Range= 00 - Do not output tool times to list.
01 - Output tool times to list.
02 - Output block cycle times to list file.

ITSBIT 1867 Simulation mode option: When the post is in simulation mode, no
output is created for the print and punch files. All processing takes
place so that all common locations within the post are updated. This
option is normally set within FIL programs.
Default= 00 - Simulation mode is turned off.
Range= 00 - Simulation mode is turned off.
01 - Simulation mode is turned on.

ITSBIT 1868 Merging post option, See chapter 8 for details of using UNCMRG.
Default= 00 - Do not allow option file to be used by UNCMRG.
Range= 00 - Do not allow option file to be used by UNCMRG.
01 - Allow option file to be used by UNCMRG.

ITSBIT 1869 Controls blank spaces in INSERT statements.

Default= 00 - Suppress blanks from INSERT statement.
Range= 00 - Suppress blanks from INSERT statement.
01 - Allow blanks from INSERT statement to be output.

Note: Options 40 through 48 are for the MILL G-Post only.

ITSBIT 1870 Controls the motion analysis of rapid moves. This option applies only
to non-cycle RAPID moves.
Default = 00 - XY & ROTARY then Z (Advancing), Z then XY and
ROTARY (Retracting)
Range = 00 - XY & ROTARY then Z (Advancing), Z then XY and
ROTARY (Retracting)
01 - XYZ & ROTARY (Advancing & Retracting)
02 - XY then ROTARY then Z (Advancing), Z then XY and
ROTARY (Retracting)
03 - XY then ROTARY then Z (Advancing), Z then ROTARY
then XY (Retracting)
04 - ROTARY then XY then Z (Advancing), Z then ROTARY
then XY (Retracting)
05 – ROTARY then XY then Z (Advancing), Z then XY then
ROTARY (Retracting)

ITSBIT 1871 Applies to machines with canned cycles. The Z value can be output as
an absolute coordinate in a cycle block or as an incremental value
measured from the rapid stop point.
Default = 00 - Output Z as absolute value.
Range = 00 - Output Z as absolute value.
01- Output Z as incremental value.
02 - Output Z as absolute incremental value.

6-32
INTCOM Variables 6 Mill Common

Name Location Description

ITSBIT 1872 Controls the output of a positioning block after each tool change. This
positioning block will contain the tool change coordinates for automatic
tool change machines or the current axes position for manual tool
change machines. It is output after each tool change for alignment.
Default = 01 - Generate XYZ positioning block.
Range = 01 - Generate XYZ positioning block.
00 - Do not generate positioning block.
02 - Generate XYZABC positioning block.

ITSBIT 1873 Controls the output of motion in linear interpolation. Some machines
will not allow XYZ in the same block.
Default = 00 - XYZ in one block.
Range = 00 - XYZ in one block.
01 - XY block followed by Z.
-1 - Z block followed by XY.

ITSBIT 1874 Force the post processor to always output cycle motion in one block.
Default = 01 - CYCLE motion in one block.
Range = 00 - CYCLE motion analysis enabled.
01 - CYCLE motion in one block.

ITSBIT 1875 Controls how the post processor processes a FROM statement.
Default = 02 - Process all FROM statements in the program.
Range = 00 - Ignore all FROM statement in the program.
01 - Process only the first FROM statement in the program.
02 - Process all FROM statements in the program.
03 - Process only the first FROM statement and output it as a
motion block (GOTO/…).

ITSBIT 1876 Controls the M-code to be output when the Auto Break feature
generates a break sequence.
Default = 30 - M-code is 30 for Auto Break.
Range = 30 - M-code is 30 for Auto Break.
Nn - Output Mnn on Auto Break.

ITSBIT 1877 Controls the value generated by the ARCSLP command for registers
(IJK) in a helical circular record.
Default = 00 - Absolute value of lead in radians.
Range = -1 - Disable ARCSLP, linearize the helical interpolation (G1).
00 - Absolute value of lead in radians.
01 - Lead in radians.
02 - Absolute value of lead in inch or metric units.
03 - Lead in inch or metric units.

6-33
G-Post Reference Manual INTCOM Variables

Name Location Description

ITSBIT 1878 Controls the Inverse Time Feed Rate calculations method.
Default = 00 - Inverse time feedrate uses iterative method.
Range = 00 - Inverse time feedrate uses iterative method.
01 - Inverse time feedrate uses analytical method.
02 - Inverse time feedrate uses analytical method and
disregard the tool length.
03 - Inverse time: L = x2 + y2 + z2 ; R = a2 + b2 + c2; D =
√L+R
04 - Use ½ cutter height to shift tool tip along the tool axis to
calculate span length

Note: Inverse time feedrate always uses analytical method and disregards tool length with rotary tables, for the
inverse feedrate arc length D=SQRTF(LIN**2 + ROT**2). Use ½ cutter height to shift tool-tip along the tool-axis
to find the current span length

ITSBIT 1879 Used for handling the last point in a circular motion record if it falls
outside of the true arc of the circle.
Default = 00 - Do not check for last point on circle.
Range = 00 - Do not check for last point on circle.
01 - Output linear move if last point is not on the circle.
02 - Make end point correction but do not output the linear
move.

Note: Options 50 through 58 are for the Lathe G-Post only:

ITSBIT 1880 Controls how the post interprets the PITCH value.
Default = 00 - PITCH/t is threads per unit.
Range = 00 - PITCH/t is threads per unit.
01 - PITCH/t is direct lead.

ITSBIT 1881 Controls the X register output for posts with the Mill-Turn option set.
Default = 00 –Output X in radius for Mill & Turn.
Range = 00 - Output X in radius for Mill & Turn.
01 - Output X in diameter for Turn only.
02 - Output X in diameter for Mill & Turn.

ITSBIT 1882 Controls which turret is the primary on multi-turret posts.

Default = 00 - Primary turret default per specification.
Range = 00 - Primary turret default per specification.
148 - FRONT - Use the front turret as primary.
149 - REAR - Use the rear turret as primary.

ITSBIT 1883 Rrelates the CL coordinate axes to the Lathe coordinate axes, which
can be interchanged for the ease of programming.
Default = 01 - Horizontal: CL X=Lathe Z, CL Y=Lathe X. (default)
Range = 01 - Horizontal: CL X=Lathe Z, CL Y=Lathe X. (default)
02 - Vertical: CL X=Lathe X, CL Y=Lathe Z.

ITSBIT 1884 Specifies the sequence of output for the axis preset blocks under
SET/START,AUTO mode.
Default = 00 - Output axis preset block after T-code.
Range = 00 - Output axis preset block after T-code.
01 - Output axis preset block before T-code.

6-34
INTCOM Variables 6 Mill Common

Name Location Description

ITSBIT 1885 Sets the post as a 2 + 2 Lathe.

Default = 00 - Indicates this is not a 2 + 2 lathe.
Range = 00 - Indicates this is not a 2 + 2 lathe.
01 - Indicates this is a 2 + 2 lathe, no merging.
02 - Processor performs merging, do not print merge file.
03 - Controller performs merging, do not print merge file.
12 - Processor performs merging, print merge file.
13 - Controller performs merging, print merge file.

ITSBIT 1886 Controls the output of the thread lead registers when the thread lead is
equal to zero.
Default = 00 - Output zero in thread register.
Range = 00 - Output zero in thread register.
01 - Do not output zero in thread register.

ITSBIT 1887 Controls the absolute axis regiser multiplier.

Default = 00 - Output absolute registers as modified by the axis
multipliers.
Range = 00 - Output absolute registers as modified by the axis
multipliers.
01 - Output absolute registers the same as the input is
programmed.

ITSBIT 1888 Controls the thread lead registers (Modal/Non-Modal).

Default = 00 - Thread lead registers are non-modal.
Range = 00 - Thread lead registers are non-modal.
01 - Thread registers are modal.

ITSBIT 1889 Unused

ITSBIT 1890 Determines which of the previous registers a MODE/INCR or

MODE/INCR,OFF empties.
Default = 00 - MODE/INCR empties PREV A to Z.
Range = 00 - MODE/INCR empties PREV A to Z.
01 - MODE/INCR empties PREV XYZABC only.

ITSBIT 1891 Controls loading the verification registers with the POSTN statement.
Verification is INTCOM locations 27 through 52. Verify A=27, Verify
Z=52.
Default = 00 - POSTN load A-Z and verification (A-Z) (non-modal).
Range = 00 - POSTN load A-Z and verification (A-Z) (non-modal).
01 - POSTN loads A-Z only; verification registers are not
loaded (non-modal).
10 - POSTN load A-Z and verification (A-Z). (modal)
11 - POSTN loads A-Z only; verification registers are not
loaded (modal).

ITSBIT 1892 Suppresses the output of dwell times in the verification column for the
DELAY statement.
Default = 00 - DELAY outputs verification.
Range = 00 - DELAY outputs verification.
01 - Suppress DELAY verification.

6-35
G-Post Reference Manual INTCOM Variables

Name Location Description

ITSBIT 1893 Allows blanks to be output with the multiple address string. Setting this
option to an ASCII pointer value will allow spaces to replace the
character that is designated.
Default = 00 - Suppress blanks from punch file.
Range = 00 - Suppress blanks from punch file.
n - IASCII (n) is used to output blanks to punch file.

ITSBIT 1894 Controls the ISO mode for G/M codes.

Default = 00 - G and M codes cannot be longer than 2 digits.
Range = 00 - G and M codes cannot be longer than 2 digits.
01 - G and M codes can be longer than 2 digits.

ITSBIT 1895 Selects the mwthod by which the FEDRAT F code is output.
Default = 00 - Use normal F FEDRAT
Range = 00 - Use normal FEDRAT
01 - Use FEDRAT table codes.
02 - Use a FEDRAT formula for FEDRAT, the formula is
stored in DBLCOM(88)

ITSBIT 1896 – 1899 Unused

ITSBIT 1900 - 1907 User Generated Blocks (OBSOLETE)

ITSBIT 1908 – 1910 Unused

ITSBIT 1911 Unused

ITSBIT 1912 Controls the handling of CL points with 3 parameters when MULTAX
is enabled.
Default = 00 - If no tool axis is present retain the previous tool axis.
Range = 00 - If no tool axis is present retain the previous tool axis.
02 - If no tool axis is present set tool axis to 0,0,1

ITSBIT 1913 – 1916 Unused

ITSBIT 1917 Controls the printing of the input statements to the LST file.
Default = 00 - Do not print input statements in list file.
Range = 00 - Do not print input statements in list file.
01 - Print input statements in list file.

ITSBIT 1918 Controls the register modality.

Default = 00 - Motion registers XYZIJKABC are modal..
Range = 00 - Motion registers XYZIJKABC are modal..
01 - Motion registers GXYZIJKABCF are non-modal.
02 - Motion registers XYZIJKABC are non-modal.

ITSBIT 1919 Unused

ITSBIT 1920 Enabled/disables the use of the _MCDWT macro to edit the tape blocks
Default = 01 – Do not use the _MCDWT macro to edit the tape blocks.
Range = 01 – Do not use the _MCDWT macro to edit the tape blocks.
02 – Use the _MCDWT macro to edit the tapoe blocks.

ITSBIT 1921 Unused

6-36
INTCOM Variables 6 Mill Common

Name Location Description

ITSBIT 1922 Controls the output of the RAPID G code.

Default = 71 - Rapid G-code is modal.
Range = 71 - Rapid G-code is modal.
72 - Rapid G-code is non-modal.

ITSBIT 1923 Controls the number of degrees per block for the output of circular
interpolation.
Default = 360 – 360 degrees from the circle start point for a circle
record to break..
Range = 00 - Circle records break at every quadrant crossing
90, 180, 270, 360 - Number of degrees from the circle start
point for a circle record to break..

ITSBIT 1924 Controls the output to determine the center of the circle in a circular
interpolation block.
Default = 00 - Output IJK with circular G-codes.
Range = 00 - Output IJK with circular G-codes.
01 - Output R with circular G-codes.
02 - Output +R if angle is < 180, output –R if angle > 180.
03 - Same as 2 except if angle is = 360 output IJK.

ITSBIT 1925 Controls the information output at the beginning of the punch file.
Default = 00 - Startup information. Output G-codes and PARTNO.
Range = 00 - Startup information. Output G-codes and PARTNO.
01 - Suppress startup G-codes.
02 - Suppress PARTNO at startup.
03 - Suppress G-codes and PARTNO at startup.

ITSBIT 1926 Unused

ITSBIT 1927 Controls the input verification print.

Default = 00 - Print input line number and CL record number.
Range = 00 - Print input line number and CL record number.
01 - Suppress CL and input line number.
02 - Suppress CL verification.
03 - Suppress input verification.

ITSBIT 1928 Unused

ITSBIT 1929 Used to designate a different rewind stop code at the end of the tape.
Default = 00 - Use PLABEL (11) as end of tape rewind stop.
Range = 00 - Use PLABEL (11) as end of tape rewind stop.
nn - Use IASCII (nn) as end of tape rewind stop code.

ITSBIT 1930 Unused

IVIEW 1931 EIA view flag for circular interpolation

Default = IVWXYZ(1) INTCOM(2016)
Range = IVWXYZ(1-3) INTCOM(2016-2018)
This value changes based on circular plane selection

IWARN 1932 Total warnings in the current program

Default = 0
Range = 0 to 32766

6-37
G-Post Reference Manual INTCOM Variables

Name Location Description

IXA 1933 Letter address of XAXIS for circular interpolation

Default = 24 (X)
Range = 24 to 26
This value changes based on circular plane selection

IYA 1934 Letter address of YAXIS for circular interpolation

Default = 25 (Y)
Range = 24 to 26
This value changes based on circular plane selection

IZA 1935 Letter address of ZAXIS for circular interpolation

Default = 26 (Z)
Range = 24 to 26
This value changes based on circular plane selection

IZCMLT 1936 Letter address for tool length compensation

Default = 8 (H)
Range = 1 to 26 (A - Z)

1937 Not used

KOMON 1938 Flag to indicate the current radius compensation mode

Default = IGCOMF INTCOM(0501)
Range = IGCOMF INTCOM(0501):CUTCOM/OFF G-code
IGCOML INTCOM(0502): CUTCOM/LEFT G-code
IGCOMR INTCOM(0503): CUTCOM/RIGHT G-code

KOMRAD 1939 Radius offset number for CUTCOM

Default = 0
Range = 0 to 32766

KOMROT 1940 Flag to indicate combined rotation of the rotary and linear axis.
Default = 72 (OFF)
Range = 71 (ON) or 72 (OFF)

KOMVCT 1941 Flag to indicate if a CUTCOM vector is to be output with the

next GOTO point.
Default = 1
Range = 1 - Non-PQ CUTCOM is off
2 - Non-PQ CUTCOM is on
72 (OFF) PQ CUTCOM is off
71 (ON) PQ CUTCOM is on

KOMZAX 1942 Offset number for tool length compensation

Default = 0
Range = 0 to 32766

6-38
INTCOM Variables 6 Mill Common

Name Location Description

KSYM(10) 1943 Array to contain the special characters for punch output
(1) $ End of block (6) ( Control out
(2) > Leader (7) ) Control in
(3) = Rewind stop code (8) O/H Block – SEQNO/NEXT
(4) / Block delete (9) INSERT Contin. Character
(5) * Tab (10)- Not used
Default = (1) 36, (2) 62, (3) 61, (4) 47, (5) 42
(6) 40, (7) 41, (8) 0, (9) 0, (10) 0
Range = 32 to 96

LETROT 1953 Letter address of the rotary axis

Default = 2
Range = 1 to 3 (AAXIS=1,BAXIS=2,CAXIS=3)

LINCT 1954 Line count of the current page for the print output
Default = 0
Range = 0 to 32766

1955 Not used

MACHNO 1956 Current machine number of the part program

Default = 0
Range = 0 to 99

MACHSW 1957 Flag to indicate MACHIN/ --,ON or OFF condition to skip

processing CL information
Default = 72 (OFF)
Range = 71 (ON) or 72 (OFF)

MCHCRD 1958 Flag to tell if MACHIN statement is in the part program

Default = 72 (OFF)
Range = 71 (ON) or 72 (OFF)

MCLFLD 1959 M-code for COOLNT/FLOOD

Default = 8
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires an M-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require an M-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

MCLMST 1960 M-code for COOLNT/MIST

Default = 7
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires an M-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require an M-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

MCLOFF 1961 M-code for COOLNT/OFF

Default = 9
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires an M-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require an M-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

6-39
G-Post Reference Manual INTCOM Variables

Name Location Description

MCLON 1962 Last M-code for COOLNT

Default = MCLFLD INTCOM(1959)
Range = MCLFLD INTCOM(1959) COOLNT/FLOOD M-code
MCLMST INTCOM(1960) COOLNT/MIST M-code

MEND 1963 M-code for END

Range = 0-99 if the feature requires an M-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require an M-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

MFDOFF 1964 M-code for FEDRAT/LOCK,OFF

Default = 50
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires an M-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require an M-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

MFDON 1965 M-code for FEDRAT/LOCK,ON

Default = 51
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires an M-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require an M-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

1967 – 1968 Not used

MOPSTP 1969 M-code for OPSTOP

Default = 1
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires an M-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require an M-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

MORINT 1970 M-code for SPINDL/ORIENT used in BORE/--ORIENT cycle

Default = 5
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires an M-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require an M-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

MOVE 1971 Flag to indicate the type of move for the current GOTO point
Default = 0
Range = 0 No move, 1 X, 2 Y, 3 XY, 4 Z, 5 XZ, 6 YZ, 7 XYZ

MOVR 1972 Flag to indicate the type of rotary move

Default = 0
Range = 0 No move, 4 A, 5 B, 6 C, 9 AB, 10 AC, 11 BC, 15 ABC

MRANGE(6) 1973 M-code for range select 1-6

Default = (1) 41, (2) 42, (3) 43, (4) 0, (5) 0, (6) 0
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires an M-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require an M-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

1979 Not used

6-40
INTCOM Variables 6 Mill Common

Name Location Description

MRWIND 1980 M-code for REWIND

Default = 30
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires an M-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require an M-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

MSPCCW 1981 M-code for SPINDL/CCLW

Default = 4
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires an M-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require an M-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

MSPCLW 1982 M-code for SPINDL/CLW

Default = 3
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires an M-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require an M-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

MSPOFF 1983 M-code for SPINDL/OFF

Default = 5
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires an M-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require an M-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

MSTOP 1984 M-code for STOP

Default = 0
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires an M-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require an M-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

1985 – 1986 Not used

MULTAX 1987 Flag to mark CL file type as MULTAX or non-MULTAX

Default = 3
Range = 3 (Not MULTAX), 6 (MULTAX)

MXLINE 1988 Maximum number of lines output per page for the print output file
Default = 51
Range = 1 to 32766

NAXIS 1989 Number of axes in the post

Default = 3
Range = 3 (non-MULTAX), 6 (MULTAX)

NBLOCK 1990 Number of the punch output block

Default = 0
Range = 0 to 32766

6-41
G-Post Reference Manual INTCOM Variables

Name Location Description

NCYCLE 1991 Current cycle requested by a CYCLE/ command Pointer into

ICYCLE or ICYCLG array
Default = 0
Range = 0 to 12 (After first CYCLE, will not return to 0)

NODIAG 1992 Flag to indicate if a type 2000 command was processed

Default = 0
Range = 0 - Off
1 - Type 2000 processed

NORMAX 1993 Axis normal to the rotary table

Default = 3
Range = 1 - X
2-Y
3-Z

NSPDHI(6) 1994 Highest location in each range for the spindle table
Default = (1) 2, (2) 2, (3) 2, (4) 0, (5) 0, (6) 0
Range = 2 to 99

NSPDLW(6) 2000 Lowest location in each range for the spindle table
Default = (1) 1, (2) 1, (3) 1, (4) 0, (5) 0, (6) 0
Range = 1 to 98

NSR 2006 Number of spindle ranges

Default = 3
Range = 1 to 6

NTHBLK 2007 SEQNO option to output sequence number every nth block
Default = 1
Range = 1 to 32766

NTOOL 2008 Pointer into the tool table for last tool stored
Default = 0
Range = 0 to 99

NTTL 2009 Maximum number of tools allowed

Default = 99
Range = 1 to 99

NTW 2010 Number of tape words for output

Default = 20
Range = 1 to 26

NVW 2011 Total number of words for output: tape words plus verification words
Default = 27
Range = NTW (INTCOM(2010) + 1 to 5

6-42
INTCOM Variables 6 Mill Common

Name Location Description

NXTSEQ 2012 Next sequence number to be output

Default = 0
Range = 0 to 32766

NXTWRD 2013 Internal switch; ***Do not change

NZDATA 2014 Counter for the number of Z parameters stored from CYCLE command
Default = 0
Range = 1 to 20 (after a CYCLE command)

IDPLTR 2015 DEEP CYCLE increment address

Default = 11 (K)
Range = 1 to 26 (A-Z)

IVWXYZ(3) 2016 EIA view flag for XYZ circular interpolation

1 = XY plane
2 = ZX plane
3 = YZ plane
Default = (1) -1, (2) -1, (3) -1
Range = -1 - APT +X to APT +Y will be IGCCLW
+1 - APT +X to APT +Y will be IGCLW

ITITLE(33) 2019 Array for user title; must be set from within the Option File
Generator; ***Cannot be set externally

IOBLOK 2052 Flag for alignment block code

Default = 0
Range = 0 - Off
1 - Output alignment code on next block

IRPTYP 2053 Flag for RAPID in IPR or IPM

Default = 0 (off)
Range = 0 (off)
1 Rapid feed mode G-code was output

IRPFED 2054 Flag to save current FEED mode

Default = 0
Range = IFMODE INTCOM (492)
IGIPM INTCOM(508)
IGIPR INTCOM(509)
IGINV INTCOM(507)

2055 Not used

MULTG(4) 2056 Array to hold multiple G-codes

Default = (1-4) -32767 (IEMPTY)
Range = Any G-code that fits the format

MULTM(4) 2060 Array to hold multiple M-codes

Default = (1-4) -32767 (IEMPTY)
Range = Any M-code that fits the format

6-43
G-Post Reference Manual INTCOM Variables

Name Location Description

KCIRSW(3) 2064 Three-way switch to indicate modal CIRCLE codes:

1 = G-code, 2 = XYZ code, 3 = IJK code
Default = 72 (OFF)
Range = 71 (ON) or 72 (OFF)

LETRAD 2067 Letter address for RADIUS register with circular interpolation
Default = 0 (Unused)
Range = 0 to 26 (A-Z)

2068 Not used

ITAPSW 2069 Switch to indicate location of SPINDL/OFF code in TAP CYCLE

Default = 72 (OFF)
Range = 71 (ON) Spindle off M-code with Z move
72 (OFF) Spindle off M-code after Z move

IACTSW 2070 Switch to indicate motion from Type 2000 command; do not change

IRPSAV 2071 Saves RAPID switch for Type 2000 motion

Default = 0 (Off)
Range = 0, (IRAPSW INTCOM(0856))
Default = 72 (OFF)
Range = 71 (ON) or 72 (OFF)

ICYCSV 2072 Saves CYCLE switch for Type 2000 motion

Default = 0 (Off)
Range = 0, (ICYCSW INTCOM(0482))
See ICYCSW for settings

JRAPAD 2073 RAPID address

Default = 0 (Unused)
Range = 0 to 26 (A-Z)

IGINMT 2074 Current inch/metric G-code

Default = IGINCH INTCOM(0506)
Range = IGINCH INTCOM(0506) Default = 70
IGMTRC INTCOM(0511) Default = 71

IBGVD1 2075 DBLCOM DEBUGG starting location

Default = 0 (Off)
Range = 0 to 1000

IBGVD2 2076 DBLCOM DEBUGG ending location

Default = 0 (Off)
Range = 0 to 1000

IBUGVD 2077 DEBUGG switch for DBLCOM dump

Default = 72 (OFF)
Range = 71 (ON) or 72 (OFF)

6-44
INTCOM Variables 6 Mill Common

Name Location Description

IAX1 2078 CLWRD pointer for transformation formula

Default = 2
Range = 1 to 6

IAX2 2079 CLWRD pointer for transformation formula

Default = 1
Range = 1 to 6

IAX3 2080 CLWRD pointer for transformation formula

Default = 3
Range = 1 to 6

IAX4 2081 CLWRD pointer for transformation formula

Default = 5
Range = 0 (not used), 1 to 6

IAX5 2082 CLWRD pointer for transformation formula

Default = 0 (not used)
Range = 0 (not used), 1 to 6

IAX6 2083 CLWRD pointer for transformation formula

Default = 0 (not used)
Range = 0 (not used), 1 to 6

IVC1 2084 CLWRD pointer for transformation formula

Default = 5
Range = 1 to 6

IVC2 2085 CLWRD pointer for transformation formula

Default = 4
Range = 1 to 6

IVC3 2086 CLWRD pointer for transformation formula

Default = 6
Range = 0 to 32766

IRTCAX 2087 Designates the retracted axis

Default = 3
Range = 1 = X axis
2 = Y axis
3 = Z axis

ITY3SW 2088 Flag to indicate correct Type 3000 record

Default = 0 (off)
Range = 0 (off or incorrect Type 3000)
1 (correct Type 3000)

6-45
G-Post Reference Manual INTCOM Variables

Name Location Description

IROTYP 2089 Switch to designate the machine configuration

Default = 1
Range = 0 - Mill without rotary axis
1 - 4-axis rotary table
2 - 4-axis rotary head
3 - 5-axis dual rotary table
4 - 5-axis rotary table & rotary head
5 - 4-axis dual rotary head
6 - Live tooling machine

IPRDX(3) 2090 ROTARY AXIS type switch

1 = A axis
2 = B axis
3 = C axis
Default = 0
Range = 0 - Table rotates +- 360 degrees
1 - Table rotates more than +- 360 degrees

JROTSW 2093 Flag to specify rotation of CL point using built-in matrix

Default = 0 (Off)
Range = 1 Rotate vector
10 Rotate point
11 Rotate point and vector

IBQUAD 2094 Switch to force secondary rotary axis angles into the first
and fourth quadrants
Default = 0 (Off) Shortest rotation
Range = 0 Off
1 Force into other quadrant
2 Take shortest rotation and set C=0 for (0,0,1),
C/A Table/Table only
12 Select positive A or B position only
13 Select negative A or B position only

INAUTO 2095 Switch for automatic inverse time feed rates for ROTARY moves
Default = 0 (Off)
Range = 0 Off
= 1 Output inverse for rotary
= 9394 IPM mode needed for GOTO with rotary

NOTE: 9394 is only valid when inverse time (G93) is not available on
your machine and set to NA.

LETHED 2096 Letter address of the rotary head

Default = 0 (Unused)
Range = 0 Unused
1 A axis
2 B axis
3 C axis

JKSW 2097 Flag to indicate A axis zero location

Default = 0
Range = 0 - A axis remains at zero
1 - A axis 90 degrees off

6-46
INTCOM Variables 6 Mill Common

Name Location Description

IANGSW 2098 Switch to set the quadrants where the head will position
Default = 148 (FRONT, Quadrants 1 & 4)
Range = 148 (FRONT, Quadrants 1 & 4)
149 (REAR, Quadrants 2 & 3)
88 (AUTO, Closet Resolve)
231 (BOTH + FRONT)
232 (BOTH + REAR)
0 (Default for C/B Head/Head only)
1 Enable optimized calculation (C/A Head/Head only!)
10 Legacy setting for C Head/B Head only)

ISLAVE 2099 Switch to indicate a slave rotary table is present

Default = 0 (No)
Range = 0 (No) or 1 (Yes)

LETSLV 2100 Letter address of the slave rotary axis

Default = 1 (A)
Range = 1 to 26 (A-Z)

IPCHBF(80) 2101 Punch buffer, ***Cannot be reset

2181 – 2204 These locations are used to save register specifications during
execution of a CL record and cannot be altered or used

IMAVOD 2205 M-code output with CYCLE/AVOID

Default = 26
Range = Any M-code that fits the format

LETRTR 2206 Letter address for RETRCT AXIS

Default = 26 (Z)
Range = 1 to 26 (A-Z)

IRTRCT 2207 Switch to indicate RETRCT pending

Default = 72 (OFF)
Range = 71 (ON) or 72 (OFF)

KULCCW 2208 M-code to indicate CCLW SPINDL with COOLNT/ON

Default = 14
Range = Any M-code that fits the format

KULCLW 2209 M-code to indicate CLW SPINDL with COOLNT/ON

Default = 13
Range = Any M-code that fits the format

IBRKFL 2210 Flag to indicate if automatic break is pending

Default = 0
Range = 0 - Process normally
1 - Max. on GOHOME
2 - Max. on LOADTL
3 - Max. on OPSTOP
4 - Max. on STOP
5 - Max. on length of tape
-1 - BREAK

6-47
G-Post Reference Manual INTCOM Variables

Name Location Description

IBRKWD(5) 2211 Flags used in automatic break to indicate which words

(GOHOME, LOADTL, OPSTOP, STOP) to break on
Default = 0 (off)
Range = (1) - 1 Break on GOHOME
(2) - 1 Break on LOADTL
(3) - 1 Break on OPSTOP
(4) - 1 Break on STOP
(5) - 1 Break on length of tape

JPARAD(26,9) 2216 Array containing the para-macro to be substituted for letter

addresses. Strings are in the same sequence as JADDR. The
first eight positions contain the string. The ninth position
contains the ON/OFF switch.
Default = -32767: (IEMPTY)
Range = (n,1-8) - 32 to 96
(n,9)- -32767 (IEMPTY), 72 (OFF) - 71 (ON)

ICYAVD 2451 Flag indicating CYCLE/AVOID has been read

Default = 0 (off)
Range = 71 (ON) or 72 (OFF)

IRADAX 2452 Radial axis pointer for live tooling machines

Default = 0 (unused)
Range = 1: X axis
2: Y axis
3: Z axis

IROTAX 2453 Rotary axis pointer for live tooling machines

Default = 0 (unused)
Range = 4: A axis
5: B axis
6: C axis

IWCSW 2454 Use version 4.2 of ROTABL. It was not correct but programmers
had fixed there programs to work with this problem.
Default = 0 5.3 version of ROTABL, corrected
Range = 1 4.2 version of ROTABL, incorrect

KOMADR(3) 2455 Address pointers for vector P & Q type cutter compensation
Default = (1): X axis address - 16 (P)
(2): Y axis address - 17 (Q)
(3): Z axis address 0 (unused)
Range = 1 to 26 (A to Z)

KOMCSW 2458 Switch to indicate circular interpolation with vector cutter

compensation
Default = 71 (ON)
Range = 71 (ON)
-32767 (IEMPTY) (off)

6-48
INTCOM Variables 6 Mill Common

Name Location Description

MODVSW 2459 Switch to indicate how vector output is performed

Default = 1
Range = 0: Modal vectors
1: Non-modal vectors
2: Modal, output only when axis moves
3: Non-modal, output only when axis moves

NXTCIR 2460 Switch to indicate that the next CL record is a circle (used
only with vector cutter compensation)
Default = 72 (OFF)
Range = 71 (ON) or 72 (OFF)

NXTCLR 2461 Switch to indicate that the next CL record has been read
(used only with vector cutter compensation)
Default = 72 (OFF)
Range = 71 (ON) or 72 (OFF)

2462 Not used

MULRSW 2463 Switch to indicate that the current TY5000 record is a

multiple point record (used only with vector cutter compensation)
Default = 72 (OFF)
Range = 71 (ON) or 72 (OFF)

2464 Not used

KKSTUP 2465 Switch to indicate that this is the first move after cutter
compensation startup (used only with vector cutter compensation)
Default = 72 (OFF)
Range = 71 (ON) or 72 (OFF)

KKMANL 2466 Switch to indicate that a manual vector input is in effect (used
only with vector cutter compensation)
Default = 72 (OFF)
Range = 71 (ON) or 72 (OFF)

2467 – 2474 Not used

KOMTYP 2475 Type of vector cutter compensation

Default = 1
Range = 1: Unit surface type
2: Unit vector type
3: 8 direction type

KKPQSW 2476 Switch to indicate that vector cutter compensation is available

Default = 72 (OFF)
Range = 71 (ON) or 72 (OFF)

6-49
G-Post Reference Manual INTCOM Variables

Name Location Description

IDCNTR(2) 2477 PARTNO increment option for multiple punch files

(1): PARTNO Column to be incremented
(2): Starting increment number
Default = (1) 0 (not used)
(2) 0
Range = (1) 1-66
(2) 0-9

2479 Internal switch; ***Do not reset

2480 Not used

IERFIN 2481 Error count option will terminate processing when the
number of errors and warnings exceed this number
Default = 0 (off)
Range = 1 - 32766

JSCPAD 2482 Secondary clearance address with G80 series cycles

Default = 0 (off)
Range = 1-26 (A-Z)

KOMRT2 2483 Flag to indicate a secondary rotary axis has been

programmed from ROTABL or ROTHED
Default = 72 (OFF)
Range = 71 (ON) or 72 (OFF)

IOPSKN(9) 2484 Multiple OPSKIP numbers, to be output with the multiple

OPSKIP option
Default = -32767 (IEMPTY) (off)
Range = 1 - 32766

MSKPSW 2493 Multiple OPSKIP switch

Default = 72 (OFF)
Range = 71 (ON) or 72 (OFF)

IRPTSW 2494 Switch to indicate a REPEAT command has been programmed

Default = 0 (off)
Range = 71 (ON) or 72 (OFF)

KALISW 2495 Switch to indicate if KSYM alias is on

Default = 72 (OFF)
Range = 71 (ON) or 72 (OFF)

KSALIS(8,8) 2496 ASCII pointers for KSYM alias (1,1-8) - KSYM(1) (2,1-8) -
KSYM(2), etc.
Default = 0 (unused)
Range = 0, 32 - 96

ILNBLK 2701 Flag to identify LINTOL block in listing (nutator only)

Default = 0 (off)
Range = 0 (off) or 1 (on)

6-50
INTCOM Variables 6 Mill Common

Name Location Description

ILNMOV 2702 Internal flag to indicate linearization block (nutator only)

***Do not change
Default = 0 (off)
Range = 0 (off) or 1 (on)

ITMLBK 2703 Internal flag to identify feed reduction block in listing (nutator only);
***Do not change
Default = 0 (off)
Range = 0 (off) or 1 (on)

ITMLFD 2704 Switch to indicate feed reduction option is off/on (nutator

only)
Default = 0 (off)
Range = 0 (off) or 1 (on)

ITOLVC 2705 Switch to keep constant alpha XY-angle (nutator only)

Default = 0 (off)
Range = 0 (off) or 1 (on)

IZRANG 2706 Switch to output -0 or -360 for rotary motion

Default = 0
Range = 0 Output -0 for rotary motion
1 Output -360 instead of -0

KKHOFF 2707 Switch to output Zlength (G43) CUTCOM with next Z Block
Default = 72 (off)
Range = 71 (on) Output CUTCOM with next Z block
72 (off) Do not output CUTCOM with next Z block

KKDOFF 2708 Switch to output Diameter CUTCOM (G41/G42) with next XY block
Default = -32767 (IEMPTY)
Range = 71 (on) CUTCOM pending with next XY block
72 (off) CUTCOM not pending with next XY move

IZRABC 2709 Switch for TRANS to check 6 o'clock or 12 o'clock position

Default = 0 , 12 o'clock position

IUGWRE 2710 Tilt Wire EDM switch

Default = 0
Range = 0 Non Tilt Wire EDM
1 Tilt Wire EDM

IUGADX 2711 Upper Wire Guide X Address

Default = 21 (U)
Range = 1-26 Alpha A-Z

IUGADY 2712 Upper Wire Guide Y Address

Default = 22 (V)
Range = 1-26 Alpha A-Z

6-51
G-Post Reference Manual INTCOM Variables

Name Location Description

IUGTYP 2713 Output method for upper wire guide coordinates

Default = 2 Incremental
Range = 1 Absolute
2 Incremental distance from lower guide position
3 Incremental distance from last upper guide position
4 Angle from lower guide
5 Incremental angle from previous lower guide position

ITAPH 2714 CYCLE/TAP,---HIGH G-code

Default = 841
Range = +- 32767

ITAPD 2715 CYCLE/TAP,---HIGH G-code decimal point location

Default = 1
Range = +- 32767

IHLNXT 2717 Internal Switch, ***Do not reset.

IOPSKT 2718 Internal switch, ***Do not reset.

2719 - 2821 Not used

ISFZXARCD 2822 Correct the direction of an arc in the ZX plane

Default = 0, Do not correct arc
= 1, Correct the ZX plane arc direction

2823 - 3300 Not used

IPCHBF(120) 3301 Punch Buffer. ***Do not reset.

MCLTHH 3421 COOLNT/THRU,HIGH M-code

Default = 18
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires an M-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require an M-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

MCLTHL 3422 COOLNT/THRU,LOW M-code

Default = 17
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires an M-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require an M-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

MCLFLH 3423 COOLNT/FLOOD,HIGH M-code

Default = 28
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires an M-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require an M-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

MCLFLL 3424 COOLNT/FLOOD,LOW M-code

Default = 27
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires an M-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require an M-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

6-52
INTCOM Variables 6 Mill Common

Name Location Description

ICLXYZSW 3425 COOLNT output with next XYZ block.

Default = 0 (off)
Range = 0 (off) , 1 (with XY block), 2 (with Z block)

ICLOUTSW 3426 Internal switch used with COOLNT. ***Do not reset.

ISELSW 3427 Switch for G code output with SELECT.

Default = 0 (off)
Range = 0 (off) , 1 (on)

ISELGDEF 3428 Default G-code for SELECT

Default = 54
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires a G-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require a G-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

ISELGMIN 3429 Minimum G-code for SELECT

Default = 54
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires a G-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require a G-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

ISELGMAX 3430 Maximum G-code for SELECT

Default = 59
Range = 0-99 if the feature requires a G-code
-1 to -99 if the feature exists, but does not require a G-code
-32767 (IEMPTY) if feature does not exist

ISELXYZSW 3431 SELECT output with next XYZ block.

Default = 0 (off)
Range = 0 (off) , 1 (with XY block), 2 (with Z block)

ISELEQZERO 3432 Output SELECT if equal to zero.

Default = 0 (yes)
Range = 0 (yes) , 1 (no)

ISELOUTSW 3433 Internal switch used with SELECT. ***Do not reset.

ISELG 3434 Internal switch used with SELECT. ***Do not reset.

IHELIXK 3435 Output K with helical interpolation blocks.

Default = 0 (on)
Range = 0 K is output
1 K output is suppressed
2 Heidenhain type output

ICIRFDN 3436 Output redundant F-code with quadrant crossing circle output.
Default = 0 (off)
Range = 0 (off) , 1 (on)

6-53
G-Post Reference Manual INTCOM Variables

Name Location Description

ILTSPT 3437 LOADTL T-code and M-code are output on the same line
Default = 0
Range = 0 (T & M are output on same line)
1 (T & M are output on separate lines).

MCLSW 3439 COOLNT/ON switch.

Default = 0 (off)
Range = 0 (off) , 1 (on)

3440 - 3451 Not used

MCLSW 3452 Expand THRDSQ commands to output THREAD/ON commands.

Default = 0 Do not expand the THRDSQ and THREAD/AUTO
= 1 Expand the thread commands

3453 - 3482 Not used

ISTART10SW 3483 Output 10 lines of user defined output at startup switch.

Default = 0 (off)
Range = 0 (off) , 1 (on)

ISTART10LN 3485 Number of lines to be output at startup.

Default = 0
Range = 0 -10

ISTART10(330) 3485 10 lines, 66 characters per line, of user defined output.

This array can only be loaded by the OFG.
***Do not change.

IPGMNUMSW 3815 Output a program number at the start switch.

Default = 0 (off)
Range = 0 (off) , 1 (on)

IPGMPROSW 3816 Prompt for the program number at the start switch.
Default = 0 (off)
Range = 0 (off) , 1 (on)

IPGMPROMPT(33) 3817 The program number prompt string, 66 characters.

This array can only be loaded by the OFG.
***Do not change.

IPGMPRE(5) 3850 The program number prefix string 10 characters.

This array can only be loaded by the OFG.
***Do not change.

IPGMPOST(5) 3855 The program number suffix string, 10 characters.

This array can only be loaded by the OFG.
***Do not change.

6-54
INTCOM Variables 6 Mill Common

Name Location Description

IPGMNCH 3860 Maximum number of characters in program number.

Default = 1
Range = 1-33

IPGMALPHASW 3861 Allow Alpha-Numeric program numbers.

Default = 0 (off) Numeric only
Range = 0 (off) , 1 (on) Alpha-Numeric

IPGMNUMBER(23) 3862 The program number string, 46 characters.

This array is set internally. Do not change.

IPGMBLOCK(33) 3885 The program number output block, 66 characters.

This array is set internally. Do not change.

IPGMNUMBERDEF(23) 3918 The program number default, 46 characters.

This array can only be loaded by the OFG.
***Do not change.

ITIMESTAMPSW 3941 Output a CPU time stamp at startup switch.

Default = 0 (off)
Range = 0 (off) , 1 (on)

ITIMESTAMP(33) 3942 The time stamp string, 66 characters.

This array is set internally. Do not change.

3975 - 3976 Not used

IKULSPINSW 3977 Switch to output the SPINDL-COOLNT ON M-code

Default = 0 (off)
Range = 0 (off), 1 (on)

IKULSPINOF 3978 Internal Flag, ***Do not reset

IPNTVCT 3979 Internal Flag. Point / Vector Type for the OFG
Do Not Reset
Default = 0 = 12 parameter matrix
Range = 0 = 12 parameter matrix
1 = XY
2 = YZ
3 = ZX

IFINI10SW 3980 Output 10 lines of user defined output at end switch.

Default = 0 (off)
Range = 0 (off) , 1 (on)

IFINI10LN 3981 Number of lines to be output at end.

Default = 0
Range = 0 -10

6-55
G-Post Reference Manual INTCOM Variables

Name Location Description

IFINI10(330) 3982 10 lines, 66 characters per line, of user defined end output.
This array can only be loaded by the OFG.
*** Do not change.

ILASERPUNCH 4312 Flag to indicated machine type as Mill, Laser or Punch

Default = 0 = Mill
Range = 0 = Mill
1 = Laser
2 = Punch

ITLADJ 4313 Output the tool length compensation number the same as the tool
number when not specified in the LOADTL statement.
Default = 0 = Off
Range = 0 = Off
1 = On

ICCADJ 4314 Output the cutter compensation diameter offset number the same as the
tool number when not specified in the CUTCOM statement.
Default = 0 = Off
Range = 0 = Off
1 = On

ITLPRE 4315 Preselect the next tool and create the tool list file .TL1.
Default = 0 Off, No tool preselects
Range = 0 Off, No tool preselects.
= 1 Tool preselects and preselect the 1 st tool following the last tool.
= 2 Tool preselects and preselect T00 following the last tool.
= 3 Tool preselects and do not preselect a tool following the last tool

IG98G99 4316 Switch to ignore PULBAC in CYCLE commands.

Default = 0, Use the PULBAC commands
Range = 0, Use the PULBAC commands
= 1 Ignore the PULBAC commands in CYLCE

IVRFYXYZ 4317 Switch to output CL point XYZ in verification print.

Default = 0, Verification print is machine XYZ
Range = 0, Verification print is machine XYZ
= 1 Verification XYZ is CL XYZ
= 2 Verification XYZ is PRESPT(XYZ) after TRANS/ORIGIN

ITULSAME 4318 Flag to indicate modal T-code output.

Default = 0, Always output the T-Code
Range = 0, Always output the T-Code
= 1 Only output T-Code if different from previous T-Code

IAXISCLAMP 4319 Flag to indicate axis clamping with M-Codes.

Default = 0, Axis Clamping disabled.
Range = 0, Axis Clamping disabled.
= 1 Axis Clamping with M-Code enabled

6-56
INTCOM Variables 6 Mill Common

Name Location Description

IALCLAMPON 4320 Clamp all axis with this M-CODE.

Default = 0, Each axis is clamped individually.
Range = 1-999,M-Code for clamping all axis.

IAXCLAMPON 4321 Clamp X axis with this M-CODE.

Default = 0, X axis clamping disabled.
Range = 1-999,M-Code for clamping X axis.

IAYCLAMPON 4322 Clamp Y axis with this M-CODE.

Default = 0, Y axis clamping disabled.
Range = 1-999,M-Code for clamping Y axis.

IAZCLAMPON 4323 Clamp Z axis with this M-CODE.

Default = 0, Z axis clamping disabled.
Range = 1-999,M-Code for clamping Z axis.

IAACLAMPON 4324 Clamp A axis with this M-CODE.

Default = 0, A axis clamping disabled.
Range = 1-999,M-Code for clamping A axis.

IABCLAMPON 4325 Clamp B axis with this M-CODE.

Default = 0, B axis clamping disabled.
Range = 1-999,M-Code for clamping B axis.

IACCLAMPOF 4326 Clamp C axis with this M-CODE.

Default = 0, C axis clamping disabled.
Range = 1-999,M-Code for clamping C axis.

IALCLAMPOF 4327 Unclamp all axis with this M-CODE.

Default = 0, Each axis is unclamped individually.
Range = 1-999,M-Code for unclamping all axis.

IAXCLAMPOF 4328 Unclamp X axis with this M-CODE.

Default = 0, X axis unclamping disabled.
Range = 1-999,M-Code for unclamping X axis.

IAYCLAMPOF 4329 Unclamp Y axis with this M-CODE.

Default = 0, Y axis unclamping disabled.
Range = 1-999,M-Code for unclamping Y axis.

IAZCLAMPOF 4330 Unclamp Z axis with this M-CODE.

Default = 0, Z axis unclamping disabled.
Range = 1-999,M-Code for unclamping Z axis.

IAACLAMPOF 4331 Unclamp A axis with this M-CODE.

Default = 0, A axis unclamping disabled.
Range = 1-999,M-Code for unclamping A axis.

IABCLAMPOF 4332 Unclamp B axis with this M-CODE.

Default = 0, B axis unclamping disabled.
Range = 1-999,M-Code for unclamping B axis.

6-57
G-Post Reference Manual INTCOM Variables

Name Location Description

IACCLAMPOF 4333 Unclamp C axis with this M-CODE.

Default = 0, C axis unclamping disabled.
Range = 1-999,M-Code for unclamping C axis.

IWCRVFITFG 4334 ARC Fitting flag.

Default = 0, Deactivate ARC fitting.
= 1, Activate ARC fitting.

IWCRVFITMC 4335 NURBS Fitting flag.

Default = 0, Deactivate NURBS fitting.
= 1, Activate NURBS fitting.

IG9899CODE 4336 G-Code for the PULBAC command in CYCLE.

Default = 0, Use the specified value in the PULBAC command.
= 1-999, Use this value for the G-Code always, ignore
specified value.

ICYOUTABC 4337 Output the current ABC values in the CYCLE block.
Default = 0, Output the current ABC values in the CYCLE block.
= 1, Do not output ABC in the CYCLE block.

IPTCUNITFG 4338 PTC UNITS command flag.

Default = 0,Evaluate the UNITS commands as normal.
= 1, Evaluate the UNITS commands per PTC specification.

IG1MODALFG 4339 Linear G-Code modal flag.

Default = 0,linear G-Code in non-modal
= 1,. Linear G-Code is modal

ICRCTCOMFG 4340 Output G02/G03 when the circular and CUTCOM plane do not match.
Default = 0, Do not output G02/G03
= 1, Output G02/G03 when the CUTCOM plane doesn’t match.

IRPSRPMOTF 4341 Apply automatic REPOS to RAPID moves switch.

Default = 0, CALL/_REPOS Macro from FIL
= 1, Automatically select opposite solution.

IRPSRPWRNF 4342 Output WARNING message for automatic _REPOS (RAPID moves).
Default = 0, Do not output
= 1, Output to LST file only
= 2, Output to MCD file only
= 3, Output to both MCD and Listing files.

IRPSRPRETF 4343 Apply feedrates to retract and approach moves (_REPOS moves).
Default = 0, Use current feed rate for both retract and advance moves
= 1, Use feed rates per DBLCOM(1026) and DBLCOM(1027).

IRPSFDMOTF 4344 Apply automatic REPOS to feed rate moves switch.

Default = 0, CALL/_REPOS Macro from FIL
= 1, Automatically select opposite solution.

6-58
INTCOM Variables 6 Mill Common

Name Location Description

IRPSFDWRNF 4345 Output WARNING message for automatic _REPOS (Feed rate moves).
Default = 0, Do not output
= 1, Output to LST file only
= 2, Output to MCD file only
= 3, Output to both MCD and Listing files.

IRPSFDSPOF 4346 Output SPINDL/OFF after automatic retract move in _REPOS.

Default = 0, Do not output SPINDL/OFF
= 1, Output SPINDL/OFF

IRPSFDCLOF 4347 Output COOLNT/OFF after automatic retract move in _REPOS.

Default = 0, Do not output COLNT/OFF
= 1, Output COOLNT/OFF

IRPSFDOPSF 4348 Output OPSTOP after automatic retract move in _REPOS.

Default = 0, Do not output OPSTOP
= 1, Output OPSTOP

IRPSFDSTPF 4349 Output STOP after automatic retract move in _REPOS.

Default = 0, Do not output STOP
= 1, Output STOP

IRPSFDSPNF 4350 Output SPINDL/ON prior to automatic advance move in _REPOS.

Default = 0, Do not output SPINDL/ON
= 1, Output SPINDL/ON

IRPSFDCLNF 4351 Output COOLNT/ON prior to automatic advance move in _REPOS.

Default = 0, Do not output COLNT/ON
= 1, Output COOLNT/ON

IRPSGMCHPF 4352 Automatic _REPOS require with this motion record. DO NOT RESET.
Default = 0, No
= 1, Yes

ISIMTIMCTR 4353 Add cycle time during simulation mode.

Default = 0, Do not add cycle times for simulation mode
= 1, Add cycle time for simulation mode.

ICIRMINPNT 4354 Minimum number of point for CIRCLE test with PTC.
Default = 3
= 1, Skip the test
Range = 1 - 32767

IMULSCFRET 4355 MULTAX software cycle feed rate in G00/G01 mode.

Default = 0, G00
Range = 1, G01

KOMPQRF 4356 PQR CUTCOM in effect

Default = 0, Off
Range = 1, On

6-59
G-Post Reference Manual INTCOM Variables

Name Location Description

KOMPQRM 4357 PQR CUTCOM/XYZ in effect

Default = 0, Off
Range = 1, On

KOMPG40B 4358 Output PQR CUTCOM G40 by itself.

Default = 0, Off
Range = 1, On

JAFTRAD(26,9) 4359 Array containing the para-macro strings to be added following

The letter address values. Strings are in the same sequence as JADDR.
The first eight positions contain the string. The ninth position
contains the ON/OFF switch.
Default = -32767: (IEMPTY)
Range = (n,1-8) - 32 to 96
(n,9) - -32767 (IEMPTY) (off) - 71 (ON)

JDECONT 4593 Decimal output option.

Default = 0, Normal output X12.
= 1, Output X12
= 2, Output X12.0 or X0.12

IMLXCYFL(6) 4594 Most machine tools support hardware cycles (G81 etc) only in the XY
plane or in 3-axes mode as set in the cycle panel G-code section. If
your machine is a 4/5-axes machine with rotary table, the G-Post will
rotate into XY-plane automatically for any tool axis. In this case, leave
the 1st setting to "Same as 3-axes mode". If your machine has rotary
head or you want to switch to a Software cycle in MULTAX/ON mode,
then you can select the "Mixed mode" and then set the desired option
for various tool axis input. If your machine tool supports hardware
cycles (G81 etc) in YZ and ZX plane cycles, you can also set them in
this panel.

4594 = 0, Same as 3-axes mode and as set in cycle panel

= 1, Use Software cycles for any tool axis
= 2, Use Hardware cycles for any tool axis
= 3, Mixed mode Software and Hardware cycles

4595 XY-PLANE (0,0,1 tool axis)

= 0, Software cycle
= 1 , Hardware as in G17 G81 ZR

4596 ZX-PLANE (0,1,0 tool axis)

= 0 ,Software cycle
= 1, Hardware as in G18 G81 YR

4597 YZ-PLANE (1,0,0 tool axis)

= 0, Software cycle
= 1, Hardware as in G19 G81 XR

6-60
INTCOM Variables 6 Mill Common

Name Location Description

4598 XYZ-PLANE (any tool axis)

= 0, Software cycle
= 1, Hardware cycle

4599 Internal switch, ***DO NOT RESET

ITAPFLEXT(7) 4600 Optional tape file extension set by user in Optfile I4600=0/1 and
Up to 6-characters stored in I4601-4606 similar to Alias ASCII index.
Only valid filename characters (0-9,A-Z and Underscore) are valid.
Default = 0, default file extension
= 1, Use file extension define in Optfile

IG9899COD1 4607 G98/G99 initial retract G code

Default = 98
Range = 0-32767

IG9899COD2 4608 G98/G99 full retract G code

Default = 99
Range = 0-32767

IMILLTURN(20) 4609 MILL-TURN support

4609 Mill - Turn switch

Default = 0, OFF
= 1, On

4610 Mill – Turn, TURN mode switch

Default = 0, OFF
= 1, On

4611 Mill - Turn mode Mill SPINDL switch

Default = 0, SPINDL/PARLEL,ZAXIS
= 1, SPINDL/PARLEL,XAXIS

4612 Mill – Turn mode, THREAD/ON flag

Default = 0, Off
= 1, On

4613 Mill – Turn mode, THREAD lead address

Default = 6. F
= 1-26, A-Z

4614 Mill – Turn mode, THREAD Mode G Code

Default = 33
= 0-99

4615 Mill – Turn mode, SPINDL SFM G Code

Default = 96
= 0-99

6-61
G-Post Reference Manual INTCOM Variables

Name Location Description

4616 Mill – Turn mode, SPINDL RPM G Code

Default = 97
= 0-99

4617 Mill – Turn mode, SPINDL MAXRPM G Code

Default = 92
= 0-99

4618 Mill – Turn mode, SPINDL SFM Radius output flag

Default = 0, Off
= 1, On

4619 Mill – Turn mode, YAXIS output mode

= 0, Off Default for 3 axis Mill-Turn
= 1, On Default for 5 axis Mill-Turn
= 2, Y Axis limit check mode

4620 Mill – Turn mode, TURRET/CENTER flag

Default = 0, Off
= 1, On

4621 Mill – Turn mode, CL file input for MODE/TURN

Default = 0, CL = Z,X,0
= 1, CL = X,0,Z

4622 Mill – Turn mode, Expand THEAD/AUTO or THRDSQ

Default = 0, Yes
= 1, No

IVSTMILPN 4623 Flag to indicate if user set Y-axis option in mill panel of the Mill-Turn
Section. This only applies to 5 axis C-Table B-Head Mill-Turn
machines. ***Do not change***
Default = 0, No
= 1, Yes

4624 - 4628 Not used

IABCLMTYP(3) 4629 Rotary axes ABC Min-Max limit value type: (linear/rotary 360degress)
Default = 0, Linear range like XYZ axes (Min=-15, Max=+90)
= 1, 360 Degree range ignore sign (Min=270, Max=90)
= 2, 360 Degree range check sign (Min=-270,Max=90)

IABCTZTYP(3) 4632 Rotary axes ABC Min-Max travel zone limit

Default = 0, None
= 1, Yes Degree range set in dblcom (Min=90, Max=270)
= 2, Yes Also output intermediate point for Rapid
= 3, Yes Also output intermediate point for Feed
= 4, Yes Also output intermediate point for Rapid and Feed

ICYCSAMPT 4635 Repeat CYCLE identical point.

Default = 0, Do not repeat CYCLE identical point
= 1, Repeat CYCLE identical point.

6-62
INTCOM Variables 6 Mill Common

Name Location Description

IABCLNGRT(3) 4636 Rotary axes ABC take long route flag for ANALYZ
Default = 0, No
= 1, Yes set by RPCHEK3

IMLXCPFLG 4639 Auto plane select for CUTCOM/LEFT-RIGHT when

XY-YZ-ZXPLAN is not given
Default = 0, No
= 1, Yes

IMECOFHED 4640 Horizontal A/B Type Nutating Head flag and rotation direction for +90.
Default = 0, No (Normal A Nutator)
= 1, Yes (Horizontal Nutator, CCLW for +90 ”Mecof”)
= 2, Yes, (Horizontal Nutator, CLW for +90 “Selca”)

ICYSCPLTYP 4641 CYCLE secondary clearance plane output.

Default = 0, Output incremental from Z
= 1, Output absolute value

ISPNMOTGLF 4642 SPINDL code output flag.

Default = 0, Output SPINDL code on a block by itself
= 1, Output SPINDL code with the next XY block
= 2, Output SPINDL code with the next Z block

ICVBINFLG 4643 Reading a CV binary CL file flag.

Default = 0, No
= 1, Yes

IABCOVTYP(3) 4644 Check for overlapped ABC axis travel zones.

Default = 0, Do not check for overlapping travel zone.
= 1, check for overlapping travel zone

IG93CLAMPF 4647 Unclamp rotary axis when G93 is active.

Default 0 = No
1 = Yes, for feed rate and rapid moves.
2 = Yes, for feed rate moves only.

IGHMPVUPFLG 4648 Automatically update PREVMP when GOHOME is used..

Default = 0, No
= 1, Yes

ILM3PSCHR 4649 Flag to look for 3 rd solution when automatic _REPOS is called..
Default = 0, No
= 1, Yes

ILM3PSAXS 4650 Axis that forced automatic _REPOS to be called. ***Do not reset
Default = 1, A Axis
= 2, B Axis
= 3, C Axis

IFLGRPINS 4651 REPLAC will insert a new block.

Default = 0, No
= 1, Yes

6-63
G-Post Reference Manual INTCOM Variables

Name Location Description

JNSV 4652 Flag to output SEQNO with REPLAC insert..

Default = 0, No
= 1, Yes

IDPLTRNEG 4653 Option will output CYCLE/DEEP INCR values as negative.

Default = 0, No (INCR always positive)
= 1, Yes (output as programmed, negative or positive)

ICYFSTXYFG 4654 1st CYCLE point output option.

Default = 0, Output XY with G81 RZ block
= 1, Output XY then G81 RZ block

IRPSXYZCHK 4655 Flag to check for XYZ limits with auto REPOS mode.
This check is done only if the rotary axes ABC are in limits.
In other words, the order of test is ABC first then if ABC are OK,
then check YXZ next.
Default = 0, Do not check XYZ limits after ABC
= 1, Check XYZ limits after ABC

IRPSXYZAXS 4656 When INTCOM(4655) is active and one of the linear axes is out
of limits. This location is set to specify the axis out of limits..
Default = 0, no axis out of limits
= 24, X axis is out of limits
= 25, Y axis is out of limits
= 26, Z axis is out of limits

IROTGCDOUT 4657 Flag to output G00/G01 codes with ROTATE/cmds.

Default = 0, No
= 1, Yes

IPRNCMDOPT 4658 When PLABEL/OPTION,87=1,a new flag INTCOM(4658)

will provide further control of print/input
statement. It is a 4-digit field to be set as
no=0 or yes=1 for each option below:
Default = 0000 to print all commands as before.

Skip printing of FIL generated commands (1st digit)

Skip printing of PPRINT text commands (2nd digit)
Skip printing of INSERT text commands (3rd digit)
Skip printing of PARTNO text commands (4th digit)

Example: INTCOM(4658)=1000 will suppress printing of FIL

generated input commands.

NOTE: You must still set PLABEL/OPTION,87, INTCOM(1917)=1

IPRNFCDOPT 4659 Option to print Verify-F in IPM/IPR.

Default = 0, Print Verify-F in IPM
= 1, Print Verify-F in IPR
= 2, Print Verify-F in IPM or IPR per current feed rate mode

6-64
INTCOM Variables 6 Mill Common

Name Location Description

ICYCUGCMD 4660 Option to process UG CYCLE commands.

Default = 0, FIL will process UG CYCLE commands
= 1, G-Post to process UG CYCLE, accept FEDTO Z as is
= 2, G-Post to process UG CYCLE, make FEDTO Z positive
= 3, G-Post to process UG CYCLE, reverse sign of FEDTO Z

ICIRUGWRN 4661 Option to output a warning when a circle is ignored and G01 moves are
generated by the G-Post.
Default = 0, No Warning is output
= 1, Output a warning if GOTO/xyz after the CIRCLE/cmd is
output as G01.
= 2, Output a warning is the CIRCLE/cmd or GOTO/xyz is
output as G01.

ICLXYZSO 4662 Option to output the COOLNT/OFF M-Code in a block by itself.

Default = 0, Use COOLNT/ON settings for COOLNT/OFF.
= 1, Output COOLNT/OFF M-Code in a block by itself.

ITLXYZRPF 4663 By default, the G-Post uses the tool change location to determine
the RAPID move immediately after a tool change is an advance
or retract motion using the standard motion analysis. Some machines
move the tool to a safe position for M06 or G28 codes and the actual
tool change position may vary and thus can not be set in the Optfile to
a static location. This location has been added to always output XY
and then a Z-move for the RAPID motion that immediately follows a
tool change or a LOADTL/cmd and for any automatic re-position of the
rotary axes for RAPID motion.

Default = 0, Use tool change location for motion analysis (default)

= 1, Output XY and then Z-move, ie: assume advance move.

IRTANGSW 4664 Support of right-angled head in Mill G-Post.

SET/HED-HOLDER,1,XO,YO,ZO,[POSX,NEGX,...for tool direction]

(G-Post)
SET/HOLDER,1,SETOOL,XO,YO,ZO,ATANGL,a,SETANG,s
(PTC format)

This command will set the following flags

Default = 0, No right angle head support needed
= 1, Right angle head support needed

IRTANGAX 4665 Alignment axis and direction for right angled head.
SET/cmd Axis Flag (0=NONE,1=NEGX,2=POSX,
3=NEGY,4=POSY,5=NEGZ,6=POSZ)
Default = 0, None
= 1, NEGX
= 2, POSX
= 3, NEGY
= 4, POSY
= 5, NEGZ
= 6, POSZ

6-65
G-Post Reference Manual INTCOM Variables

Name Location Description

IRTANGLT 4666 Right angled head holder address to be output. Set by the Option File
Generator.
Default = 53, NA
Range = 1-25,53, (A-Z or NA)

IMOUTPTFG 4667 _OUTPT Macro flag. Set to enable or disable the _OUTPT macro.
Default = 0, Disabled _OUTPT tape block editor macro.
= 1, Enabled _OUTPT tape block editor macro.

IHELIXVD 4668 Accept ARCSLP/ON,z as actual z-change instead of the lead per 360
degree revolution for Mastercam input files.
Default = 0, ARCSLP/ON,z is true lead/360 degrees.
= 1, ARCSLP/ON,z is actual z-change for Mastercam.

IPGMLDBLK 4669 Skip the leading blanks and leading slash (/) character in the PARTNO
statement.
Default = 0, Use the 1st character in PARTNO.
= 1, Skip leading blanks and slash (/) in count

IRTABCSP(3) 4670 ABC axes address suppression flag with H90 support in 5 axis only.
Default = 0, No, do not suppress the axis address.
= 1, Yes, suppress the axis address.

4671 Not Used

4672 Not Used

ITSQSTPIN 4673 THREAD/AUTO step-in move thread mode

Default = 0, Step-in move is at feed/rapid
= 1, Step-in move is in thread/on mode

IG9899MODL 4674 G98/G99 Modal flag, to be repeated after G80 z-retract

(Cycle Motion Analysis)
Default = 0, G98/G99 code is modal, output for new CYCLE/cmd
= 1, G98/G99 code is non-modal, also output after G80-retract

IG94CYCG00 4675 Skip G94/G95 prep code output with G00 blocks inside CYCLE output
Default = 0, Output G94/G95 for any RAPID block if set
by ITSBIT(32)
= 1, Skip G94/G95 for RAPID if inside CYCLE output

IGPDBGSQN 4676 Execute G-Post in Debug Mode, run the G-Post Debugger interface
Default = 0, Debug mode off
= 1, Enable G-Post debug mode and user interface

ISM840DCYF 4677 Option to output Siemens 840D cycle format

Default = 0, Siemens CYCLE81() format not required
= 1, Output Siemens CYCLE81() format, non-modal
= 2, Output Siemens CYCLE81() format, modal

ICKLMTGLPD 4678 When output is set to tool tip coordinates the XYZ limits are tested
with the tool tip coordinates.
Default = 0, Use tool tip coordinates for limit test
= 1, Use spindle gage reference point for limit test

6-66
INTCOM Variables 6 Mill Common

Name Location Description

ICKLMTAXIS 4679 When any axis limit is exceeded this common will be set. You
can check this common in your FIL file to perform any action required
Default = 0, No limit error
= 1, One of the axes hit a limit

IHTMPACKFG 4680 HTML Packager options common. Each or the five digits at I4680
can be set to (0 or 1)to pick a file or selection of a file for packaging.
Default = 0, Do not package files into HTML format
= 00001, Add input (*.apt,*.acl,*.ncl) to package
= 00010, Add output (*.lst) to package
= 00100, Add output (*.tap) to package
= 01000, Add Option file uncx01.pnn to package
= 10000, Add FIL file uncx01.fnn to package

IWDM2TPCFG 4681 Two sections of GOTO/xyz with SYNCTR/ON-OFF (PTC Pro/NC)

Default = 0, Multax GOTO/xyz,ijk with tool axis for UV output
= 1, G-Post to convert GOTO/xyz sets to Multax GOTO
= 2, Conversion will be done in FIL

ISMTABFLG 4682 Generate tool simulation file containing time and absolute
positions for each of the XYZABC axes
Default = 0, No time and absolute position file needed
= 1, Generate time and absolute position file for XYZABC

ISM840ARTF 4683 Siemens 840D ROT and/or TRANS cycle format

Default = 0, Do not output ROT cycle format
= 1, Output ROT cycle format for any tool axis
= 2, Output ROT and TRANS cycle format for any tool axis,
(TRANS XYZ=Machine)
= 3, Output ROT and TRANS cycle format for any tool axis
(TRANS XYZ=Part)

ICYSCPLAPR 4684 Set cycle approach and retract to primary or secondary clearance
plane as defined in the CYCLE/--,RTRCTO,z2.
Default = 0, No extra approach move to secondary plane needed
= 1, Yes extra approach move to secondary plane required
This will enable a RAPID move to the secondary clearance plane at the
start of drilling each point. Default is to move to the R-plane.
Note: If a secondary plane address (W or similar) is set for G81 cycle,
this is not used as G81 RZW moves to (W) secondary clearance plane.

ICYSCPLRTR 4685 Make a (G0) retract move to secondary clearance plane value in
CY/--,RTRCTO,c2.
Default = 0, No retract G0 move needed
= 1, Output G0 move after cycle motion
This will enable a RAPID move to the secondary clearance plane at the
end of drilling each point. Default is to move to the R-plane.
Note: If a secondary plane address (W or similar) is set for G81 cycle,
this is not used as G81 RZW moves to (W) secondary clearance plane.

ITRNSOUTFG 4686 Flag for TRANS/OUT, matrix in effect

Default = 0, No matrix in effect
= 1. Yes, a TRANS/OUT,- matrix is in effect

6-67
G-Post Reference Manual INTCOM Variables

Name Location Description

ICSYSPLANE 4687 Flag for planar machining, This will allow planar machining by
generating the necessary blocks for the control.
Default = 0, No
= 1, Yes
ICSYSPIVOT 4688 Flag for current mode of PIVOTZ, Using the PIVOTZ/cmd your can
skip plane machining for full 5 axis contouring.
Default = 0, PIVOTZ/off
= 1, PIVOTZ/on

ICSYSMATRX 4689 Flag to specify plane for machining matrix is defined by the
CSYS/MSYS/CAMERA command in the input CL or get from the tool
axis of the GOTO/cmd.
Default: = 0, CSYS/MSYS/CAMERA command
= 1, Use tool axis of GOTO/cmd
= 2, CSYSMSYS/CAMERA command with origin shift

ICSYSMXGCD 4690 G code (G7/G68/etc) for the planar machining rotation angle block.
Default: = 0
Range: = 1 - 999

ICSYSMXABC 4691 Rotary letter address (ABC) to be output for the planar machining
rotation angle block.
Default: = 0, None
= 001, Output A angle
= 010, Output B angle
= 100, Output C angle
= 111, Output ABC angles
= 800, Output Siemens CYCLE800 format

ICSYSBKBEF 4692 Output positioning ABC angular move before the planar machining
rotation angle block.
Default: = 0, Do not output
= 1, Output

ICSYSBKAFT 4693 Output positioning ABC angular move after the planar machining
rotation angle block.
Default: = 0, Do not output
= 1, Output

ICSYSBKBGC 4694 G code for positioning ABC angular move before the planar machining
rotation angle block.
Default: = 0
Range: = 1 - 999

ICSYSBKAGC 4695 G code for positioning ABC angular move after the planar machining
rotation angle block.
Default: = 0
Range: = 1 - 999

ICSYSIDBEF 4696 User defined blocks output before the planar machining rotation angle
block.
Default: = 0, No blocks output
Range: = 1 – 10, Number of blocks to output

6-68
INTCOM Variables 6 Mill Common

Name Location Description

ICSYSIDAFT 4697 User defined blocks output after the planar machining rotation angle
block.
Default: = 0, No blocks output
Range: = 1 – 10, Number of blocks to output

ITCHGIDBEF 4698 User defined blocks output before the tool change block.
Default: = 0, No blocks output
Range: = 1 – 10, Number of blocks to output

ITCHGIDAFT 4699 User defined blocks output after the tool change block.
Default: = 0, No blocks output
Range: = 1 – 10, Number of blocks to output

ITCHGSKLEN 4700 G-Post normally will adjust the GOTO/xyz for the tool length
programmed in LOADTL/cmd. Using this option, you can set the
length to zero and program the true tool length at the NC machine
control..
Default = 0, Accept LOADTL/t,LENGTH,v and offset xyz
= 1, Ignore tool length (v) in LOADTL/t,LENGTH,v

IPGMRENPU1 4701 Flag to re-name the MCD / Tape file using the (PGM) Program
Number (e.g., 01234.pu1 where 01234 is the Program Number from the
Option File Generator) instead of the default name. The default file
name is test.pu1 or test.tap if "test" is the name of the input file such as
"test.apt" or "test.ncl".
Default = 0, Use the default file name
= 1, Use the program number as file name
= 2, Use the program number, skip prefix string
= 3, Use the program number, skip postfix string
= 4, Use the program number, skip pre and postfix strings

NOTE: This option will not work with merging posts.

IMPR2MCFG 4702 INTCOM location reserved as internal G-Post trace flag to be used with
PRTMCH functions. *** Do not use this location.

IMMC2PRFG 4703 INTCOM location reserved as internal G-Post trace flag to be used with
PRTMCH functions. *** Do not use this location.

IOPMRPFLG 4704 Optimize to minimize Auto Repos in 5-axes machines flag

Default = 0, No
= 1, Yes

IOPMRPTYP 4705 Optimize goto sequence for Auto Repos selection flag.
Default = 0, None
= 1, RAPID-GOTO-FEDRAT-GOTO-RAPID
= 2, RAPID-GOTO-GOTO-RAPID
= 3, Use start-stop words like SPINDL/ON-GOTO-
SPINDL/OFF

6-69
G-Post Reference Manual INTCOM Variables

Name Location Description

IOPMRPBWD 4706 Optimize Auto Repos, Start seqeunce word.

Default = 0, None given
= 1, SPINDL/s-ON
= 2, COOLNT/ON-MIST-FLOOD
= 3, CUTCOM/LEFT-RIGHT-ON
= nnnn, User defined word with 4-digit integer code like
LOADTL=1055

IOPMRPEWD 4707 Optimize Auto Repos, Stop seqeunce word.

Default = 0, None given
= 1, SPINDL/OFF
= 2, COOLNT/OFF
= 3, CUTCOM/OFF
= nnnn, User defined word with 4-digit integer code like
LOADTL=1055

IOPMRPLGF 4708 Optimize print/trace flag to print Auto Repos optimize data to LST file.
Default = 0, No
= 1, Yes

IOPMRPLIM 4709 Optimize Auto Repos, internal limit error flag.

*** Do not alter this location.
Default = 0, None
= 1, Axis limit trip

IOPMRPWRN 4710 Optimize Auto Repos, internal repos warning flag.

*** Do not alter this location.
Default = 0, None
= 1, Repos times

IOPMRPSAP 4711 Optimize Auto Repos, internal select long route flag.
*** Do not alter this location.
Default = 0, Select short route angle for 1st goto
= 1, Select long route angle for 1st goto

IRPOSIDBRP 4712 Automatic Reposition user defined blocks, Before the Retract motion.
Default: = 0, No user blocks before the retract motion
Range: = 1 – 10, Number of user blocks to output before the retract
motion

IRPOSIDARP 4713 Automatic Reposition user defined blocks, After the Retract motion.
Default: = 0, No user blocks after the retract motion
Range: = 1 – 10, Number of user blocks to output after the retract
motion

IRPOSIDBAP 4714 Automatic Reposition user defined blocks, Before the Approach
motion.
Default: = 0, No user blocks before the approach motion
Range: = 1 – 10, Number of user blocks to output before the approach
motion

6-70
INTCOM Variables 6 Mill Common

Name Location Description

IRPOSIDAAP 4715 Automatic Reposition user defined blocks, After the Approach motion.
Default: = 0, No user blocks after the approach motion
Range: = 1 – 10, Number of user blocks to output before the approach
motion

IGPBLDNUMB 4716 INTCOM location reserved as internal G-Post location to stored the G-
Post Build Number that is printed in the LST file.
*** Do not alter this location.

ICSYSAXOPP 4717 For Planar Machining Mode G-Post will resolve angles for the
secondary AB-axes to the primary side. With this option, you can
select the alternate solution of the two possible angles.
Default = 0, Do not select AB-angles for opposite solution
= 1, Select AB-angles for opposite solution

ICSYSAXLIM 4718 For Planar Machining Mode, with this option, you can output the A
angle to be in the range of 0 to 360 or -180 to +180.
Default = 0, Output A angle, 0-360
= 1, Output A angle, +/-180

ICSYSBXLIM 4719 For Planar Machining Mode, with this option, you can output the B
angle to be in the range of 0 to 360 or -180 to +180.
Default = 0, Output B angle, 0-360
= 1. Output B angle, +/-180

ICSYSCXLIM 4720 For Planar Machining Mode, with this option, you can output the C
angle to be in the range of 0 to 360 or -180 to +180.
Default = 0, Output C angle, 0-360
= 1, Output C angle, +/-180

ICSYSMCABC 4721 For Planar Machining Mode, the G7/G68 type angles can be output as
current ABC machine/euler angles instead of the default ABC
orthognal angles.
Default = 0, Output ABC orthognal angles
= 1, Output ABC machine axes angles
= 2, Output Euler angles
= 3, Output Euler angles Fanuc mode IJK
= 4, Output Euler angles Fanuc mode IJ,K=0

IRPSXYZRTX 4722 X limit exceeded flag to tells G-Post which of the rotary axis (ABC) to
rotate and find the opposite solution that will make XYZ within limit.
Default = 0, None given
= 1, A-axis
= 2, B-axis
= 3,=C-axis

IRPSXYZRTY 4723 Y limit exceeded flag to tells G-Post which of the rotary axis (ABC) to
rotate and find the opposite solution that will make XYZ within limit.
Default = 0, None given
= 1, A-axis
= 2, B-axis
= 3, C-axis

6-71
G-Post Reference Manual INTCOM Variables

Name Location Description

IRPSXYZRTZ 4724 Z limit exceeded flag to tells G-Post which of the rotary axis (ABC) to
rotate and find the opposite solution that will make XYZ within limit.
Default = 0, None given
= 1, A-axis
= 2, B-axis
= 3, C-axis

IG93SIMIPM 4725 If your machine has no G93 for inverse time feed for combined linear
and rotary motion, you can use this option to let GPost emulate inverse
time feed with a smooth IPM feedrate in G94 mode.
Default = 0, No G93 simulation
= 1, Emulate G93 in IPM feed mode

NOTE: This is only an approximation, provided for compatibility and

does not replace G93 inverse time feature. It may not work for Gantry
type machines with tool-tip output.

IJKUNRNDSW 4726 Some controls want IJK data with G2/G3 circle motion before rounding
the machine point to pulse. This option will find IJK offsets before it is
rounded off, roundf(presmp,pulse).
Default = 0, No
= 1, Yes, find IJK before round off

INCLDOLC72 4727 The CL file can contain a PPRINT / cmd with $-sign in column-72 or
73 for continuation, this generates a conversion error. This common
must be set to correct this. It must be set in the option file manually or
in the set common panel of Option File Generator.
Default = 0, Do not test for $ in column-72
= 1. Enable test for $ in column-72

IRPOSIDMFR 4728 Repos user block motion selection. Setting this common enables the
output of the next eight commons (4729 through 4736).
Default = 0, Apply for both feed and rapid motion
= 1, Apply to feed and rapid motion separately

IRPOSIDBRPR 4729 Repos Before the Retract motion rapid

Default = 0, No user blocks for repos rapid motion
= n, Output n-user defined lines for repos rapid motion
CHRCOM(91-120)

IRPOSIDARPR 4730 Repos After the Retract motion rapid

Default = 0, No user blocks for repos rapid motion
= n, Output n-user defined lines for repos rapid motion
CHRCOM(91-120)

IRPOSIDBAPR 4731 Repos Before the Approach motion rapid

Default = 0, No user blocks for repos rapid motion
= n, Output n-user defined lines for repos rapid motion
CHRCOM(91-120)

IRPOSIDAAPR 4732 Repos After the Approach motion rapid

Default = 0, No user blocks for repos rapid motion
= n, Output n-user defined lines for repos rapid motion
CHRCOM(91-120)

6-72
INTCOM Variables 6 Mill Common

Name Location Description

IRPOSIDBRPF 4733 Repos Before the Retract motion feed

Default = 0, No user blocks for repos feed motion
= n. Output n-user defined lines for repos feed motion
CHRCOM(131-170)

IRPOSIDARPF 4734 Repos After the Retract motion feed

Default = 0, No user blocks for repos feed motion
= n, Output n-user defined lines for repos feed motion
CHRCOM(131-170)

IRPOSIDBAPF 4735 Repos Before the Approach motion feed

Default = 0, No user blocks for repos feed motion
= n, Output n-user defined lines for repos feed motion
CHRCOM(131-170)

IRPOSIDAAPF 4736 Repos After the Approach motion feed

Default = 0, No user blocks for repos feed motion
= n, Output n-user defined lines for repos feed motion
CHRCOM(131-170)

ITCHGIDSPF 4737 Tool change user block 1st-2nd-last tool option

Default = 0, Apply same user blocks for all tools
= 1, Apply 1st-2nd-last tool user blocks

ITCHGIDBEF1 4738 User comment blocks before 1st-tool change

Default = 0, Do not output comment
= n, Output n-comment lines

ITCHGIDAFT1 4739 User comment blocks after 1st-tool change

Default = 0, Do not output comment
= n, Output n-comment lines

ITCHGIDBEF2 4740 User comment blocks before 2nd-tool change

Default = 0, Do not output comment
= n, Output n-comment lines

ITCHGIDAFT2 4741 User comment blocks after 2nd-tool change

Default = 0, Do not output comment
= n, Output n-comment lines

ITCHGIDBEF3 4742 User comment blocks before last-tool change

Default = 0, Do not output comment
= n, Output n-comment lines

ITCHGIDAFT3 4743 User comment blocks after last-tool change

Default = 0, Do not output comment
= n, Output n-comment lines

IOPMRPBWDM 4744 Start seqeunce Minor word

Default = 0, None
= 1, SPINDL/s-ON
= 2, COOLNT/ON-MIST-FLOOD
= 3, CUTCOM/LEFT-RIGHT-ON
= nnnn, User defined minor word code like ON=71

6-73
G-Post Reference Manual INTCOM Variables

Name Location Description

IOPMRPEWDM 4745 Stop seqeunce Minor word

Default = 0, None
= 1, SPINDL/OFF
= 2, COOLNT/OFF
= 3, CUTCOM/OFF
= nnnn, User defined minor word code like OFF=72

IOPTVERNMB 4746 Optfile uncx01.pnn version number from 1st line V6.5
Default = 0, None
= n, Version number as 65

KG9899CODE 4747 Flag to indicate that a G98 or G99 has been loaded for output by
CYCLE/--,PULBAC command. This is an internal flag to remove it in
case of a software cycle was detected automatically later.
Default = 0, None
= n, 98 or 99 for G98 or G99 code has been output

KCYDWLMDLF 4748 Flag to indicate that a CYCLE/--,DELAY,d dwell value specified in

cycle command to remain as modal or set back to zero, meaning user
will restate dwell as needed in the new cycle command.
Default = 0, Modal
= 1, Non modal, reset dwell value to zero

IRPOSARLIMF 4749 In an auto repos Approach/Retract motion, the ABC rotary axis can be
out of limits on some 5-axis machines. This flag is set to check for this
condition and ignore the ABC output if out of limit.
Default = 0, Output ABC
= 1, Do not output ABC if out of limit

KOPTHCLRDSTF 4750 Flag to indicate that a OP/THREAD to use the current point as set in
threading menu CLEAR_DIST=d or use the default of 0.05 as before.
Default = 0, Use 0.05 default distance and RAPID to thread start point
= 1, Use set CLEAR_DIST and feed to thread start point.

KCYCLPNTCNTR 4751 GOTO/point counter after a CYCLE/cmd, will be reset by

CYCLE/OFF.
Default = 0
= n, Incremented for each cycle GOTO/point by one.

KCYCLPNTRVAL 4752 CYCLE G81 R-value is from last-Z instead of the default Drill height.
This applies only to hardware cycles to for Mori-Seki type of machines.
Default = 0, R is from Drill-Z
= 1, R is from Last-Z output as positive value
= 2, R is from Last-Z output with a sign (Only be set in FIL)

IRPSRPCALL 4753 Internal Flag to indicate if a PRTMCH call is from RPCHEK used by
Auto-Repos (Do not use in FIL).
Default = 0, Regular ty5000 call
= 1, Rpchek call

ITAPOPTCORF 4754 Flag to auto correct tape address problems in legacy Option files (.Pnn).
Default = 0, No
= 1, Yes

6-74
INTCOM Variables 6 Mill Common

Name Location Description

IRPSLINTOLF 4755 Flag to skip lintol motion to the point in limit during automatic re-
position.
Default = 0, Do not skip LINTOL move.
= 1, Skip LINTOL move.

IPRT4CABANG 4756 Flag to use Head-Head calculation for angles in C/B or C/A Nutator
Table-Head machines.
Default = 0, No
= 1, Yes
= 2, Yes, Also offset C by 90-degress in the XY-plane.

ICSYSMXTYP 4757 Flag to indicate type of CSYS/matrix for planar machining as

forward/reverse.
Default = 0, Forward, use CSYS/matrix as it is in the CL file.
= 1, Reverse, use inverse CSYS/matrix.

ICSYSABCLM 4758 Flag to select the ABC angles that are within limits for planar
machining.
Default = 0, Do not check limits.
= 1, Output opposite angles that may be in the limits.

ICSYSZVECF 4759 Flag to indicate how to use Z-vector from CSYS/matrix for planar
machining. This flag is not normally used, default is the preferred
mode
Default = 0, Let GPost determines the Z-vector.
= 1, Use Z-vector from the CSYS/inverse matrix.

ICSYSEULRP 4760 Flag to set the Euler angle XYZ order.

The most commonly used is order is ZXZ, which is the default in the
G-Post. This flag can be set for desired order to find the Euler angles
for planar machining output. There are the 12-possible angles for any
given CSYS/matrix, which can be specified by n=1 thru 12.
Default = 0, Use common ZXZ order.
= n, Use desired order 1-12.
(1=XYZ,2=XZY,3=YXZ,4=YZX,5=ZXY,6=ZYX)
(7=XYX,8=XZX,9=YXY,10=YZY,11=ZXZ,12=ZYZ)

ILNTOLMETHD 4761 Flag to use newer linearization methods in the Option File Generator.
***Do not set unless one of the new methods is selected.
Default = 0, Not using new methods
= 1, Use distance with mid-point method
= 2, Use equal distance segments method

ISNGLINTOLF 4762 Flag to check for a singular axis move for linearization motion to a
point. Under this condition, the regular linearization algorithms may
not converge and/or generate proper LINTOL intermediate points.
Optionally, the move can be skipped or output n-number of
intermediate points at equal distance from start to end point.
Default = 0, No
= 1, Yes
= n, Output n-number intermediate points (n=2 to 99)

6-75
G-Post Reference Manual INTCOM Variables

Name Location Description

IWRNGOUTPTF 4763 Flag to indicate **WARNING** to be output in one or two lines.

Default = 0, Output in one line
= 1, Output in two lines as in V6.6 or earliar versions

IHLXSCALVEC 4764 Flag to scale ARCSLP/ON,z value by the current tool axis vector to
avoid G2/G3 helical motion along the wrong spindle axis.
Default = 0, Do not scale ARCSLP/z-value
= 1, Scale ARCSLP/z-value by the current tool axis vector

IRPOSARTLXF 4765 This flag is used to set the Automatic Reposition Approach/Retract
motion to use the new tool axis of the current GOTO/pnt that caused
the limit error after the retract move instead of the old tool axis from
the last GOTO/pnt. .
Default = 0, Use old tool axis of last point
= 1, Use new tool axis of next point

IPCHUPLWCASE 4766 This can be set to convert the tape file to upper or lower case at FINI.
NOTE: Use only if it is needed.
Default = 0, No conversion
= 1, Convert to upper case
= 2, Convert to lower case

6-76
RELCOM Variables 6 Mill Common

6.3 Mill RELCOM Variables

Name Location Description

RPMMAX 0001 SPINDL/MAXRPM value

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 - 99999.0

SFMCON 0002 SFM to RPM constant

Default = 1.9098593
Range = 1.9098593 (inch)
159.15494 (metric)

SFMFCT 0003 SFM to output unit factor

Default = 1.0
Range = 1.0 (inch/inch) (metric/metric)
3.2808399 (metric/inch)
0.3048 (inch/metric)

SFMRAD 0004 SPINDL/RADIUS value for SFM

Default = EMPTY
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0, EMPTY

SFMREQ 0005 SPINDL/S,SFM the required S

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

SFMTIM 0006 Time spent in SFM move

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

SPDREQ 0007 SPINDL/S,RPM the required S

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

SPINCR 0008 SPINDL/INCR value for SFM mode

Default = 0.1
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

SPNCOD 0009 Current spindle S-code

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 - 99999.0

SPNSPD 0010 Current spindle speed in RPM

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 - 99999.0

6-77
G-Post Reference Manual RELCOM Variables

Name Location Description

SPTABL(6,99) 0011 Spindle table

Default = (1,1) - 1.0
(1,2) - 3000.0
(2,1) - 1.0
(2,2) - 3000.01
(3,1) - 1.0
(3,2) - 3000.0
Range = > 0.0 - 99999.0

NOTE: The feedrate code tables overlay the last 3 ranges of the spindle
code common locations. If you use feedrate code tables, only three
spindle ranges are available!

TFDXPM(50) 0401 IPM feedrate values for XY motion

Default = 0.0 (see note 2 above!)
Range = +-99999.0

TFDXPR(50) 0451 IPR feedrate values for XY motion

Default = 0.0 (see note 2 above!)
Range = +-99999.0

TFDZPM(50) 0501 IPM feedrate values for Z motion

Default = 0.0 (see note 2 above!)
Range = +-99999.0

TFDZPR(50) 0551 IPR feedrate values for Z motion

Default = 0.0 (see note 2 above!)
Range = +-99999.0

TLTABL(99,3) 0605 Tool length and tool number stored for each tool
Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

6-78
DBLCOM Variables 6 Mill Common

6.4 Mill DBLCOM Variables

Name Location Description

ANGINC 0001 Rotary axis incremental angle from the last angular position
Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

ANGLE 0002 Rotary axis current angular position

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 360.0

ANGLST 0003 Rotary axis last angular position

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 360.0

CAMVAL 0004 Cam couplet value for canned CYCLES

Default = 999999.0 (EMPTY)
Range = +-99999.0

CANON(6) 0005 XYZIJK of the circle center from the Type 3000 command
Default = 0.0
Range = (1-3) +-99999.0, (4-6) +-1.0

CIRCEN(6) 0011 XYZ of the circle center translated by ORIGIN and TRANS
Default = 0.0
Range = (1-3) +-99999.0, (4-6) Unused

CIRRAD 0017 Current circle radius

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

CLPT(6) 0018 Last XYZIJK values from CL record

Default = 0.0
Range = (1-3) +-99999.0, (4-6) +-1.0

CNVMM 0024 Conversion factor from inches to millimeters

Default = 25.4
Range = (1/25.4) or 25.4

CNVSM 0025 Conversion factor from seconds to minutes

Default = .0167
Range = ***Do not change

CPRUNT 0026 Conversion factor to find length of tape unit from character
count that is 10 characters per inch
Default = 10.0
Range = 10.0 or .39370079

CPS 0027 Tape reader speed in characters/seconds

Default = 300.0
Range = 1 to 99999.0

6-79
G-Post Reference Manual DBLCOM Variables

Name Location Description

CRCLWD(10) 0028 Ten CLWRD locations following a Type 2000 command

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

CSFPLN(4) 0038 Canonical form of the CLRSRF/PL1 definition as AX+BY+CZ-D=0

Default = EMPTY
Range = +-99999.0

CYCLTM 0042 Machine time for current motion

Default = 0.0
Range = .01 to 99999.0

CYDATA(12) 0043 Array to store CYCLE option values.

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

Example: CYCLE/DEEP INCR value can be stored in this array to

output a K register for hardware cycle

CYDWEL(12) 0055 Array to store CYCLE DWELL values

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

0055 Array to store CYCLE DWELL value for DRILL

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

0056 Array to store CYCLE DWELL value for CSINK

Default = 2.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

0057 Array to store CYCLE DWELL value for DEEP

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

0058 Array to store CYCLE DWELL value for TAP

Default = 2.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

0059 Array to store CYCLE DWELL value for BORE

Default = 2.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

0060 Array to store CYCLE DWELL value for REAM

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

0061 Array to store CYCLE DWELL value for THRU

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

0062 Array to store CYCLE DWELL value for FACE

Default = 2.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

6-80
DBLCOM Variables 6 Mill Common

Name Location Description

CYDWEL(4) 0063 Extra CYCLE DWELL locations for unused cycles.

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

DELTA(6) 0067 XYZIJK DELTA departures of current GOTO point

Default = 0.0
Range = (1-3) +-99999.0, (4-6) +-1.0

DELTAM(6) 0073 XYZABC DELTA departures of the current GOTO point

for MULTAX mill
Default = 0.0
Range = (1-3) +-99999.0, (4-6) +-360.0

DEPMAX 0079 Maximum linear departure that can be output in one block
Default = 999.9999
Range = +-99999.0

DIST 0080 Current linear distance

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

DISTL 0081 Current linear distance for MULTAX

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

DISTR 0082 Current rotary distance for MULTAX

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

DRAPTO 0083 Segmentation distance for FEDRAT/RAPTO

Default = 0.3
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

DWELMN(2) 0084 Minimum DWELL in IPM (1) and IPR (2) modes
Default = (1) - 0.1, (2) - 0.0
Range = .00001 to 99999.0

DWELMX(2) 0086 Maximum DWELL in IPM (1) and IPR (2) modes
Default = (1) - 99.99, (2) - 0.0
Range = .00001 to 99999.0

FEDFOR 0088 Mazak feed rate formula (multiplier), PLABEL/OPTION,65,TO,2

must be set to use this value.
Range = +- .00001 to 99999.0

0089 – 0097 Not used

6-81
G-Post Reference Manual DBLCOM Variables

Name Location Description

DWELTM 0098 Contains the DWELL time and output by DWELL routine
Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

EMPTY 0099 Real empty flag 999999.0

***Do not change!

EPSLN 0100 A small real value 0.0000001

***Do not change

FACTOR 0101 Conversion factor for inch/metric

Default = 1.0
Range = (1/25.4), 25.4, 1.0

FCPM 0102 CYCLE FEED value requested in IPM

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

FCPR 0103 CYCLE FEED value requested in IPR

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

FDVALU 0104 Current feed code value

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

FINVMN 0105 Minimum inverse feed number

Default = 0.001
Range = 0.00001 to 99999.0

FINVMX 0106 Maximum inverse feed number

Default = 200.0
Range = 0.00001 to 99999.0

FRAPID(6) 0107 Rapid rate value in units per minute for XYZABC axes
Default = (1-3) - 200.0, (4-6) - 1400.0
Range = 0.00001 to 99999.0

FUPM 0113 Linear feed value requested in IPM

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

FUPMMN(6) 0114 Minimum feed in units per minute for XYZABC axes
Default = (1-6) 0.001
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

FUPMMX(6) 0120 Maximum feed in units per minute for XYZABC axes
Default = (1-6) 200.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

6-82
DBLCOM Variables 6 Mill Common

Name Location Description

FUPR 0126 Linear feed value requested in IPR

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

FUPRMN 0127 Minimum feedrate in IPR mode

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

FUPRMX 0128 Maximum feedrate in IPR mode

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

HELIXD 0129 Third linear axis feed per revolution for helical interpolation
Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

HOMEPT(6) 0130 Machine XYZABC axes home point

Default = (1) 10.0, (2) 10.0, (3) 30.0, (4-6) 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

ORTBL(36,4) 0136 ORIGIN XYZ values table for t four parameter origin command
Default = 0.0
Range = (1-3) +-99999.0, (4) 0.0 to 360.0

PGELNG 0280 Tape length for the current page

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

PGETIM 0281 Machine time for the current page

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

PIVALU 0282 Value of PI (3.14159...)

***Do not change

PPORGN(3) 0283 Current origin in effect for XYZ

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

PPREFS(3) 0286 Fixed translation along XYZ

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

PPTRNS(3) 0289 Current translation in effect for XYZ

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

PRES(52) 0292 Contents to be output for the letter address A through verify Z
Default = EMPTY
Range = +-99999.0, EMPTY

6-83
G-Post Reference Manual DBLCOM Variables

Name Location Description

PRESMP(6) 0344 Current XYZABC point for MULTAX

Default = 0.0
Range = (1-3) +-99999.0 (4-6) 0-360

PRESPT(6) 0350 Current XYZIJK point

Default = (1-5) 0.0, (6) 1.0
Range = (1-3) +-99999.0, (4-6) +-1.0

PREV(52) 0356 Last contents output for the letter address A through verify Z
Default = EMPTY
Range = +-99999.0, EMPTY

PREVMP(6) 0408 Last XYZABC point for MULTAX

Default = 0.0
Range = (1-3) +-99999.0 (4-6) 0-360

PREVPT(6) 0414 Last XYZIJK point

Default = 0.0
Range = (1-3) +-99999.0, (4-6) +-1.0

PRVTIM 0420 Total cycle time from last tool change

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

PULSE 0421 Machine pulse value

Default = 0.0001
Range = 0.00001 to 1.0

RADARC 0422 Rotational radius calculated by ROTABL routine

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

RADIMX 0423 Maximum circle radius allowed

Default = 999.9999
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

RAPCOD 0424 Rapid traverse code

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

RAPMIN 0425 Minimum distance for rapid

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

RAPMNF 0426 Feed value to be used in unit per minute, when rapid traverse
distance is smaller than RAPMIN
Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

6-84
DBLCOM Variables 6 Mill Common

Name Location Description

RETPLN 0427 CLEARP/Z value for RETRCT

Default = EMPTY
Range = +-99999.0

0428 Not used

RLAGER 0429 Terminating leader length

Default = 36.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

RLEDER(3) 0430 Leader length for START, STOP, and tool change
Default = (1) 14.0, (2) 0.0, (3) 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

RMTRX(3,4) 0433 Trans matrix canonical form

Default = 1,0,0,0,0,1,0,0,0,0,1,0
Range = +-99999.0

ROTDIR 0445 Current rotary axis direction

Default = 1.0
Range = 1.0 or -1.0

ROTPUL 0446 Rotary axis pulse value

Default = 0.001
Range = .000001 to 10.0

ROTSGN 0447 Rotary axis CCLW directional sign

Default = -1.0
Range = 1.0 or -1.0

RPDEG 0448 Conversion factor for degrees to radian measure (PI/180.0)

***Do not change

RPOINT 0449 Rapid stop point for cycles

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

RPTVAL(26) 0450 RPTWRD contents to be output for letter address A through Z

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

RTBRAD 0476 Fixed rotary table radius modify variables

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

SEQINC 0477 SEQNO option incr value

Default = 1.0
Range = 1.0 to 99999.0

6-85
G-Post Reference Manual DBLCOM Variables

Name Location Description

SEQMX 0478 Maximum sequence number allowed

Default = 9999.0
Range = What ever fits JFMT(JN)

SEQNUM 0479 Current sequence number

Default = 0.0
Range = 1.0 to 99999.0

TAPFCT 0480 Conversion factor of tape length to feet or meters

Default = 0.0083334
Range = 0.0083334 or 0.0254

TCHGTM 0481 Tool change time in seconds

Default = 3.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

0482 – 0485 Not used

TMATRX(6) 0486 Axes inversion for XYZABC

Default = (1-6) 1.0
Range = +-99999.0

DVARAB 0492 For MULTAX software cycles, retract mode. Set this to 1 to disable
the 0,0,1 tool axis vector test and force a G01 Fxxxx retract.
Default = 0
Range = 0 or 1

TOLER 0493 MCHTOL tolerance value

Default = 0.0
Range = +/-99999.0

TOTLNG 0494 Total tape length

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

TOTLTM 0495 Total machine time

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

TULNML 0496 Last tool number

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to eight digits max.

TULNUM 0497 Current tool number

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to eight digits max.

TULTIM 0498 Cycle time between tool changes

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

0499 – 0508 Not used

6-86
DBLCOM Variables 6 Mill Common

Name Location Description

USRTM1 0509 Percentage of current CYCLTM added, CYCLTM*USRTM1

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

USRTM2 0510 Constant time added to CYCLTM: CYCLTM+USRTM2

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

VALUEN 0511 Flag to indicate output of letter address and sign (888888.0)
***Do not change

VELOC 0512 Current velocity in units per minute for machine time calculations
Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

WORD(52) 0513 Output word buffer

Default = EMPTY
Range = +-99999.0, empty

WORDSV(26) 0565 Flag used for fixed field format

Default = VALUEN (DBLCOM(511))
Range = +-99999.0, empty, VALUEN

XOFSET 0591 Arc offset along X axis for circular interpolation

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

XYZMN(6) 0592 Minimum XYZABC values for limit check

Default = (1) -20.0, (2) -20.0, (3) -10.0, (4-6) 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

XYZMX(6) 0598 Maximum XYZABC values for limit check

Default = (1) 10.0, (2) 10.0, (3) 30.0, (4-6) 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

XYZTCP(6) 0604 XYZABC coordinates for tool change

Default = (1) 10.0, (2) 10.0, (3) 30.0, (4-6) 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

YOFSET 0610 Arc offset along Y axis for circular interpolation

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

ZDATA(21) 0611 Z parameters storage from CYCLE command

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

ZDEPTH 0632 Feed stop point cycles

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

0633 - 0634 Not used

6-87
G-Post Reference Manual DBLCOM Variables

Name Location Description

PVTDST 0635 Distance from the pivot point of a tool moving rotary axis to
the tool gauge point
Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

TOLIN 0636 LINTOL tolerance value

Default = -0.005
Range = +-99999.0 (- is off, + is on)

HIPRDX(3) 0637 Used to store the non-rollover location of a rotary axis

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

SMATRX(3,4) 0640 Rotation matrix canonical form

Default = 1,0,0,0,0,1,0,0,0,0,1,0
Range = +-99999.0

PRMDIR 0652 Flag to indicate if primary rotary axis rotates per EIA standard
Default = 1.0
Range = 1.0 or -1.0

PVTDS2 0653 Pivot distance for rotary axes

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

ROREFS(3) 0654 Fixed angular displacement for rotary axes

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

SECDIR 0657 Flag to indicate if secondary rotary axis rotates per EIA standard
Default = 1.0
Range = 1.0 or -1.0

ROTRF(3) 0658 Rotary offset for ROTREF

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

CUTDIA 0661 Cutter diameter for CYCLE/DEEPCL

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

DPDECR 0662 Depth decrement for CYCLE/DEEPCL

Default = 0.5
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

DPEND 0663 Ending depth for CYCLE/DEEPCL

Default = 1.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

6-88
DBLCOM Variables 6 Mill Common

Name Location Description

DPSTRT 0664 Starting depth for CYCLE/DEEPCL

Default = 2.5
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

XTRVMN 0665 Stores minimum travel for X axis

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

XTRVMX 0666 Stores maximum travel for X axis

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

YTRVMN 0667 Stores minimum travel for Y axis

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

YTRVMX 0668 Stores maximum travel for Y axis

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

ZTRVMN 0669 Stores minimum travel for Z axis

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

ZTRVMX 0670 Stores maximum travel for Z axis

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

BRKLNG 0671 Maximum tape footage for auto break

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

BRKLOK 0672 Minimum tape footage for auto break

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

CTRDIA 0673 Cutter diameter from CUTTER statement

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

CLWRDL(45) 0674 45 CLWRD locations from last Type 2000 record

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

FUTCNT(3) 0719 XYZ circle center of the next CL circle record. (Only used
with vector cutter compensation)
Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

6-89
G-Post Reference Manual DBLCOM Variables

Name Location Description

FUTCPT(2,2) 0722 First pair of XY coordinates of the next CL circle record

(used only with vector cutter compensation)
Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

FUTRAD 0726 Radius value of the next CL circle record (used only with
vector cutter compensation)
Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

FUTRPT(3) 0727 XYZ values of the next linear CL record (used only with
vector cutter compensation)
Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

VEKTOR(3) 0730 PQ vector values calculated from past, present and future
move (used only with vector cutter compensation)
Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

PRVCPT(2,2) 0733 Last pair of XY coordinates of the last CL circle record (used
only with vector cutter compensation)
Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

VECMAX(3) 0737 Maximum vector allowed (used only with vector cutcom)
Default = (1-2) 3.2767, (3) 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

VECMIN(3) 0740 Minimum vector allowed (used only with vector cutcom)
Default = (1-2) 3.2767, (3) 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

FEDMUL(3) 0743 Feedrate multipliers. 1: IPM, 2:IPR, 3:INVERS

Default = (1-3) 1.0
Range = +-99999.0

GAGLEN 0746 Current tool gage length.

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 99999.0

BRKDLT(3) 0747 XYZ retract deltas for auto break.

Default = EMPTY
Range = +-99999.0, EMPTY

SECLPT 0750 Secondary clearance point value with hardware cycles.

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

6-90
DBLCOM Variables 6 Mill Common

Name Location Description

PMATRX(3,4) 0751 Optional input matrix for manipulating XYZ

Default = 1,0,0,0,0,1,0,0,0,0,1,0
Range = +-99999.0

VMTRX(3,4) 0763 Optional input matrix for manipulating IJK

Default = 1,0,0,0,0,1,0,0,0,0,1,0
Range = +-99999.0

OTRANS(6) 0775 Optional output fixed translation for XYZABC

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

VWRDSV(10) 0781 Last verification word that was output

Default = EMPTY
Range = +-99999.0, EMPTY

ZWMTRX(2) 0791 TMATRX or axis inversion for W and Z

Default = 1.0
Range = 1.0 or -1.0

PRVMZW(2) 0793 PREVMP for W and Z

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

ZWHOME(2) 0795 GOHOME values for W and Z

Default = 30.0, 30.0
Range = +-99999.0

ZWFDMN(2) 0797 Min feedrate for W and Z

Default = 0.001, 0.001
Range = +-99999.0

ZWFDMX(2) 0799 Max feedrate for W and Z

Default = 200.0, 200.0
Range = +-99999.0

ZWLMIN(2) 0801 Min limits for W and Z

Default = -10.0, -10.0
Range = +-99999.0

ZWLMAX(2) 0803 Max limits for W and Z

Default = 30.0, 30.0
Range = +-99999.0

ZWADJS(2) 0805 ADJUST values for W and Z

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

ZWCLRP(2) 0807 RETRCT values for W and Z

Default = EMPTY, EMPTY
Range = +-99999.0, EMPTY

6-91
G-Post Reference Manual DBLCOM Variables

Name Location Description

ZWRAPD(2) 0809 RAPID velocities for W and Z

Default = 200.0, 200.0
Range = .00001 to 99999.0

0810 – 0880 Not used

ANUTAT 0881 Nutating head angle

Default = 0.0
Range = +-360.0

ANGIN2 0882 Secondary ROTABL-ROTHED angle increment.

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

ANGLE2 0883 Secondary ROTABL-ROTHED absolute angle.

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 360.0

AGLST2 0884 Secondary ROTABL-ROTHED last angle.

Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0 to 360.0

ROTDR2 0885 Secondary ROTABL-ROTHED direction.

Default = 1.0
Range = 1.0 or -1.0

TOLVC 0886 Vector tolerance angle for LINTOL (nutator only)

Default = 0.0 (off)
Range = .00001 to 99999.0

TMLFED 0887 Feedrate reduction in seconds for minimum time (nutator only)
Default = 0.0 (off)
Range = .00001 to 99999.0

UGZOFF 0888 Tilt Wire EDM lower guide Z offset value

Default = 0.0
Range = +- 99999.0

UGWHGT 0889 Tilt Wire EDM upper guide Z height value

Default = 0.0
Range = +- 99999.0

UGCONA 0890 Tilt Wire EDM constant angle value

Default = 0.0
Range = +- 99999.0

VECTOL 0891 Multi Axis vector tolerance value. If a vector component

Is less than this value it will be ignored. This is used to reduce
Vector wiggle.
Default = 0.0 (Do not check vectors)
Range = .00001 - 99999.0

6-92
DBLCOM Variables 6 Mill Common

Name Location Description

TRVABC(6) 0892 Total XYZABC axis travel calculated by the postprocessor.

***Do not reset

TRVTMN(6) 0898 Minimum XYZABC axis travel calculated by the postprocessor.

***Do not reset

TRVTMX(6) 0904 Maximum XYZABC axis travel calculated by the postprocessor.

***Do not reset

DEGARC 0910 Total degrees of ARC for the current last circle move.
This is set internally. Do not reset

PVCLPT(6) 0911 Internal array to store the previous CL point during circle testing.
***Do not reset.

CRCPUL 0917 Circle pulse value. Used to compare circle-center-endpoint with to

the start point. If z-change is greater than this value, linear motion
will be output.
Default = 0.0
Range = 0.0- 99999.0

OTRANV 0918 TRANS along tool axis

Default = 0 (no tool tip TRANS)
Range = 0 No tool tip TRANS
1 Gantry tool tip TRANS
2 TRANS along tool axis

PSTREV 0919 Postprocessor revision number. ***Do not reset

PSTBLD 0920 Postprocessor build number. ***Do not reset

SELG 0921 Used internally to create the SELECT G-code.

***Do not reset.

SELH 0922 Used internally to create the SELECT H-code.

***Do not reset.

SELHMIN 0923 SELECT H-code minimum value.

Default = 0.0
Range = +- 999999.0

SELHMAX 0924 SELECT H-code maximum value.

Default = 0.0
Range = +- 999999.0

SELHDEF 0925 SELECT H-code default value.

Default = 0.0
Range = +- 999999.0

DEGSTR 0926 Beginning angle for the current circle.

Internally set. ***Do not reset

6-93
G-Post Reference Manual DBLCOM Variables

Name Location Description

CYRAUTO 0927 Automatic R plane reduction value for cycles.

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

OUTMUL(52) 0928 Output multipliers for each letter address A – Verify Z

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

DWLMUL(2) 0980 Dwell output multipliers for each letter address

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

PGMNUMMIN 0982 Program Number Minimum.

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

PGMNUMMAX 0983 Program Number Maximum

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

PNTVCTANG 0984 Internal Flag. Point / Vector Angle for OFG

***Do not reset
Default = 0
Range = +-360

R40ABCFG 0985 A40= B40= C40= output for radius of rotation to adjust inverse
time feedrates. The A40/B40/C40 address is obtained from
KOMRAD(1-3), (INTCOM(2455-2457)). They will refer to the
PQ CUTCOM address and can be aliased to A40 B40 C40.
Default = 0 Do not output A40/B40/G40
= 1 Use machine coordinates and output non-modal
A40/B40/C40 for each ABC in a G01 block.
= 2 Use part coordinates and output non-modal
A40/B40/C40 for each ABC in a G01 block.
= 3 Use machine coordinates and output modal A40/B40/C40
for each ABC in a G01 block. Test for modality using EPSLN.
= 4 Use part coordinates and output modal A40/B40/C40
for each ABC in a G01 block. Test for modality using EPSLN.
= 5 Use machine coordinates and output modal A40/B40/C40
for each ABC in a G01 block. Test for modality using address
resolution.
= 6 Use part coordinates and output modal A40/B40/C40
for each ABC in a G01 block. Test for modality using address
resolution.

R40XSHFT 0986 A40= B40= C40=. X axis shift for the radius calculation.
Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

R40YSHFT 0987 A40= B40= C40=. Y axis shift for the radius calculation.
Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

6-94
DBLCOM Variables 6 Mill Common

Name Location Description

R40ZSHFT 0988 A40= B40= C40=. Z axis shift for the radius calculation.
Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

TIMEFEED 0989 Total machine time while in feed rate mode. Do not reset
Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

TIMERAPD 0990 Total machine time while in rapid mode. Do not reset
Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

TIMEDWEL 0991 Total machine time while in dwell mode. Do not reset
Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

TIMETLCH 0992 Total machine time while in tool change mode. Do not reset
Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

TIMEMISC 0993 Total machine time for miscellaneous commands. Do not reset
Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

DWCRVDAT(30) 0994 Array for Curve Fit routine.

***Do not change.

DRPSFDRETZ 1025 Distance along tool axis to retract for automatic REPOS.
Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

NOTE: -9999.000; This indicates a special condition to the Automatic

Reposition (_REPOS) function. This will output the opposite point that
is in limit without any intermediate motion.

Warning: ***This may cause a crash on the machine tool since the G-Post will take the longer route.

DRPSFDRETF 1026 Feed rate for retract move along tool axis during automatic REPOS.
Default = 0.0 = use current feed rate
Range = +-99999.0

DRPSFDAPRF 1027 Feed rate for advance move along tool axis during automatic REPOS.
Default = 0.0 = use current feed rate
Range = +-99999.0

DRPSGMCHPA 1028 Alternate A Axis position used by Automatic REPOS.

***Do not change.

DRPSGMCHPB 1029 Alternate B Axis position used by Automatic REPOS.

***Do not change.

DRPSGMCHPC 1030 Alternate C Axis position used by Automatic REPOS.

***Do not change.

6-95
G-Post Reference Manual DBLCOM Variables

Name Location Description

PVTDSX 1031 5 Axis Head/Head off center distance along X.

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

PVTDSY 1032 5 Axis Head/Head off center distance along Y.

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

PVTDSZ 1033 5 Axis Head/Head off center distance along Z.

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

ADISTINV 1034 Distance to fudge distance calculation for move length.

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

PVECTOL 1035 Tolerance testing for previous tool vector, same as VECTOL.
Default = 0.0 (Do not check vectors)
Range = .00001 - 99999.0

DMILLTURN(10) 1036 Mill-Turn Support

1036 Thread lead

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

1037 TURRET gage length - X

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

1038 TURRET gage length - Y

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

1039 Minimum Y for MODE/YAXIS,AUTO

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

1040 Maximum Y for MODE/YAXIS,AUTO

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

1041-1045 not used

DABCMNGR1(3) 1046 ABC Rotary Range 1, Minimum

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

DABCMXGR1(3) 1049 ABC Rotary Range 1, Maximum

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

6-96
DBLCOM Variables 6 Mill Common

Name Location Description

DABCMNGR2(3) 1052 ABC Rotary Range 2, Minimum

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

DABCMXGR2(3) 1055 ABC Rotary Range 2, Maximum

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

DABCMNTZD(3) 1058 ABC Travel Zone Minimum

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

DABCMXGR2(3) 1061 ABC Travel Zone Maximum

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

DRPSFDAP2Z 1064 REPOS Secondary approach distance

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

DRPSFDAP2F 1065 REPOS Secondary approach feed rate

Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

PVDELTAM(6) 1066 _REPOS axis deltas, saved via TY5000 for travel zone checks.
Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

DRTANGOF (3) 1072 Holder offset values from SET/cmd subtracted from current
XYZ points.
Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

DRTANGAR (3) 1075 Rotary axis adjust angle values for ABC set by the SET/cmd.
Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

DTRNSOUTMX (12) 1078 Storage area for TRANS/OUT,- 12 parameter matrix G-Post.
Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

CRTOL360PT 1090 Surfacm large arc test tolerance for 360 degreee arcs. .
Default = 0.0, Do not test Surfcam arcs
Range = +-99999.0

DCSYSAXMUL 1091 For Planar Machining Mode, Sets a scale factor for the A axis which is
used only for output of the angles.
Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

DCSYSBXMUL 1092 For Planar Machining Mode, Sets a scale factor for the B axis which is
used only for output of the angles.
Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

6-97
G-Post Reference Manual DBLCOM Variables

Name Location Description

DCSYSCXMUL 1093 For Planar Machining Mode, Sets a scale factor for the C axis which is
used only for output of the angles.
Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

PRESMPUR(6) 1094 Store unrounded present machine point xyzabc, same as presmp which
has been rounded to pulse.
Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

PREVMPUR(6) 1100 Store unrounded previous machine point xyzabc, same as prevmp
which has been rounded to pulse.
Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0
CIRCENUR(6) 1106 Store unrounded circle center machine point xyzabc, same as circen
which has been rounded to pulse.
Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

DLNTOLABCOUT 1112 Set a tolerance to skip same rotary ABC output in LINTOL mode or the
value same as ABC rotary register format of number of decimal places.
Example: for 3-places, set it to 0.001.
Default= 0 Output same ABC; any other tolerance value, test and skip
the ABC if the same.
Range = +-99999.0

DISTFEED 1113 Stores the machine the accumulated motion distance for feed rate
moves. ***Do not reset
Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

DISTRAPD 1114 Stores the machine the accumulated motion distance for rapid moves.
***Do not reset
Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

DCSYSG0ABC(3) 1115 Planar machining Positioning block (G0) angles output for ABC axes
after PIVOTZ/ON.
Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

DCSYSG7ABC(3) 1118 Planar machining Rotation block (G7/G68/etc.) angles output for ABC
axes after PIVOTZ/ON.
Default = 0.0
Range = +-99999.0

DMU5AXYTLT 1121 5-axis C-table/B-table Nutator machine B-axis tilt angle from the XY
plane centerline.
Default = 0.0
Range = +-359.999

6-98
CHRCOM Variables 6 Mill Common

6.5 Mill CHRCOM Variables

The Option File can store user defined blocks that can be output with Tool change, Mill Planar machining,
Automatic Repositioning based on the settings in their respective panels. The common known as
CHRCOM is used to store these strings (up to 66 chars) per line. A maximum of ten blocks can be be
output for each sequence.

CHRCOM Also known by the sub-scripted variable name TVARAB(230) is defined as follows:

Name/Location Description

TVARAB(01-10) Tool change before

TVARAB(11-20) Tool change after
TVARAB(20-30) Planar machining before
TVARAB(31-40) Planar machining after
TVARAB(41-50) Automatic Reposition User Defined Blocks, Before retract motion.
TVARAB(51-60) Automatic Reposition User Defined Blocks, After retract motion.
TVARAB(61-70) Automatic Reposition User Defined Blocks, Before approach motion.
TVARAB(71-80) Automatic Reposition User Defined Blocks, After approach motion.
TVARAB(81-82) Siemens CYCLE800, Planar machining strings.
TVARAB(83-90) Reserved for future
TVARAB(91-100) User defined lines for repos rapid motion, before the Retract motion
TVARAB(101-110) User defined lines for repos rapid motion, after the Retract motion
TVARAB(111-120) User defined lines for repos rapid motion, before the Approach motion
TVARAB(121-130) User defined lines for repos rapid motion, after the Approach motion
TVARAB(131-140) User defined lines for repos feed motion, before the Retract motion
TVARAB(141-150) User defined lines for repos feed motion, after the Retract motion
TVARAB(151-160) User defined lines for repos feed motion, before the Approach motion
TVARAB(161-170) User defined lines for repos feed motion, after the Approach motion
TVARAB(171-180) User defined lines before 1 st tool change
TVARAB(181-190) User defined lines after 1st tool change
TVARAB(191-200) User defined lines before 2nd tool change
TVARAB(201-210) User defined lines after 2nd tool change
TVARAB(211-220) User defined lines before last tool change
TVARAB(221-230) User defined lines after last tool change

6-99
 7 Default Settings

7 Default Settings
The Lathe and Mill G-Post come with the default settings listed in this chapter. Defaults include tape
format, output codes and relative post processor statements, and machine/control parameters.

7.1 Default Tape Format

7.1.1 Lathe Defaults

Inch N30 G20 X24 Z24 I24 K24 F32 S20 T40 M20

Metric N30 G20 X33 Z33 I33 K33 F41 S20 T40 M20

Example:

N30 means the N letter address will be output with three places to the left of the decimal point and no
places to the right as follows:

Nnnn or N001 Where nnn is a numreic value.

X24 means the X letter address will be output with two places to the left of the decimal point and four
places to the right as follows:

Xnn.nnnn or X01.0000 Where nnn is a numreic value.

Machine Statement MACHIN/UNCL01,1

7.1.2 Mill Defaults

Inch N30 G20 X34 Y34 R34 Z34 I34 J34 K34 F33 S40 T50 B33 D20 H20 M20

Metric N30 G20 X43 Y43 R43 Z43 I43 J43 K43 F42 S40 T50 B33 D20 H20 M20

Machine Statement MACHIN/UNCX01,1

7-1
G-Post Reference Manual

7.2 Default Output Codes and Relative Commands

7.2.1 Lathe Default Codes

= TMARK/--
N SEQNO/--
G00 RAPID, Motion commands
G01 GOTO/--, Linear motion commands
G02 ARCMOV/--, Circular motion commands CLW
G03 ARCMOV/--, Circular motion commands CCLW
G04 DELAY/--
G33 THREAD/--
G34 THREAD/--
G35 THREAD/--
G90 MODE/90
G91 MODE/91
G92 SET/START,--
G94 FEDRAT/--,IPM
G95 FEDRAT/--,IPR
XZ GOTO, Motion commands
IK ARCMOV/--, THREAD/--, Circular and threading motion
F FEDRAT/--
S SPINDL/--
T TURRET/--;SELECT/--
M00 STOP
M01 OPSTOP
M02 END
M03 SPINDL/--,CLW
M04 SPINDL/--,CCLW
M05 SPINDL/OFF
M07 COOLNT/MIST
M08 COOLNT/FLOOD

M09 COOLNT/OFF
M23 TURRET/--,CLW
M24 TURRET/--,CCLW
M30 REWIND/--
M50 FEDRAT/LOCK,OFF
M51 FEDRAT/LOCK,ON
/ OPSKIP/-- , Delete blocks
>>>> LEADER/--, Spaces

7.2.2 Mill Default Codes

= TMARK/--
N SEQNO/--
G00 RAPID, GOTO/-- , Motion Commands
G01 GOTO/--, Linear motion commands
G02 ARCMOV/--, Circular motion commands CLW
G03 ARCMOV/--, Circular motion commands CCLW
G04 DELAY/--

7-2
 7 Default Settings

G17 XY circular motion; CUTCOM/--,XYPLAN

G18 ZX circular motions; CUTCOM/--,ZXPLAN
G19 YZ circular motions; CUTCOM/--,YZPLAN
G40 CUTCOM/OFF
G41 CUTCOM/LEFT
G42 CUTCOM/RIGHT
G80 CYCLE/OFF
G81 CYCLE/DRILL,--
G82 CYCLE/FACE,--
G83 CYCLE/DEEP,--
G84 CYCLE/TAP,--
G85 CYCLE/BORE,--
G86 CYCLE/MILL,--
G87 CYCLE/THRU,--
G88 CYCLE/REAM,--
G90 MODE/90, MODE/INCR,OFF
G91 MODE/91. MODE/INCR
G92 SET/START--
G93 MODE/INVERS,ON
G94 FEDRAT/--,IPM
XYZ GOTO/--, Motion commands
ABC GOTO/--, Motion commands
IJK ARCMOV/--, Circular motion
F FEDRAT/--
S SPINDL/--
T LOADTL/--;SELECTL/--
B ROTABL/--
D CUTCOM/--
H LOADTL/--;SELECT/--;CUTCOM/ZAXIS,--
M00 STOP
M01 OPSTOP
M02 END
M03 SPINDL/--,CLW
M04 SPINDL/--,CCLW
M05 SPINDL/OFF
M06 LOADTL/--
M07 COOLNT/MIST
M08 COOLNT/FLOOD
M09 COOLNT/OFF
M19 SPINDL/LOCK
M30 REWIND/--
M41 SPINDL/--,RANGE,1
M42 SPINDL/--,RANGE,2
M43 SPINDL/--,RANGE,3
M50 FEDRAT/LOCK,OFF
M51 FEDRAT/LOCK,ON
/ OPSKIP/--, Block delete
>>>> LEADER/--, Spaces

7-3
G-Post Reference Manual

7.3 Default Machine/Control Parameters

7.3.1 Lathe Default Parameters

Number of axes 2 XZ
Built in translation 0, 0
Axes inversion +1, +1
Axes limit minimum 0.0, 0.0
Axes limit maximum 10.0, 10.0
Home point 10.0, 10.0
Rapid feedrate 300.0, 300.0
Feedrate minimum 0.01, 0.01
Feedrate maximum 300.0, 300.0
Feedrate minimum in revolutions 0.01
Feedrate maximum in revolutions 9.9999
Rapid F-code Not applicable
Machine resolution 0.0001
Maximum linear departure 99.9999
Maximum circle radius 99.9999
Minimum rapid distance 0.0
Feedrate for above distance Not applicable
Spindle type Spindle table
Spindle speed minimum 84.0, 262.0
Spindle speed maximum 651.0, 2014.0
Dwell minimum in seconds 0.0001
Dwell maximum in seconds 99.9999
Dwell minimum in revolutions 0.01
Dwell maximum in revolutions 99.99
Dwell time output with TURRET 2.0
Leader for start, STOP, TURRET 14.0, 0.0, 0.0
Leader at the end of program 36.0
Reader speed CPS 300.0
Maximum sequence number 999

7-4
 7 Default Settings

7.3.2 Mill Default Parameters

Number of axes 4 XYZB

Built in translation 0.0, 0.0, 0.0
Axes inversion +1, +1, +1, +1
Axes limit minimum -20.0, -20.0, -10.0
Axes limit maximum 10.0, 10.0, 30.0
Home point 10.0, 10.0, 30.0, 0.0
Rapid feedrate 200.0, 200.0, 20.0
Feedrate minimum 0.001, 0.001, 0.001
Feedrate maximum 200.0, 200.0, 200.0
Feedrate minimum in revolutions Not applicable
Feedrate maximum in revolutions Not applicable
Inverse time feedrate minimum code .001
Inverse time feedrate maximum code 00.0
Rapid F-code 0
Machine resolution 0.0001
Maximum linear departure 999.9999
Maximum circle radius 999.9999
Minimum rapid distance 0.0
Feedrate for above distance Not applicable
Spindle type Direct RPM
Spindle speed minimum 1.0
Spindle speed maximum 3000.0
Dwell minimum in seconds 0.1
Dwell maximum in seconds 99.99
Dwell minimum in revolutions Not applicable
Dwell maximum in revolutions Not applicable
Leader for start, STOP, TURRET 14.0, 0.0, 0.0
Leader at the end of program 36.0

Reader speed CPS 300.0

Rotary table feedrate minimum 0.001
Rotary table feedrate maximum 200.0
Rotary table resolution 0.001

7-5
 8 UNCMRG

8 UNCMRG Post Processor

Introduction
The UNCMRG post processor is used to merge multiple punch files to accommodate machine tools that
require a new configuration when certain secondary tool operations are required. The main reason for using
merging post processors is for live tooling lathes. When milling, the machine takes on the characteristics of
a machining center. When turning, the machine takes on the characteristics of a lathe.

The method used by UNCMRG requires that multiple option files have been generated. The maximum
number of option files allowed to merged at one time is eight (8).

As a safety feature for non-merging G-Post users, each option file must have INTCOM(1868) (PLABEL
OPTION #38) set to 1. This is accomplished by checking the Merging post option on the General tab
of the Start/End of Program menu. This must be done for each post used in the merging process.

The part program is required to have a MACHIN statement for each option file and the merging utility. The
first MACHIN statement in the part program will be that of the post responsible for creating the start-up
tape data. This may include man-readable PARTNO, leader, TMARK or G-codes.

The statement used to control which option file is to be executed by each section of the program is:

8.1 Automatic MACHIN statement selection

When processing CAD/CAM CL files using the CIMpro GUI it is easier for users to only have to select one
post processor from the available posts list. The CAD/CAM Interfaces add the MACHIN statements to
the CL file based on the psot processor(s) selected from the available posts list. An additional post
processor file can be created to allow the users to do this. The name of this file will be UNCX01.Rxx
(Mill post) or UNCL01.Rxx (Lathe post). This file contains a list of the merging posts needed and caues
the system to add the necessary MACHIN statements.

Example:

This example shows how to set up G-Post with multiple posts processors and merge their output using the
R11 file.

1. Post files Uncl01.p11,f11 = Starting turning post, MODE/TURN,11 in the source program does a
turning operation.

2 Post files Uncx01.p12,f12 = Mill mode parallel to Z-machine axis and XZC are output.
MODE/MILL,12 in the source program does a drilling operation along Z.

3. Post files Uncx01.p13,f13 = Mill mode parallel to X-machine axis and XZC are output.
MODE/MILL,13 in the source program does a drilling along X.

4. Make a text file named uncl01.r11 in the user or \camlib\ directory with the entries below:
$$-comment lines are optional

8-1
G-Post Reference Manual

$$ THIS IS MODE/MILL,12 MACHINE

RUN=UNCX01.P12
$$ THIS IS MODE/MILL,13 MACHINE
RUN=UNCX01.P13
$$ MERGE ALL PUn FILES
RUN=UNCMRG.P01

5. When you select the lathe post number 11, uncl01.p11 from the CIMpro GUI CAD/CAM
Interface screen, all the 3-posts will be run and merged into one tape file. If the .R11 was not used
the users would have to select each post, Lathe #11, Mill #12, Mill #13 and UNCMGR,1 from the
available posts list.

Note: You must set the merge option in the Option file of each post.

Special Note: The PTC CAD/CAM Interface already has this feature but uses the files UNCX01.Mxx
and UNCL01.Mxx. and will not use the R file.

8.2 MODE/MILL-TURN,o1,s1 Command

The MILL option will allow the Mill G-Post (UNCX01) to be executed and the TURN option will allow
the Lathe G-Post (UNCL01) to be executed. The o1 designates the option file number of the post to be
used. The s1 is optional and may be used to designate the starting sequence (N-code) number for this
section of the program. Failure to find an option file number specified will cause an error and stop G-Post
process.

The command required to execute the merge post processor is:

MACHIN/UNCMRG,1

The UNCMRG post processor MACHIN statement must be the last in the MACHIN section of the part
program. It will always have option number 1 as its argument.

8.3 Programming Example:

PARTNO LIVE TOOLING TEST
MACHINE/UNCL01,11
MACHINE/UNCX01,12
MACHINE/UNCMRG,1
PPRINT TURNING WITH LATHE POST #11 STARTS HERE
SPINDL/200,SFM
FEDRAT/.010,IPR
TURRET/2,2,-1.5,.875
CUTTER/.032
FROM/8.5,6
GOTO/1.5,1
--

8-2
 8 UNCMRG

PPRINT END OF LATHE OPERATION

MODE/MILL,12
PPRINT MILLING WITH MILL POST #12 STARTS HERE
SPINDL/500,RPM
FEDRAT/8,IPM
LOADTL/3,LENGTH,1.75
CUTTER/.5
FROM/2,2,6
GOTO/3,3,1.5
--
PPRINT END OF MILLING OPERATION
MODE/TURN,11
PPRINT TURING WITH LATHE POST #11 STARTS HERE
SPINDL/350,SFM
FEDRAT/.008,IPR
TURRET/3,3,-1.1,3
CUTTER/.062
FROM/8.5,6
GOTO/1.2,2
GOTO/--
--
FINI

8.4 Conclusion
Note that when a MODE statement is programmed, all of the required machine information is put in effect.
If the SPINDL or FEDRAT had not been programmed in the MODE/MILL section, a warning would have
been output cautioning that the minimums would be used.

If the SPINDL or FEDRAT had not been programmed in the MODE/TURN section, the last value
programmed in the start-up would have been in effect since .

One of the functions of the MODE statement is to turn the MACHIN switch ON and OFF

8-3
 9 4-Axis Merging Lathes

9 4-Axis Merging Lathes

The 4 Axis Merging Option in the Lathe G-Post - “UNCL01”
4 Axis merging in UNCL01 is accomplished by pre-processing the CL file before processing it through the
post processor and FIL (Factory Interface Language) normally.

9.1 The Two Type of 4 Axis Merging:

Merging with XZ-UW codes
Merging with P-Codes

PLABEL/OPTION,55 controls the type of merging and merged CL file printing. This option MUST be
set in the Option File to process properly.

PLABEL/OPTION,55,TO,2 XZ-UW merging, do not print the merged CL file.

PLABEL/OPTION,55,TO,12 XZ-UW merging, print the merged CL file.
PLABEL/OPTION,55,TO,3 P-Code merging, do not print the merged CL file.
PLABEL/OPTION,55,TO,13 P-Code merging, print the merged CL file.

Commands:
OP/n1[,HED,n2]

The OP command is used to designate an operation number n1. HED,n2 is used to designate the primary
(HED,1) or secondary axis (HED,2). If HED is omitted, HED,1 is assumed.

An OP command is terminated by another OP command with a different operation number or HED

number.

Processing order:

The OP commands are sent to the CL file.

The merging section of the post processor converts these to COMBIN and HEAD commands and creates
the merged CL file.

The FIL (Factory Interface Language) filters the COMBIN and HEAD commands to generate the proper
post processor commands to create the desired output.

9.1.1 XZ-UW Merging:

Example:

APT program:

PARTNO TEST 4-AXIS MERGE (XZ-UW MERGING)

MACHIN/UNCL01,1
CLPRNT
OP/10

9-1
G-Post Reference Manual

SPINDL/200
FEDRAT/10
FROM/10,5
GOTO/10,2.002
GOTO/1,2.002
RAPID
GOTO/10,5.002
OP/20
SPINDL/100
FEDRAT/5
GOTO/10,1.003
GOTO/10,5.003
OP/10,HED,2
FROM/12,-5
GOTO/12,-4.004
GOTO/11,-4.004
GOTO/12,-4.004
GOTO/12,-5.004
FINI

CL File created:

2 PARTNO TEST 4-AXIS MERGE (XZ-UW MERGING)

4 MACHIN UNCL01 1
6 OP 10
8 SPINDL 200
10 FEDRAT 10
12 FROM 10.000 5.000 0.000
14 GOTO 10.000 2.002 0.000
16 GOTO 1.000 2.002 0.000
18 RAPID
20 GOTO 10.000 5.002 0.000
22 OP 20
24 SPINDL 100
26 FEDRAT 5
28 GOTO 10.000 1.003 0.000
30 GOTO 10.000 5.003 0.000
32 OP 10 HED 2
34 FROM 12.000 -5.000 0.000
36 GOTO 12.000 -4.004 0.000
38 GOTO 11.000 -4.004 0.000
40 GOTO 12.000 -4.004 0.000
42 GOTO 12.000 -5.004 0.000
44 FINI

4-Axis Merged CL File created:

1 PARTNO TEST 4-AXIS MERGE (XZ-UW MERGING)

2 MACHIN/UNCL01 1
2 COMBIN/10,START
5 HEAD/101
5 SPINDL/200
6 FEDRAT/10
7 SPINDL/200,RPM
7 FROM/ 10.000,5.000,0.000
8 GOTO/ 10.000,2.002,0.000

9-2
 9 4-Axis Merging Lathes

17 HEAD/102
17 FROM/ 12.000, -5.000, 0.000
18 GOTO/ 12.000, -4.004, 0.000
19 GOTO/ 11.000, -4.004, 0.000
20 GOTO/ 12.000, -4.004, 0.000
9 HEAD/101
9 GOTO/ 1.000,2.002,0.000
21 HEAD/102
21 GOTO/12.000, -5.004, 0.000
21 HEAD/102,NOMORE
10 HEAD/101
10 RAPID
10 GOTO/ 10.000, 5.002,0.000
10 COMBIN/10,NOMORE
11 OP/20
12 SPINDL/100
13 FEDRAT/5
14 GOTO/ 10.000, 1.003,0.000
15 GOTO/ 10.000, 5.003,0.000
15 FINI

NUMBER OF LINES IN 4-AXIS MERGED CL FILE = 29

FIL for XZ-UW merged CL file:

$$ CREATED FOR 4-AXIS MERGING (XZ-UW MERGING)

$$ THIS FIL FILE CAN BE USED TO GENERATE XZ-UW MERGING (XZ-UW)
$$ WHEN PLABEL/OPTION,55,TO,2 IS SET, THE POST WILL REARRANGE THE
$$ CL FILE BY TIMING THE MOTION AND CREATES THE COMBIN,HEAD COMMANDS.

CIMFIL/ON,COMBIN $$ CATCH THE COMBIN COMMANDS

OPN = POSTF(7,4) $$ GET THE OPERATION NUMBER
TH
I5 = POSTF(7,5) $$ GET THE 5 CL WORD
IF( I5 .EQ. (ICODEF(START))) THEN
PPRINT/’***** START OF MERGING OP=’,OPN
ELSE
PPRINT/’***** END OF MERGING OP=’,OPN
ENDIF
CIMFIL/OFF

CIMFIL/ON,HEAD $$ CATCH THE HEAD COMMANDS

HN = POSTF(7,4) $$ GET THE HEAD NUMBER
I5 = POSTF(7,5) $$ GET THE TURRET NUMBER
IF( HN .EQ. 101) THEN
TURRET/REAR
ELSE
TURRET/FRONT
ENDIF
IF( I5 .EQ. (ICODEF(NOMORE)))THEN
PPRINT/’***** PARK THE TURRET ‘
ENDIF
CIMFIL/OFF

CIMFIL/ON,OP $$ CATCH THE TURRET AND SKIP IT.

CIMFIL/OFF
FINI

9-3
G-Post Reference Manual

MCD Output:

N5 G70$
N10 G90$
N15 G94$
N20 ( *****START OF MERGING OP=10 )$
N25 G97 S200 M3$
N30 G1 X2.002 Z10. F10. $
N35 U-4.004 W12. $
N40 W11. $
N45 W12. $
N50 X2.002 Z1. $
N55 U-5.004 W12. $
N60 G0 X5.002 Z10. $
N65 ( *****END OF MERGING OP=10 )$
N70 S100 $
N75 G1 X1.003 F5. $
N80 X5.003 $
N85 M02 $

9.1.2 P-Code Merging: – P Code

Example:

APT program:

PARTNO TEST 4-AXIS MERGE (P-CODE MERGING)

MACHIN/UNCL01,1
CLPRNT
OP/10
SPINDL/200
FEDRAT/10
FROM/10,5
GOTO/10,2.00
GOTO/1,2.00
RAPID
GOTO/10,5.00
OP/20
SPINDL/100
FEDRAT/5
GOTO/10,1.00
GOTO/10,5.00
OP/10,HED,2
FROM/12,-5.0
GOTO/12,-4.0
GOTO/11,-4.0
GOTO/12,-4.0
GOTO/12,-5.0
FINI

CL File created:

2 PARTNO TEST 4-AXIS MERGE (P-CODE MERGING)

4 MACHIN UNCL01 1

9-4
 9 4-Axis Merging Lathes

6 OP 10
8 SPINDL 200
10 FEDRAT 10
12 FROM 10.000 5.000 0.000
14 GOTO 10.000 2.000 0.000
16 GOTO 1.000 2.000 0.000
18 RAPID
20 GOTO 10.000 5.000 0.000
22 OP 20
24 SPINDL 100
26 FEDRAT 5
28 GOTO 10.000 1.000 0.000
30 GOTO 10.000 5.000 0.000
32 OP 10 HED 2
34 FROM 12.000 -5.000 0.000
36 GOTO 12.000 -4.000 0.000
38 GOTO 11.000 -4.000 0.000
40 GOTO 12.000 -4.000 0.000
42 GOTO 12.000 -5.000 0.000
44 FINI

4-Axis Merged CL File created:

1 PARTNO TEST 4-AXIS MERGE (P-CODE MERGING)

2 MACHIN/UNCL01 1
2 COMBIN/10,START
5 HEAD/101
5 SPINDL/200
6 FEDRAT/10
7 FROM/ 10.000,5.000,0.000
8 GOTO/ 10.000,2.000,0.000
9 GOTO/ 1.000,2.000,0.000
10 RAPID
10 GOTO/10.000,5.000, 0.000
10 HEAD/101,NOMORE
17 HEAD/102
17 FROM/ 12.000, -5.000, 0.000
18 GOTO/ 12.000, -4.000, 0.000
19 GOTO/ 11.000, -4.000, 0.000
20 GOTO/ 12.000, -4.000, 0.000
21 GOTO/12.000, -5.000, 0.000
21 COMBIN/10,NOMORE
21 HEAD/101
22 OP/20
12 SPINDL/100
13 FEDRAT/5
14 GOTO/ 10.000, 1.000,0.000
15 GOTO/ 10.000, 5.000,0.000
15 FINI

NUMBER OF LINES IN 4-AXIS MERGED CL FILE = 26

FIL for P-CODE merged CL file:

$$ CREATED FOR 4-AXIS MERGING (P-CODE MERGING)

$$ THIS FIL FILE CAN BE USED TO GENERATE 4 AXIS MERGING (P-CODE)

9-5
G-Post Reference Manual

$$ WHEN PLABEL/OPTION,55,TO,3 IS SET, THE POST WILL REARRANGE THE

$$ CL FILE BY OP-NUMBERS AND CREATES THE COMBIN,HEAD COMMANDS.

CIMFIL/ON,COMBIN $$ CATCH THE COMBIN COMMANDS

OPN = POSTF(7,4) $$ GET THE OPERATION NUMBER
TH
I5 = POSTF(7,5) $$ GET THE 5 CL WORD
IF( I5 .EQ. (ICODEF(START))) THEN
PPRINT/’***** START OF MERGING OP=’,OPN
SQN = OPN*10+1
INSERT/’P’,SQN,’$’ $$ SET THE P NUMBER FLAG
ELSE
PPRINT/’***** END OF MERGING OP=’,OPN
SQN = 0 $$ CLEAR THE P NUMBER FLAG
ENDIF
CIMFIL/OFF

CIMFIL/ON,HEAD $$ CATCH THE HEAD COMMANDS

HN = POSTF(7,4) $$ GET THE HEAD NUMBER
I5 = POSTF(7,5) $$ GET THE TURRET NUMBER
IF( HN .EQ. 101) THEN
TURRET/REAR
ENDIF
IF( HN .EQ. 102) THEN
TURRET/FRONT
ENDIF
IF( I5 .EQ. (ICODEF(NOMORE)))THEN
SEQNO/SQN,INCR
ENDIF
CIMFIL/OFF

CIMFIL/ON,OP $$ CATCH THE TURRET AND SKIP IT.

CIMFIL/OFF
FINI

MCD Output:

N5 G70$
N10 G90$
N15 G94$
N20 ( *****START OF MERGING OP=10 )$
N25 P101 $
N30 G97 S200 M3$
N35 G1 X2. Z10. F10. $
N40 Z1. $
N45 G0 X5. Z10. $
N50 G1 U-4. W12. F10. $
N55 W11. $
N60 W12. $
N65 U-5. $
N70 ( *****END OF MERGING OP=10 )$
N75 S100 $
N80 G1 X1. Z10. F5. $
N85 X5. $
N90 M02 $

9-6
 10 ARC / NURBS Fitting

10 ARC / NURBS Fitting

The Curve Fitting (CRVFIT) process converts a set of linear input points (GOTO/x,y,z(,i,j,k)) into an arc or
NURBS motion that fits the tolerance and other given options. This may reduce the MCD (Machine Code
Data) file size and/or generate a smoother machining operation.

The Curve Fitting (CRVFIT) process has been implemented in both the APT and G-Post systems. The
difference being, it is optional with the APT system and must be purchased to be used with your custom
posts. It is a standard feature of the G-Post and no additional purchase is needed.

10.1 APT setup requirements:

The CRVFIT/--- commands must be specified in the input APT source to turn on this feature. This will
inform the APT processor to examine the subsequent CL records and convert the proper GOTO/x,y,z(,i,j,k)
points into circular ARC/SPLINE motion. All Curve Fitting (CRVFIT) options must be controlled via the
CRVFIT/--- commands for APT. Also, you can place these commands in your UNCAPT.INI file. This
will allow site specific tolerance, etc. to be stated for curve fit.

10.2 G-Post setup requirements:

When using the G-Post to perform the Curve Fitting (CRVFIT) routine you must set INTCOM(4334) = 1 in
the option file using the Option File Generator, from the “Common/PLABELs” panel. Setting
INTCOM(4334) = 1 instructs the G-Post to pre-scan the input CL file and convert the proper
GOTO/x,y,z(,i,j,k) into an arc or NURBS motion data.

The Option File Generator has a separate panel which allows you to activate (i.e. Set INTCOM(4334) = 1)
and set all of the default parameters for the Curve Fitting (CRVFIT) routines. You can use this panel to set
the values or use the CRVFIT/--- commands in the input CLfile.

Note: You can NOT use CRVFIT/--- commands in a FIL file as the curve fitting process is completed
prior to FIL being executed. Again, you can set the CRVFIT/--- options globally in option file or in the
input file.

10.3 Curve Fitting Vocabulary Words:

Two new words have been added to the system vocabulary table to provide curve fitting control in any
program. You need not specify these PPWORDs since they are built-in.

PPWORD/CRVFIT,1093
PPWORD/MOVNRB,1094

10-1
G-Post Reference Manual

10.4 The CRVFIT Command:

10.4.1 CRVFIT/ARC,ON

This command initiates the "arc fit" process of the CL file. The next non-RAPID GOTO/x,y,z(,i,j,k) will
start the arc fitting process and it will continue until a non-GOTO CL record or the maximum number of
points is encountered.

Sets DBLCOM(994) = 71

10.4.2 CRVFIT/ARC,OFF

This command disables the "arc fit" process of the CL file. No arc fitting will be executed until
CRVFIT/ARC,ON is encountered.

Sets DBLCOM(994) = 72

During the arc fitting process a set of linear GOTO/x,y,z(,i,j,k) points are converted into circular motion
that fit the tolerance and other options specified. This may reduce the MCD file size or generate a smooth
machining operation.

The following commands specify various options for arc fitting:

10.4.3 CRVFIT/ARCSLP,ON-OFF

Allows helical motion with arc fitting. The default is OFF.

Sets DBLCOM(995) = 71 (ON) or 72 (OFF)

10.4.4 CRVFIT/XYZ,0-1

Specifies a condition to output arc data as MOVNRB/--- to support circular interpolation in any plane, such
as Siemens CIP format.

0 = no 3D arc. Default
1 = output 3D arc data

Sets DBLCOM(1009)

10.4.5 CRVFIT/RADIUS,1,r1

This command specifies the minimum radius allowed.

r1 = minimum radius allowed. Default = 0.0001

Sets DBLCOM(0999)

10-2
 10 ARC / NURBS Fitting

10.4.6 CRVFIT/RADIUS,2,r2

This command specifies the maximum radius allowed.

r2 = maximum radius allowed. Default = 99999.0

Sets DBLCOM(1000)

Note: It is suggested not to change these values, since the G-Post has a maximum radius and will switch
into linear interpolation for any large radius automatically.

10.4.7 CRVFIT/SPLINE,ON

This command initiates the "spline/NURBS fit" process of the CL file.

Sets DBLCOM(996) = 71 or ON

10.4.8 CRVFIT/SPLINE,OFF

This command terminates the "spline/NURBS fit" process of the CL file.

Sets DBLCOM(996) = 72 or OFF, Default

The NURBS fitting process is to convert a set of linear GOTO/x,y,z(,i,j,k) into NURBS curve motion that
fit the tolerance and other options specified. This may reduce the MCD file size or generate a smooth
machining operation. The output of NURBS parameters and the points of the NURBS curve will be output
as MOVNRB/--- command as explained later in this document.

10.4.9 CRVFIT/TYPE,e1

e1 = specifies the type of spline required, 0= NURBS, 1=Cubic spline. Default is 0

Sets DBLCOM(997)

10.4.10 CRVFIT/PLANE,YXPLAN-YZPLAN-ZXPLAN-ALL

Specifies the desired plane, Default = ALL

Sets DBLCOM(998)

10.4.11 CRVFIT/TOLER,1,t1

t1 = General curve fit tolerance. Default = 0.005

Sets DBLCOM(1001)

10-3
G-Post Reference Manual

10.4.12 CRVFIT/TOLER,2,t2

t2 = Z-change tolerance. Default = 0.005

Sets DBLCOM(1002)

10.4.13 CRVFIT/TOLER,3,t3

t3 = Tool axis vector change tolerance. Default = 0.005

Sets DBLCOM(1003)

10.4.14 CRVFIT/TOLER,4,t4

t4 = Direction change tolerance in degrees. Default = 60

Sets DBLCOM(1004

10.4.15 CRVFIT/TOLER,5,t5

t5 = Distance length tolerance. Default = .5

Sets DBLCOM(1005)

10.4.16 CRVFIT/TOLER,6,t6

t6 = Z-change tolerance with ARCSLP=ON. Default = .015

Sets DBLCOM(1006)

10.4.17 CRVFIT/TOLER,7,t7

t7 = Arc fitting ratio tolerance (arcs to GOTO points) in percentage. Default = 10

Sets DBLCOM(1007)

10.4.18 CRVFIT/TOLER,8,t8

t8 = Chordal tolerance for adjacent points. Default = .025

Sets DBLCOM(1008)

10-4
 10 ARC / NURBS Fitting

10.4.19 CRVFIT/POINT,1,p1

p1 = Minimum number of points allowed. Default = 5

Sets DBLCOM(1010)

10.4.20 CRVFIT/POINT,2,p2

p2 = Maximum number of points allowed. Default = 500

Sets DBLCOM(1011)

10.5 CL Data generated from CRVFIT/--- Commands:

When the curve fitting process is successful, the CL file will be augmented with CIRCLE/--- and/or
MOVNRB/--- commands. The CIRCLE/--- command is the standard G-Post format therefore it will be
converted into G02/G03 blocks.

The MOVNRB/--- command represents a spline motion and will have to be formatted for the proper
controller (FANUC, Siemens, etc.) Also a MOVNRB/--- will be generated by the optional
CRVFIT/XYZ,1 option to output a Siemens CIP block.

10.5.1 MOVNRB/--- for a regular NURBS

The sequence of a MOVNRB/--- for a regular NURBS, CRVFIT/TYPE,0, is as follows

1. MOVNRB/ON,o,k,w,n,s
2. MOVNRB/1,k1..kk
3. MOVNRB/2,cp1...cpn
4. MOVNRB/NEXT
GOTO/p1,p2...pn
5. MOVNRB/OFF

The 1st line specifies the (o = order of the curve, k = number of knots, w = number of weights as always 0,
n = number of control points, s = curve length).

The 2nd line specifies the actual knot values as scalars. The maximum number of knot values will be 24 in
one command. If there are more knots, then there will be another MOVNRB/1 command and so on.

The 3rd line specifies the actual control points as xyz data. The maximum number of xyz values will be 24
in one command. If there are more points, then there will be another MOVNRB/2 command and so on.

The 4th line specifies the start of the original points that were converted into spline data. This is given, in
case the machine does not have a certain NURBS function and can output G01 motion, ignoring the
MOVNRB command.

The 5th line indicates the end of MOVNRB sequence.

10-5
G-Post Reference Manual

10.5.2 MOVNRB/--- for a cubic spline .

The sequence of a MOVNRB/--- command for a cubic spline, CRVFIT/TYPE,1 is as follows: There will
not be any knot values and only control points

1. MOVNRB/ON,o,k=0,w,n,s
2. MOVNRB/2,cp1...cpn
3. MOVNRB/NEXT
GOTO/p1,p2...pn
4. MOVNRB/OFF

The control points actually represent the polynomial coefficients for a cubic spline. These are the three
vector data along xyz axes and the start point. The parameter space t = is from 0 to 1, to satisfy the equation
d+ at+ bt2+ct3. For each curve segment, there will be 12-scalar values (1-3 = d start xyz, 4-6 = a(xyz), 7-9 =
b(xyz), 10-12 = c(xyz).

To compute the end point of a curve segment: set t = 1 and compute:

xe=xs+at+bt2+ct3 (with abc(x))

ye=ys+at+ bt2+ct3 (with abc(y))
ze=zs+at+ bt2+ct3 (with abc(z))

10.5.3 MOVNRB/--- for an arc

The sequence of a MOVNRB/--- for an arc, CRVFIT/XYZ,1, is as follows: There will be 7 knot values
and 2 control points

1. MOVNRB/ON,o=3,k=7,w,n=2,s
2. MOVNRB/1,xyz,ijk,r
3. MOVNRB/2,cp1,cp2
4. MOVNRB/NEXT
CIRCLE/xyz,ijk,r
GOTO/p1,p2,…,pn
5. MOVNRB/OFF

The knot values represent the circle center (xyz), axis (ijk) and radius (r). The 1st control point is the mid
point of the arc and the 2nd control point is the end point of the arc. This can be used to output the Siemens
CIP block and skip the CIRCLE/--- and original GOTO/x,y,z(,i,j,k) for the arc.

10.5.4 MOVNRB/M3AXIS-M5AXIS

The PTC Pro/E system generates this command to indicate a pre-fit NURB (3 or 5 Axis) with GOTO
points. In this case, G-Post will not do any Curve Fitting and will only format the data for Siemens,
Fanuc etc output.

10.5.5 MOVNRB/3002-5002

This command supports pre-fit Nurb curve data output by CATIA in the *.aptsource file as below for 3 and
5 axes format. By setting Intcom(4335) to 0,1 or 2, G-Post can then convert this code to the desired format
and output to the tape file. For this case, do not enable "Curve Fit" in the Option file, since this is pre-fit
data. Either set Intcom(4335) in the FIL file or manually edit into the Option file.

10-6
 10 ARC / NURBS Fitting

Intcom(4335)=0 Fanuc Nurb output

Intcom(4335)=1 Siemens Nurb output
Intcom(4335)=2 Heidenhain Nurb output

Example:

3-axis format:
BEGIN NURBS_SIEMENS (D=3,F=25.000,AXIS= 0.00000, 0.00000, 1.00$
000)
N0, XT= 0.00000, YT= 0.00000, ZT= 0.00000,DK= 0.00000,W= $
1.00000;
N1, XT= 0.31961, YT= 0.05915, ZT= 0.00000,DK= 0.00000,W= $
1.00000;
N2, XT= 0.63426, YT= 0.14295, ZT= 0.00000,DK= 0.97493,W= $
1.00000;
N3, XT= 0.94559, YT= 0.23556, ZT= 0.00000,DK= 0.00000,W= $
1.00000;
END NURBS

5-axis format:
BEGIN NURBS_SIEMENS (D=3,F=80.000,AXIS=VAR,LENGTH= 2.000)
N0, XT= 19.18055, YT= -42.44969, ZT= -6.28780, XH= 19.180191, YH=$
-37.474471, ZH= 43.464058,DK=0.000,W=1.000;
N1, XT= 19.18049, YT= -41.57342, ZT= 2.47480, XH= 19.180128, YH=$
-36.598205, ZH= 52.226657,DK=0.000,W=1.000;
N2, XT= 19.18042, YT= -40.69716, ZT= 11.23740, XH= 19.180065, YH=$
-35.721939, ZH= 60.989257,DK=26.419,W=1.000;
N3, XT= 19.18036, YT= -39.82089, ZT= 20.00000, XH= 19.180002, YH=$
-34.845674, ZH= 69.751856,DK=0.000,W=1.000;
END NURBS

ACL file:
CATIA Cimpro interface will convert this into ACL records 3-axis:
MOVNRB/3002
MOVNRB/1,ORDER,FEED,AXIS-I,J,K
MOVNRB/2,CPT-XYZ,KNOT,WEIGHT
MOVNRB/3,CPT-XYZ,KNOT,WEIGHT
ETC...
MOVNRB/OFF

CATIA Cimpro interface will convert this into ACL records 5-axis:
MOVNRB/5002
MOVNRB/1,ORDER,FEED,AXIS,LENGTH
MOVNRB/2,CPT-XYZ,CPT-UVW,KNOT,WEIGHT
MOVNRB/3,CPT-XYZ,CPT-UVW,KNOT,WEIGHT
ETC...
MOVNRB/OFF

Tape file for Fanuc output Intcom(4335)=0:

N50 G6.2 P4 X0. Y0. Z0. R1.
N52 X.3196 Y.0592 Z0. R1.
N54 X.6343 Y.143 Z0. R1.
N56 X.9456 Y.2356 Z0. R1.
N58 X.9456 Y.2356 Z0. R1.
etc...
N220 K0.

10-7
G-Post Reference Manual

10.6 ARC / NURBS Fitting - FAQ

Q: When will linear moves, G01's, be replaced with circular moves, G02's and/or G03's?
A: When a set of GOTO/x,y,z(,i,j,k) records appear together in the CL file.

Q: When will the curve fitting take place?

A: At the start of APT/G-Post run, a separate pass of the CL file will be made to scan and convert linear
move, G01, commands into circular moves, G02/G03, commands.

Q: How is curve fitting setup and activated?

A: Use the previously described CRVFIT/--- commands to control curve fit option within the CL file.

Q: Will the programmed feed rates be used?

A: Curve fit will not span across a FEDRAT/--- or any other G-Post command, only GOTO/x,y,z(,i,j,k)
within the span will be qualified. The minimum and maximum number of points stated control the point set
selected. It is suggested that you do not set the maximum points more than 500 due to performance.

Q: Will the arc fitting substitute helical motion for linear motion, G01's?
A: Yes – using the CRVFIT/ARCSLP,ON option. This will check the Z-change along the tool axis to be
constant and be within the stated tolerance, as specified by the CRVFIT/TOLER,6,t6 command. When
this is satisfied, an ARCSLP/ON,--- command will be output before the circular motion. This will instruct
the G-Post to perform helical interpolation motion for the circular records in the MCD file (G02/G03
blocks will contain I, J, K lead values).

Q: Will arc fitting produce circular motion, G02 and G03's, when the tool axis is not fixed (constant)?
A: No - the tool axis must remain constant for both arc and NURBS fitting.

Q: How does the CUTCOM/--- command work with curve fitting?

A: Linear moves, G01, before and after CUTCOM/--- will be left alone since the point set will not span a
post processor command as stated before.

Note: The CUTCOM/plane must be in the same plane as the circular plane, G02/G03. this condition is
tested by G-Post.

Q: When a square corner is wanted, how will curve fitting be avoided?

A: Use the tolerance parameter CRVFIT/TOLER,4,t4 to control the maximum degrees or turn off arc
fitting using the CRVFIT/ARC,OFF command.

Q: What about GOTO/x,y,z(,I,j,k) motion inside CYCLE/--- routine?

A: CYCLE/points between CYCLE/ON-OFF pair will not qualify for curve fit.

Q: What kind of added center-line records does arc fitting generate?

A: An ARCDAT/--- or type 3000 circle record followed by ARCMOV/---. The G-Post will not know if
the arcs were generated by the arc fitting routine and they will look the same as if they where generated by
APT or a CAD system.

Q: Will arc fitting generate G18/G19 circular interpolation?

A: Yes - unless the XYPLAN is specified in the CRVFIT/PLANE command.

Q: What happens to the original ISN or Input statement numbers in APT?

A: If we select 100 points from the CL file as a set and fit one arc, the arc motion (the CIRCLE/--- and
GOTO/---) records will have the ISN of the first GOTO/x,y,z(,I,j,k) of this selected set.

10-8
 10 ARC / NURBS Fitting

Arc / NURBS Fitting – FAQ...Continued

Q: What are the tolerances (CRVFIT/TOLER,--,--) commands used for?
A: Start and end points of the arc will be from the input CL file and are not interpolated. Interim points
can be discarded by the arc fitting routine using the given tolerance t1 specified by the
CRVFIT/TOLER,1,t1 command.

The general curve fitting tolerance t1 is used for all arc fitting and NURBS curves creation and
interpolation etc.

The chordal tolerencet8, specified by the CRVFIT/TOLER,8,t8 command, is used to accept adjacent
points and to determine if they are on the circle or spline.

The z-tolerance t2 , specified by the CRVFIT/TOLER,2,t2 command, is used to test if the input points,
when rotated into the XY-plane, have the same z-value. Only points that are in the same plane will be
selected for curve fitting.

If ARCSLP/ON is programmed, two adjacent points must have a z-change but can not exceed the second z
by tolerance t6, specified by the CRVFIT/TOLER,6,t6 command. This will prevent a desired delta-z
move from being converted into an helical motion.

The tool axis vector tolerance t3, specified by the CRVFIT/TOLER,3,t3 command, is used to test if the
input tool axis is a constant. Only points with the same tool axis vector will be selected for curve fitting.

The direction tolerance t4, specified by the CRVFIT/TOLER,4,t4 command, is used to accept adjacent
points and to determine if there is a reversal in direction or steep angular change. Note this values is given
in degrees.

The distance tolerance t5, specified by the CRVFIT/TOLER,5,t5 command, is used to accept adjacent
points and to determine if the points are too far apart from each other, such as a long linear move.

The ratio tolerance t7, specified by the CRVFIT/TOLER,7,t7 command, is tested after the arc fitting. If
the number of arcs fit exceed this ratio to the original points, then the arc fitting for this region is skipped
and the original GOTO/x,y,z(,I,j,k) points will be used. For instance, if we selected 100 points for a region
and we converted those to 90 or less arcs, the tolerance must <= 10% to accept the arc fitting.

Q: What about GOTO/x,y,z(,I,j,k) motion inside a PROBE/--- sequence?

A: PROBE/--- points between PROBE/ON-OFF pair will not qualify for curve fitting.

Q: What about GOTO/x,y,z(,I,j,k) motion with the RAPID command?

A: RAPID motion points will not qualify for curve fitting.

Q: What about FROM/x,y,z(,I,j,k) motion command?

A: FROM motion points will not qualify for curve fitting.

10-9
G-Post Reference Manual

10.7 Examples
There are several test files available for both APT and G-Post for CRVFIT implementation. You can
obtain these test files from Austin N.C., Inc. free of charge. Visit our WEB Site at
http://www.austinnc.com and go to the Support page to download the Curve Fitting test files. Look at
the FIL files to get an understanding of the various formats from CRVFIT. This will help you to
implement the MCD format in your custom post.

For G-Post, you can simply select the desired format FANUC, Siemens, etc. in the option file generator and
the MCD is automatically formatted.

10.7.1 A simple example of Arc fit in APT and output:

AUSTIN N.C., Inc. Cimpro/Win32 APT version 6.0 P11

Input file=T1.APT Date=06-23-2005 Time=18:43:55
13:43:55 Scheduled Section 1-1
Isn ** APT Input Data **

1 PARTNO ARCFIT
2 MACHIN/UNCX01,1
3 MULTAX/ON
4 CLPRNT
5 CUTTER/0,0,0,0,0,0,5
6 SPINDL/300
7 FEDRAT/10
8 CRVFIT/ARC,ON
9 FROM /.70710678,0,-.70710678,.70710678,0,.70710678
10 GOTO /.70699909,.01745241,-.70699908,.70710678,0,.70710678
11 GOTO /.70667603,.0348995,-.70667603,.70710678,0,.70710678
12 GOTO /.70613772,.05233596,-.70613772,.70710678,0,.70710678
13 GOTO /.70538431,.06975647,-.7053843,.70710678,0,.70710678
14 GOTO /.70441603,.08715574,-.70441603,.70710678,0,.70710678
15 GOTO /.70323318,.10452846,-.70323318,.70710678,0,.70710678
16 GOTO /.70183612,.12186934,-.70183611,.70710678,0,.70710678
17 GOTO /.70022527,.1391731,-.70022527,.70710678,0,.70710678
18 GOTO /.69840112,.15643446,-.69840112,.70710678,0,.70710678
19 GOTO /.69636424,.17364818,-.69636424,.70710678,0,.70710678
20 GOTO /.69411524,.190809,-.69411524,.70710678,0,.70710678
21 GOTO /.6916548,.20791169,-.6916548,.70710678,0,.70710678
22 GOTO /.68898368,.22495105,-.68898368,.70710678,0,.70710678
23 GOTO /.68610269,.2419219,-.68610269,.70710678,0,.70710678
24 GOTO /.6830127,.25881904,-.6830127,.70710678,0,.70710678
25 GOTO /.67971466,.27563736,-.67971466,.70710678,0,.70710678
26 GOTO /.67620958,.2923717,-.67620958,.70710678,0,.70710678
27 GOTO /.67249851,.30901699,-.67249851,.70710678,0,.70710678
28 GOTO /.6685826,.32556815,-.6685826,.70710678,0,.70710678
29 GOTO /.66446303,.34202014,-.66446302,.70710678,0,.70710678
30 GOTO /.66014105,.35836795,-.66014105,.70710678,0,.70710678
31 GOTO /.65561799,.37460659,-.65561799,.70710678,0,.70710678
32 GOTO /.65089522,.39073113,-.65089522,.70710678,0,.70710678

10-10
 10 ARC / NURBS Fitting

33 GOTO /.64597419,.40673664,-.64597419,.70710678,0,.70710678
34 GOTO /.64085638,.42261826,-.64085638,.70710678,0,.70710678
35 GOTO /.63554337,.43837115,-.63554336,.70710678,0,.70710678
36 GOTO /.63003676,.4539905,-.63003675,.70710678,0,.70710678
37 GOTO /.62433823,.46947156,-.62433823,.70710678,0,.70710678
38 GOTO /.61844953,.48480962,-.61844953,.70710678,0,.70710678
39 GOTO /.61237244,.5,-.61237244,.70710678,0,.70710678
40 GOTO /.60610881,.51503807,-.60610881,.70710678,0,.70710678
41 GOTO /.59966056,.52991926,-.59966056,.70710678,0,.70710678
42 GOTO /.59302965,.54463903,-.59302965,.70710678,0,.70710678
43 GOTO /.58621809,.5591929,-.58621809,.70710678,0,.70710678
44 GOTO /.57922797,.57357644,-.57922797,.70710678,0,.70710678
45 GOTO /.5720614,.58778525,-.5720614,.70710678,0,.70710678
46 GOTO /.56472059,.60181502,-.56472058,.70710678,0,.70710678
47 GOTO /.55720775,.61566147,-.55720775,.70710678,0,.70710678
48 GOTO /.54952518,.62932039,-.54952518,.70710678,0,.70710678
49 GOTO /.54167522,.64278761,-.54167522,.70710678,0,.70710678
50 GOTO /.53366026,.65605903,-.53366026,.70710678,0,.70710678
51 GOTO /.52548275,.66913061,-.52548275,.70710678,0,.70710678
52 GOTO /.51714516,.68199836,-.51714516,.70710678,0,.70710678
53 GOTO /.50865005,.69465837,-.50865005,.70710678,0,.70710678
54 GOTO /.5,.70710678,-.5,.70710678,0,.70710678
55 GOTO /.49119765,.7193398,-.49119764,.70710678,0,.70710678
56 GOTO /.48224567,.7313537,-.48224567,.70710678,0,.70710678
57 GOTO /.47314679,.74314482,-.47314679,.70710678,0,.70710678
58 GOTO /.46390379,.75470958,-.46390379,.70710678,0,.70710678
59 GOTO /.45451948,.76604444,-.45451948,.70710678,0,.70710678
60 GOTO /.44499672,.77714596,-.44499672,.70710678,0,.70710678
61 GOTO /.43533841,.78801075,-.4353384,.70710678,0,.70710678
62 GOTO /.42554748,.79863551,-.42554748,.70710678,0,.70710678
63 GOTO /.41562694,.80901699,-.41562694,.70710678,0,.70710678
64 GOTO /.40557979,.81915204,-.40557979,.70710678,0,.70710678
65 GOTO /.3954091,.82903757,-.39540909,.70710678,0,.70710678
66 GOTO /.38511796,.83867057,-.38511796,.70710678,0,.70710678
67 GOTO /.37470951,.8480481,-.37470951,.70710678,0,.70710678
68 GOTO /.36418692,.8571673,-.36418692,.70710678,0,.70710678
69 GOTO /.35355339,.8660254,-.35355339,.70710678,0,.70710678
70 GOTO /.34281217,.87461971,-.34281217,.70710678,0,.70710678
71 GOTO /.33196653,.88294759,-.33196653,.70710678,0,.70710678
72 GOTO /.32101976,.89100652,-.32101976,.70710678,0,.70710678
73 GOTO /.30997521,.89879405,-.30997521,.70710678,0,.70710678
74 GOTO /.29883624,.90630779,-.29883624,.70710678,0,.70710678
75 GOTO /.28760624,.91354546,-.28760624,.70710678,0,.70710678
76 GOTO /.27628863,.92050485,-.27628863,.70710678,0,.70710678
77 GOTO /.26488686,.92718385,-.26488686,.70710678,0,.70710678
78 GOTO /.25340441,.93358043,-.25340441,.70710678,0,.70710678
79 GOTO /.24184476,.93969262,-.24184476,.70710678,0,.70710678
80 GOTO /.23021145,.94551858,-.23021145,.70710678,0,.70710678
81 GOTO /.21850801,.95105652,-.21850801,.70710678,0,.70710678
82 GOTO /.20673802,.95630476,-.20673802,.70710678,0,.70710678
83 GOTO /.19490504,.9612617,-.19490504,.70710678,0,.70710678
84 GOTO /.1830127,.96592583,-.1830127,.70710678,0,.70710678
85 GOTO /.17106461,.97029573,-.17106461,.70710678,0,.70710678
86 GOTO /.15906442,.97437006,-.15906442,.70710678,0,.70710678
87 GOTO /.14701577,.9781476,-.14701577,.70710678,0,.70710678

10-11
G-Post Reference Manual

88 GOTO /.13492234,.98162718,-.13492234,.70710678,0,.70710678
89 GOTO /.12278781,.98480775,-.1227878,.70710678,0,.70710678
90 GOTO /.11061587,.98768834,-.11061587,.70710678,0,.70710678
91 GOTO /.09841024,.99026807,-.09841024,.70710678,0,.70710678
92 GOTO /.08617464,.99254615,-.08617464,.70710678,0,.70710678
93 GOTO /.07391279,.9945219,-.07391279,.70710678,0,.70710678
94 GOTO /.06162842,.9961947,-.06162842,.70710678,0,.70710678
95 GOTO /.04932528,.99756405,-.04932528,.70710678,0,.70710678
96 GOTO /.03700711,.99862953,-.03700711,.70710678,0,.70710678
97 GOTO /.02467767,.99939083,-.02467767,.70710678,0,.70710678
98 GOTO /.01234072,.9998477,-.01234072,.70710678,0,.70710678
99 GOTO /0,1,0,.70710678,0,.70710678
100 GOTO /.70710678,0,-.70710678,.70710678,0,.70710678
101 END
101 FINI$$
13:43:55 Scheduled Section 1-2
13:43:56 Scheduled Section 2
13:43:56 Scheduled Section 3
Rec Isn ** Cutter Location File Data **

2 1 PARTNO ARCFIT
4 2 MACHIN UNCX01 1
6 3 MULTAX/ON
8 5 CUTTER 0 0 0 0 0 0 5
10 6 SPINDL 300
12 7 FEDRAT 10
15 9 FROM .7071068 .0000000 -.7071068 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
18 10 GOTO .7069991 .0174524 -.7069991 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
19 10 CIRCLE .0054700 .0001347 -.0054374 .7071232 .0000010 .7070904 .9922861

20 10 GOTO .7004799 .1361827 -.7004798 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068

.6839504 .2529534 -.6839496 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.6576485 .3660827 -.6576467 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
21 10 CIRCLE -.0002480 -.0030738 .0002808 .7071232 .0000010 .7070904 1.0009860

22 10 GOTO .6219964 .4739587 -.6219931 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068

.5775386 .5750840 -.5775333 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.5249042 .6680274 -.5248966 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
23 10 CIRCLE -.0069309 -.0116140 .0069641 .7071232 .0000010 .7070904 1.0137242

24 10 GOTO .4604853 .7569298 -.4604749 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068

.3886963 .8337140 -.3886827 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.3106692 .8971692 -.3106520 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.2873530 .9127354 -.2873348 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
25 10 CIRCLE .0000173 .0102103 .0000155 .7071232 .0000010 .7070904 .9897897

26 10 GOTO .2041001 .9569836 -.2040781 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068

.1175515 .9859426 -.1175255 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.0291048 .9991447 -.0290748 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.0000157 1.0000000 .0000157 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
27 10 GOTO .7071068 .0000000 -.7071068 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
29 101 END
31 101 FINI
13:43:56 Scheduled Post UNCASC
13:43:56 Completed OK

10-12
 10 ARC / NURBS Fitting

13:43:56 Scheduled Post UNCX01

***NOTICE*** Using option file 1 from default directory.
***NOTICE*** Using filter file 1 from default directory.
1 AUSTIN N.C. FIL 06.000.WN00
-1 FINI
1
1 AUSTIN N.C. UNCX01 6.0.WN00 B- 3.0 MACHIN/UNCX01, 1 DATE: 6/23/2005 PAGE 1
FANUC 5-AXIS NURB
ARCFIT (INCH)
INPUT CLREC N4G2Q24P5X34Y34R34Z34A43B33I34J34K34F32S5T2D2H2M2E2L4W32

3 6 $ ARCFIT
6 10 N1 M41$
6 10 N2 S00300 M03$
10 18 N3 G1 X.9998 Y.0175 Z0. A90. B45. F10.$ .9998 .0175 .0000 90.000 45.000
10 21 N4 G3 X.9301 Y.3661 I-.9921 J-.0174$ .9301 .3661
10 23 N5 G3 X.7423 Y.668 I-.9305 J-.3692$ .7423 .6680
10 25 N6 G3 X.4064 Y.9127 I-.7521 J-.6796$ .4064 .9127
10 27 N7 G3 X0. Y1. I-.4064 J-.9025$ .0000 1.0000
10 27 N8 G1 X1. Y0.$ 1.0000 .0000
101 29 N9 M02$
101 31 %$
0 TAPE TIME WARNING
PAGE 1.56 .30 0
TOTAL 1.56 .30 0
1 AUSTIN N.C. UNCX01 6.0.WN00 B- 3.0 MACHIN/UNCX01, 1 DATE: 6/23/2005 PAGE 2
FANUC 5-AXIS NURB
ARCFIT (INCH)
INPUT CLREC N4G2Q24P5X34Y34R34Z34A43B33I34J34K34F32S5T2D2H2M2E2L4W32

X-AXIS Y-AXIS Z-AXIS

POST-MINIMUM .0000 .0000 .0000
POST-MAXIMUM 10.0000 10.0000 30.0000

TAPE-MINIMUM .0000 .0000 .0000

TAPE-MAXIMUM 1.0000 1.0000 .0000

A-AXIS B-AXIS C-AXIS

POST-MINIMUM 90.0000 45.0000 .0000
POST-MAXIMUM 90.0000 45.0000 .0000

TAPE-MINIMUM 90.0000 45.0000 .0000

TAPE-MAXIMUM 90.0000 45.0000 .0000

13:43:56 Completed Post UNCX01 ok

10-13
G-Post Reference Manual

10.7.2 A simple example of NURBS fit in APT and output: (same program as
above)

1AUSTIN N.C. Cimpro/Win32 APT version 6.0 P11

Input file=T11.APT Date=06-28-2005 Time=08:25:09
08:25:09 Scheduled Section 1-1
Isn ** APT Input Data **

1 PARTNO NURB FIT

2 MACHIN/UNCX01,11
3 MULTAX/ON
4 CLPRNT
5 CUTTER/0,0,0,0,0,0,5
6 SPINDL/300
7 FEDRAT/10
8 CRVFIT/SPLINE,ON
9 FROM /.70710678,0,-.70710678,.70710678,0,.70710678
10 GOTO /.70699909,.01745241,-.70699908,.70710678,0,.70710678
11 GOTO /.70667603,.0348995,-.70667603,.70710678,0,.70710678
12 GOTO /.70613772,.05233596,-.70613772,.70710678,0,.70710678
13 GOTO /.70538431,.06975647,-.7053843,.70710678,0,.70710678
14 GOTO /.70441603,.08715574,-.70441603,.70710678,0,.70710678
15 GOTO /.70323318,.10452846,-.70323318,.70710678,0,.70710678
16 GOTO /.70183612,.12186934,-.70183611,.70710678,0,.70710678
17 GOTO /.70022527,.1391731,-.70022527,.70710678,0,.70710678
18 GOTO /.69840112,.15643446,-.69840112,.70710678,0,.70710678
19 GOTO /.69636424,.17364818,-.69636424,.70710678,0,.70710678
20 GOTO /.69411524,.190809,-.69411524,.70710678,0,.70710678
21 GOTO /.6916548,.20791169,-.6916548,.70710678,0,.70710678
22 GOTO /.68898368,.22495105,-.68898368,.70710678,0,.70710678
23 GOTO /.68610269,.2419219,-.68610269,.70710678,0,.70710678
24 GOTO /.6830127,.25881904,-.6830127,.70710678,0,.70710678
25 GOTO /.67971466,.27563736,-.67971466,.70710678,0,.70710678
26 GOTO /.67620958,.2923717,-.67620958,.70710678,0,.70710678
27 GOTO /.67249851,.30901699,-.67249851,.70710678,0,.70710678
28 GOTO /.6685826,.32556815,-.6685826,.70710678,0,.70710678
29 GOTO /.66446303,.34202014,-.66446302,.70710678,0,.70710678
30 GOTO /.66014105,.35836795,-.66014105,.70710678,0,.70710678
31 GOTO /.65561799,.37460659,-.65561799,.70710678,0,.70710678
32 GOTO /.65089522,.39073113,-.65089522,.70710678,0,.70710678
33 GOTO /.64597419,.40673664,-.64597419,.70710678,0,.70710678
34 GOTO /.64085638,.42261826,-.64085638,.70710678,0,.70710678
35 GOTO /.63554337,.43837115,-.63554336,.70710678,0,.70710678
36 GOTO /.63003676,.4539905,-.63003675,.70710678,0,.70710678
37 GOTO /.62433823,.46947156,-.62433823,.70710678,0,.70710678
38 GOTO /.61844953,.48480962,-.61844953,.70710678,0,.70710678
39 GOTO /.61237244,.5,-.61237244,.70710678,0,.70710678
40 GOTO /.60610881,.51503807,-.60610881,.70710678,0,.70710678
41 GOTO /.59966056,.52991926,-.59966056,.70710678,0,.70710678
42 GOTO /.59302965,.54463903,-.59302965,.70710678,0,.70710678
43 GOTO /.58621809,.5591929,-.58621809,.70710678,0,.70710678
44 GOTO /.57922797,.57357644,-.57922797,.70710678,0,.70710678
45 GOTO /.5720614,.58778525,-.5720614,.70710678,0,.70710678

10-14
 10 ARC / NURBS Fitting

46 GOTO /.56472059,.60181502,-.56472058,.70710678,0,.70710678
47 GOTO /.55720775,.61566147,-.55720775,.70710678,0,.70710678
48 GOTO /.54952518,.62932039,-.54952518,.70710678,0,.70710678
49 GOTO /.54167522,.64278761,-.54167522,.70710678,0,.70710678
50 GOTO /.53366026,.65605903,-.53366026,.70710678,0,.70710678
51 GOTO /.52548275,.66913061,-.52548275,.70710678,0,.70710678
52 GOTO /.51714516,.68199836,-.51714516,.70710678,0,.70710678
53 GOTO /.50865005,.69465837,-.50865005,.70710678,0,.70710678
54 GOTO /.5,.70710678,-.5,.70710678,0,.70710678
55 GOTO /.49119765,.7193398,-.49119764,.70710678,0,.70710678
56 GOTO /.48224567,.7313537,-.48224567,.70710678,0,.70710678
57 GOTO /.47314679,.74314482,-.47314679,.70710678,0,.70710678
58 GOTO /.46390379,.75470958,-.46390379,.70710678,0,.70710678
59 GOTO /.45451948,.76604444,-.45451948,.70710678,0,.70710678
60 GOTO /.44499672,.77714596,-.44499672,.70710678,0,.70710678
61 GOTO /.43533841,.78801075,-.4353384,.70710678,0,.70710678
62 GOTO /.42554748,.79863551,-.42554748,.70710678,0,.70710678
63 GOTO /.41562694,.80901699,-.41562694,.70710678,0,.70710678
64 GOTO /.40557979,.81915204,-.40557979,.70710678,0,.70710678
65 GOTO /.3954091,.82903757,-.39540909,.70710678,0,.70710678
66 GOTO /.38511796,.83867057,-.38511796,.70710678,0,.70710678
67 GOTO /.37470951,.8480481,-.37470951,.70710678,0,.70710678
68 GOTO /.36418692,.8571673,-.36418692,.70710678,0,.70710678
69 GOTO /.35355339,.8660254,-.35355339,.70710678,0,.70710678
70 GOTO /.34281217,.87461971,-.34281217,.70710678,0,.70710678
71 GOTO /.33196653,.88294759,-.33196653,.70710678,0,.70710678
72 GOTO /.32101976,.89100652,-.32101976,.70710678,0,.70710678
73 GOTO /.30997521,.89879405,-.30997521,.70710678,0,.70710678
74 GOTO /.29883624,.90630779,-.29883624,.70710678,0,.70710678
75 GOTO /.28760624,.91354546,-.28760624,.70710678,0,.70710678
76 GOTO /.27628863,.92050485,-.27628863,.70710678,0,.70710678
77 GOTO /.26488686,.92718385,-.26488686,.70710678,0,.70710678
78 GOTO /.25340441,.93358043,-.25340441,.70710678,0,.70710678
79 GOTO /.24184476,.93969262,-.24184476,.70710678,0,.70710678
80 GOTO /.23021145,.94551858,-.23021145,.70710678,0,.70710678
81 GOTO /.21850801,.95105652,-.21850801,.70710678,0,.70710678
82 GOTO /.20673802,.95630476,-.20673802,.70710678,0,.70710678
83 GOTO /.19490504,.9612617,-.19490504,.70710678,0,.70710678
84 GOTO /.1830127,.96592583,-.1830127,.70710678,0,.70710678
85 GOTO /.17106461,.97029573,-.17106461,.70710678,0,.70710678
86 GOTO /.15906442,.97437006,-.15906442,.70710678,0,.70710678
87 GOTO /.14701577,.9781476,-.14701577,.70710678,0,.70710678
88 GOTO /.13492234,.98162718,-.13492234,.70710678,0,.70710678
89 GOTO /.12278781,.98480775,-.1227878,.70710678,0,.70710678
90 GOTO /.11061587,.98768834,-.11061587,.70710678,0,.70710678
91 GOTO /.09841024,.99026807,-.09841024,.70710678,0,.70710678
92 GOTO /.08617464,.99254615,-.08617464,.70710678,0,.70710678
93 GOTO /.07391279,.9945219,-.07391279,.70710678,0,.70710678
94 GOTO /.06162842,.9961947,-.06162842,.70710678,0,.70710678
95 GOTO /.04932528,.99756405,-.04932528,.70710678,0,.70710678
96 GOTO /.03700711,.99862953,-.03700711,.70710678,0,.70710678
97 GOTO /.02467767,.99939083,-.02467767,.70710678,0,.70710678
98 GOTO /.01234072,.9998477,-.01234072,.70710678,0,.70710678

10-15
G-Post Reference Manual

99 GOTO /0,1,0,.70710678,0,.70710678
100 GOTO /.70710678,0,-.70710678,.70710678,0,.70710678
101 END
101 FINI$$
08:25:09 Scheduled Section 1-2
08:25:09 Scheduled Section 2
08:25:09 Scheduled Section 3
Rec Isn ** Cutter Location File Data **

2 1 PARTNO NURB FIT

4 2 MACHIN UNCX01 11
6 3 MULTAX/ON
8 5 CUTTER 0 0 0 0 0 0 5
10 6 SPINDL 300
12 7 FEDRAT 10
15 9 FROM .7071068 .0000000 -.7071068 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
18 10 MOVNRB ON
0000000 9.0000000 .0000000 5.0000000 1.5514108
19 10 MOVNRB 1
000000 .0000000 .0000000 .0000000 .4606742 1.0000000
1.0000000
1.0000000 1.0000000
20 10 MOVNRB 2
.7069991 .0174524 -.7069991 .7040554 .2559444 -.7040556
.5598757 .7674666 -.5598699 .1974726 1.0000004 -.1974503
.0000157 1.0000000 .0000157
21 10 MOVNRB NEXT
22 10 GOTO .7069991 .0174524 -.7069991 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.7066760 .0348995 -.7066760 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.7061377 .0523360 -.7061377 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.7053843 .0697565 -.7053843 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.7044160 .0871557 -.7044160 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.7032332 .1045285 -.7032332 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.7018361 .1218693 -.7018361 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.7002253 .1391731 -.7002253 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.6984011 .1564345 -.6984011 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.6963642 .1736482 -.6963642 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.6941152 .1908090 -.6941152 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.6916548 .2079117 -.6916548 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.6889837 .2249511 -.6889837 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.6861027 .2419219 -.6861027 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.6830127 .2588190 -.6830127 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.6797147 .2756374 -.6797147 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.6762096 .2923717 -.6762096 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.6724985 .3090170 -.6724985 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.6685826 .3255682 -.6685826 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.6644630 .3420201 -.6644630 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.6601411 .3583679 -.6601411 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.6556180 .3746066 -.6556180 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.6508952 .3907311 -.6508952 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.6459742 .4067366 -.6459742 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.6408564 .4226183 -.6408564 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.6355434 .4383711 -.6355434 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.6300368 .4539905 -.6300368 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068

10-16
 10 ARC / NURBS Fitting

.6243382 .4694716 -.6243382 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068

.6184495 .4848096 -.6184495 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.6123724 .5000000 -.6123724 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.6061088 .5150381 -.6061088 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.5996606 .5299193 -.5996606 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.5930297 .5446390 -.5930297 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.5862181 .5591929 -.5862181 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.5792280 .5735764 -.5792280 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.5720614 .5877853 -.5720614 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.5647206 .6018150 -.5647206 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.5572078 .6156615 -.5572077 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.5495252 .6293204 -.5495252 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.5416752 .6427876 -.5416752 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
23 10 CONT. .5336603 .6560590 -.5336603 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.5254828 .6691306 -.5254828 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.5171452 .6819984 -.5171452 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.5086500 .6946584 -.5086500 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.5000000 .7071068 -.5000000 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.4911977 .7193398 -.4911976 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.4822457 .7313537 -.4822457 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.4731468 .7431448 -.4731468 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.4639038 .7547096 -.4639038 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.4545195 .7660444 -.4545195 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.4449967 .7771460 -.4449967 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.4353384 .7880107 -.4353384 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.4255475 .7986355 -.4255475 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.4156269 .8090170 -.4156269 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.4055798 .8191520 -.4055798 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.3954091 .8290376 -.3954091 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.3851180 .8386706 -.3851180 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.3747095 .8480481 -.3747095 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.3641869 .8571673 -.3641869 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.3535534 .8660254 -.3535534 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.3428122 .8746197 -.3428122 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.3319665 .8829476 -.3319665 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.3210198 .8910065 -.3210198 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.3099752 .8987941 -.3099752 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.2988362 .9063078 -.2988362 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.2876062 .9135455 -.2876062 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.2762886 .9205049 -.2762886 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.2648869 .9271839 -.2648869 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.2534044 .9335804 -.2534044 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.2418448 .9396926 -.2418448 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.2302115 .9455186 -.2302115 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.2185080 .9510565 -.2185080 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.2067380 .9563048 -.2067380 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.1949050 .9612617 -.1949050 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.1830127 .9659258 -.1830127 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.1710646 .9702957 -.1710646 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.1590644 .9743701 -.1590644 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.1470158 .9781476 -.1470158 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.1349223 .9816272 -.1349223 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.1227878 .9848077 -.1227878 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
24 10 CONT. .1106159 .9876883 -.1106159 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.0984102 .9902681 -.0984102 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068

10-17
G-Post Reference Manual

.0861746 .9925462 -.0861746 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068

.0739128 .9945219 -.0739128 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.0616284 .9961947 -.0616284 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.0493253 .9975641 -.0493253 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.0370071 .9986295 -.0370071 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.0246777 .9993908 -.0246777 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.0123407 .9998477 -.0123407 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
.0000000 1.0000000 .0000000 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
25 10 MOVNRB OFF
26 10 GOTO .7071068 .0000000 -.7071068 .7071068 .0000000 .7071068
28 101 END
30 101 FINI
08:25:09 Scheduled Post UNCASC
08:25:09 Completed OK
08:25:10 Scheduled Post UNCX01
***NOTICE*** Using option file 11 from default directory.
***NOTICE*** Using filter file 11 from default directory.
1AUSITN N.C. FIL 06.000.WN00
-1 $$ 02-22-00 VNS; SAMPLE FANUC NURB
-2 PPWORD/MOVNRB,1094
-3 $$
-4 $$ CRVFIT/SPLINE,ON
-5 $$ GOTO/PTS
-6 $$ CRVFIT/OFF
-7 $$
-8 $$ THE ABOVE SEQUENCE WILL GENERATE ADDITIONAL RECORDS AS
-9 $$ MOVNRB/ON,ORDER,#KNOTS,#WEIGHTS,#CONTROL PTS
-10 $$ MOVNRB/1,KNOTS...
-11 $$ MOVNRB/2,CPT-XYZ...
-12 $$ MOVNRB/NEXT
-13 $$ GOTO/PTS
-14 $$ MOVNRB/OFF
-15 $$
-16 MXP=200
-17 RESERV/PKN,MXP,PCX,MXP,PCY,MXP,PCZ,MXP
-18 MXWD2=24+4
-19 CIMFIL/ON,MOVNRB
-20 DMY=POSTF(20)
-21 IW4=POSTF(7,4)
-22 IF(IW4 .NE. (ICODEF(ON)))JUMPTO/LB80
-23 KRD=POSTF(7,5)
-24 KNT=POSTF(7,6)
-25 KWT=POSTF(7,7)
-26 KCP=POSTF(7,8)
-27 IF(KNT.LT.2 .OR. KNT .GT. MXP) THEN
-28 DMY=POSTF(13)
-29 JUMPTO/LB90
-30 ENDIF
-31 $$ GET KNOTS
-32 DMY=POSTF(14)
-33 J1=4
-34 DO/LB10,I1=1,KNT
-35 IF(J1 .GE. MXWD2) THEN
-36 DMY=POSTF(14)
-37 J1=4

10-18
 10 ARC / NURBS Fitting

-38 ENDIF
-39 PKN(I1)=POSTF(7,(J1+1))
-40 J1=J1+1
-41 LB10)CONTIN
-42 $$ NO WEIGHTS
-43 $$ GET CONTRL POINTS
-44 DMY=POSTF(14)
-45 J1=4
-46 DO/LB20,I1=1,KCP
-47 IF(J1 .GE. MXWD2) THEN
-48 DMY=POSTF(14)
-49 J1=4
-50 ENDIF
-51 PCX(I1)=POSTF(7,(J1+1))
-52 PCY(I1)=POSTF(7,(J1+2))
-53 PCZ(I1)=POSTF(7,(J1+3))
-54 J1=J1+3
-55 LB20)CONTIN
-56 $$ FANUC FORMAT FOR A 4TH ORDER NURB IS:
-57 $$ G05 P10000
-58 $$ G06.2 P4 K1 CPX CPY CPZ
-59 $$ K2 CPX CPY CPZ
-60 $$ ...
-61 $$ KN-3
-62 $$ KN-2
-63 $$ KN-1
-64 $$ KN
-65 POSTN/ALL
-66 GOTO/PCX(1),PCY(1),PCZ(1)
-67 POSTN/OUT,7,5,16,10000
-68 POSTN/OUT,17,6.2,16,KRD,11,PKN(1),24,PCX(1),25,PCY(1),26,PCZ(1)
-69 PLABEL/OPTION,61,TO,10
-70 DO/LB30,I1=2,KCP
-71 DMY=POSTF(3,3,(355+11))
-72 POSTN/OUT,11,PKN(I1),24,PCX(I1),25,PCY(I1),26,PCZ(I1)
-73 LB30)CONTIN
-74 PLABEL/OPTION,61,TO,0
-75 I1=I1+1
-76 DO/LB30,J1=I1,KNT
-77 POSTN/OUT,11,PKN(J1)
-78 LB30)CONTIN
-79 POSTN/OUT,7,5,16,0
-80 $$ SKIP THE GOTO/PTS UNTIL MOVNRB/OFF
-81 DMY=POSTF(14)
-82 DMY=POSTF(20)
-83 IW4=POSTF(7,4)
-84 IF(IW4 .NE. (ICODEF(NEXT)))JUMPTO/LB80
-85 DO/LB40,I1=1,2
-86 I1=1
-87 DMY=POSTF(14)
-88 IW2=POSTF(7,2)
-89 IW3=POSTF(7,3)
-90 IF(IW2.EQ.2000 .AND. IW3.EQ.(ICODEF(MOVNRB)))I1=3
-91 LB40)CONTIN
-92 JUMPTO/LB90

10-19
G-Post Reference Manual

-93 $$ MOVNRB/BAD
-94 LB80)CONTIN
-95 DMY=POSTF(21)
-96 DMY=POSTF(13)
-97 JUMPTO/LB90
-98 LB90)CONTIN
-99 CIMFIL/OFF
-100 FINI
1 AUSTIN N.C. UNCX01 6.0.WN00 B- 3.0 MACHIN/UNCX01,11 DATE: 6/28/2000 PAGE 1
FANUC 5-AXIS NURB
NURB FIT (INCH)
INPUT CLREC N4G2Q24P5X34Y34R34Z34A43B33I34J34K34F32S5T2D2H2M2E2L4W32

3 6 $ NURB FIT
6 10 N1 M41$
6 10 N2 S00300 M03$
10 18 N3 G1 X.707 Y.0175 Z-.707 A90. B-0. F10.$ .7070 .0175 -.7070 90.000 .000
10 18 N4 G5 P10000$
10 18 N5 G6.2 P4 X.707 Y.0175 Z-.707 K0.$ .7070 .0175 -.7070
10 18 N6 X.7041 Y.2559 Z-.7041 K0.$ .7041 .2559 -.7041
10 18 N7 X.5599 Y.7675 Z-.5599 K0.$ .5599 .7675 -.5599
10 18 N8 X.1975 Y1. Z-.1975 K0.$ .1975 1.0000 -.1975
10 18 N9 X0. Y1. Z0. K.4607$ .0000 1.0000 .0000
10 18 N10 K1.$
10 18 N11 K1.$
10 18 N12 K1.$
10 18 N13 K1.$
10 18 N14 G5 P0$
10 26 N15 G1 X1. Y0. Z0. B45.$ 1.0000 .0000 .0000 45.000
101 28 N16 M02$
101 30 %$
0 TAPE TIME WARNING
PAGE 2.06 .04 0
TOTAL 2.06 .04 0
1 AUSTIN N.C. UNCX01 5.4.WN00 B- 3.0 MACHIN/UNCX01,11 DATE: 6/28/2000 PAGE 2
FANUC 5-AXIS NURB
NURB FIT (INCH)
INPUT CLREC N4G2Q24P5X34Y34R34Z34A43B33I34J34K34F32S5T2D2H2M2E2L4W32

08:25:10 Completed Post UNCX01 ok

10-20
 11 HTML Packager-Simulator

11 Optional Output Files

11.1 HTML Packager

The G-Post can be configured to create an HTML formatted file that can contain the Source file, Listing
file, Punch file, Option file and FIL file, or any combination of these into a single HTML formatted file at
the end of the run.. This feature is only available on the Windows platform and the default setting to for
the G-Post to NOT create this file. The process of building this file is called HTML Packaging. This
will allow you to view these files in a Web based browser or in the CIMpro GUI with its new view-
HTML option. This can be useful, to archive a part file or use as a web document etc. The name of this file
will be the same as the Source file with the extension of .HTM. This file will be opened by your default
Web Browser.

To have your post processor create this file you will have to enable it. Open your Option File and go to the
File Formats -> HTML Packager screen and click on the files you want in your HTML file. The
CIMpro GUI has a new view option for the HTML file.

There is an optional configuration file for the HTML Packager called the mark file. This file is named
UNCX01.Kxx (Mill post) or UNCL01.Kxx (Lathe post). The HTML file can have an index or markers
for quick navigation/location during the browser view. For this purpose, a mark file is used namely *.Knn.
This mark file allows for the addition of any addition information the user would like to include in the
HTML file.

By default, the G-Post uses a "mark" file UNCX01.K00 or UNCL01.K00 from the \CAMLIB\ directory
as shipped on the CD. For each post execution, you can control the mark file by creating uncx01.Knn,
where nn is the matching post number similar to the Option File.

The following is a break down of the contents of the mark file:

# is a comment line in the file and will be ignored

# input is case sensitive, use proper lower/upper case

Contents of a Mark file (#,file,colm and text).

The line file=* can be generic (*=SRC,ACL,LST,TAP,OPT or FIL) to indicate which file needs to have an
index. G-Post will change this to an actual file name (test.apt,lst etc) during the execution.

The line colm=n, indicates what column to match the string specified in text=string or all subsequent
strings until a new colm=n is stated. Use colm=0, for match at any location of the line. If colm=n, is not
given colm=1 is the default.

The line text=string, is the string to search and make an index. It is case sensitive and any number of
text=lines can be given.

The line limt=n, indicates how many matches to be found. Default is limt=50 for each file at start.

11-1
G-Post Reference Manual

Example:

File name is uncx01.k23 to run a Mill G-Post=23.

# make an "index" for LOADTL/TURRET in test.apt file at column-1
file=SRC
text=LOADTL
text=TURRET
# make an "index" for M06 in test.lst file at column-30
file=LST
colm=30
text=LOADTL
text=TURRET
# make an "index" for "WARNING" in test.lst file at any column
# only find the first 100 occurrences
file=LST
colm=0
limt=100
text=WARNING
# make an "index" for "M06" in test.pu1 or tap file at any column
file=TAP
colm=0
text=M06
end

11.2 HTML Packager - command line version

Below is for information only, if you plan to run the utility from a command line. You need not run this for
the G-Post to make the HTML file, it will do it automatically.

New utility Whtmlpack.exe usage:

A new utility Whtmlpack.exe is now available in the \CAMSYS\ directory. You can launch this from via
command line in Windows to combine any desired files.

Whtmlpack Input_description_file.inp

Input_description_file.inp is a text file that contains information as to what files need to be packed and
how. It has the following format of one line per description.

test.htm, output file to be packed as *.htm

test.mrk, Mark file, 2nd entry or none for no mark file
test.apt, 1st file to be packed
test.lst, 2nd file to be packed

11-2
 11 HTML Packager-Simulator

Example:

To make an HTML file of mytest.ncl and mytest.tap, use the below command syntax.

\camsys\Whtmlpack mytest.inp

Contents of mytest.inp

mytest.htm
mytest.mrk or none if there is no "mark" file for indexing
mytest.ncl
mytest.tap

Make a file named mytest.mrk

# my sample
file=test.ncl (must be actual file name and not generic)
text=LOADTL
end

11.3 Simulation File

Some CAM systems like Pro/E can support tool simulation. This requires a separate file containing “time”
and “absolute positions” for each of the XYZABC axes. G-Post can now generate a file (*_{axis
address}.tab) for each axis at the end of regular processing. To have your post processor create these files
you will have to enable it. Open your Option File and go to the File Formats -> Simulation File screen
and click on Generate time and absolute files for XYZABC Axes.

11-3
 12 Appendix A

12 Appendix A - Alpha Characters

12.1 ASCII Character Table
The following chart defines the decimal values for ASCII characters. The G-Post requires the use of ASCII
decimal values where specified.

∴= 32 ! = 33 “ = 34 # = 35 $ = 36 % = 37 & =38 ‘ = 39

( = 40 ) = 41 * = 42 + = 43 , = 44 - = 45 . = 46 / = 47

0 = 48 1 = 49 2 = 50 3 = 51 4 = 52 5 = 53 6 = 54 7 = 55

8 = 56 9 = 57 : = 58 ; = 59 < = 60 = = 61 > = 62 ? = 63

@ = 64 A = 65 B = 66 C = 67 D = 68 E = 69 F = 70 G = 71

H = 72 I = 73 J = 74 K = 75 L = 76 M = 77 N = 78 O = 79

P = 80 Q = 81 R = 82 S = 83 T = 84 U = 85 V = 86 W = 87

X = 88 Y = 89 Z = 90 [ = 91 \ = 92 ] = 93 ^ =95 _= 96
Table 12-1 ASCII Character Table

12.2 Alphabet Numbering Table

This table defines the numeric value for each character of the alphabet. This information will be handy
when using some G-Post commands.

A=1 B=2 C=3 D=4 E=5 F=6 G=7 H=8

I=9 J = 10 K = 11 L =12 M =13 N = 14 O =15 P = 16
Q = 17 R = 18 S = 19 T = 20 U = 21 V = 22 W = 23 X = 24
Y = 25 Z = 26
Table 12-2 Alphabet Numbering Table

12-1
 13 Appendix B

13 Appendix B - Additional Functions

This appendix describes some additional functions in the G-Post that have been added at different times to
meet the needs of different machine tools but are not generic enough to be added to the Option File
Generator. To activate these functions you will be required to set some of the post processor common
variables. To set the commons variables in the G-Post you can use the “Common Variable” panel in the
Option File Generator or use FIL.

These functions are listed randomly.

⇒ To output the radius of rotation used by some controllers to adjust the feed rates has been added.
Some MAHO 5 axis machines use A40raidus B40raidus C40radius to update the feed rates.

New variable,

R40ABCFG DBLCOM (0985)

= 0 Default, do not output A40 / B40 / C40

= 1 or 2 Output A40 / B40 / C40 for each ABC in a motion block, this is NON-MODAL.
= 3 or 4 Output A40 / B40 / C40 for each ABC in a motion block, this is MODAL.

If = 1 or 3 Use Machine coordinates to calculate the radius.

If = 2 or 4 Use Part coordinates to calculate the radius.

The A40/B40/C40 address is obtained from KOMADR(1-3) INTCOM (2455-2457). These locations refer
to the PQ CUTCOM addresses P and Q and you can use the alias to get the strings A40, B40 and C40.

You can specify a shift of XYZ for the radius calculation such as the pivot distance for Z axis etc.

New variable,

R40XSHFT DBLCOM(0986) specifies the X shift. Default is 0

R40YSHFT DBLCOM(0987) specifies the Y shift. Default is 0
R40ZSHFT DBLCOM(0988) specifies the Z shift. Default is 0

Example:

$$ FIL to set A40 and C40 with a pivot distance:

$$ Enable A40-C40

CIMFIL/ON,MACHIN
DMY = POSTF(13)
DMY = POSTF(2,3,985,1) $$ OUTPUT NON-MODAL A40-C40
DMY = POSTF(2,3,988,3.1) $$ SHIFT Z 3.1
DMY = POSTF(2,1,2455,16) $$ A AXIS ADDRESS = P
DMY = POSTF(2,1,2456,0) $$ NO B AXIS ADDRESS
DMY = POSTF(2,1,2457,17) $$ C AXIS ADDRESS = Q
CIMFIL/OFF

13-1
G-Post Reference Manual

⇒ To adjust the output XYZ coordinates along the tool axis for a dual rotary head machine you need
to set the OTRANV common variable, it is DBLCOM (918). Initially this value is set to Zero and if this is
set to a value, the XYZ will be modified by this distance along the current tool axis.
⇒ The current CIRCLE information can be retrieved from the following common locations:

Mill, Laser, Wire-EDM, Punch Press

circle start angle (DBLCOM (926))
total angle (DBLCOM(910))
circle direction (INTCOM (538)).

Lathe
circle start angle (DBLCOM (1666))
total angle (DBLCOM(1667))
circle direction (INTCOM (538)).

⇒ An output address multiplier has been added for each output address. Setting these locations will
force the post to multiply the current output value by this multiplier prior to it being output.

Mill, Laser, Wire-EDM, Punch Press

DBLCOM (928) – DBLCOM(979) a through verify z. Dwell IPM is DBLCOM(980) and DWELL IPR is
DBLCOM(981).

Lathe
DBLCOM (1610) – DBLCOM(1661) a through verify z. Dwell IPM is DBLCOM(1662) and DWELL IPR
is DBLCOM(1663).

⇒ G93 F# to match the Cincinnati hi-speed machines. Using 1/2 cutter height to shift tool-tip along
the tool-axis to find the current span length.

PLABEL/OPTION,48,TO,4 enables this option.

DBLCOM (484) THLED1 = Minimum height, if CUTTER/0 in APT
DBLCOM (485) THLED2 = Current cutter height stored.

⇒ INTCOM (1510) has been added for dual rotary head machines (HEAD/HEAD) to output tool tip
programming instead of pivot point programming. Set INTCOM(1510) as follows:

INTCOM(1510) = 0 for pivot point programming.

INTCOM(1510) = 1 for tool tip programming.

⇒ The Postprocessor Revision and Build numbers are now stored in DBLCOM.
Revision number is in DBLCOM(919) and Build number is in DBLCOM(920)

⇒ Added DBLCOM (917) as a tolerance to test the circle X, Y, Z, I, J, and K value for small
deviations from there normal plane (G17, G18, G19). By default no deviation is permitted. Setting
DBLCOM(917) to a value other then Zero, say .001, will allow for noisy points and tool axis vectors.
Default = 0

ICLRED - INTCOM (457) The switch to indicate whether a circle automatically reads the next CL
Record. has been updated to accept the following values:

0 = Read the next CL record

1 = Do not read the next CL Record, as CIRCLE has already the next CL record.
2 = Do not read the next CL Record and return to FIL for processing.

13-2
 13 Appendix B

⇒ INTCOM (615) IPCHCT can be set to 80 or 120 to generate longer MCD/Punch lines.

⇒ INTCOM(3301) has been added to allow up to 120 characters in the tape output line.

⇒ Added a check for IBQUAD INTCOM (2094). When IBQUAD is equal to two (2) the post will
not reposition the C Axis to zero when a tool axis of 0,0,1 is encountered.

⇒ On a dual rotary head machine (HEAD/HEAD), a check has been added for the PVTDS2
DBLCOM (653) being greater than zero. If PVTDS2 is greater than zero the PVTDS2 DBLCOM(635) is
recalculated to be (PVTDST-PVTDS2) and the machine points are modified.

⇒ OPSKIP/ON,n and OPSKIP/n,ON can be set with different output formats as follows:

if INTCOM (2718) = 0 The output is /2

if INTCOM (2718) = 1 The output is //
if INTCOM (2718) = -1 There is no output (multiple opskip is not available.)

⇒ VECTOL DBLCOM (891) can be set with a vector tolerance resolution. Then the post will test
all vector components and set them to zero if less than VECTOL.

⇒ IBQUAD INTCOM (2094) can be set to 0. 1 or 2. When set to 0 the nutator will resolve the
shortest direction. When set to 1 the nutator will resolve in the plus direction. When set to 2 the nutator will
resolve in the negative direction.. The default is 0, which is recommended.

⇒ IZRANG DBLCOM (2706) can be set to 0, 1, 2 or 3. When set to 0 the rotary axis will output +-0
for +-0 and +-360 for +-360. When set to 1 the rotary axis will output -360 for -0. When set to 2 the rotary
axis will output +360 for +0. When set to 3 the rotary axis will output +-0 as +-360. The default is 0

⇒ Complete axis travel limits are now printed to the listing file.

⇒ TRVABC(6) DBLCOM (892-897); Stores internal ABC axis min-max.

⇒ TRVTMN(6) DBLCOM (898-903); Stores XYZABC minimum tape travel values.

⇒ TRVTMX(6) DBLCOM (904-909); Stores XYZABC maximum tape travel values.

⇒ INTCOM (2717) can be set to 1 to skip the Z test for one circle move following the
ARCSLP/OFF command.
⇒ When using a tilt wire EDM post (INTCOM (2713) =0 ) the default wire height is set in
DBLCOM (889) and is 1.00 by default.

13-3
 14 Glossary

14 Glossary
This glossary is intended to familiarize users with some of the common names and terms used with Austin
N.C., Inc.’s NC software.

This section of the glossary describes the files the G-Post uses during the post processing session.

VTB File: The VTB file is used by the APT system or CAD/CAM Interfaces chosen when
executing the G-Post. It contains any vocabulary words that the CAD/CAM systems uses that are not
standard in our system and any words added by the user. The VTB file is named UNCASnn.vtb for the
standard CAD/CAM Interfaces and UNCAPnn.vtb for the CAD/CAM Interfaces that utilize part of the
APT system. (nn = the CAD/CAM Interface number, i.e. CATIA = UNCAS17.vtb)

STB File: The STB file is used by the APT system or CAD/CAM Interfaces chosen when
executing the G-Post. It contains any commands that are to be automatically included into the beginning of
the Input Source file. The STB file is named UNCASnn.stb for the standard CAD/CAM Interfaces and
UNCAPnn.stb for the CAD/CAM Interfaces that utilize part of the APT system. (nn = the CAD/CAM
Interface number, i.e. CATIA = UNCAS17.stb)

INC File: The INC file is used by the APT System or CAD/CAM Interfaces chosen when
executing the G-Post. It is the default file type for commands included into the source file using the
INCLUD/ command. Included files are not required to have the extention of .inc but it will be the assumed
extention if one is not specified as part of the file name on the INCLUD/{filename} command.

Pnn File: This file is the Option File created by the Option File Generator. It contains all the users
selected preferences that are different from the Post Processor Defaults. The value for nn will be a number
between 01 and 99 and represents the post processor number. This value can be changed to a four digit
number (0001 – 9999) in the System Settings, the default is two digits.

Fnn File: This is the FIL file created by the Option File Generator, Advanced -> FIL Editor, or
manually using any text editor. It contains any FIL commands that the user requires to alter the G-Post’s
output to the MCD/Punch file. The value for nn will be a number between 01 and 99 and represents the
post processor number. This value can be changed to a four digit number (0001 – 9999) in the System
Settings, the default is two digits.

Snn File: This file is a backup copy of the Option File and is created every time an Option File is
opened for editing by the Option File generator. The value for nn will be a number between 01 and 99 and
represents the post processor number. This value can be changed to a four digit number (0001 – 9999) in
the System Settings, the default is two digits.

Dnn File: This file is used when the user chooses to initialize their Option File using a system
supplied default Option File. There are several system supplied default Option Files for each machine type.
The name of these files will be UNCL01.Dnn for the Lathe G-Post and UNCX01.Dnn for the
Mill/Wire/Laser/Punch G-Post. The value for nn will be a number between 01 and 99 similar to the post
processor number.

F00 File: This file is the default FIL file for a given machine type and is used by the Option File
Generator when selecting Advanced -> FIL Editor.

D00 File: This file is the default Option file for a given machine type and is used by the Option File
Generator when you select Method of Initialization -> Post Processor Defaults.

14-1
G-Post Reference Manual

V00 File: Used to store the common PPWORDs for the PTC version of the G-Post.

INF File: This file is the initialization file for a given machine type, used by the Option File
Generator.

FIL File: These are sample FIL template files released with the CD such as
_OUTPT.FIL,_MCDWT.FIL and _REPOS.FIL. Stored in CAMLIB directory.

This section of the glossary describes files that G-Post uses during G-Post processing session. Most of the
files will be named *.typ, where * is the name of your input source file.

ACL File: The ACL (ASCII Cutter Location) file is generated by the APT system or CAD/CAM
interface chosen when executing the G-Post. This file is an ASCII representation of the CL data. It is
also used bye the plot utility wncplot3d.exe in CIMpro.

LST File: Verification listing file created by the G-Post. It contains detailed information such as axes
position, tool list,warnings,cyle time etc.

PU1/TAP File: This the MCD, punch or tape file for the the machine tool created by the G-Post.
You can change the file type in the Option File Generator -> MCD File Format panel.

ERR File: Created by G-Post to indicate it terminated with an error condition. If there is no error in
processing, then this file will not be created.

LOG File: Created by wprtsysid.exe for license information. Also may be created by G-Post to
show input file,start and stop times of a G-Post run.

TL1 File: A temporay file created by the G-Post containing all the tools in a CL file. It is used for tool
pre-select option as set in the Option File.

NCI File: Mastercam input source to G-Post.

CLS File: Unigraphics input source to G-Post

APT File: Surfcam input source to G-Post or APT input source for the APT processor.

NCL File: PTC input source to G-Post.

Aptsource File: CATIA input source to G-Post.

pptable File: Can be used in your CATIA system to specify syntax of a G-Post command when
creating the Aptsource file. Stored in CAMSYS directory.

Xnn File: A temporary file created by CAD/CAM interfaces like *.X08 for the UG-CLS-APT
interface. This may be used by the APT processor before running the G-Post.

R00 File: Used by the Mill-Turn or multiple post runs with UNCMRG post. It is named
UNCX01.R01 etc.

14-2
 14 Glossary

M00 File: Used by the Mill-Turn or multiple post runs with UNCMRG post for PTC or Surfcam
versions of G-Post. It is named UNCX01.M01 etc.

MBX File: A temporary file created by the CIMpro to indicate G-Post is run status. If MBX file is
deleted, CIMpro will return to ready state.

DBX File: Same as MBX file - but used by G-Post in debug mode.

QBX File: Same as MBX file - used by CIMpro for multiple file processing mode.

TAB File: This is generated for the PTC system for simulation with their mechanism package. It
contains the axis absolute position and time value for each XYZABC axis.

TBL File: Local settings for the CIMpro system for the various options in the file config.tbl stored in
the CAMSYS directory.

BIN File: Can be used as the name for encrypted files for G-Post created with the utility
wncrypt.exe and used with INCLUD/BINARY,{filename} command in FIL files.

MCR File: APT macro Used by the UG CLS-APT interface. This file can be modified by the user to
process UG-circle data. Stored in the CAMLIB directory.

HTM File: Created by the G-Post for HTML package view in CIMpro. You need to set the option in
the Option File to make this file.

K00 File: This is used by the HTML packager to create an index. It is named UNCX01.K00,K01 etc
and is also refered to as the Mark File.

INI File: A temporary file created by the plot utility, wncplot3d.exe, to save the current view
settings,scale etc during a plot session.

STL File: Used by the plot utility, wncplot3d.exe, to represent the solid shape of a tool during
simulation. Stored in the CAMSYS directory.

ACX File: A temporary file created by the plot utility, wncplot3d.exe, to store the exapanded data in
the ACL file like circle motion.

FTB File: A system level FIL file that is automatically included for the Surfcam System (Spost).

14-3
 Index

Index
CRVFIT/SPLINE,ON.......................................... 10-3
CRVFIT/TOLER,1,t1 .......................................... 10-3
A CRVFIT/TOLER,2,t2 .......................................... 10-4
CRVFIT/TOLER,3,t3 .......................................... 10-4
ACL File .............................................................. 14-2 CRVFIT/TOLER,4,t4 .......................................... 10-4
ACX File ............................................................. 14-3 CRVFIT/TOLER,5,t5 .......................................... 10-4
Alphabet Numbering Table ................................. 12-1 CRVFIT/TOLER,6,t6 .......................................... 10-4
Appendix A – Alpha Characters .......................... 12-1 CRVFIT/TOLER,7,t7 .......................................... 10-4
Appendix B - Additional Functions ..................... 13-1 CRVFIT/TOLER,8,t8 .......................................... 10-4
APT File .............................................................. 14-2 CRVFIT/TYPE,e1 ............................................... 10-3
APT setup requirements: ..................................... 10-1 CRVFIT/XYZ,0-1 ............................................... 10-2
Aptsource File ..................................................... 14-2 Current Files ........................................................ 3-22
ARC / NURBS Fitting ......................................... 10-1 Curve Fitting Vocabulary Words: ....................... 10-1
ARC / NURBS Fitting - FAQ .............................. 10-8 Customization ........................................................ 1-3
ARCDAT ............................................................... 4-2 CUTCOM (L) ...................................................... 4-16
ARCMOV.............................................................. 4-3 CUTCOM (M) ..................................................... 4-17
ARCSLP (M) ......................................................... 4-4 CYCLE ................................................................ 4-19
ASCII Character Table ........................................ 12-1 CYCLE - Couplet ................................................ 4-21
Automatic MACHIN statement selection .............. 8-1 CYCLE - Standard............................................... 4-20
AUXFUN .............................................................. 4-5 CYCLE - UG Double Couplet ............................. 4-22
CYCLE/AVOID (M) ........................................... 4-23
CYCLE/BORE (L) - Hardware ........................... 4-26
B
CYCLE/BORE (L) - Software............................. 4-27
CYCLE/BORE (M) - Hardware .......................... 4-28
BIN File ............................................................... 14-3
CYCLE/BORE (M) - Software ........................... 4-29
BREAK.................................................................. 4-6
CYCLE/BRKCHP (L) - Hardware ...................... 4-30
CYCLE/BRKCHP (L) - Software ....................... 4-31
C CYCLE/BRKCHP (M) - Hardware ..................... 4-32
CYCLE/BRKCHP (M) - Software ...................... 4-33
CAMERA (M) ....................................................... 4-7 CYCLE/CSINK (L) - Hardware .......................... 4-34
CHECK (L) .................................................... 4-8, 4-9 CYCLE/CSINK (L) - Software ........................... 4-35
CIRCLE ............................................................... 4-10 CYCLE/CSINK (M) - Hardware ......................... 4-36
CL Data generated from CRVFIT ....................... 10-5 CYCLE/CSINK (M) - Software .......................... 4-37
CLEARP (M)....................................................... 4-11 CYCLE/DEEP (L) - Hardware ............................ 4-38
CLEARP/XYPLAN,d-OFF ................................. 4-11 CYCLE/DEEP (L) - Software ............................. 4-39
CLEARP/ZAXIS,z1-OFF,TABLE,w1-OFF ....... 4-11 CYCLE/DEEP (M) - Hardware ........................... 4-40
CLRSRF (M) ....................................................... 4-13 CYCLE/DEEP (M) - Software ............................ 4-41
CLS File............................................................... 14-2 CYCLE/DEEPCL (M) - Hardware ...................... 4-42
Command Reference ...................................... 1-4, 4-1 CYCLE/DRILL (L) - Hardware .......................... 4-43
Conclusion ............................................................. 8-3 CYCLE/DRILL (L) - Software ........................... 4-44
Confiurations ......................................................... 2-1 CYCLE/DRILL (M) - Hardware ......................... 4-45
COOLNT (L) ....................................................... 4-14 CYCLE/DRILL (M) - Software .......................... 4-46
COOLNT (M) ...................................................... 4-15 CYCLE/FACE (L) - Hardware ............................ 4-47
Creating a New Post Processor Option File........... 3-7 CYCLE/FACE (L) - Software ............................. 4-48
CRVFIT Command: ............................................ 10-2 CYCLE/FACE (M) - Hardware........................... 4-49
CRVFIT/ARC,OFF ............................................. 10-2 CYCLE/FACE (M) - Software ............................ 4-50
CRVFIT/ARC,ON ............................................... 10-2 CYCLE/MILL (M) - Hardware ........................... 4-51
CRVFIT/ARCSLP,ON-OFF ............................... 10-2 CYCLE/MILL (M) - Software ............................ 4-52
CRVFIT/PLANE,… ............................................ 10-3 CYCLE/ON-OFF................................................. 4-23
CRVFIT/POINT,1,p1 .......................................... 10-5 CYCLE/REAM (L) - Hardware .......................... 4-53
CRVFIT/POINT,2,p2 .......................................... 10-5 CYCLE/REAM (L) - Software ............................ 4-54
CRVFIT/RADIUS,1,r1 ........................................ 10-2 CYCLE/REAM (M) - Hardware ......................... 4-55
CRVFIT/RADIUS,2,r2 ........................................ 10-3 CYCLE/REAM (M) - Software........................... 4-56
CRVFIT/SPLINE,OFF ........................................ 10-3 CYCLE/TAP (L) - Hardware .............................. 4-57

i
G-Post Reference Manual

CYCLE/TAP (L) - Software ................................ 4-58 G

CYCLE/TAP (M) - Hardware ............................. 4-59
CYCLE/TAP (M) - Software............................... 4-60 Glossary ............................................................... 14-1
CYCLE/TAP-RIGID (M) - Software .................. 4-61 GOHOME............................................................ 4-80
CYCLE/THREAD-CIRCUL (M) ........................ 4-62 GOTO .................................................................. 4-81
CYCLE/THRU (L) - Hardware ........................... 4-65 G-Post setup requirements: .................................. 10-1
CYCLE/THRU (L) - Software ................... 4-66, 4-68 G-Post Summary.................................................... 1-3
CYCLE/THRU (M) - Hardware .......................... 4-67

H
D
HEAD .................................................................. 13-2
D00 File ............................................................... 14-1 HEAD (L) ............................................................ 4-82
DBX File ............................................................. 14-3 Help Menu ........................................................... 3-21
DEBUGG ............................................................ 4-69 How To Use the Option File Generator ................. 3-2
DEBUGG/FRONT .............................................. 4-69 HTM File ............................................................. 14-3
DEBUGG/OFF .................................................... 4-69 HTML Packager .................................................. 11-1
DEBUGG/ON,CLW ............................................ 4-69 HTML Packager - command line version............ 11-2
DEBUGG/ON,n,TO,m,1-3 (L) ............................ 4-69
DEBUGG/ON,n,TO,m,1-3 (M) ........................... 4-69
Default Machine/Control Parameters .................... 7-4 I
Default Output Codes and Relative Commands .... 7-2
Default Settings ..................................................... 7-1 INC File ............................................................... 14-1
Default Tape Format .............................................. 7-1 Inch Only Machine ................................................ 2-4
DELAY................................................................ 4-70 INCLUD .............................................................. 4-83
DISPLY ............................................................... 4-72 INF File ............................................................... 14-2
DISPLY/NEXT ................................................... 4-73 INI File ................................................................ 14-3
DISPLY/ON-OFF ................................................ 4-72 INSERT ............................................................... 4-84
DMIS ................................................................... 4-74 Introduction .................................................... 3-4, 6-1
Dnn File ............................................................... 14-1 Introduction to G-Post ........................................... 1-1

E K

END ..................................................................... 4-75 K00 File ............................................................... 14-3

ERR File .............................................................. 14-2
Example ARC fit in APT................................... 10-10
Example NURBS fit in APT.............................. 10-14 L
Examples ........................................................... 10-10
Lathe - Common Variables .................................... 5-1
Lathe CHRCOM Variables.................................. 5-71
F Lathe Configurations ............................................. 2-4
Lathe DBLCOM Variables .................................. 5-54
F00 File................................................................ 14-1 Lathe Default Codes .............................................. 7-2
FEDRAT.............................................................. 4-76 Lathe Default Parameters ...................................... 7-4
FEDRAT/f[,IPM-IPR[,RAPTO[,d]] .................... 4-76 Lathe Defaults ....................................................... 7-1
FEDRAT/LOCK,ON-OFF .................................. 4-76 Lathe G-Post - UNCL01 ........................................ 2-1
FIL File ................................................................ 14-2 Lathe INTCOM Variables ..................................... 5-2
File Menu............................................................. 3-20 Lathes - 2+2 Lathes ............................................... 2-8
FINI ..................................................................... 4-77 Lathes - 4-Axis Merging Lathes ............................ 9-1
First Things First Lathes - First Quadrant Lathe ................................ 2-4
Plan .................................................................... 3-3 Lathes - Fourth Quadrant Lathe ............................. 2-5
Fnn File ................................................................ 14-1 Lathes - Multiple Turret Lathe - Same Slide (Fixed
FROM (L) ............................................................ 4-78 X) ....................................................................... 2-6
FROM (M)........................................................... 4-79 Lathes - Multiple Turret Lathe - Separate Slide
FTB File............................................................... 14-3 (Adjustable X) ................................................... 2-7
Lathes - Vertical Lathe VTL.................................. 2-5

ii
 Index

LEADER ............................................................. 4-85 N

LINTOL (M) ....................................................... 4-86
LOADTL (M) ...................................................... 4-87 NCI File ............................................................... 14-2
LOG File .............................................................. 14-2 NCL File .............................................................. 14-2
LPRINT ............................................................... 4-88 Notes, Cautions and Warnings .............................. 1-4
LST File ............................................................... 14-2

O
M
OP/THREAD (L) ................................................. 4-96
M00 File .............................................................. 14-3 Opening an Existing Post Processor Option File . 3-10
MACHIN ............................................................. 4-89 OPSKIP ............................................................... 4-98
MACHIN Statement for Automatic Tape Break . 4-91 OPSKIP/n1,n2,n3,…,ON-OFF ............................ 4-99
Machine Tool Configurations ................................ 2-4 OPSKIP/ON-OFF ................................................ 4-98
Main Menu Area .................................................. 3-13 OPSTOP ............................................................ 4-100
Main Panel ........................................................... 3-13 Option File Generator Main Menu ...................... 3-12
Manual Conventions .............................................. 1-4 Optional Output Files .......................................... 11-1
MBX File ............................................................. 14-3 ORIGIN (L) ....................................................... 4-101
MCHTOL ............................................................ 4-92 ORIGIN (M) ...................................................... 4-102
MCR File ............................................................. 14-3 Output Files ........................................................... 1-3
Merging – P Code .................................................. 9-4 Overview ............................................................... 1-1
Merging - XZ-UW ................................................. 9-1 Overview of the Option File Generator ................. 3-2
Metric Only Machine............................................. 2-4
Mill - Common Variables ...................................... 6-1
Mill CHRCOM Variables .................................... 6-97 P
Mill DBLCOM Variables .................................... 6-77
Mill Default Codes ................................................ 7-2 PARTNO ........................................................... 4-103
Mill Default Parameters ......................................... 7-5 PITCH (L) ......................................................... 4-104
Mill Defaults .......................................................... 7-1 PIVOTZ ............................................................. 4-116
Mill G-Post - UNCX01.......................................... 2-2 PLABEL ............................................................ 4-105
Mill INTCOM Variables ....................................... 6-2 PLABEL/MODIFY,n,TO,v,TYPE,t .................. 4-115
Mill Motion Analysis........................................... 2-13 PLABEL/OPTION,n,TO,v ................................ 4-105
Mill RELCOM Variables .................................... 6-75 Pnn File ................................................................ 14-1
Mill, Wire EDM, Live Tooling Lathe Configurations POSTN .............................................................. 4-117
........................................................................... 2-9 POSTN/ IN-OUT,a1,ICnnnn-RC-nnnn-
Mill-Turn Configurations .................................... 2-11 DCnnnn...,an,vn[,NEXT]............................... 4-119
MODE ................................................................. 4-93 POSTN/[XAXIS,xh][,YAXIS,yh] (L) ............... 4-117
MODE/90-91 ....................................................... 4-93 POSTN/[XAXIS,xh][,YAXIS,yh][,ZAXIS,zh],[…] 4-
MODE/INCR[,OFF] ................................... 4-86, 4-93 117
MODE/INVERS,AUTO-ON-OFF ...................... 4-93 POSTN/ALL...................................................... 4-120
MODE/MILL-TURN .......................................... 4-94 POSTN/ALL,OUT ............................................ 4-120
MODE/MILL-TURN,o1,s1 Command ................. 8-2 POSTN/IN-OUT,a1,v1,a2,v2…an,vn[,NEXT] . 4-118
MODE/MILL-TURN,v[,nnnn] ............................ 4-94 PPRINT ............................................................. 4-121
MODE/TABLE-ZAXIS [,ADJUST,d] ................ 4-94 pptable File .......................................................... 14-2
MODE/YAXIS,ON-OFF-AUTO ........................ 4-94 PREFUN ............................................................ 4-122
MOVNRB............................................................ 10-6 Processing a CAD/CAM CL File .......................... 1-2
MOVNRB Command - NURBS ......................... 10-5 Processing an APT Program ................................. 1-1
MOVNRB Command - Spline............................. 10-6 Programming Example: ......................................... 8-2
MOVNRB/3002-5002 ......................................... 10-6 PU1/TAP File ...................................................... 14-2
MOVNRB/M3AXIS-M5AXIS............................ 10-6 Pull Down Menus ................................................ 3-20
MULTAX ............................................................ 4-95
Multi-Dimensional Arrays ..................................... 6-1
Multiple Turret Lathe ........................................ 4-164 Q

QBX File ............................................................. 14-3

iii
G-Post Reference Manual

R SET/START,[,XAXIS][,YAXIS][,ZAXIS],… . 4-138
SET/START,AUTO[,OFF] ............................... 4-137
R00 File ............................................................... 14-2 SET/START,x,z ................................................ 4-137
RAPID ............................................................... 4-123 SET/WAXIS,ADGUST,z .................................. 4-139
REMARK .......................................................... 4-124 SET/WAXIS,ATANGL .................................... 4-139
REPEAT ............................................................ 4-125 SET/WAXIS,LENGTH ..................................... 4-139
REPEAT/a1,a2,a3,…,a26,t1,v1,ALL ................ 4-125 Setting up a Windows Shortcut ............................. 3-5
REPEAT/a1,a2,v[,ON-OFF] ............................. 4-125 Simulation File .................................................... 11-3
REPEAT/a1,v1 .................................................. 4-125 Single Turret Lathe ............................................ 4-160
REPEAT/OFF.................................................... 4-126 Snn File.............................................................. 14-1
RESET ............................................................... 4-127 SPINDL CSFM Machine .................................. 4-142
RETRCT (M)..................................................... 4-128 SPINDL Non CSFM Machine .......................... 4-142
REWIND ........................................................... 4-129 SPINDL (L) ....................................................... 4-142
REWIND/[n] ..................................................... 4-129 SPINDL (M) ...................................................... 4-144
REWIND/PUNCH............................................. 4-129 SPINDL/LOCK ................................................. 4-144
ROTABL (M) .................................................... 4-130 SPINDL/LOCK,AUTO,LAST .......................... 4-143
ROTABL/AAXIS,BAXIS,CAXIS,… ............... 4-130 SPINDL/ON-OFF ........................ 4-142, 4-143, 4-144
ROTABL/ATANGL-INCR,a[,CLW- SPINDL/PARLEL,… ........................................ 4-144
CCLW][,NEXT-NOW] ................................. 4-130 SPINDL/s,RPM[,CLW-CCLW][,RANGE,n].... 4-142
ROTATE (M) .................................................... 4-131 SPINDL/s[,CLW-CCLW][,RANGE,n] ............. 4-144
ROTATE/AAXIS,BAXIS,CAXIS,ATANGL- SPINDL/s[,RPM-SFM][,CLW-
INCR,a,… ...................................................... 4-131 CCLW][,RANGE,n][.MAXRPM,m][,RADIUS,r]
ROTATE/ATANGL-INCR,a[,CLW- ....................................................................... 4-142
CCLW][,NEXT-NOW] ................................. 4-132 Stand Alone Operation .......................................... 3-5
ROTHED (M) .................................................... 4-132 Starting from CimPRO .......................................... 3-4
ROTHED/AAXIS,BAXIS,CAXIS,ATANGL- Starting the Option File Generator ........................ 3-4
INCR,a,… ...................................................... 4-132 STARTUP Sequence ......................................... 4-145
STB File............................................................... 14-1
STL File ............................................................... 14-3
S STOP ................................................................. 4-146
Switchable Inch/Metric Machine ........................... 2-3
SELCTL ............................................................ 4-133
SELCTL/t (L) .................................................... 4-133
SELCTL/t (M) ................................................... 4-133 T
SELECT (M) ..................................................... 4-134
SELECT/AUTO ................................................ 4-134 TAB File .............................................................. 14-3
SELECT/BOTH,START[,FRONT-REAR] ...... 4-134 TBL File .............................................................. 14-3
SELECT/FRONT .............................................. 4-135 The Option File Generator ..................................... 3-1
SELECT/gg,ADJUST,dd................................... 4-134 THREAD (L) ..................................................... 4-147
SELECT/h ......................................................... 4-134 THREAD/AUTO[,…] ....................................... 4-148
SELECT/REAR ................................................. 4-135 THREAD/ON-TURN-FACE ............................ 4-147
SEQNO .............................................................. 4-136 THREAD/OUT[,…] .......................................... 4-147
SEQNO/0 ........................................................... 4-136 TL1 File ............................................................... 14-2
SEQNO/k ........................................................... 4-136 TLSPEC (L)....................................................... 4-152
SEQNO/k,INCR[,m[,n]] .................................... 4-136 TLSPEC/CENTER,RIGHT-LEFT,IN-OUT...... 4-152
SEQNO/NEXT .................................................. 4-136 TLSPEC/OFFSET,RIGHT-LEFT-ON,DIAMTR,IN-
SEQNO/OFF ..................................................... 4-136 OUT-ON ........................................................ 4-152
SEQNO/ON ....................................................... 4-136 TMARK ............................................................. 4-153
SET (L) .............................................................. 4-137 TOLER .............................................................. 4-154
SET (M) ............................................................. 4-138 Tool Bar ............................................................... 3-19
SET/HED-HOLDER,n,x,y,z[,…] ...................... 4-140 TRANS (L) ........................................................ 4-155
SET/HED-HOLDER,OFF ................................. 4-140 TRANS (M) ....................................................... 4-156
SET/HOLDER,n,SETOOL,x,y,z,ATANGL,a,SETA TRANS/OUT,OFF-m1 ...................................... 4-159
NG,s (PTC Format) ....................................... 4-141 TRANS/x,y,z ..................................................... 4-156
SET/HOLDER,OFF (PTC Format) ................... 4-141 TRANS/xi,xj,xk,xd,yi,yj,,yk,yd,zi,zj,zk,zd ....... 4-157
SET/START ...................................................... 4-137

iv
 Index

TRANS/xi,xj,xk,xd,yi,yj,,yk,yd,zi,zj,zk,zd[,OPTION, V
00-01-10] ....................................................... 4-158
TURRET (L) ..................................................... 4-160 V00 File ............................................................... 14-2
TURRET/0 ............................................. 4-160, 4-164 VTB File .............................................................. 14-1
TURRET/CENTER[,OFF] ..................... 4-160, 4-164
TURRET/FRONT-REAR.................................. 4-164
TURRET/p,f,x,y[,CLW-CCLW] ....................... 4-160 W
TURRET/p,f,x,y[,CLW-CCLW][,FRONT-REAR] 4-
164 Window Menu ..................................................... 3-21
Two Type of 4 Axis Merging: ............................... 9-1
X
U
Xnn File ............................................................... 14-2
UNCMRG Post Processor ..................................... 8-1
Units of Measure ................................................... 2-3
Using the Option File Generator............................ 3-6
Utilities Menu ...................................................... 3-21